图书在版编目（CIP）数据

课本中不会教你的高中英语单词、词组、句型和惯用法／徐广联编著．—上海：华东理工大学出版社，2015.1

ISBN 978-7-5628-4117-3

Ⅰ．①课…　Ⅱ．①徐…　Ⅲ．①英语课—高中—教学参考资料　Ⅳ．①G634.413

中国版本图书馆CIP数据核字（2014）第298475号

课本中不会教你的高中英语单词、词组、句型和惯用法

编　　著／徐广联

责任编辑／李清奇

责任校对／成　俊

封面设计／视界创意

出版发行／华东理工大学出版社有限公司

地　址：上海市梅陇路130号，200237

电　话：（021）64250306（营销部）

（021）64252735（编辑室）

传　真：（021）64252707

网　址：press.ecust.edu.cn

印　　刷／常熟华顺印刷有限公司

开　　本／787mm×1092mm　1/16

印　　张／18

字　　数／625千字

版　　次／2015年1月第1版

印　　次／2015年1月第1次

书　　号／ISBN 978-7-5628-4117-3

定　　价／38.00元

联系我们：电子邮箱press_wy@ecust.edu.cn

官方微博e.weibo.com/ecustpress

前言
Preface

平时学习，需要把英语重点和难点领会透彻，熟练掌握；备战高考，需要把应该掌握的知识认真加以梳理。积累多了，梳理透了，问题解决了，英语水平必然会大大提高。

本书以教育部最新颁布的《英语课程标准》为依据，以国内现行的几套最新高中英语教材为参照，并且深入探讨了历届高考试题，在此基础上，归纳总结了高中学生在英语学习中所必须掌握的句型、知识要点和习惯用法，理出了广大高中学生平时学习和参加高考所遇到的各类问题及难点。书中所述的767个条目，都是广大高中学生在英语学习中必然会遇到且务必解决的知识要点和疑难问题，涉及词汇用法、惯用短语、句型结构、同义辨析、习惯用法等方面。我们相信，若能透彻地掌握书中所列的重点和难点，再加上必备的词汇量和一定的阅读量，取得良好的高考成绩定是指日可待。

在本书的编写过程中得到了张绍华、张扬、王贵林先生和孙桂香女士的具体帮助，在此表示感谢。参加本书部分编写工作的还有：徐文哲、杨永、徐文东、徐于伟、李乐宣、徐广于、徐博涵等。

限于水平，书中难免有欠缺和不妥之处，热情欢迎批评指正。

编　者

目录

Contents

前言

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X-Z

其他句型与用法难点

索引

A

1　a fifth time和the fifth time

◎ 不定冠词与序数词连用表示“再一次/个”；定冠词与序数词连用表示特指的“第几次/个”。

When I finished speaking，a fifth stood up. 我结束后，又一人开始发言。（前面已有四人发言）（不用the）

She failed four times in the match，but she decided to try a fifth time. 她比赛中失败了四次，但是她决定再试一次。（即第五次）
This is the fifth time that he has failed in the match. 这是他第五次在比赛中失败了。

2　a great deal和a good deal

① a great/good deal可用作名词短语，意为“很多东西”（情况、事情等），在句中作主语或宾语。

② a great/good deal还可用作副词短语，修饰动词或形容词、副词比较级，在句中作状语，有时表示“非常，极其”。

He suffered a great deal in the past. 他过去曾受过很多苦。

It costs a great deal to live here. 在这儿居住花费很大。

He runs a good deal faster. 他跑得快得多。

This room is a great deal more comfortable. 这个房间舒适多了。

3　a great many —— 表示“许多，大量”的一些短语

① a great many和a good many同义，意为“许多”，是many的强调形式，只能作定语，后跟复数可数名词。

I have been to the city a great many times. 我曾多次到过那个城市。

He has worked here for a good many years. 他在这里工作已经很多年了。

② a number of意为“许多，一些”，后跟复数可数名词。表示强调时，可以说a great/large/good number of或quite a number of。number还可用small，big修饰。a number of多用于肯定句，在疑问句或否定句中要用many。

Quite a number of students are on the sports ground. 操场上有许多学生。（不可说a quite number of）

A great/large/good number of people have come to the party. 许多人都来参加这个晚会。

③ 下面几个短语后可以跟不可数名词或复数可数名词：

plenty of money/books 许多钱/书

a large quantity of water/trees 大量的水/树

④ a great/good deal of一般修饰不可数名词，但偶尔也修饰可数名词。

There is a great deal of oxygen in the air. 空气中有大量氧气。

They have spent a great deal of money on the project. 他们在这项工程上花费了大量资金。

⑤ a great amount of，a large amount of和a small amount of后跟不可数名词，不可跟可数名词。

He spent a great amount of time reading these books. 他读这些书花了很多时间。

He sent her a small amount of money. 他给她寄了一小笔钱。

4　a kind of，this kind of，many kinds of和a sort of

① kind作名词用时，表示种类，比较下面的结构：

a kind of+单数名词（不加冠词）→一种
this kind of+单数名词（不加冠词）→这种

many kinds of+（不加冠词）→许多种
different kinds of+（不加冠词）→不同种类

these kinds of+（不加冠词）→这些种类

all kinds of （不加冠词）→各种

This is a new kind of pen. 这是一种新型钢笔。
This is a new kind of pens.

I like that kind of apple. 我喜欢那种苹果。
I like that kind of an apple.

He saw many kinds of machine. 他见到了许多种机器。
He saw many kinds of machines.

He wants to buy different kinds of stamp. 他想买不同种类的邮票。
He wants to buy different kinds of stamps.

She lent me three kinds of book. 她借给我三种书。
She lent me three kinds of books.

He has read all kinds of story-book. 他读过各种各样的故事书。
He has read all kinds of story-books.

比较

This kind of book is worth reading. 这种书值得读。（一种）
These kinds of books are worth reading. 这些种类的书值得读。（多种）

What kind of book is it？它是什么种类的书？
What kind of books are these？这些是什么种类的书？（注意，在what kind of结构中，kind一般不加s）

② many kinds of，different kinds of，these kinds of和all kinds of修饰名词作主语时，谓语动词要用复数形式。

Many kinds of shoes are on show in the shop. 商店里展出了许多种类的鞋。

There are all kinds of trees along the lake. 沿湖有各种各样的树。

③ a kind of+名词结构中，形容词通常修饰kind，修饰名词的情况偶尔也有，但不自然。

比较

That is a strange kind of animal. 那是一种奇怪的动物。
That is a kind of strange animal.（不自然）

提示

据语言学家Quirk所著《综合英语语法》，下面两种说法均正确：

一杯热咖啡
a hot cup of coffee
a cup of hot coffee

一群忙忙碌碌的蜜蜂
a busy swarm of bees
a swarm of busy bees

④ sort也可表示“种类”，多用于口语，常可同kind换用。但sort多指大体相同的人或物，而kind多指在本质和特点上相同的人或物。

This sort/kind of shirt is cheaper. 这种衬衫便宜一些。

提示

在these sort of things，what sort of pens中，sort要用单数。

What sort of pens do you want？ 你要哪种钢笔？
What sorts of pens do you want？

⑤

比较

What kind of animal is it？这是什么动物？（问种类）
What kind of an animal is it？这个动物怎样？（问优劣，特点等）

提示

“kind of a+单数名词”表示“怎样一种”。

I don't know what kind of a man he is. 我不知道他是怎样一个人。

What kind of a job are you going to take？你要做什么样的工作？

He has some sort of an English accent. 他说话略带英国口音。

⑥ kind of和sort of可以用作状语，表示“有点”，修饰形容词、副词或动词。

He is kind of tired. 他有点累了。

I feel sort of worried about her. 我有点为她担心。

I sort of believe it. 我有点相信这件事。

⑦ a sort of和of a sort表示“可以说是……的人、物”，暗示名不符实。

He is a sort of professor. 他也算是个教授吧。（=a professor of a sort）

5　a must和a need

① must和need均可用作名词。must作名词用时，意为“必需的东西，必要做的事”，总是同不定冠词a连用，只有单数形式，没有复数形式。

The book is a must for middle school students. 这本书是中学生的必读书。

提示

可以说：It is a must. 不可说：They are musts.

② need作名词用时，既可作可数名词，也可作不可数名词。表示“某种需要，需要的东西，必要的东西”时，为不可数名词。

There's a great need of rain for crops. 庄稼急需雨水。

Food is one of our basic needs. 食物是我们的基本必需品之一。

A friend in need is a friend indeed. 患难之交才是至交。

6　a room，many rooms和much room

◎ room可以用作可数名词和不可数名词。

① room作“房间，室，寓所”解时，为可数名词。

It is a large room. 那是一个大房间。

The house has seven rooms. 这幢房子有七个房间。

There is a double room upstairs. 楼上有一个双人房间。

提示

room可以构成多个复合词，如：classroom（教室），sitting-room（起居室），bathroom（洗澡间），dining-room（饭厅）等。

② room作“空间，余地，空位”解时，表示抽象意义，为不可数名词，可用much，a lot of修饰。

There's no room to move. 没有活动空间。

Is there room for me in the car？汽车里有我的座位吗？

The furniture takes up too much room. 家具占的地方太大。

Can you make room for another person？你能为另一人留下地方吗？

比较

There's plenty of room. 有很多空地方。
There are plenty of rooms. 有很多房间。

③ 可表示具体意义和抽象意义的名词还有：hospital，church，school，market，table，prison等。

Church begins at two in the afternoon. 下午两点开始做礼拜。
We passed by the church in the afternoon. 我们下午路过教堂。

She has gone to market. 她去买东西了。（=She has gone shopping.）
I used to drive past the market. 我以前常开车经过那个市场。

There will be no school tomorrow. 明天不上课。
She left school in her teens. 她十几岁就辍学了。
He went to the school to see the principle. 他去那所学校见校长。

7　ability，capability，capacity，aptitude，talent，gift，faculty和genius

① ability主要指人的智力或体力，含有能够干好的意味，后常接to do sth.或in sth./for sth.。复数形式abilities表示“才能，专门技能”。

The Americans are celebrated for their inventive ability. 美国人以发明创造才能著称。

I do not doubt your ability to do the work. 我不怀疑你有从事这项工作的能力。

She is trying hard to improve her conversational abilities. 她在努力提高会话能力。

② capability的含义与ability相近，主要指人天生或潜在的“能力”，后接to do sth.，for sth.或of doing sth.。复数形式capabilities常表示“潜在的能力”。

He has the capability of solving/to solve practical problems. 他有解决实际问题的能力。

It is quite beyond his capabilities. 这大大超过了他的能力范围。

He is a man of great capabilities and should be trained. 他是个很有潜力的人，应该加以培养。

She has great capabilities as a writer. 她极具作家潜质。

③ capacity指接受、理解能力，吸收、容纳能力，可用于人或物，后接for（doing）sth.或of sth.。

Her capacity for（learning）languages is negligible. 她学习语言的能力很差。

He has no capacity for improvement. 他是朽木不可雕。

The auditorium has a capacity of 800 people. 这个大礼堂可以容纳800人。

He has a mind of great capacity. 他理解力极强。

This book is within the capacity of young readers. 这本书少年读者可以理解。

④ aptitude表示“有天生的获得知识或技能的才能”，尤指学习方面的能力。

He shows some aptitude for languages. 他表现出学习语言的才能。

He has special aptitude for solving mathematical problems. 他有解决数学难题的特殊才能。

⑤ talent指特殊工作或活动中非凡的能力，被看成是天生就有的，后天可以加以发展或不予发展。

Her talent as actress was discovered and developed only after she met the famous director. 她当演员的天才只是在遇到这位知名导演之后才得以发现显露的。

⑥ gift也指先天的能力（ability）和素质（quality），这和talent差不多，但gift意味着源于上帝或大自然恩赐，命运中带来的，不一定具备创造能力（creative ability）和原创性（originality），能泛指任何一种个人的突出的能力。

An artist is the sort of artist he is，because he happens to possess certain gifts. 艺术家之所以是艺术家，是因为他碰巧具备了某种天赋。

⑦ faculty指特定的技能（skill or power），可以是先天就有，也可以是后天习得，虽不及其他几个词强烈，但是肯定意义比较确定，不用于夸张比喻。

A sensible person has the faculty to tell right from wrong. 神志正常的人都有鉴别是非的能力。

⑧ genius的意义最强，是天生的、给人印象特别的天才。

In the contemporary novel genius is hard to find，but talent is abundant. 在当代长篇小说中，虽然才华横溢随处可见，却是天才稀少，天涯难觅。

8　able，capable和competent都可以表示“有能力的”，均可作定语或表语，但有区别

① able指人有足够的智慧或力量，聪明能干，也可表示人的体力或身体状况，常用于好事，作表语时后接to do sth.。

He is an able architect. 他是个很有才干的建筑师。

The patient was poorly able to sit up. 病人仅能勉强坐起来。

② capable表示做某事所必需的能力，侧重于有潜能或可能性，可指好事与坏事，语气比able弱，作表语时后接of（doing）sth.。

She is a very capable driver.她是个技术熟练的驾驶员。

He is most capable of leadership. 他极有领导才能。

She is perfectly capable of taking care of herself. 她完全能够照顾自己。

He's quite capable of neglecting his duty. 他很有可能玩忽职守。

That scoundrel is capable of anything. 那个恶棍什么坏事都干得出来。

③ competent着重具有胜任某项工作的技能或所需条件。

A competent typist is not necessarily a competent secretary. 合格的打字员不一定就是合格的秘书。

9　aboard，abroad和board

① aboard意为“在公共汽车/船/火车/飞机上；上公共汽车/船/火车/飞机”，可作介词式副词。

They went there aboard the ship. 他们乘船去那里的。

It's time to go aboard. 上船/上车/登机时间到了。

Welcome aboard！欢迎乘坐本次航班/本次列车！

② abroad意为“到国外，去国外”，为副词，可以说from abroad（自国外），但“在国外”不可说成in abroad，“去国外”要说成go abroad。

He has returned from abroad. 他已从国外回来了。

They are still abroad. 他们仍在国外。

They have lived abroad for over ten years. 他们在国外已住了十多年了。

③ board用作动词时，亦表示“上船/车/飞机”，为及物动词。

I boarded the plane at 8：50 a.m. 我上午8点50分登机。

10　abound with和abound in

◎ 都可以表示“富有……，有许多”，处所名词作主语时，可用abound with或abound in，但动物或事物名词作主语时，要用abound in。

The hill abounds with streams and waterfalls. 山里有许多溪流和瀑布。

This forest abounds with game. 这个森林里猎物很多。（也可用in）

The lake abounds with fish. 这湖里鱼很多。（也可用in）
Fish abound with the lake.
Fish abound in the lake.

11　absent in和absent from

① absent in+地点名词表示“在/去某地”。

② absent from+地点名词表示“不在某地”。

She is absent in Nanjing. 她去南京了。（“她”不在这里，说话人不在南京）

She is absent from Nanjing. 她现在不在南京。（“她”原来在南京，但现在不在，到外地去了；但说话人在南京）

提示

absent in 还有“不在……里面”的意思。

The poem is absent in the book. 本书中没有这首诗。

12　access和excess

① access入口，通路；接近/进入的机会；接近/进入权；享用机会，享用权。

The bathroom gives access to the corridor. 浴室通向走廊。

They have gained access to the port. 他们已获得进入那个港口的权利。

The only access to the temple is along a muddy path. 只有沿着一条泥泞的小路才能到达那个寺庙。

② excess n.过量，过剩；a.过早的，额外的。

An excess of supply over demand will ruin your business. 供大于求将毁掉你们的企业。

Never spend in excess of your income. 花钱切勿超过你的收入。

Excess sleep may be a sign of disturbance. 过度睡眠可能是某种失调的征兆。

13　accomplish，complete和finish

① accomplish意为succeed in doing sth.，多用于书面语中，指圆满地完成任务，达到目的，常同purpose，aim，goal，journey，plan 等词搭配。

The new Five-Year-Plan may be accomplished ahead of time. 新的五年计划可以提前完成。

The task won't be accomplished by one generation. 这项任务并非一代人能够完成。

② complete比accomplish的含义更具体，含有把不足、缺少或未完成的东西补足完成的意思（make sth. whole or perfect），一般用于工程、建筑、著作的完成，常有“使……完整”的含义。

The hospital building will be completed in a month. 医院大楼将在1个月后完工。

I need one volume to complete my set of Shakespeare. 我只差一本就可以有全套莎士比亚的作品了。

③ finish表示reach or bring to an end，普通用语，指一个过程的最后完成。

He finished reading the book last night. 他昨晚读完了这本书。

提示

finish和complete 有时可通用，但finish 后可接名词或动名词，complete 后只可接名词；finish常指“读完，用完，吃完，结束”（强调reach an end）；complete常指“完成（工作、工程），写完（著作）”（强调make sth. whole）。

比较

I have finished the novel.（=I have finished reading the novel. Now I can lend it to you.）我已经读完了这部小说。（读完，结束）
I have completed the novel.（=I have finished writing the novel. =The novel has been written. It is now ready for publication.）我已经写完了这部小说。（完成，落笔）

14　accomplishment，achievement，attainment，exploit和success

① accomplishment作可数名词时，意为“成就”；作不可数名词时，意为“完成，达到”；现代英语中多用来表示“才艺，修养”，常作可数名词。

The accomplishment of the task filled him with great satisfaction. 完成这项工作使他大为满意。

He is a man of accomplishments. 他是个多才多艺的人。

② achievement用得最广，可指抽象的“成就”或具体的“成绩”。

It did not lessen her sense of achievement. 这无损她的成就感。

It was an astonishing achievement. 这是一个惊人的成就。

③ attainment为书面用语，尤指学术上的“造诣”。

I appreciate your high talents and literary attainments. 我钦佩你的才华和文学造诣。

④ exploit指需要勇气和胆量才能取得的成就。

his exploits in the war 他的赫赫战功

perform exploits 立功，建立功勋

⑤ success指个人在事业和名利上的成就，强调得到满意的结果。

his immense success in making money 他致富有方，财源滚滚

their success in reducing inflation 他们在抑制通货膨胀方面的成绩

15　according to和according as

① according to为介词短语，意为“根据，依据”，后跟名词，也可跟what引导的从句。

According to today's paper，a plane crashed somewhere in the south. 据今天的报纸讲，一架飞机在南方某处坠毁。

One's outgo should be controlled according to one's income. 应根据收入来计划支出。

Prices range from thirty dollars to ninety dollars according to quality and size. 根据不同的质量和尺寸，价格从三十美元到九十美元不等。

You choose according to what you want. 你要什么，就会选择什么。

② according as为连词，后接从句，意为“依照，随……而定”。

You may go or stay according as you decide. 去留随你决定。

Plants grow fast or slow according as the weather is hot or cold. 植物生长的快慢依天气的冷热而定。

16　account，account for和on account of

① account作名词用时，通常表示四种含义。

（1）表示“思考，考虑”，为不可数名词，相当于thought，consideration。

We should take into account the bad weather. 我们必须考虑到坏天气。=We should take the bad weather into account.

（2）表示“利益，利润”，为不可数名词，相当于profit，advantage。

He found his account in doing the work. 他从做那项工作中受益。

She put her knowledge to good account. 她充分利用自己的知识。

（3）表示“账，账目，账户”，为可数名词。

Her job is keeping accounts. 她的工作是记账。

He opened an account with the bank. 他在那家银行开了一个账户。

（4）表示“叙述，报道（事件、人物）”，为可数名词。

She gave us an account of her life there. 她给我们讲述了她在那里的生活。

Please give us a full account of what happened last night. 请详细向我们说明昨晚发生的事情。

② account for为短语动词，意为“说明（原因），解释（理由）”，相当于explain，give the reason for。

He can't account for his absence. 他不能说明缺席的原因。

How do you account for your behaviour？你怎样解释你的行为？

③ on account of意为“因为，由于”，通常作状语，不作表语，相当于owing to，because of。

She can't come on account of the heavy rain. 由于天下大雨，她不能来了。

He failed on account of his carelessness. 他因为粗心失败了。

17　accuse和charge均可表示“指控，指责，控告”，但有区别

① accuse为常用语，结构为：accuse sb.（of sth.）。accuse后不可接that 从句。

They accused him of corruption. 他们控告他贪污。

They accused the man of having broken his words. 他们指责那人不守信用。

He was wrongly accused. 他被诬告了。

② charge正式用语，常指按法律手续控告，也可用于非正式地指控某些违犯公认法规的事，结构为：charge sb. with sth.。charge后可接that 从句。

They charged him with neglecting his duty. 他们指责他失职。

The man was charged with murder. 那人被控谋杀罪。

They charged that the police had beaten the worker to death. 他们控告警察打死了那个工人。

18　ache和pain

① ache vi. & n. 指身体局部较持久的疼痛，且常是隐痛，如耳痛、牙痛、胃痛、头痛等。ache与身体某部位可组成复合名词，如：headache，toothache等。ache后接疼痛的部位时，要在ache前加an，构成an ache in the stomach/one's head/a tooth/the ear 结构。

After climbing the mountain，he ached all over. 爬过山后，他浑身疼痛。

Her legs began to ache with cold. 她的腿冻得开始疼起来。

She is suffering from an earache. 她患耳痛。

提示

注意下面的结构：

ache for 同情，渴望，想念
ache+to v.渴望，想念

My heart aches for her. 我十分想念她。

The lonely girl aches for home. 这个孤独的小姑娘想家。

She was aching to join in the game. 她渴望参加比赛。

② pain vi.，vt. & n. 指由于受伤或疾病而产生的疼痛，既可反映一般的疼痛，也可指突然的剧痛，有时指局部疼痛影响到全身，程度比ache重。pain可作不及物动词，也可作及物动词（ache只可作不及物动词）。pain还可引申指精神上的痛苦（ache则没有此意）。

The cut pained her. 伤口使她感到疼痛。

His face was drawn with pain. 他痛得面部肌肉都扭曲了。

She had a pain/an ache in the stomach. 她胃痛。

It pained her to hear that he was leaving. 听说他要走了，她感到很难过。（不用ache）

19　across和through

① across和through都是介词。across表示“穿过”时，与动态动词连用。

She walked across the street in a hurry. 她匆忙穿过大街。

He can swim across the river. 他能游过那条河。

② across表示“在（街、河等）……另一边，横过”，与静态动词连用。

The school is across the river. 学校在河的对岸。

He lived across the lake. 他住在湖的对岸。

③ through可以表示时间，意为“在……中”，指一段时间；也可以表示地点，意为“通过，穿过”。

They talked through the night. 他们谈了一个通宵。

He was busy all through the weekend. 他整个周末都很忙。

He walked through the town. 他步行穿过这座小城。

The moonlight is coming in through the window. 月光从窗口照进来。

④ across和through虽然都可以表示“穿过”，但还是有区别的。across与on有关，表示动作在物体的表面进行，从一边到另一边。through与in有关，表示动作从物体中间穿过。

比较

He walked across the fields. 他从田野上走过。（在田野上）
He walked through the forest. 他从森林中穿过。（在森林中）

He ran across the bridge. 他跑过桥去。（从桥上）
He ran through the town. 他跑着穿过这座小城。（横穿）

⑤ from…to和from…through都可以表示“从……至”，但在from…to中，to后的时间是否算在内，不明确，而在from…through中，through后的时间肯定计算在内。

比较

这家博物馆从周一至周五开放。
The museum is open from Monday to Friday.（周五是否开放，不明确）
The museum is open from Monday through Friday.（周五开放无疑）

20　act，action，deed和activity

① act用作名词时，意为“行为，动作”，指一时的简单行为或动作，或一个人的具体行为，也可表示“法令，法案，（剧中的）幕”。

It's an act of kindness to help a blind man across the street. 帮助盲人过街是善良行为。

He was caught in the very act of stealing. 他在偷东西时被捉住了。

Acts，not words，are what we need. 我们需要的是行动而不是空谈。

Running away is an act of cowardice. 逃跑是怯懦的行为。

a play of five acts 一个5幕剧　　　pass an act 通过一项法令

提示

在下列短语中要用act：

in the very act当场

act of kindness善行

act of madness疯狂行为

② action通常指抽象的行为或动作，需要长期的、反复的行为才能完成的事，强调动作完成的过程，可作可数名词或不可数名词。

People will judge you by your action，not by your promise. 人们将凭你的行为来评判你，而不是凭你的承诺。

Her heroic action/act was long remembered. 她的英勇行为长久地留在人们的记忆里。

The time has come for action. 行动的时间到了。

Actions speak louder than words. 行动胜于言辞。

提示

在下列短语中要用action：

take action采取行动

the action of the tide潮汐的作用

the action of medicine 药物的作用

③ deed指的是难度大而崇高的行为或行动，总带有理智的判断或责任心，较庄重。

To help the poor is a good deed. 帮助穷人是件好事。

His brave deeds inspired all of us. 他的勇敢行为激励了我们大家。

The better the day，the better the deed. 日子愈吉利，干事愈如意。

提示

在下列短语中要用deed：

do heroic deeds做出英勇业绩

achieve new deeds of merit立新功

④ activity表示所参加的具体“活动”，所组织的具体“活动”，所做的“事情”，为可数名词。

social activities 社会活动

political activities 政治活动

outdoor activities 户外活动

practical activity 实践活动

mental activity 精神活动

21　act as和act for

① act as表示“充当，担任”，指代为行使他人的事务，而不是任命为某职，这时，其后的名词前不加冠词。

Mr. Johnson will act as manager till I return. 约翰逊先生将代行经理之职，直到我回来。（manager前不加冠词）

Miss Green acted as director while he was ill. 他生病期间，格林小姐代理主任之职。（director前不加冠词）

提示

act as还可表示“（在戏剧、电影中）扮演”。

She acted as a musician in the play. 她在这个剧中扮演一位音乐家。

② act for表示“代理”，指完全代替某人的职位或事务。

She will act for the headmaster in his absence. 校长外出期间，将由她代理。

I acted for him in this matter. 我在这件事情上代理他。

22　actual和present

① actual意为“实际的，确实的”，指确实存在的而不是想象中的事物，有时可以指非物质形态的东西。

Can you give me the actual figures？你能给我实际数字吗？

The actual situation is worse than you think. 实际情况比你想的要糟。

It was an actual event in history. 那是历史上的一个真实事件。

② present意为“当前的，现今的；出席的”。

The present government is highly effective. 现政府效率很高。

He was present at the meeting. 他出席了那次会议。

23　adapt，adjust，accommodate和gear

① adapt指作较大的改变以适应新的环境或情况，也表示“改编，改写”。

We should adapt our thinking to the new conditions. 我们应使自己的思想适应新的情况。

The play is adapted from a novel. 这个剧本是由小说改编的。

② adjust侧重指作较小的改动或移动，或指在整体中调整各部分之间的关系，使之一致。

The body adjusts itself to changes of temperature. 身体能够自行调节以适应温度的变化。

③ accommodate常指以妥协或迁就做出对人对己有利的调整。

He had to accommodate his steps to hers. 他只好调整自己的步调与她的保持一致。

④ gear侧重指“使适合”，对某事物加以调节以适合某种需要，达到某种水平或标准。

Industry must be geared to wartime needs. 工业必须调整以适应战时需要。

24　adequate，enough，ample，abundant，sufficient和plentiful

① adequate着重符合一个客观要求或标准，可指数量上足够，质量上适当。

The pay was adequate for me. 所得报酬够我用的。

For the use of beginners，the book is adequate. 对初学者来说，这本书够用了。

② enough是常用词，指足以满足某种目的或愿望，enough在表示数量时可同adequate和sufficient换用，但enough不表示质量。enough可用作后置定语。

They have enough/adequate computers for students to practice on. 他们有足够的计算机让学生上机训练。

There was enough/sufficient food for a month. 有够一个月用的食物。

We have got men enough. 我们有足够的人手。

③ ample指“充足而有余的”，指时间、商品等。

This leaves her ample time to prepare three meals a day. 这使她有充足的时间一天做三顿饭。

④ abundant指就某个方面来说“丰富的，丰裕的（rich in sth.）”。

They had an abundant fruit harvest last year. 他们去年水果大丰收。

The trees are abundant in fruit. 树上果实累累。

Rice is abundant in the river valleys. 河谷里盛产稻米。

⑤ sufficient指为特定目的和需要提供足够的数量（as much as one needs）。

He is earning sufficient money to support a family of five. 他的收入足以养活五口之家。

They have got sufficient food and water for an 8-day journey. 他们已准备好够8天旅行用的食物和水。

⑥ plentiful程度大于ample，当然更大于enough、adequate和sufficient。

南泥湾精神使陕北能做到ample food and clothing（丰衣足食），现在的小康生活该是plentiful food and clothing（充足的衣食）了，而正在实现abundant food and clothing（丰富的衣食）。

25　admit，confess和acknowledge

① admit常含被迫或不情愿之意，指因外部压力或受到良心谴责等而承认原想否认的事。

He admitted his guilt to the police. 他向警方认了罪。

② confess表示“认罪，认错”，常指承认自己的罪行、过错或隐私等，侧重“坦白”之意。

He confessed that he was guilty/taking part in a plot to free the prisoner/to the priest before he died. 他承认自己有罪/坦白参与放走那个囚犯的密谋/在死前向神父忏悔。

③ acknowledge为普通用词，侧重指公开承认事实，某事的存在或某事的真实性。

He gladly acknowledged himself in the wrong. 他欣然认错。

26　advantage，benefit，interest和profit

① advantage意为“有利条件，优点，优势”，指竞争或物质上赢得的好处，或应付困难的条件或时机。

Her connections gave her an advantage over the others. 她的关系户使她比别人更具优势。

He took advantage of the fine weather to sun his clothes. 他趁天气晴好把衣服晒了。

It would be to our advantage to continue the training course. 把培训继续办下去对我们有好处。

② benefit是常用词，指人们得到的物质、精神方面的任何好处。

The book is of much benefit to me. 这本书对我大有益处。

She got a lot of benefit from their friendship. 她从他们的友谊中获益良多。

③ interest用单数形式，指“利息，利润，兴趣”，表示“利益”时，多用复数形式。

The interest on the loan is five percent. 这项贷款的利息是百分之五。

The interests of our firm are closely bound up with those of yours. 我们两家公司的利益息息相关。

④ profit着重指物质、金钱方面获得的利益或好处，表示“赢利，收益，利润”，也指其他方面的“益处，得益”。

She made a profit of 10，000 dollars on the villa. 她出售这幢别墅获利10000美元。

The school is not operated for profit. 这所学校不是为赢利而办的。

The book can be read with profit as well as pleasure. 读这本书既可娱乐又可获益。

27　adventure和venture

① adventure n.冒险经历，惊险活动；奇遇；冒险，惊险。

He's a man full of adventure. 他是个充满冒险精神的人。

The old man told us of his adventures in the mountains. 老人告诉我们他在山里的冒险经历。

② venture n.冒险事业，冒险活动，投机活动，商业冒险v.冒险，拿……冒险；用……进行投机；敢于说出，大胆表示。

He's ready for any venture. 他准备冒任何风险。

They're planning a joint venture with a foreign company. 他们计划跟一家外国公司合办一个合资企业。

I venture to say that men will live on the moon. 我敢说人们将在月球上生活。

28　advice，advices，opinion，proposal和suggestion

① advice表示“劝告，意见，建议”，着重于提意见的人比对方有更多的经验或知识，为不可数名词，前不用an，后不可加s。表示“一句劝告，一番劝告”，要说a word of advice，a piece/a bit of advice；表示“几项劝告，多项建议”，要说several pieces of advice，pieces/bits of advice。常用搭配：

ask for advice请教

ask sb. for his advice向某人请教

take/follow one's advice听从某人的忠告

give/offer sb. advice给某人以忠告

② advice作“消息，报告”解时，通常要加s。

They have got some new advices about the matter. 他们收到了关于那个事情的一些新消息。

③ opinion表示“意见，看法”，指一般的看法或意见，有“不十分肯定，初步”的含义。

What is your opinion of the plan？你对这个计划有何看法？

I can not form any opinion about it. 关于此事我想不出任何意见。

④ proposal意为“（正式提出的）建议，提案”，强调正式提出，予以考虑；还表示“求婚”。

The proposal was most enthusiastically supported. 这项提案受到十分热烈的支持。

Miss Sharple received a proposal from Mr. Minder. 谢普尔小姐接受了蒙恩德先生的求婚。

⑤ suggestion意为“建议，意见”，语气较婉转，提出仅供参考，含有“不一定正确”之意。

He will take your suggestion into consideration. 他会考虑你的建议的。

Do you have any more suggestions to make？你们还有建议要提吗？

29　affair，business和matter

① affair用作单数形式，意为“事，事情，事物”，常指小事，私事，已经发生的事或要去做的事；affair用作复数形式，意为“事务，业务”，常指重大事务（如国内事务、国际事务）或头绪较多的事情。

That is an ordinary affair. 那是一件平常事。

How I spend the money is my own affair. 我怎么花钱是我自己的事。

The international affairs are rather complex. 国际事务相当复杂。

He is concerned with state affairs. 他关心着国家大事。

提示

注意下面matter的用法。

What's the matter with you？你怎么了？（matter表示“毛病，麻烦”）

Is anything the matter？有麻烦吗？

There's nothing the matter with the car. 这辆汽车没有问题。

As a matter of fact she knew nothing about it. 事实上，她对这件事一无所知。

② business表示“生意，商务”，以赚取利润为目的；也可表示“事情，事务”，相当于affair，但更强调出于责任或任务去做某件事。

Business was good at the shop today. 今天店里生意兴隆。

They have done business with five countries. 他们已经同五个国家做生意。

It is none of your business. 这事与你无关。（不用affair）

It is my business to help them. 帮助他们是我应做的事。

What a business it is moving house！搬家是一件多么麻烦的事啊！

③ matter表示“事情，东西，问题”，通常指需要加以考虑或处理的事。

You'd better think the matter over. 你最好考虑一下这件事。

The matter is still in dispute. 这件事还在争论之中。

30　affect，effect和influence

① affect是及物动词，表示“影响，（病）侵袭”，暗示产生的影响如此强烈，以致能引起反应。

Smoking affects health. 吸烟影响健康。

The rise in the price has affected all of them. 物价的上涨影响了他们所有的人。

Her words won't affect my decision. 她的话不会影响我的决定。

The disease affected his mind very much. 疾病极大地损害了他的大脑。

② affect也可以表示“使……感动”，指人，表示思想感情受外界事物的影响而“感动”，这种“感动”所引发的是伤感、热爱、愤怒、怜悯等情绪。

The film so affected her that she cried. 这部电影那么感人，她哭了。

His death affected her deeply. 他的去世使她深感悲痛。

He was much affected by the sad story. 那个悲伤的故事深深地打动了他。

They were all affected to tears. 他们都感动得流泪了。

Music affects some people very strongly. 音乐对一些人有很强的感染力。

③ effect表示“影响”时，是名词，不能误用为动词。

④ effect用作动词时表示“招致，促成，产生”。

He effected several changes in the company. 他在公司里促成了好几项改革。

I hope this new drug will effect a cure. 我希望这种新药会治愈病。

⑤ influence指通过间接的、不易觉察的方式对人的思想行为产生潜移默化的影响，也可指自然界的影响，可作动词或名词；有时还可指有势力、有影响的人或物。

Young people are quickly influenced by new ideas. 年轻人接受新思想的影响快。

What we read influences our thinking. 我们阅读的书籍影响我们的思想。

Literature and art have a great influence upon people's ideology. 文学艺术对人们的思想意识有很大的影响。

He is an influence for good in the town. 他在本市具有使人向善的影响力量。

比较

The book has a strong effect on her.
The book affects her strongly. 这本书对她影响很大。

What effect will the drug have on him？
How will the drug affect him？这药将对他有什么影响？

31　after a moment，at the moment，for a moment和in a moment

① after a moment意为“过一会儿”，相当于after a while，与过去时连用。

I got to the station at nine. The train pulled in after a moment. 我九点钟到达车站，过了一会儿，火车就进站了。

The wounded came to after a moment. 伤员过了一会儿就醒来了。

② at the moment意为“此刻，当时，那时”，相当于at this moment，at that moment。

I have nothing to do at the moment. 我此刻无事可做。

I couldn't think of her name at the moment. 我当时想不起她的名字。

③ for a moment意为“一会儿，片刻，暂时”，有时可省略for。

Please wait here for a moment. 请在这儿稍等一会儿。（a minute，a while）

He paused for a moment. 他停了一会儿。

The food they sent will do for a moment. 他们送来的食物暂时够用的。（for the time being）

④ in a moment意为“立刻，不一会儿”，相当于in a minute，in a while，可同将来时或过去时连用。

I'll be back in a moment. 我一会儿就回来。

He repaired the bike in a moment. 他一会儿就把自行车修好了。

The hunter gathered some wood，and in a moment a hot fire was burning. 猎人捡了一些木柴，不一会儿一堆火就燃烧起来了。

32　after，behind和in 能否都表示“在……后”

① after+一段时间表示“在……之后”，也可用“一段时间+later/after，多用于一般过去时中。

他们两天后到达了山顶。

They reached the top of the mountain after two days.

They reached the top of the mountain two days later.

They reached the top of the mountain two days after.

② after+时间点可用于一般现在时、一般将来时或一般过去时，表示“在……之后”。

She will arrive after five o'clock. 她将在5点钟后到达。

It began to rain after ten last night. 昨晚10点钟后开始下雨。

He usually takes a walk after he gets up. 他通常起床后散步。

③ behind用作介词或副词，指位置，意为“在……后面”，还可引申表示“支持；落后”，也可指时间，意为“比……晚，晚了”。

She came out from behind the door. 她从门后出来。

They are fully behind the welfare policy. 他们都全力支持福利政策。

Our team is behind by two points. 我们队落后两分。

The clock is a little behind time. 这钟稍微慢了一点。

He is a month behind with the rent. 他已拖了一个月没交房租了。

④ in同表示一段时间的词语连用，如：in three days，in 2008等。要注意的是，in引导的短语所在句中的谓语动词，如果是非延续性动词的一般将来时或过去将来时，in表示“在……之后”，而如果句中谓语动词是延续性动词，in表示“在……之内”，相当于within。

比较

He will arrive in 5 hours. 他将在5个小时后到达。（不是“5个小时内”）

We shall go for a holiday in two weeks. 我们将在两周后去度假。（不是“两周内”）

He said he would be back in an hour. 他说他1个小时后回来。（be back为非延续性动作）

I shall work here in two weeks. 两周内我将在这里工作。（work是延续性动词）

They built the bridge in six months. 他们在6个月内建造了那座桥。（=within）

She learnt to drive in three weeks. 她用3周时间学会了开车。
=After three weeks she could drive.

提示

after 指动态的、次序的先后，而behind指位置的后面，表示静态。

33　age，period，time，epoch和era

① age作“时代”讲时，为常用词，通常指具有某种显著特征或某杰出人物、重要事件为其象征的时代，也指考古学、地质学上的时代。

the age of Shakespeare莎士比亚时代

the Neolithic Age新石器时代

the atomic age原子时代

the Middle Ages中世纪

The Dark Ages黑暗时代（指欧洲中世纪）

Cavemen lived in the Stone Age. 穴居人生活在石器时代。

② period意为“时期，期间”，指一段时间，可长可短，用途较广。

the historical period of socialism 社会主义历史时期

in the Twelveth Five-Year Plan period 在“十二五”规划期间

the period of American Civil War美国内战时期

the prehistoric period史前时期

We lived in Beijing for a period of time. 我们在北京住了一段时间。

③ time一般用复数形式表示“时代”，指一段历史时期或某个时期里与特殊经历相关的“岁月，境况”。

the hard times during the anti-Japanese War抗日战争时期的艰难岁月

in modern times在近代

What wonderful times we live in！我们生活在多好的时代啊！

④ epoch指发生重大事件或巨变的“时代”，有时也用来指一个新时代的起始。

The invention of dynamite marks an epoch in history. 炸药的发明标志着历史上新纪元的开始。

The years from 1860—1865 were an epoch in the history of the United States. 1860—1865年为美国历史上的一个重要时期。

⑤ era和epoch意义相近，意为“纪元，时代”，但era更强调整个历程，不单指一个时代的起点，时间概念上一般较epoch长。

The Industrial Revolution began a new era. 工业革命开创了一个新时代。

34　aged，elder和elderly

① aged意为“年老的，老的”，表示年岁已高，含有衰弱之意；aged还可表示“……岁的”，常作表语。

She helped take care of her aged grandfather. 她帮助照顾年迈的祖父。

The sick and the aged need our help. 病人和老年人需要我们的帮助。

He was aged six when he went to school. 他6岁上学。

② elder意为“年纪较长的”，指家庭兄弟姐妹之间的年龄较长者，也可表示一群人中年龄较大者。

My elder brother is a teacher. 我哥哥是个教师。

③ elderly意为“上了年纪的，中年以上的”，有虽渐入老境但不失尊严之意。

Her father is getting elderly now and can't walk very fast. 她父亲已年迈，不能走得很快。

We should respect elderly people. 我们应该尊敬上了年岁的人。

35　agony，pang和distress

① agony（very great pain or suffering of mind or body）极大的痛苦，既可指精神上，也可指肉体上的痛苦。

He suffered agonies from his broken arm. 他的断臂使他遭受了极大的痛苦。

② pang（sudden sharp feeling or pain of body or mind）悲痛，刺痛，既可指肉体，也可指心理上突然的刺痛、阵痛。

pangs of hunger 饥饿的刺痛

She left her children with a pang of sadness. 她和自己的孩子分手时悲痛欲绝。

③ distress（great suffering of the body or mind，pain or great discomfort）痛苦，悲痛，忧愁。

The sick man showed signs of distress. 那位病人显出痛苦难受的样子。

36　agree 用法难点

① agree to do sth.表示“同意做某事”。

We agreed to help them with their studies. 我们同意帮助他们学习。

She agreed to speak at the meeting. 她同意在会上讲话。

② agree on/upon sth.表示“对……取得一致意见”，指参加协商的人或单位经过商定后，对某个问题达成一致意见或具有相同看法，后常跟日期、条件、价格、计划、行动等。

They have agreed on the date for the next meeting. 他们已就下次会议的日期达成了协议。

They couldn't agree upon the price. 他们对于价格不能取得一致意见。

They all agreed on making an early decision. 他们都同意早做决定。

We have agreed on the price for the villa. 我们已就那幢别墅的售价达成一致。

The whole family agreed on the island for their holiday. 全家商定去那个岛上度假。

We agreed on putting the meeting off. 我们同意把会议延期。

=We agreed to put the meeting off.

③ agree to sth.表示“同意，赞成”对方提出的建议、计划、要求等（plan，suggestion，request，scheme，etc.）。

He agrees to the plan. 他同意这项计划。

She doesn't agree to this arrangement. 她不同意这项安排。

The manager has agreed to your request. 经理已经同意你的要求。

They don't agree to the arbitration of the court. 他们不同意法院的调解。

Her father has agreed to engaging herself to John. 她父亲已经同意她同约翰订婚。

④ agree with表示“同意，赞成”某人，或同意某个看法、意见、问题（somebody，one's view，etc.）。

All of us agree with her opinions. 我们大家都同意她的意见。

I can't agree with him/his views. 我不能同意他/他的看法。

The two brothers don't quite agree with one another. 这兄弟俩意见不太一致。

You ought to agree with her that smoking will do harm to you. 你应该赞同她的意见，吸烟会伤害你的身体。

提示

agree with还表示“（食物、气候、药品、衣服等）适合，适宜，与……一致”，主语必须是物。

The food there didn't agree with me. 我不适应那儿的食物。

The coat doesn't agree with her. 这件外衣她穿不合身。

⑤ agree with sb. on/about sth.表示“在某方面或某个问题上与某人看法一致”。

I agree with him on that matter. 我在那个问题上与他的看法相同。

I don't agree with you about the question. 关于这个问题，我和你的看法不同。

Teachers rarely agree about the method of teaching. 关于教学方法，教师很少能够取得一致。

They never agree about politics. 他们的政见总是不同。

⑥ agree+that从句表示“同意，赞同”。

I agree that we should spend more time on reading. 我赞同我们应花更多的时间进行阅读。

He agreed that he would help me with the work. 他同意帮助我做这项工作。

⑦ agree+what/who从句表示“同意，赞同”。

They could not agree who should speak at the meeting. 他们对谁在会上发言意见不一致。

They didn't agree what should be done next. 他们对下一步该做什么意见不一致。

⑧ agree单独使用，表示“同意，通过，答应”，可作及物动词或不及物动词。

He will never agree. 他不会同意的。

The arrangement has been agreed. 这项安排被通过了。

比较

I agree her to do the work. （不可说agree sb. to do sth.）
I agree that she should do the work. 我同意她做那项工作。

I agree going there. （agree后不可跟动名词）
I agree to go there. 我同意去那里。

37　agree，approve和consent

① agree常指原先有分歧，经过协商、讨论、思考后同意他人的想法、意见等，可作及物动词或不及物动词。

The teachers have agreed to the teaching plan. 老师们已同意这个教学计划。

They agreed on going. 他们同意去。

② approve表示认为某人某事是正确的或令人满意的，因而赞同或认可。approve是正式用词，一般是上级或权力机关对下级应用，表示“同意，批准，通过”。

I cannot approve of her marrying so young. 我不赞同她这么年轻就结婚。

The National People's Congress approved the report. 全国人民代表大会批准了这个报告。

③ consent通常指上级对下级的请求、建议、行动“同意、批准、赞成”，常同介词to搭配，也可接不定式。

His father will never consent to the marriage. 他父亲决不会同意这桩婚姻。

The principle consented to consider the request. 校长同意考虑这个请求。

38　aim to和aim at

① aim to do sth. 和aim at doing sth.均表示“打算做……，目的是……”。

She aims to become a musician. 她志在当一名音乐家。

He aims at writing another novel. 他打算再写一部小说。

② aim at sth.可表示“瞄准”。

He aims at the bird. 他瞄准那只鸟。

39　alive，living，live和lively

① alive多用于人，强调活着，通常作表语，作定语时一般后置。

It's great to be alive. 活着就是好。

My grandfather was alive when the first airplane flew. 第一架飞机上天时我祖父还在世。

Is the snake alive or dead？这条蛇是活的还是死的？

He must be still alive. 他一定还活着。

② living着重指没有死的状态，即现存的人或事物，可作表语或定语。

Biology is the study of living things. 生物学是研究生物的科学。

My grandmother is still living at the age of 93. 我祖母93岁高龄依然健在。

No man living could do better. 没有人能做得更好。

We all look on him as Lei Feng living. 我们都把他看作活雷锋。

提示

the living表示“活着的人”，与the dead相对。

比较

Is your grandfather still living？你祖父还健在吗？（本句living不可改用alive，因为alive含有“本有死的可能”之意）

The soldier was found alive in the grass. 在草丛中发现这个士兵还活着。（说明生死界线）

③ live ［laɪv］a. 指肉体的出现，而不是相片、画像；或人死后还在人们心中的“活着”；指物时，表示“通上电的，有生命的，有活力的，实况播送的”。ad. 表示“现场转播（电视、广播）”。

Don't touch a live wire. 别摸带电的电线。

There is much live fish in the market every day. 每天都有许多活鱼上市。

Some television and radio programs are live. 有些电视和广播节目是实况播送的。

The concert will be broadcast live. 这场音乐会将现场直播。

提示

alive和living作比喻用法时在意义上有所不同。

①alive表示“活跃的，热闹的”。

The whole square was alive with singing and rejoicing. 整个广场歌声嘹亮，喜气洋洋。

The news of victory kept us alive in excitement. 胜利的消息使我们兴奋不已。

②living表示“生动的，逼真的，在活动中”。

That is a living picture. 那幅画栩栩如生。

④ lively意为“活泼的，热烈的，充满生气的，栩栩如生的”。

Her parents are both lively and attractive individuals. 她的父母都是充满生气、富有魅力的人。

The debate was lively. 辩论是热烈的。

The novel gives a lively description of the people and their customs in the region. 这部小说生动地描写了那个地区的风俗人情。

40　alive等表语形容词

① 英语中有些形容词，通常用作表语，不作定语，称作表语形容词，这类词大多是以字母a开首的词。常用的有：afire，aflame，afloat，afoot，afraid，aglow，alight，alike，alive，alone，aloof，alert，amiss，ashamed，asleep，astir，astray，awake，aware 等。另外，某些表示健康状况的形容词，如well，unwell，ill，faint等常作表语，一般不能用作定语。

It is a live fish. 这是一条活鱼。

The two brothers are quite alike in many ways. 兄弟俩在许多方面都很相似。

The girl is asleep. 这个女孩睡着了。
He saw a sleeping girl. 他看见一个熟睡的女孩。

They wear like clothes. 他们穿相似的衣服。
They wear clothes alike.

The house is alight with lamps. 屋子里灯火通明。

② 某些以字母a开首的形容词也可以用作定语，但必须放在被修饰的名词之后，或前面有状语修饰时。

Who is the greatest writer alive？谁是健在的最伟大的作家？

He is the only man awake at that time. 他是当时唯一醒着的人。

Man alone has the gift of speech. 只有人类具有语言天赋。

③ alive，afloat，asleep，afraid，alike，alone等类似的词，通常不用very修饰，常用much，very much，fast，wide等修饰。

much/very much alive

sound/fast asleep

wide/half awake

much/very much afraid

much/very much alike

much/very much/all alone

④ aloof和alert可作前置定语。

an alert manner 警惕的态度

an aloof building 一幢孤零零的房屋

⑤ ill可作前置定语，表示“坏的，不吉祥的，邪恶的，恶意的，不良的”。

ill news 坏消息

ill luck 不幸

ill health 不健康

ill will 恶意，敌意

ill management 管理不善

ill breading 教养不好

⑥ afraid等以a开首的形容词，若前有副词修饰，大都可前置作定语：

a somewhat afraid guard 有点胆怯的哨兵

a wide awake patient 完全醒着的病人

the fast asleep children 熟睡的孩子们

41　all，whole，entire和total

① all着重“整体”，或由个体组成的“全部”。

Henry's shirts all are white.
All Henry's shirts are white. 亨利的衬衣都是白的。
Henry's shirts are all white.

② whole着重“完整的”整体，无一缺少，常用来修饰单数可数名词，不可数名词或集体名词，须放在冠词（a，an，the）、单数指示代词（this，that），所有格（my，Mary's）和数词之后。

Whole that month was wasted.
That whole month was wasted. 那整整一个月都浪费掉了。

All the money has been spent. 所有的钱都花光了。
The whole money has been spent.

All the Chinese people love peace. 全体中国人都热爱和平。
The whole Chinese people love peace.

Whole the room is clean and tidy.
The whole room is clean and tidy. 整个房间都清洁整齐。

He gave his whole attention to studying plants. 他专心致志于研究植物。

the whole youth of the nation 全国青年

③ all与whole不同位置的再比较：

all the city→the whole city

all the world→the whole world

all the year→the whole year

all the morning→the whole morning

但有时含义不同：

all China 指全中国人民
the whole of China 指中国的全部领土

④ whole不可修饰代词或专有名词。

the whole it
the whole of it

the whole China
the whole of China

比较正误：

all the hour
the whole hour

all the century
the whole century

⑤ whole表示“一切的，全体的”时，一般不可同普通名词复数连用，而all则可以。

the whole desks
the whole of desks
all（of）the desks 所有的桌子

⑥ whole有时也修饰被看成一个整体的复数名词，表示“整整的”，也表示“多数”，但前面不可加定冠词。

five whole weeks 整整五个星期

whole forests 成片的森林

whole cities 多数城市

It has rained for whole five hours.
It has rained for five whole hours. 雨已经整整下了五个小时。

She stayed here for four whole days. 她在这里整整待了四天。

⑦ the whole of表示“全部的，整个的”，后可接单数名词，集体名词或不可数名词。

We have not heard the whole of the story yet. 这个故事我们还没有听完呢。

I lived here for the whole of a year. 我在这里住了整整一年。

The whole of her family was killed. 她全家都遇害了。

He left the whole of his money in the bank. 他把所有的钱都存在了银行里。（也可说 the whole of one's savings 某人的全部储蓄）

⑧ entire有“齐全无缺”之意，达到不可减少也不可增加的程度，语气比whole强。

The entire sky is clear blue. 整个天空都是湛蓝的。

She had almost never been sick during her entire life. 她一生中几乎从没病过。

I'm in entire ignorance of what he did. 我对他的所作所为一概不知。

提示

某些不可数名词前可用entire，不可用whole，但有时用两者均可。

my entire confidence
my whole confidence

the entire/whole energy 全部精力

the whole/entire population 全民

⑨ total指把一切都计算在内的“全部”，表示数量或程度。

The whole village was in total silence. 整个村庄一片沉寂。

What's the total population of China？中国的总人口有多少？

42　all but，anything but和nothing but

① all but意为“差不多，几乎”，相当于almost。

This is all but impossible. 这几乎是不可能的。

The explorers were all but frozen when they were found. 探险队员们被发现时，几乎冻僵了。

提示

all but还可表示“除了……全部都”。

All but one will go there. 除一人外都将去那里。

② anything but意为“决非，并不，决不”，相当于not at all，far from。

It is anything but cheap. 这决不便宜。

It is anything but pleasant to be caught in the rain. 遭雨淋并不是愉快的事。

The man is anything but honest. 这人一点也不诚实。

The room is anything but sunny. 这房间阳光并不充足。

He is anything but an expert. 他绝不是什么专家。

提示

anything but还可表示“除……之外什么都，只不”。

I'll do anything but that. 除了那件事外，我什么都干。

③ nothing but意为“不过是，只有，单单”。

He said nothing but laugh. 他笑而不言。

Genius is nothing but labour and diligence. 天才无非是劳动加勤奋。

A hundred and fifty years ago，Shanghai was nothing but a small unknown town. 150年前，上海不过是个小小的无名小镇。

He does nothing but sit idle all day long. 他整天闲坐着，什么也不干。

It is nothing but rubbish. 这无非是垃圾。

43　all over，far and wide和here and there

① all over表示“遍及……”时，相当于in every part of，后跟名词；all over也可以单独使用，为副词短语，意为“到处，四处”。

They come from all over the world. 他们来自世界各地。

He has travelled all over the country. 他游遍了全国。

The flowers are all over the fields. 田野里到处都是花。

He's wet all over. 他浑身都湿透了。

He has looked for you all over. 他到处找你。

② far and wide和here and there也都表示“到处，四处”，但都是副词短语，单独使用，后面不可跟名词。far and wide强调范围的宽广，here and there侧重于这里，那里。

The news was known far and wide. 到处都知道这个消息。

I looked for my dictionary here and there，but I didn't find it. 我到处找我的那本词典，但都找不到。

提示

表示“到处，各处”的副词短语还有far and near，on all sides，right and left等。

44　allow，permit，let和promise

① allow意为“准许，允许”，指允许或听任别人做某事，常表示答应，侧重默许；allow也可以表示客气的请求，结构为：

allow sth./doing sth.
allow sb.+sth. （双宾语）
allow sb./oneself to be+形容词（承认……）
allow sb. to do sth.
be allowed to do sth.

We can't allow such a thing. 我们不能听任这种事情发生。

They didn't allow him to stay there. 他们不允许他待在那里。

You must allow yourself to be wrong. 你必须承认你错了。

We don't allow smoking in the room. 不允许在房间里吸烟。

She was allowed to try again. 她被允许再试一次。

Please allow me to say a few words. 请允许我说几句话。（客气请求）

比较

We don't allow smoking here.
We don't allow to smoke here.

Mother did not allow her to go out.
Mother did not allow her going out.

② permit意为“允许，许可”，语气比allow更正式，更强，表示的是积极允许，侧重“允许”，结构为：

permit sth./doing sth.

permit sb.+sth. （双宾语）

permit sb. to do sth.

if time/weather/health permits

We should not permit the waste of money. 我们不允许浪费钱财。

We don't permit smoking in the office. 我们不允许在办公室里抽烟。

Mother doesn't permit me to stay up late. 母亲不许我熬夜。

I'll call on you if time permits. 如果时间允许的话，我将去看你。

提示

①permit和allow有时可通用，后面都可以跟动名词作宾语，都可以表示客气的请求。比较：

他们不许在这个湖里游泳。
They don't permit swimming in the lake.（正式说法）
They don't allow swimming in the lake.（一般说法）

Please permit me to explain. 请允许我作解释。
Please allow me to explain.

②permit和allow后不可跟不定式，也不可跟从句。比较：

They don't permit/allow to sit here.
They don't permit/allow that we sit here.
They don't permit/allow sitting here. 他们不允许坐在这里。

③permit和allow的宾语补足语可以是带to的不定式，但不能是现在分词、动名词或不带to的不定式。比较：

她不允许他们拍照。
She didn't permit/allow them taking photos.
She didn't permit/allow them take photos.
She didn't permit/allow them to take photos.

④非人的东西作主语时可用permit，也可用allow。

The plan allows 20 minutes for dinner. 根据计划安排，允许20分钟时间吃饭。

【注意】表示下级对上级、幼辈对长辈的尊敬的请求，主语为you时，应用permit；主语为I时，应用May I be allowed…？

Will you permit me to say a few words？请允许我说几句话好吗？
May I be allowed to say a few words？

③ let意为“让，允许”，指不加反对或阻止，也可用于命令、建议等，可指积极的允许，结构为：

let sb./sth. do sth. （不带to）
let sb./sth. in让……进来
let sb./sth. into sth. 让……进入

let sb./sth. out放出，泄露，发出
let sth.（boat，room，house）出租

Please let me know what has happened. 请告诉我发生了什么事。

Don't let the dog in. 不要把狗放进来。

Who let you into the office？谁让你进入办公室的？

Mother won't let her out on Sundays. 母亲不让她星期天外出。

She has a house to let. 她有一所房子出租。

提示

①let通常不用于被动语态；如要用被动语态，常用be allowed代替be let。

Mother didn't let him go swimming. 母亲不许他去游泳。
He was not allowed to go swimming.

但let表示“出租”时，可用于被动语态。

The house was let last week. 这所房子上周被出租了。

②表示征求他人的意见时，let's包括被征求意见的人和说话人本人在内，意为“让我们”，反意问句用shall we；而let us仅指说话人本人在内，被征求意见的人you为句子主语，被省略了，反意问句用will you。比较：

Let's leave，shall we？让我们离开吧，好吗？
Let us leave，will you？你让我们离开吧，好吗？

④ promise意为“答应，允诺”，指答应某人的要求，提出某种积极的许诺，执行这种承诺的人就是句子的主语，结构为：

promise sth.
promise sb.+sth. （双宾语）
promise to do sth.
promise sb. to do sth.
promise+that从句
keep the promise （to do sth.，that从句）

I can't promise anything. 我不能作任何承诺。

She promised him a birthday present. 她答应给他生日礼物。

He promised me not to go there again. 他答应我不再去那里了。

She promised that she would lend me some money. 她答应借给我一些钱。

She broke her promise to lend him the car. 她未能履行把车借给他的承诺。

45　alone，lonely，let sth./sb. alone和let alone

① alone作形容词用时，意为“单独的”，表示“单独一人，无其他人”，常用作表语或宾语补足语。

I want to be alone for a few minutes. 我想一个人待几分钟。

He is not alone in this opinion. 持这种意见的并非他一人。

Don't leave the child alone. 不要把那个孩子独自留下。

② alone可以放在名词或代词后，表示“仅仅，只有”，作定语。

比较

Tom alone can move the stone. 只有汤姆能搬动那块石头。
Tom can move the stone alone. 汤姆能独自一人搬动那块石头。

She alone came. 只有她来了。
She came alone. 她独自一人来了。

提示

alone可以被much或very much修饰，可与in短语搭配，但不可被very修饰。

He is not very alone in doing so.
He is not much alone in doing so. 这样做的决非他一人。

③ alone作副词用时，意为“独自地，单独地”。

She lived alone. 她独自一人生活。

I'll go there alone. 我将独自去那里。

④ alone只表示客观情况，指没有助手或同伴，与心境无关；lonely意为“孤独的，寂寞的”，含有较浓的感情色彩，指因缺少友谊、关怀而产生的一种忧郁的、悲伤的情绪。lonely可用作定语或表语。

The lonely old man lived on the river bank. 那位孤独的老人住在河边。

He doesn't feel lonely although he is alone. 尽管他孤身一人，但他并不寂寞。

The lonely man lived alone. 那个孤单的人一个人独住。

提示

lonely修饰地点名词时，表示“荒凉的，偏僻的”。

That is a lonely island. 那是一座荒岛。

He lived in a lonely mountain village. 他住在一个荒凉的山村里。

⑤ let sth. alone或leave sth. alone表示“听任，由它去”；let alone+动词/名词/形容词/代词，表示“更不用说”，这种用法中不可用lonely。

Let the dog alone. 别惹那条狗。

She can write English，let alone speak it. 她能写英语，更不用说讲了。

46　already和all ready

① already是表示时间的副词，意为“已经”，所在句中的谓语动词常用完成时。already可置于句中或句尾，偶尔也可放在句首。

They have already arrived. 他们已经到了。

The postman has already been here. 邮递员已经来过了。

It's ten o'clock already. 已经10点钟了。

Already the moon is rising. 月亮已经升起了。

② all ready是两个词，为形容词短语，意为“完全准备好的”，副词all修饰形容词ready。

The letters are all ready for post. 信件都已准备好邮寄。

Are you all ready？你们都准备好了吗？

We are all ready to go on the trip. 我们都已完全准备好了去旅行。

47　already，still和yet的特殊用法

① already可用于疑问句中，放在句尾，表示“惊讶，怀疑”。

Has he arrived already？他已经到了？（真没想到）

Have you finished supper already？It's only half past five. 你已经吃过晚饭了？才五点半呢。

② still意为“仍然，还”，表示某事正在进行中或正在过程中，用于进行时或一般现在时，且常用于肯定句，有时也用于疑问句和否定句。

They are still talking in the room. 他们仍在房间里谈话。

She is still very young. 她仍然很年轻。

Is he waiting still？他还在等吗？

比较

He is still sitting. 他仍然坐着。
（still表示“仍然”）
He is sitting still. 他坐着不动。
（still表示“不动的”）

③ not…yet表示“还没有”，也常用于完成时，有时用一般现在时。

He hasn't done his homework yet. 他还没有做完家庭作业。

She isn't home yet. 她还没有到家。

提示

yet可用于由although引导的让步状语从句中，表示“但是”；yet也可用作连词，引导从句，表示“然而”。

Although he tried his best，yet he didn't win the game. 虽然他尽了最大努力，但没能赢得那场比赛。

She wanted to come，（and）yet she was ill. 她想来，可是她病了。（如果用and yet，yet就是副词）

比较

Have you heard the news yet？（一般询问）
Have you heard the news already？（表示惊讶）

Is she here yet？她来了没有？（=Has she arrived？）
Is she still here？她还在这里吗？（=Hasn't she left？）

48　alternative和alternate

① alternative表示“两者择一的，另一个的”。

They are alternative ways of expressing the same idea. 它们是表达同一意思的不同方法。

② alternate表示“交替的，轮流的（happening by turns）；间隔的；候补的，供替代的”。

Last week was a week of alternate rain and sunshine. 上星期时晴时雨。

Tom went to work on alternate days. 汤姆每隔一天上班。

提示

alternative和alternate还可以作名词。

49　although和though

① although和though引导让步状语从句，although较正式。although和though引导的从句可放在句首或句尾；位于句首时，常用逗号与主句隔开，位于句尾时，用不用逗号都可以。

Although/Though they are poor，they are kind. 他们虽穷，但却善良。

Although/Though she is young，she has much knowledge. 她虽年轻，但知识很丰富。

He is strong although he is very old. 他虽然年事已高，但仍很健壮。

② although和though不能同but在同一句中连用，也就是说，用了although和though，便不能用but，用了but，便不能用although或though。

这本书虽然贵，但却值得买。
The book is dear，but it is worth buying.
Although the book is dear，it is worth buying.
Although the book is dear，but it is worth buying.

③ though可用于倒装句中，而although则不可。

Rich though she is，she is not happy. 她虽然很有钱，但并不幸福。

④ though可以用作连词，并可以用作副词，放在句尾，表示“不过，可是”，而although则不可。

He is an old though strong man. 他是个年迈但很强壮的人。

It is hard work；I like it，though. 这是件艰苦的工作，但是我喜欢。

A：It's a beautiful skirt. 这件裙子真漂亮。
B：It's very expensive，though. 不过，倒是挺贵的。

⑤ though可表示假设的情况，不指事实，从句用虚拟语气，although则不能这样用。

He will never do such a thing though he（should）be forced to. 他即使被迫也不会做这种事。

⑥ though还可同别的词结合，如as though（仿佛），even though（即使），what though（尽管……有什么关系）等，although则不可。

I'll leave even though it rains tomorrow. 即使明天下雨，我也要动身了。

What though the way is long？路远又有什么关系呢？

⑦ though引导的从句的主谓语如果是系表结构，可省略从句的主语和be动词。

This article is very important though（it is）short. 这篇文章虽短，但很重要。

Though liking the car，I haven't enough money to buy it. （因为从句不是含有be动词的系表结构）
Though fond of the car，I haven't enough money to buy it.

50　altogether和all together

① altogether是一个词，为副词，意为“完全（completely），总的来说（on the whole）”。

They altogether agree to the proposal. 他们完全同意那个建议。

Altogether，it is a good book. 总的来说，这是一本好书。

② all together是两个词，为副词短语，意为“同时都，一道”。

Please don't ask her questions all together. 请不要一起向她问问题。

They left all together. 他们一起走了。

提示

altogether和all together均可表示“一共，总共”。

There were altogether/all together twenty students present at the meeting. 总共有20名学生出席了会议。

51　animal，beast，cattle 和creature

① animal动物的总称，与“植物（plant）”相对；也可表示除人类以外的“动物”。

Which animal do you like best，a dog，a cat or a horse？你最喜欢哪种动物，狗、猫还是马？

Men，birds and tigers are all animals. 人、鸟、虎都是动物。

② beast四足兽，牲畜；指人时，含有贬义。

Lion is the king of beasts. 狮子是万兽之王。

They hated that beast of a boss. 他们恨透了那个狼心狗肺的老板。

He worked like a beast of burden in those years. 在那些年里，他像牛马一样地干活。

③ cattle指牛一类的牲畜，为集体名词。

He has five head of cattle. 他有5头牛。

The fields were full of cattle. 田野里到处是牛。

④ creature生物，动物，指除了植物以外的生物。指人时，常含爱怜或轻蔑之意。

These are delightful little creatures. 这些是可爱的小动物。

She is a beautiful creature. 她是个漂亮女子。

You shouldn't have shown pity for that creature. 你不该怜悯那家伙。

52　answer，reply和respond

① answer为常用语，指用书面、口头或行动来对他人的询问、请求、指责或质问等作出回答或反应。

Who can answer the question？谁能回答这个问题？

You should answer her letter right away. 你应该马上给她回信。

② reply为书面用语，指经过考虑的较正式的答复。除了后面接直接引语或that引导的名词从句外，一般用作不及物动词，常与to搭配，强调对问题内容的详细答复。而answer则强调回答的动作，表示一般的应答时，只能用answer，如：answer the telephone（接电话），answer the door（应声开门）等，不可用reply。

She did not reply to his letter. 她没有给他回信。

He replied that he might go. 他回话说他可能去。

③ respond侧重于在接到对方问题、要求或表态后以行动而不是以言语作出反应，作不及物动词用时后接to。

She kindly responded to my question. 她很客气地回答了我的问题。

The girl responded with a smile. 那女孩微笑着作答。

They responded by going on a strike. 他们以罢工来作出反应。

53　answer for和answer to

① answer for通常表示两种含义。

（1）表示“对……负责，担保”，相当于be responsible for。

We can't answer for her actions. 我们不能对她的行为负责。

I can't answer for his experience，but I can answer for his honesty. 我不能担保他有经验，但我能担保他诚实。

（2）表示“为……吃苦头，受报应”，相当于suffer as a result of。

You will answer for your carelessness some day. 总有一天你会为粗心大意而吃苦头的。

He will have to answer for his crime. 他会因其罪行而受惩罚的。

② answer to通常表示“和……一致，对……作出响应”。

His action does not answer to his words. 他做的和说的不一样。

She answered to her mother's call by coming downstairs. 她听到母亲的喊声就下楼了。

③ answer to还可表示“对……负责”，这时它可以同answer for换用。

You'll have to answer to me if any harm comes to this child. 如果这孩子受到任何伤害，你得对我负责。

提示

“in answer to+名词”为惯用短语，意为“响应，回答”，在句中作状语。

She came in answer to the telephone call. 她接到电话就来了。

In answer to her shouts，people ran to help. 听到她的呼叫声，人们就跑去救她。

54　anxious和eager

① anxious担心的，焦急的（about）；渴望的（for）。

We are anxious about her safety. 我们为她的安全担心。

They are anxious for peace. 他们渴望和平。

② eager渴望的，热切的，指对成功的热情，常同for，after 或 about连用。

He is eager for success. 他渴望成功。

He is eager about going. 他急切想去。（本句不可用for）

She is eager about her progress. 她渴望进步。

提示

①eager 和anxious后均可接不定式，表示“急切”。

He is eager to see his parents. 他急切想见到父母。

They are anxious to know the result. 他们急切想知道结果。

②eager和anxious后均可接that从句，表示“急切”，从句用should 型虚拟语气。

We are anxious that he（should）avoid the mistake. 我们希望他能避免出错。

55　be anxious about sth./doing sth.和be anxious to do sth.

◎ 某些形容词后可接介词，也可接不定式，但表示的含义不同。

比较

① be anxious about sth./doing sth.担心的，忧虑的
be anxious to do sth. 想要，渴望

She is anxious about telling him the news. 她对把这一消息告诉他表示担心。

She is anxious to tell him the news. 她急切地想把这一消息告诉他。（be eager to）

② be interested in sth./doing sth.对……感兴趣
be interested to do sth. 愿意，想要

He is interested in the film. 他对这部电影感兴趣。

He is interested to see the film. 他想看这部电影。（would like to）

③ be ashamed of sth./doing sth. 为……感到羞愧
be ashamed to do sth. 因羞愧而不想……

He is ashamed of speaking to her like that. 他为那样同她说话感到羞愧。

He is ashamed to tell her how he missed the chance. 他为失去了那次机会而羞愧，不想告诉她。（doesn't want to）

④ be sorry about doing sth. 对过去发生的事表示歉意
be sorry to do sth. 对现在发生的事表示遗憾

I am sorry about giving you so much trouble in the past. 过去曾给你带来许多麻烦，我很抱歉。

I am sorry to tell you that you can't stay here any longer. 我很遗憾地告诉你，你不能再待在这里了。

56　applaud，cheer和clap

① applaud（praise esp. by striking one's hands together）（以鼓掌表示）赞扬，赞成或欢迎。

The audience applauded the singer for five minutes. 观众为那位歌唱家鼓掌长达5分钟。

I applaud your decision. 我赞成你的决定。

② cheer（shout in praise，approval or support）欢呼（表示赞扬、赞同或支持）。

They cheered the victory. 他们为胜利而欢呼。

③ clap（show one's approval by striking one's hands together quickly and loudly）赞成（用力猛烈鼓掌表示此意）。

The people in the theatre enjoyed the play and clapped loudly. 剧场中的观众喜爱这部戏剧，报以热烈掌声。

57　apply to和apply for

① apply to适用于，施加，运用。

The rules of safe driving apply to everyone. 安全驾驶规则适用于每个人。

② apply for申请。

Hundreds of young people applied for the position. 数百名年轻人申请这个职位。

She is applying for an entrance visa. 她正在申请入境签证。

58　appoint和name

① appoint指官方委任。

The president appointed him（to be/as）foreign minister. 总统任命他为外交部部长。

He was appointed to a high position. 他被委以重任。

He was appointed sales manager. 他被任命为销售部经理。

② name为普通用语，侧重于任命的结果而不是过程。

They named Mr. Smith for the presidency. 他们提名史密斯先生担任主席。

He was named manager. 他被任命为经理。

We named him to head the committee. 我们任命他为委员会主席。

提示

可用名词作宾语/主语补足语的动词还有call，appoint，crown（立……为王），elect，make，declare等，这种用法中的名词前通常不用定冠词或不定冠词。

They elected him president. 他们选举他当总统。

William was crowned king. 威廉被立为国王。

He was appointed mayor. 他被任命当市长。

有时，当补语不限一人时，用不定冠词表示不止一人。

He was appointed an assistant professor. 他被聘为副教授。（美式英语说法，等于associate professor）

有时，补语是正职或独一无二时，也用定冠词。

They make him the chairman every year. 他们每年都选他担任主席。

59　appreciable和appropriate

① appreciable可以察觉到的，可注意到的，值得重视的。

There was an appreciable drop in temperature. 温度明显地下降了。

② appropriate适当的，恰如其分的。

Plain，simple clothes are appropriate for school wear. 简朴的服装适合上学时穿。

60　appreciate和thank

◎ appreciate和thank均可表示“感谢”，均为及物动词，但appreciate的宾语是事或物，而thank的宾语是人。

We greatly appreciate your help. 我们非常感谢你的帮助。

I would much appreciate it if you could do me that favor. 要是你能帮个忙，我将非常感谢。

Thank you so much for coming. 非常感谢你的光临。

比较

I thank your kindness to the full.（误.tif；%70%70，JZ〗
I appreciate your kindness to the full. 我十分感谢你的好意。

61　Are you…？

◎ Are you…？用来询问、猜测，意为“你是……吗？”，后可接名词、形容词、分词或介词短语。

Are you free now？你现在有空吗？

Are you a middle school student？你是一名中学生吗？

Are you satisfied with it？你对它满意吗？

比较

你是美国人吗？
Are you an American？（唐突，不雅）
Are you from America？（宜用）

62　area，region，district和zone

① area为一般用语，边界不十分分明，可大可小，可作“面积、领域”讲，不指行政上的地理单位。

This school covers an area of 300 mu. 这所学校占地300亩。

My study is 12 square meters in area. 我的书房面积是12平方米。

There have been many developments in the area of language teaching. 语言教学领域已有很多新的发展。

② region指固定的一个区域，地理范围较大，这一区域以一定的特点或条件而不同于其他地区，也指人体的区（部）位。region还可表示“领域”。

They are trying hard to build up the border regions. 他们在努力建设边区。

He had a pain in the region of his heart yesterday. 他昨天感到心脏疼痛。

He is an authority in the region of chemistry. 他是化学领域的权威。

③ district指行政区，可以分得比较细，可指同一城市内的各种区域，也可以是大的具体的行政区。

London's West End and East End are entirely different districts of the city. 伦敦东区和西区是全然不同的行政区。

④ zone是与外部有严格界线的行政区或地区。

Shenzhen is a special zone. 深圳是一个特区。

a development region 开发区（没有严格限制地域的）

a development zone 开发区（严格限制地域的）

63　argue和debate

① argue为普通用语，常指为坚持己见，进行推理，或弄清一个问题，提出论证说理，进行热烈争论，以说服他人。

Let's not argue about this. 我们别为这件事争论了。

I argued with her for a long time，but she refused to listen to reason. 我和她辩论了好长时间，但她拒不服理。

提示

①argue 构成的常用搭配：

argue about/over a matter 为某事争论

argue on a subject 就一个专题进行辩论

argue on a question 就一问题进行辩论

argue with sb. about sth. 为某事同某人辩论

argue against sb. about sth. 为某事同某人辩论

argue against each other about sth. 为某事互相争吵

argue sb. into doing sth. 说服某人做某事

argue sb. out of doing sth. 说服某人不做某事

②argue 可接 that 从句，但不可接不定式或when，what，whether 引导的从句。

He argued that she should not go. 他争辩说，她不应该去。

② debate正式用语，强调双方陈述理由，进行全面的、彻底的辩论，目的是通过争论，以求得到正确的认识或达成共识。

They are debating a question now. 他们正在辩论一个问题。

The committee debated whether an expressway should be built or not. 委员会就是否应修建一条高速公路进行了辩论。

The subject was hotly debated. 这个题目曾经过热烈的辩论。

提示

debate构成的常用搭配：

debate on/about the question 辩论某个问题

debate with sb. 同某人辩论

debate what to do next 辩论下一步怎么做

64　arise，appear，loom和emerge

① arise表示“出现”，侧重在人们觉察，觉察方式可以是视觉、听觉、嗅觉，尤其是心灵的感知，风雨的出现，机遇、困难、变化、必要性等的出现，都可以用arise。

A new problem has arisen. 出现了一个新的问题。

A difficulty arose right here. 就在这里出现了困难。

② loom指仿佛从昏暗或雾中出现，隐约出现，有时在比喻意义上，可以表示恐怖而又庞然的东西突然出现。

After several days' voyage a strap of land loomed in the distance. 一连航行了几天，一长条陆地在远处隐约出现。

A terrible volcano eruption is looming for the island. 一场可怕的火山爆发阴影笼罩着该岛。

③ emerge表示在一段隐蔽、模糊、不为人所察的状况之下，穿破包围而出现，或第一次出现。

The moon emerges from the dark cloud. 月亮从乌云中钻了出来。

④ appear是最一般的词，没有什么特殊含义，只表示出现了，可以见到了。

Venus appears both in the early morning and at dusk. 金星在清晨和黄昏时都会出现。

65　art，skill和technique

① art最普通，可表示多门技巧，为不可数名词，也表示“艺术”。

the art of writing写作技巧

the art of cooking 烹饪技术

the art of making friends 交友技巧

the art of building 建筑艺术

literature and art 文学与艺术

② skill表示专门性或高超的技术，技能，也表示“熟练，娴熟”。

play the piano with skill 钢琴弹得熟练

the skill of a surgeon 外科医生的技术

③ technique表示体育、工艺、工业等的“技术，技能”。

drawing technique 绘画技巧

advanced farming technique 先进的农业技术

66　article，essay，paper和thesis

① article最常用，指书籍、报刊上的文章。

The newspaper has a good article on gardening. 本报上有一篇谈园艺的佳作。

See the article printed in the Outlook for October 15. 请参阅10月15号《瞭望》杂志刊登的那篇文章。

② essay表示“论文，小品文，随笔”，指在学校作为作业而写的短文或短小的论述文。

I have to write an essay entitled “My Friend”. 我得写一篇题为“我的朋友”的文章。

③ paper表示“论文”，常指在学术刊物上发表或在学术会议上宣读的专题论文，也指学生的学期论文。

paper水平不如thesis高，篇幅也较短。

He is preparing a paper on world population for the meeting. 他正在为会议准备一篇关于世界人口的论文。

Her term paper was well received by the class. 她的学期论文受到班级好评。

④ thesis为一种综述性论文，是对某一专业的综合性论述，通过大量阅读专业书籍和杂志而写成，介于50～350页。

He wrote the doctor's thesis within two years. 他在两年里写了那篇博士论文。

67　artificial，imitative，false和synthetic

① artificial特指按人的艺术观点或技能模仿天然物质的仿造品。artificial也表示“做作的”。

artificial diamonds 人造钻石

I hate her artificial looks on the face. 我讨厌她做作的面部表情。

② imitative强调仿制品具有与原物相近的特性。

③ false特指替代物用以弥补缺失，有时指伪装的物品。

④ synthetic指用化学方法合成的材料。

⑤ man-made强调人工作用。

false teeth 假牙

a false bottom（箱子等的）夹层

synthetic rubber 人造橡胶

“人工湖”用 artificial lake和man-made lake 都可以。

“人造革”用 artificial/man-made/synthetic leather都可以。

68　as用法难点

① as用作介词。

（1）表示“作为，充当”。

As a young man，you should work hard. 作为年轻人，你应该努力工作。

This room is used as a reading room. 这间屋子被用作阅览室。

（2）表示“像，如同”，后跟名词或代词。

Her mother still treats her as a baby. 她母亲仍然把她像小孩子一样对待。

We should unite as one man. 我们应该团结得如同一人。

② as用作连词。

（1）引导时间状语从句，表示“当……的时候”，强调两个动作同时发生，或者一个动作紧随另一个动作发生。

As I was leaving，the teacher saw me. 当我离开时，老师看到了我。

As they talked，they listened to the music. 他们一边谈话，一边听音乐。

（2）引导原因状语从句，表示“因为”，相当于because。

I don't go downtown very often，as I am busy with my lessons. 我不常进城，因为我功课很忙。

As it rained hard that day，they put off the meeting. 由于那天下大雨，他们取消了那次会议。

（3）引导方式状语从句，表示“如同，像”。

He speaks English just as Englishmen do. 他说英语就像英国人说英语一样。

She studies as others do. 她像别人一样地学习。

She's a writer，as her mother used to be. 她像母亲以前一样是一位作家。

（4）在as…as，as…as possible等结构中引导比较状语。as…as 还表示“和……一样”，not so/as…as表示“不如，不及”。

I'll finish the work as soon as I can. 我将尽早完成这项工作。

Please come as early as possible. 请尽量早来。（=Please come as early as you can.）

David plays football as well as Frank. 大卫足球踢得和弗兰克一样好。

She seems as busy as she used to be. 她好像和以前一样忙。

It is not so simple as it sounds. 这不像听上去那样简单。

（5）引导让步状语从句，表示“虽然，尽管”，但要用倒装结构。

Child as he is，he knows a lot of things. 他虽然是个孩子，但知道许多事情。（注意，这种倒装结构中的名词前不用冠词，不可说A child as he is或The child as he is。）

Clever as he is，he can't do it. 尽管他很聪明，也做不了这事。

Much as she admired him，she didn't love him. 尽管她很钦佩他，但并不爱他。

比较

Hard as he tried，he didn't succeed. 他虽然非常努力，但没有成功。（让步状语从句）
As he tried hard，he succeeded. 由于他非常努力，他成功了。（原因状语从句）

③ as用作关系代词，表示“像……一样，正如……一样”，常用于as is known（众所周知），以及as is known to all（众所周知），the same as（如同……一样），as follows（如下）结构中。

He wears the same shoes as his father does. 他穿的鞋同他父亲穿的一样。

As is known to all，China has made great progress. 众所周知，中国已经取得了巨大进步。

This dictionary is not such as I expect. 这不是我所期望的词典。（as引导从句修饰such）

As he said，we could not finish the work on time. 正如他所说的，我们不能按时完成工作。

The machine，as had been expected，has gone wrong. 正如预料的那样，这台机器出毛病了。

比较

Three days ago I lost the same watch as you have. 三天前，我丢了一块像你一样的手表。（手表款式相同，但不是同一块表）
Three days ago I lost the same watch that you have. 三天前，我丢的就是你现在的这块手表。（为同一块手表）

提示

such as作“例如”解时，用于对前面所说的事物作进一步的举例说明，所列的项目不可全部列出。

Some big cities in China，such as Nanjing，Xi'an and Hangzhou，are famous for their scenic spots. 中国的一些大城市，如南京、西安和杭州，都以风景名胜而著称。

He has been to a lot of countries，such as Japan，England and France. 他到过许多国家，如日本、英国和法国。

69　as early as，as much…as和twice as…as

◎ as…as并不仅仅表示同等比较，它还有其他多种用法。

① as+副词原级+as表示“尽可能……地”，这种结构强调的是副词，指同一人尽可能地做某事，不是两者的比较。

He ran as fast as he could. 他尽可能快地跑。

I'll return as early as possible. 我将尽早返回。

I want to see her as soon as possible. 我要尽早见到她。

② as many+复数名词+as和as much+不可数名词+as表示“尽可能多的……，同……一样多的”，这种结构强调的是名词。

You need to read as many books as possible. 你需要读尽可能多的书。

Please lend me as much money as you can. 请尽可能多地借钱给我。

I have as many books as you have. 我的书同你的书一样多。

I haven't got as much money as I need. 我没有所需要的那么多钱。

The manager has had as many people as he needs.经理已经请够了他所需要的人。

③ as+many（名词）+as和as+much（名词）+as结构中的 many和much 是名词，指某事，表示“尽可能多的某物，同……一样多的某物”。

比较

Please take as many as you can. 请尽可能多的带上。（many作名词）
Please take as many books as you can. 请尽可能多的带上书。（many作形容词）

He drank as much as he could. 他尽兴地喝。（much 作名词）
He drank as much wine as he could. 他尽兴地喝酒。（much 作形容词）

He didn't get as much as he expected. 他没有得到所期望的那么多。（much作名词）
He didn't get as much money as he expected. 他没有得到所期望的那么多钱。

④ as…as结构前可以加数词，表示倍数或数量，如twice，six times，half，a quarter，three-fourths等。

This mountain is twice as high as that one. 这座山比那座山高一倍。

He has five times as many books as I. 他的书比我的书多四倍。

The road is not half as long as expected. 这条路没有所预料的一半长。

This hospital has got two-thirds as many doctors as it needs. 这所医院现在的医生人数是所需要的三分之二。

⑤ as…as前面可用almost，nearly，exactly，just，nothing like 等修饰。

She is nearly as tall as her mother. 她几乎同她母亲一样高。

This book is exactly as thick as that one. 这本书同那本书刚好一样厚。

Your handwriting is every bit as good as his. 你的书法同他的一样好。

He is nothing like as modest as he used to be. 他不像以前那样谦逊了。

⑥ as+形容词/副词+as+形容词/副词表示“既……又”。

The boy is as honest as clever. 这男孩既聪明又诚实。

The water in the lake is as clean as clear. 这湖水既清澈又干净。

He paints as beautifully as quickly. 他画得又快又好。

⑦ as…as构成的惯用语很多。

as well as 和

as long as 只要

as soon as 一……就

as tame as a chicken 非常听话

as good as one's word 一诺千金

as sure as death 千真万确

as hungry as a wolf 饥肠辘辘

as large as life 栩栩如生

as stubborn as a mule 固执己见

as like as two pears 一模一样

as thin as a lath 骨瘦如柴

as drunk as a sow 烂醉如泥

70　as far as和as long as

① as far as有两种含义：①表示“就……而言”；②表示“到……地点”。

As far as I know，he is very honest. 就我所知，他很诚实。

They strolled as far as the beach. 他们散步到海边。

This is the only thing we can do，as far as I see. 就我所知，这是我们唯一能做的事。

As far as I can understand it is quite out of his power. 就我的理解，这真的超出了他的能力。

As far as I can remember，they are all honest and hardworking men. 在我的记忆里，他们都是诚实、勤劳的人们。

② as long as也有两种含义：①表示“只要”，这时也可说成so long as；②表示“长达……之久”。

You can succeed as long as you try your best. 只要竭尽全力，你就会成功。

He felt free and happy，as long as he was at home. 只要他一回到家，就感到自在且快乐。

As long as you can keep away from them，you are safe. 只要你远离他们，你就是安全的。

He stayed in the middle school as long as four years. 他在那所中学里待了四年之久。

71　as follows

◎ as follows是一个习惯用语，意为“如下”，常用作表语，也可作方式状语。作表语时，不论主语是单数还是复数，均用as follows。

His speech is as follows. 他的演讲内容如下。

The rules are as follows. 规章制度如下。

The letter reads as follows. 信的内容如下。

72　as if和as though

① as if和as though的用法几乎完全相同，表示“好像，仿佛”，只是as if用得更为普遍。as if/as though引导状语从句，有三种时态：

表示有可能→动词用一般现在时
表示与现在事实相反→动词用一般过去式
表示与过去事实相反→动词用过去完成式

It looks as if it is going to rain. 看来好像要下雨了。

My teacher loves me as though I were his own child. 我的老师爱我就像自己的孩子一样。

He looks as if nothing had happened. 他看起来好像什么事都没有发生过。

② as if/as though后也可接不定式，表示即将发生的情况。

She opened her lips as if（she was going）to speak. 她张开嘴好像有话要说。

He raised his hand as if to take off his hat. 他举起手，好像要取下帽子。

③ as if/as though后还可接名词、形容词（短语）、介词短语和分词。

He acts as if a fool. 他做事像个傻子。

The mountain appears as if covered with white snow. 那座山看上去好像有白雪覆盖一样。

She glanced about as if in search of something. 她扫视四周，好像寻找什么东西。

He paused as if expecting Mary to speak. 他停了下来，好像期望玛丽说话。

When she finished she waited as if for a reply. 她说完后就等着，好像是等着答复。

④ as if/as though可以放在句首，表示感叹语气，含有惊讶、不满、不赞成、厌恶等。

As if I cared！我才不在乎哩！

As if he were someone important！好像他是什么重要人物似的。

As if anyone would believe his words！好像有人会相信他的话似的！

73　as many as和as much as

① 这两个短语都常用作形容词短语，指数目，意为“多达，达到，整整的”。as many as修饰可数复数名词，as much as修饰不可数名词。

She has worked at this book as many as five years. 这本书她已整整写了5年。

This box can hold as many as fifty pencils. 这个盒子能装下多达50支铅笔。

The war lasted as much as 8 years. 那场战争持续了8年。

He can earn as much as 100 dollars a day. 他每天能挣100美元。

The strong man can carry as much as 250 jin. 那个壮汉能扛250斤。

② 这两个短语也可以表示“和……一样多”。表示同等比较。

He has as many English books as you. 他的英语书同你的英语书一样多。

I have spent as much money as he. 我花的钱同他花的钱一样多。

提示

①as many as和as much as还可以表示“尽……一样多”。参见上文。

Take as many as you want. 你要多少就拿多少。（many指可数名词）
Take as much as you want. 你要多少就拿多少。（much指不可数名词）

②as much as还可表示“跟……同一程度”。比较：

I like you as much as him. 我喜欢你如同喜欢他一样。（我喜欢你和他）
I like you as much as he.我喜欢你像他喜欢你一样。（我和他都喜欢你）

74　as well

◎ as well是副词短语，用作状语。

① as well表示“也”，常放在句尾，相当于too。

It is a great loss for you as well. 这对你也是一个很大的损失。

They do military training as well. 他们也进行军训。

② and…as well意为“也，既……又”，as well位于句尾。

She is a painter，and a poet as well. 她是画家，也是诗人。

③ as well可表示“不妨，也好”，常同 may，just 连用，放在主要动词之前。

You may as well try again. 你不妨再试一次。

④ as well可表示“也行”，常放在 may be 之后。

It may be as well to paint it red. 把它漆成红色也好。

75　as well as和as good as

① as well as表示“等于，一样好”（equally with，no less than）。

He has understanding as well as you. 他的理解力和你的一样好。

② as well as相当于both…and，not only…but also，表示“既……又，除……之外（还）”。as well as同not only…but also换用时，要注意其侧重点不同。as well as侧重前项，而not only…but also侧重后项。所以，如果把as well as换为not only…but also，就应将这两个连词短语连接的名词互换位置。

It is a political as well as an economic question. 这不仅是一个经济问题，更是一个政治问题。

She did a little research as well as made a lot of experiments. 她不仅做很多试验，还做一些研究工作。

She plays the piano as well as sings. 她不仅会唱歌，而且会弹钢琴。
She not only sings but also plays the piano.

She has experience as well as knowledge.
She has not only knowledge but also experience. 她既有学识又有经验。

It is broad as well as long.
It is not only long but also broad. 它又长又宽。

She is clever as well as beautiful.
She is not only beautiful but also clever. 她不仅漂亮而且聪明。

③ as well as…not前后都否定，not as well as则否定前者，肯定后者。

比较

John，as well as Mary，has not yet read the book. 约翰和玛丽一样，都没有读过那本书。
John has not yet read the book as well as Mary. 约翰还没有读过那本书，但玛丽已读过。

比较

He，as well as you，will not go. 你将不去，他也将不去。（两者均否定）
He will not go as well as you. 你将去，但他将不去。（否定前者，肯定后者）

You helped her，as well as I. 不但我帮助了她，你也帮助了她。
You helped her as well as me. 你不但帮助了我，也帮助了她。

【考查】

He was there as well as me. （请改正）

She loves you as well as Henry.（歧义，请分析）

④ as well as替代better than，意为“与其……不如……”。

As well be hanged for a sheep as for a lamb. 窃钩不如窃国。
=Better be hanged for a sheep than for a lamb.

⑤ as well as可用作复合介词，表示“除了……之外还……”，相当于besides，可接名词或动名词。

I have a few English dictionaries as well as this. 除了这本外，我还有几本英语词典。

As well as teaching she did some social work. 除了教书外，她还做一些社会工作。

⑥ as well as连接两个不定式时，第一个不定式带to，第二个不定式不带to。

We cannot expect her to do the housework as well as look after the children. 我们不能指望她又照看孩子，又做家务。

⑦ as well as可以连接两个介词短语。

It is important for you as well as for me. 这件事不仅对我重要，而且对你也重要。

⑧ as good as意为①“等于，同样”（amounting to，not falling short of）；②“实际上，其实”（actually，in fact，virtually）。

He is as good as his promise/word. 他言出必行。

He as good as promised her that he would take her along. 他实际上等于答应了带她去。

Everything was as good as settled. 一切准备工作几乎已经做好了。

She as good as said so. 她事实上是这么说了。

76　ashamed，shameful和shameless

① ashamed意为“感到羞耻，觉得惭愧”，主语是人，表示主语主观认为是可耻的。比较不同的含义：

be ashamed of doing sth.
be ashamed of oneself for doing sth. 做了某事而感到羞愧

I'm ashamed of him. 我为他感到可耻。

Now don't you be ashamed of being poor. 不要因贫穷而感到羞耻。

I'm ashamed of myself for having stayed so long. 我待了这么久，真是不好意思。

I'm quite ashamed to have to trouble you. 不得不打扰你，我感到非常惭愧。

I'm ashamed to leave you this way. 就这样离开你，我感到惭愧。

He is now ashamed from his conduct.
He is now ashamed of his conduct. 他现在对自己的行为感到羞耻。

② shameful表示“可耻的，丢脸的”，可作表语或定语，表示事物本身是“可耻的”，指事物，不指人。

It is a shameful act. 那是一种可耻的行为。

We thought his behaviour was shameful. 我们认为他的行为是可耻的。

③ shameless表示“厚颜无耻的，无耻的”，可作定语或表语，可指人或物。

a shameless person一个无耻之徒

shameless disloyalty无耻的背叛

77　ask，question，inquire和interrogate

① ask为一般用词，表示“问，询问”，期望对方给予回答，可替代question和inquire。

If you don't know the way，ask a policeman. 如果你不认得路，就问警察。

She asked me what time it was. 她问我几点钟了。

② question表示“提问，询问”，常指在教学或探索问题的过程中多次提出问题；question也可表示“审问，盘问，质疑”。

He questioned his students on some problems in maths. 他向学生们问了一些数学问题。

The police questioned him about what he had done. 警察询问他干了些什么。

③ inquire是较正式用语，指深入打听某事或询问某事的实际情况。

He inquired into the case. 他调查了那个案件。

She inquired what time the train would leave. 她询问火车何时开出。

④ interrogate表示“讯问，审问”，正式而又系统性强。

The judge interrogated the criminal. 法官审问了罪犯。

提示

inquire after意同ask about，表示“问起，问到”。

She inquired after your mother. 她问起你母亲。

78　aspect和respect

① aspect表示“方面”时，指事物、问题的某一方面或部分。

We should consider a problem in all its aspects. 我们应该全面地考虑问题。

提示

aspect 还可表示“样子，外表”，如：take on a new aspect 面貌一新。

② respect表示“方面”时，指某个特定的“方面”，或看问题的“着眼点”。

The two poems are similar in some respects. 这两首诗在某些方面相似。

In many respects，he is more capable than his brother. 从许多方面来看，他比他的兄弟更能干。

提示

respect 还可表示“尊敬；敬意，问候（复数）”等意。

I have much respect for him. 我非常尊敬他。

My father sends you his respects. 我父亲向你问好。

79　assume，presume和suppose

① assume指把尚未证实的事作为事实或真理，常含有较强的武断成分。

I assume that you have heard the news. 谅必你已经听到了那个消息。

② presume指根据某些现象、印象或经验而作出推断，虽然有较充足的理由，但结论也有可能是错。

They presumed the death of the missing person. 他们假定失踪者已死亡。

③ suppose表示自己有一定根据的猜想，有时仅表述自己的意见，有暂时认为之意。

I should suppose him to be about sixty. 我猜想他大约60岁左右。

Let's suppose that he is right. 让我们假定他是对的。

80　assure和ensure

① assure（make sb. feel less worried，make sb. believe）使……放心，使相信。

She assured me that she would try her best to help us. 她让我们放心，她会尽全力帮助我们的。

They assured us of the soundness of the plan. 他们让我们放心，那项计划是可靠的。

I am assured of his success（that he will succeed）. 我相信他会成功的。

② ensure（make certain that something happens）保证。

I can not ensure you a good job. 我不能保证你能得到一份好工作。

She came early to ensure getting a good seat. 她来得早，以便确保得到一个好的位子。

Her ability will ensure success to/for her. 她的能力保证她能成功。

81　at+名词或on+动名词→as soon as/when+句子

◎ 这两种结构可以转换，但要注意as soon as 后的句子时态。

比较

At the news，she burst out laughing. 她一听到那个消息就大笑起来。
As soon as she heard the news，she burst out laughing.

他一到达车站就直接进了候车室。
On arriving at the station，he went directly into the waiting room.
As soon as/when he arrived at the station，he went directly into the waiting room.

82　at a cost of，at the cost of和at cost

① at a cost of表示“以……价格”，同钱币名词连用。

She bought the car at a cost of 10，000 dollars. 她用10000美元买了那辆车。

② at the cost of表示“以……为代价，用……换来的”，常同生命、血汗、劳力等名词连用。

He gained the wealth at the cost of his honor. 他毁了名誉获得了这笔财富。

They won the battle at the cost of many lives. 他们牺牲了许多人才赢了那一场战斗。

③ at cost表示“照成本，照原价”。

They sold the computer at cost. 他们照原价把那台计算机卖了。

83　at a time和at one time

① at a time表示“一次，再次”。

She reviewed three lessons at a time. 她一次复习了三课。

He went up the stairs two at a time. 他一次迈两个台阶。

② at one time表示“曾经，有一段时间”，常同过去时连用。

At one time I worked in a middle school. 有一段时间我在一所中学工作。

Her mother was at one time a nurse. 她母亲有一段时间当护士。

84　at all 表示的强调

① at all表示强调时，常用于疑问句、否定句或条件句，表示“最低程度，任何一点”。

I don't like it at all.我一点也不喜欢它。

He doesn't want to go anywhere at all. 他哪儿也不想去。

If you do it at all，do it well. 你既然做了，就要做好。

I can't see the distant hill at all. 我根本看不见远处的小山。

Are you going there at all？你到底想不想去那里？

② at all表示强调也可用于肯定句，意为“竟然，居然”，往往含有不赞赏或有相当难度等意。

It took him a long time to get the work done at all. 他花了很长时间才把那工作做完。

It is surprising that he should have solved all of the problems at all. 他竟然会把这些问题都解决了，真令人吃惊。

She likes to go anywhere at all. 她还不是想去哪里就去哪里。

85　at ease和with ease

① at（one's）ease舒适地，自由自在地。

He was not at ease with her. 他同她在一起感到不自在。

His smile put me at ease. 他的微笑使我无拘无束。

② with ease容易地。

Our team won the game with ease. 我们队很轻松地赢了比赛。

That's not difficult；I can do it with ease. 那不难，我不费劲就能做好。

86　at first，first of all和firstly

① at first意为“起初，开始时”，主要指事情开始时同后来的发展有差异，多用于转折型并列句的第一个分句中。

At first he found English very difficult，but later he made very great progress. 开始他觉得英语有点难，但后来取得了很大进步。

At first I didn't like playing volleyball，but now I do. 起先我不喜欢打排球，但现在我喜欢了。

② first of all意为“首先，第一”，强调的是次序和时间的先后。

First of all，let me introduce her to you. 首先，让我把她介绍给你。

First of all，let's clear up the mess. 首先，我们把乱七八糟的东西清理一下。

③ firstly意为“第一，第一点”，常用于事物的列举，这时也可用first。

Firstly/First，you should get enough money. Secondly/Second，you should wait for the right moment. 第一，你应该挣到足够的钱。第二，你应该等待恰当的时机。

提示

first也可用作副词，表示“第一次，首先”。

When did you first see each other？你们第一次什么时候见面的？

Wash your hands first before eating anything. 吃东西前先洗手。

87　at hand，at sb.'s hands和in hand

① at hand表示“临近”，用作表语，也表示“随身，在手头，附近”，用作状语或表语。

The Spring Festival is at hand. 春节就要到了。

Spring is at hand. 春天快到了。

I haven't that dictionary at hand. 我手头没有那本词典。

I have no money at hand. 我身边没带钱。

She lives close at hand. 她就住在附近。

② at sb.'s hands表示“在……手中（受折磨），受到（某人）的折磨”，也写作at the hands of sb.。

I suffered a lot at her hands. 我受尽了她的折磨。

She did not expect such unkind treatment at his hands. 她没料到会遭受他的虐待。

③ in hand表示“手上的，着手，控制住”。

As the matter in hand was urgent，we dealt with it at once. 由于手头的事很紧迫，我们立即处理了。

The project is now in hand. 这项工程现在已着手进行。

We have the situation well in hand. 我们很好地控制住了局势。

The situation is well in hand. 局势已被很好地控制住了。

88　at once…and

◎ at once…and意为“既……又”，相当于 both…and，连接两个同等成分。

His father is at once stern and tender. 他的父亲既严肃又仁爱可亲。

He is at once a statesman and a writer. 他既是政治家，又是作家。

Einstein was at once great and simple. 爱因斯坦既伟大又平凡。

Hearing the news，I was at once glad and worried. 听到这个消息，我又喜又忧。

The lady is at once sweet and charming.（=both sweet and charming）那位女士既温柔又妩媚。

89　at present，at the present time和presently

① at present意为“目前，现在”，为副词短语，相当于now，其中的present为名词，不可说成at the present。

At present the house is empty. 目前房子是空的。

The road is half finished at present. 现在路已修完一半了。

② at the present time也表示“当前，现在”，但这里要用定冠词the，present为形容词。

At the present time she is busy writing a grammar book. 眼下，她正忙着写一本语法书。

They are collecting money for the bridge at the present time. 他们目前在为那座桥筹集资金。

③ presently意为“马上，不久”，相当于soon。

He will be back presently. 他马上就会回来。

The plane will take off presently. 飞机很快就要起飞。

90　at the age of和by the age of

① at the age of意为“在……岁时”，表示一个时间点。

He began to study English at the age of three. 他在3岁时就开始学英语了。

She went abroad with her father at the age of ten. 她10岁时同父亲一起去国外了。

② by the age of意为“在……岁之前”，表示截止到某一时间之前，如果by the age of在句中指过去时间，谓语动词要用过去完成时。

He had read many novels by the age of fifteen. 在15岁前他就读过许多小说了。

By the age of ten，she had learned to play the violin. 在10岁前，她就学会拉小提琴了。

91　at the base，at the bottom，at the foot和at the feet

① at the base意为“在底部；基础”。

There is a waterproof layer at the base of the building. 楼房的底部有防水层。

We camped at the base of the mountain. 我们在山麓宿营。

② at the bottom意为“在底部，在下面”。

They found a sunken ship at the bottom of the lake. 他们在湖底发现一艘沉船。

Please consult the notes at the bottom of the page. 请参看书页下面的注解。

③ at the foot意为“在底层，在基部，在……下端”。

There is a lake at the south foot of the mountain. 在山的南麓有一个湖。

They used to be at the foot of the social ladder. 他们过去是在社会最底层。

No one wishes to be at the foot of the class. 谁也不希望自己在班上倒数第一。

④ at the feet of意为“在脚跟前，在足下”。

He fell at the feet of the enemy. 他屈服在敌人的脚下。

92　at the beginning和in the beginning

① at the beginning指时间的开始，如星期、学期、年月等的开始，相当于 at the start。

He formulated a plan of study at the beginning of the new term. 新学期开始，他制订了学习计划。

The examination will take place at the beginning of January. 考试将在一月初举行。

The two leaders will hold talks at the beginning of next month. 两位领导人将在下月初举行会谈。

② in the beginning意为“起初”，指一件事情的开端，相当于 at first。

You will think it rather difficult in the beginning，but you will soon get accustomed. 开始你会觉得相当困难，但不久你就会习惯的。

Everything is hard in the beginning. 万事开头难。

93　at the hands of和in the hand（s）of

① at the hands of表示“由……经手，受到”。

I received the advice at the hands of my brother. 我从我弟弟那里得到这一忠告。

He suffered a lot at the hands of the jailers. 他受到监狱看守的虐待。

② in the hand（s）of表示“持有，在（某人）手中，在（某人）掌握中”。

The documents are in the hands of the president. 那些文件全在总统手中。

The company is now in the hand of an expert. 这家公司现由一位专家管理。

94　at the top of和on top of

① at the top of意为“在……顶上，高于”，可表示具体意义或抽象意义。

There used to be a pagoda at the top of the hill. 小山顶上曾有一座宝塔。

He ran at the top of his speed. 他以最快速度跑。

He shouted at the top of voice. 他高声叫喊。

The mayor sat at the top of the table. 市长坐在首席。

He is at the top of his class. 他在班上名列前茅。

② on top of意为“在……之上；驾驭；处于最佳状态；通晓；除外（还有）；紧接着”，可表示具体意义或抽象意义。

They laid stones one on top of another. 他们把石头一块一块地叠起来。

He is a man on top of his job. 他做这份工作游刃有余。

Mr. Brown is on top of the situation. 布朗先生熟悉情况。

The sea and the warm sun made us feel on top of the world. 大海和温暖的阳光使我们觉得高兴舒适。

She writes for the newspaper on top of her regular job. 她除了日常工作外，还为报社写稿。

Gale winds came on top of the floods. 洪水之后紧接着又遭暴风的袭击。

95　attend和attend to

① attend为及物动词，意为“出席，参加”。

Will you attend the meeting tomorrow？你明天参加会议吗？

They will go and attend a lecture. 他们将去听演讲。

提示

可以说 attend church（上教堂），attend school（上学），但“参加音乐会”要说go to a concert，不可用attend。

② attend to表示“注意，听；处理”，后跟名词。

He attended carefully to what the teacher was saying. 他注意听老师讲课。

I'll attend to that problem tomorrow. 明天我将处理那个问题。

96　attribute和distribute

① attribute意为“把……归于，认为……属于”。

They attributed this pottery to the Bronze Age. 他们认为这种陶器是青铜时代的遗物。

② distribute意为“分发，分配；散布”。

The farmers distributed seed over plowed land. 农民把种子散播在犁过的田里。

97　avenge和revenge

① avenge和revenge均表示“报复”，用法相近，但avenge多指某人因受不公正的迫害而采取的正义报复行动，多指给予应得的惩罚；而revenge则仅指给以报复，包括报仇。

John's father was mercilessly killed by the bandit. John，therefore，vowed to avenge/revenge his father's death. 约翰的父亲被匪徒残忍地杀害了，因此约翰发誓要为父亲的死报仇。

I will revenge that insult. 我一定要雪耻。

② avenge的常用结构：

avenge oneself on+sb. 向某人报复
avenge oneself+for+仇敌、苦难等　对……进行报复，为……报仇
avenge+one's death/murder为某人的死/被杀报仇

She avenged herself on her father's killers. 她对杀父者进行报复。

He wanted to avenge himself for his sufferings. 他要为自己所受的苦进行报仇。

He was determined to avenge his father's murder. 他决心为父亲遭杀害报仇。

③ revenge的常用结构：

revenge oneself on+sb. 向某人报仇
revenge sth. 为某事报复
revenge sb. 为某人报仇

She will revenge herself on the enemy. 她要向敌人报仇。（也可用avenge）

He revenged his dead father. 他为死去的父亲报了仇。

提示

revenge 可作名词使用，结构为：

take revenge on+sb. 向某人报仇
get/have one's revenge 为自己报仇

He took revenge on the boy who had struck him. 他对那个打过他的男孩施以报复。

He cannot rest until he has his revenge. 他不报仇是不会甘休的。

98　award和reward

① award（give after careful consideration，esp. officially）经仔细考虑之后正式地“给予，授予（奖品等）”；作名词时表示“奖品，奖金”。

A medal was awarded to him for his good conduct. 他因品行优良被授予奖章。

He was awarded first prize. 他获得了一等奖。

They awarded scholarship to the best students. 他们把奖学金授予最好的学生。

The book awards are presented annually. 图书奖一年颁发一次。

② reward（give as a return for sth.done）因做某事给予“回报，酬劳，奖赏”；作名词表示“报酬，奖励，报答”。

They rewarded her for her help. 他们答谢她的帮助。

Anyone who finds it will be rewarded. 凡找到它的人都将获得酬谢。

He was given S| 800 as a reward for his bravery. 他因表现勇敢而得到800美元的赏金。

提示

在结构上，award 后可接双宾语：award sb.sth.（通常为奖金或奖状）。reward 后只接一个宾语，通常以人或人的行为为宾语，句型是reward sb.with sth.。

They awarded her the Nobel Prize. 他们授予她诺贝尔奖。

He rewarded her with money for her heroic deeds. 他为她的英雄行为而给她奖金。

Her efforts were rewarded with success in career. 她的努力使她获得了事业上的成功。

B

99　ban，prohibit和forbid

① ban的语气最重，指权威机关“正式禁止”，以事物为宾语。

Swimming in the river is banned. 此河禁止游泳。

② prohibit指“（通过法律、法令或严正警告）禁止某些事物”，应用范围比ban 广，可以用人或事物作宾语。

The soldiers are prohibited from leaving camp after dark. 天黑以后，士兵们就不准离开营地。（prohibit sb.（from）doing sth.）

Family finances prohibited his going to college. 家庭经济状况不允许他上大学。

③ forbid为最普通用词，可用于细小的事物，也可以用人或事物作宾语，但须说 forbid sb. to do sth.。

Entrance to the place is forbidden to all foreigners. 禁止任何外国人进入该地。

Her health forbids her to go travelling. 她的健康状况使她不能外出旅行。

100　bank，beach，coast和shore

① bank指河流、小溪、池塘边的陆地，意为“岸堤，坝”，上面可行人。

The river is threatening to overflow its banks. 河水大有决堤之势。

The willows lined the banks. 两岸柳树成行。

② beach意为“海滩，湖滩，河滩”，指近水布满沙或卵石的缓坡或倾斜地带，其边沿常被水淹没。

The beach was crowded with sunbathers. 海滩上到处是沐日光浴的人。

We walked along the beach after supper. 晚饭后我们去海滩上散步。

③ coast意为“海岸（线）”，表示地理概念，指濒临海洋的较宽范围的陆地或整个地区。

They live on the east coast. 他们住在东部沿海地区。

There are many towns along the coast. 沿海岸有许多城镇。

④ shore意为“岸，滨”，指毗连海洋或湖泊的一条窄陆地。

We walked along the shore of the lake. 我们沿着湖滨走。

The ship stopped a little way off the shore. 船停在离岸不远的地方。

101　bare，empty，vacant，blank和hollow

① bare意为“赤裸的，光秃的”，指没有遮蔽或装饰的物体，或人体赤裸的某一部分（= not covered）。

a bare hill 光秃秃/无草木的山

bare foot 光脚，赤脚

a bare room 没有家具装饰的空房间

a bare floor 不铺地毯的地板

② empty的用途较广，指空的，内无人无物（with nothing in it）；没有任何内容的，空洞的，无意义的，没主意的；缺乏知识的。

The bottle is empty. 这瓶子是空的。

He always makes empty promise. 他时常空口说白话。

an empty-headed man 无知的人

比较

an empty room 一个空房间（a room with no furniture）
a vacant room 一个没被占用的房间（an unoccupied room，may have furniture）

③ vacant指房屋、座位无人占用，也指职位空缺。一个摆满家具的房间可能是vacant，但不能是 empty。vacant的比喻意为“头脑空虚，神情茫然”。

The classroom is vacant. 这教室无人占用。

She wore a vacant look. 她有一种茫然若失的神情。

④ blank意为“空，空白”。指单据、表格、纸张没有填写过，没作记号或没使用过；比喻意为“毫无表情”。

a blank wall 没有门窗的墙

a blank expression 一种茫然的表情

⑤ hollow指“空心的”；比喻意为“空洞的”。

That is a large hollow container. 那是一个很大的内空的容器。

His words sounded hollow. 他的话听来空洞无物。

102　base，basis和foundation

① base表示“基础，根基，基地”，指具体物的下部、底座或支撑结构，以使上面的东西竖立并稳固；也用于指工业或军事的基地。base作动词用时，要同on或upon连用。

The machine rests on a wide base of steel. 这台机器固定在一个很宽的钢架上。

This vase falls over a lot because the base is too small. 这个花瓶的底部太小，所以时常翻倒。

The airplanes returned safely to their base. 飞机安全返回基地。

② basis一般不用来指实物，而指思想、理论、抽象概念的“基础，依据，原则”。

What is the basis of/for your idea？你想法的依据是什么？

On the basis of observations，we draw the following conclusions. 根据观察，我们得出以下结论。

Absolute trust is the basis of a lasting friendship. 绝对信任是持久友谊的基础。

We work on a five-day-week basis. 我们实行每周五天工作制。

③ foundation既可指具体事物也可指抽象事物，强调其持久性和坚固性。

A building must be laid on a firm foundation. 建筑物必须建立在牢固的地基上。

The rumour has no foundation. 这个传言没有依据。

This will more or less affect the foundation of the national economy. 这将或多或少地对国民经济产生影响。

103　bath和bathe

① bath作名词表示“洗澡，沐浴”，常用于have/take a bath 短语中，美式英语用 take a bath。bath作动词时表示“给……洗澡”，多用于英式英语。

I have a hot bath every evening. 我每天晚上洗个热水澡。

She will show you how to bath the baby. 她将教你怎样给婴儿洗澡。

② bathe常用作动词，表示“洗澡，给……洗澡，用水洗，浸洗”；在英式英语中还表示“游泳”。

The water is used to bathe the baby. 这水是用于给婴儿洗澡的。

The doctor told him to bathe the wound twice a day. 医生告诉他一天洗两次伤口。

The river is dangerous to bathe in. 在这条河里游泳是危险的。

104　battle，campaign和war

① battle意为“战斗，战役”，常用词，一般指具体的武装冲突或交战。

The battle was fought early in the morning. 战斗在清晨打响。

The French army was annihilated at the battle of Waterloo. 法军在滑铁卢战役中全军覆没。

② campaign意为“战役”，常指一系列有预定目标的军事行动，一次战役可以包括一系列的battle。

The Germans were defeated in the campaign of North Africa. 德国人在北非的战役中被击败。

The general risked his whole campaign on the outcome of one battle. 将军孤注一掷，以一次战斗的成败决定整个战役。

③ war意为“战争”，指国与国之间的战争，也指内战。

A war burst out between the two countries. 两国间爆发了战争。

Germany was at war with almost all the countries in the world then. 德国当时几乎同世界所有国家处于交战状态。

105　be about to do sth. 和be to do sth.

① be about to do sth.表示“正要做某事，马上要做某事”，主语一般是人，时间距离很近（immediate future），后面不可跟表示将来时间的状语，如soon，at once，immediately。be about to do 后还常跟when 从句，相当于just at this time，也可以是 was doing…when（正在做……这时），had done…when（刚刚做……这时）。

I was just about to leave when the telephone rang. 我正要离开时，电话铃响了。

I was writing a letter when the light went out. 我正在写一封信，这时灯熄灭了。

We had just started our work when the machine broke down.我们才刚刚开始工作，这时机器就坏了。

I was walking down the road when a bird flew past overhead. 我正在路上走着，这时一只鸟从头顶上飞过。

They are about to leave soon.
They are about to leave. 他们就要动身了。

② be+to do sth.表示预先的安排或计划，也表示命令、指示、劝告等。主语一般是人，有时可以是物。

The foreign friends are to arrive this evening. 外国朋友定于今天晚上到达。（安排）

Father is to return next month. 父亲将于下个月回来。（计划）

The plan is to be made in a week. 计划将在一周内做好。（计划）

You are not to walk on the grass. 不许践踏草坪。（命令）

You are to be criticized if you do like that. 你那样做就会受到批评。（警告）

All the exercise-books are to be handed in after class. 所有的练习本都必须在课后交上来。（要求）

She was to have left earlier，but it rained. 她本打算早些离开的，但是却下雨了。

提示

①be to do sth. 用于第二人称时，有时表示“应该，理应”的含义，相当于should。

You are to give her more help. 你应该给她更多的帮助。

You are to study harder. 你应该更努力地学习。

②be to do sth. 也可以是表语结构。

Her duty is to keep the hall clean and tidy. 她的职责是保持大厅整洁。

One of the most urgent things to do now is to get enough money. 现在要做的最紧迫的事情之一是弄到足够的钱。

106　be+过去分词（表示状态）

◎ be+过去分词不一定都是被动语态结构，也可以是系表结构。如果be后的过去分词不表示动作，而是描述状态、状况，则为系表结构。

I'm tired. 我累了。

She's married. 她结婚了。

Everything now is settled. 现在一切都解决了。

The glass is filled with milk. 这杯子里装满了牛奶。

Her youth is gone. 她已青春不再了。

It is boiled. 它是煮的。

They were engaged two months ago. 他们是两个月前定的婚。

We were all surprised at the news. 听到那个消息我们都大为吃惊。

107　bear，stand，endure，tolerate和put up with 都可以表示“忍受，忍耐”

① bear主要指忍受饥饿、困难、不幸、无礼、重担等，常同can't连用，表示绝对不能忍受某种情况或事情。

He can't bear the humiliation any longer. 他再也不能忍受那种羞辱了。

She couldn't bear the terrible pain. 她难以忍受那剧烈的疼痛。

② stand常用于口语中，尤指忍受痛苦、不幸、损失、苦难等，强调不退缩，常可同bear换用。stand用于肯定式表示“经受得住”。

He stood the attack well. 他很好地经受住了打击。

She couldn't stand the rude man. 她不能容忍那个粗野的人。

③ endure （bear pain，suffering，etc.）表示“忍受（痛苦、遭遇）”。

Be quiet！I can't endure that noise a moment longer. 安静！我再也受不了那噪音了。

The old lady endured loneliness the rest of her life. 老太太晚年一直忍受着孤独的煎熬。

④ tolerate （suffer sb. or sth. without complaining）表示“忍受（某人某事）无怨言，不抱怨”，tolerate的宾语不是痛苦折磨，而是人或人的行为。

I can't tolerate such mean people/their rudeness. 我受不了这些卑劣之徒/他们的粗鲁行为。

⑤ put up with表示的“忍耐”，含有“不怨恨，不反对”的意思，为固定搭配，也常同can't连用。

I can't put up with the noise. 我忍受不了那噪音。

108　because，as，since，for，because of，due to和owing to

◎ because，as和since是从属连词，引导原因状语从句；for是并列连词，连接并列分句。because用于回答why引导的疑问句，但as，since和for则不可以。

① because表示直接原因，语气最强，一般位于主句后，有时也置于主句前。

The teacher was angry because he was late again. 老师很生气，因为他又迟到了。

A：Why didn't you come？你为什么没来？
B：Because I was ill. 因为我病了。

② as用于解释做某事的原因，语气较弱，用于口语，通常位于主句前。

As you are not feeling well today，you'd better stay at home. 既然你今天感觉不好，你最好待在家里。

③ since常指清楚的、双方都明白的原因，语气比because弱，但比as强，通常位于主句前，并常同as换用。

Since/As you have finished your homework，let's go out to play. 既然你已完成了作业，我们出去玩玩吧。

Since he can't answer the question，we'd better ask someone else. 他回答不了这个问题，我们就问别人吧。

④ for引导并列句，表示一种补充说明，是推测或判断的理由，语气较弱，必须放在主句后面。

He must be ill，for he is absent from class today. 他一定病了，因为他今天没来上课。

We must start early，for we have a long way to go. 我们要早点动身，因为要走很长的路。

⑤ because of是复合介词，后跟名词或代词，也可跟what引导的名词性从句。because of引导的短语只能作状语。

They didn't arrive there on time because of the heavy rain. 由于天下大雨，他们没有准时到达那里。

He realized that she was crying because of what he had said. 他意识到，她是因为他说的话而哭的。

提示

on account of相当于because of，但更为正式。

She stayed indoors on account of the bad weather. 由于天气不好，她待在家里。

⑥ due to一般引导表语，但引导状语亦属正确用法。

These slips are due to/owing to the author's insufficient acquaintance with the life of the labouring people. 这些疏误是由于作者对劳动人民的生活不够熟悉而造成的。

⑦ owing to可用来引导状语或表语（多用于前者）。owing to一般是修饰整个句子，因此严格来讲，应用逗号和前面的句子分开，在这点上不同于because of，后者可以仅修饰句中的一部分，见上例，中间不用逗号。

They decided to put off the trip，owing to the change of weather. 由于天气变化，他们决定延期启程。

109　before long和long before

① before long意为“不久，很快，一会儿后”，相当于soon，after a short while，多用于将来时或过去时中。

He will return before long. 他不久就会返回的。

Before long they got enough money to build the school. 不久，他们就弄到了足够的钱建造那所学校。

② long before意为“很久以前”，相当于long ago，before是副词，常用于过去时中。

They left their hometown long before. 他们很久以前离开家乡的。

She said that she had known your name long before. 她说她早就知道你的名字。

③ long before+句子表示“在……前很久，要过很久……才”，not long…before+句子表示“不久就……，不多久……就”，这里的before是连词。这种结构可用于过去时或将来时。

It was not long before she got everything ready. 不久，她就把一切都准备好了。

It won't be long before he finishes reading the book. 他不久就会读完这本书。

It will be long before the train arrives. 要过很久火车才能到达。

提示

He will be here before long. 他不久就会来这里。
He was here long before. 他很久以前在这里。

提示

注意下面的类似结构：

It was some days before… 过了好几天才……
It was quite some time before… 过了好半天才……
It was hours before… 过了好几个钟头才……
It will be years before… 要过好几年才……

110　beg，beg for和beg of

◎ beg意为“乞求，请求”，可作及物动词和不及物动词，结构为：

beg sth. from/of sb.
beg sb. to do sth.
beg sb. for sth.
beg of sb.
beg+that从句

She made a living by begging from door to door. 她靠挨家挨户乞讨度日。

He had to beg his bread at that time. 他那时候不得不讨饭。
He had to beg for his bread at that time.

May I beg a cigarette from you？给我一支烟好吗？

The man begged his neighbour for help. 那人请求邻居帮忙。

Jim begged his father not to work too hard. 吉姆请求父亲不要太劳累。

Do it，I beg of you. 去干吧，我求你了。

The children begged that they might come with us. 孩子们请求和我们一起来。

111　begin，start，commence和begin with

① 表示“开始”时，begin和start常可换用，结构为：

begin/start sth.
begin/start to do sth./doing sth.
begin/start at/on+时间名词

They begin/start work at 8 every morning. 他们每天早晨8点钟开始工作。

She began/started to learn English at the age of five. 她5岁开始学习英语。

He began/started making preparations for the trip. 他开始为旅行作准备。

The meeting will begin/start on Monday and end on Friday. 会议将在星期一开始，星期五结束。

提示

在下面几种情况下，begin和start后只能跟不定式。

①主语为物时。

The temperature started to fall. 气温开始下降了。

②begin或start后的动词表示的是精神活动或心理状态，如see，realize等。

I began to see what she meant. 我开始明白她的意思了。

He started to wonder who had broken the window. 他开始纳闷，究竟是谁打破了窗户呢。

③强调动作的实际开始时。

We started/began to laugh when we heard the joke. 听到这个笑话，我们都大笑起来。

④描述天气变化。

It began/started to snow after a little while. 不一会儿就下起雪来了。

② 表示“出发，旅行，开动（机器），（机器）运转”等，start之前，事物处于静止状态，这种情况下只能用start，不可用begin。

At daybreak they started on their journey. 天亮时他们出发了。（不用begin）

At last the train started. 火车终于开动了。（不用begin）

We couldn't start the car. 我们无法启动这辆车。（不用begin）

③ start多用于指有规律的活动，而begin则多指较长且较缓慢的动作；在语体色彩上，begin比start更为正式。

We start our breakfast at seven every morning. 我们每天早晨7点钟吃早饭。

Then he began a series of experiments. 接着，他开始了一系列的实验。

提示

start作“动身”解时，通常要用一般现在时或现在进行时代替一般将来时。

She starts for America next month. 她下个月动身去美国。
She is starting for America next month.

④ commence为正式用语，后面一般接动名词。

He commenced working on it in 2001. 他是2001年开始做这项工作的。

⑤ begin with表示“以……开始，以……开端”，后跟名词。

The movie began with a car chase and ended with a love scene. 那部影片以一场汽车追逐开始，而以爱的场景收尾。

The book begins with a tale of country life. 这本书以一则农村生活故事开始。

提示

to begin with和to start with都是习惯用语，意为“首先，第一”，用作状语，可位于句首、句中或句尾，常用逗号同句中的其他成分隔开。

To begin with，we ought to know what we study for. 首先，我们应该明确学习目的。

I can't go there with you；to start with，no one can take over my job；secondly，I have not enough money. 我不能同你去那里，首先，没有人能接替我的工作。其次，我没有足够的钱。

112　behavior和conduct

① behavior的用法较普通，含义最广，无复数形式，可指一切好的或坏的行为。

The boy's rough behavior infuriated her. 这个男孩子粗鲁的行为激怒了她。

Her good behavior deserves praise. 她的好品行值得称赞。

② conduct主要用指道德标准衡量的正当或不正当的品行，有指遵守或违反某些已定的法规的含义。

His conduct at school was disgraceful. 他在学校行为不端。

113　believe，believe in和trust

① believe意为“相信，认为”，表示相信某人的话或某事的真实性，或表达一个想法（也许是错误的想法）。

I believe his story. 我相信他所说的。

I believe it to be a fact. 我相信这是事实。

I believe her. 我相信她的话。

I don't believe a word of what he said. 他的话我一句也不信。

② believe in sb.表示两种含义：①信任某人，②信仰、信奉某种思想观念。

I believe in her. 我信赖她。

He believes in communism. 他信仰共产主义。

They don't believe in God. 他们不信上帝。

I can believe him，but I cannot believe in him. 我可以信其言，但我不能信赖其人。

He believes in keeping early hours. 他主张早睡早起。

提示

注意下面一句：

I believe what he said because I believe in him. 我相信他的话因为我信任他。

③ believe的其他结构：

believe sb.（to be）+形容词或名词
be believed to be+形容词或名词
be believed to do sth.
believe+that从句

We all believe her（to be）honest. 我们都相信她是诚实的。（to be可省）

She is believed to be honest. 她被认为是诚实的。（to be不可省）

I can hardly believe that he failed in the exam. 我简直不敢相信他考试会不及格。

④ trust强调相信某人的品德、为人、能力等。trust in表示“依靠、信赖某人”。

比较

I never trust him. 我从不信任他。

I trust her. 我信任她。（=I believe in her.）

I never trust in him. 我从不信赖他。

I trust in his competence. 我相信他是胜任的。

提示

①trust sb. with sth. 和trust sth. to sb. 表示“把某事交托给某人”。

②trust to表示“盲目信赖”。

Don't trust to luck. 光靠运气是不行的。

114　below，under和underneath

① below可以用作副词和介词。

（1）作副词用时，below表示“在下面，向下”。副词below可以修饰动词，可以作表语，还可以作定语，修饰名词，但要放在名词的后面。

The flower garden lies below. 花园在下面。（修饰动词）

The office is below. 办公室在下面。（作表语）

I heard someone singing in the room below. 我听见有人在下面的房间里唱歌。（作定语，后置）

Please do the exercises below. 请做下面的练习。（作定语，后置）

（2）作介词用时，below表示“在……以下”，通常表示位置，也可表示数量、等级、能力等。

Please write your name below the line. 请把你的名字写在这条线的下面。（表示位置）

They passed below the bridge. 他们在桥的下面通过。（表示位置）

Children below ten should not see this film. 10岁以下的儿童不应看这部电影。（表示数）

He is below her in ability. 在能力方面，他不如她。（表示能力）

I am below him in school. 我的年级比他低。（表示等级）

提示

from below意为“从下面”。

Someone is calling you from below. 有人在下面叫你。

② under是介词，表示“在……下面，低于”。under引导的短语可以修饰动词作状语，也可以作表语或定语，表示位置、状况、年龄、价格等。

He is standing under a tree. 他正站在一棵树下。（作状语）

She studies piano under her teacher. 她在老师的指导下学钢琴。（作状语）

He sold the bike under 100 yuan. 他以低于100元的价格把自行车卖了。（作状语）

The plan is still under discussion. 这项计划仍在讨论之中。（作表语）

These books are for children under ten years of age. 这些书适合10岁以下的儿童阅读。（作定语）

提示

汉语中的“在……下”并不都能用under，比如：“在阳光下，在月光下，在树荫下，在灯光下”就要用in。

She laid her clothes in the sun. 她把衣服放在阳光下晒晒。

They are sitting in the moonlight. 他们在月光下坐着。

Some children are playing in the shade. 一些儿童在树荫下玩耍。

She is doing her homework in the lamplight. 她在灯下做作业。

③ below和under的区别：below表示一般的低于或在某物的下面，不一定是在垂直的下面，反义词是above；under表示在垂直的下方，强调一种直接的垂直上下关系，反义词是over。

比较

From the hill，we can see a river below us. 从这座小山上，我们能看见下面的一条河。
There is a cat under the chair. 椅子底下有一只猫。

a boat under the bridge 桥下面的一条船
a boat below the bridge 桥下游的一条船

④ beneath的反义词是on，指在某物的正下方，并与之接触。

She put some books beneath the pillow. 她把一些书放在枕头下面。

The earth felt soft beneath our feet. 我们感觉脚下的土非常柔软。

He took a knife from beneath his coat. 他从外衣下面拔出一把刀来。

⑤ underneath具有below和beneath的含义；既可以表示垂直在下而且接触，也可以表示在某物的下方，不接触。

Do you find much growing underneath the snow？你发现雪的下面有许多植被吗？

A stool is underneath the table. 桌子下面有一张凳子。

提示

under，below和beneath 可用于引申意义。

He is under me. 他是我的下级。

He was below/beneath her in intelligence. 他的智力不如她。

As a scholar，he is far beneath his brother. 作为学者，他比他兄弟差得远。

He was far beneath her socially. 他的社会地位远没有她高。

His accusations are beneath contempt. 他的指责不屑一顾。

Lying is beneath him. 他决不会撒谎的。

Such a fellow is beneath my notice. 这种人我不屑一顾。

提示

①在下列短语中，只能用below，不可用under。

see the notes below 见下面的注释　the examples below 下面的例子

②表示数量如物价、年龄等“低于”时，两者可换用。

She is below/under twenty. 她不到二十岁。

115　besides，but，except，except for和except+从句都可以表示“除外”，但有区别

① except表示“除……外”，指除去的不算在内，except的宾语排除在外。besides表示“除……外（还有）”，besides的宾语也算在内。

They went there except Tom. 除了汤姆外，他们都去那里了。（汤姆没去）
They all went there besides Tom. 汤姆去那里了，他们也都去那里了。（汤姆也去了）

Except maths，they study Chinese and English. 他们学习中文和英语，不学数学。（数学除外）
Besides maths，they study Chinese and English. 除了数学，他们还学中文和英语。（数学也包括在内）

② but用作介词，表示“除外”时，与except同义，被除去的不包括在内，常同no，every，any构成的复合词连用，构成none but，nothing but，anybody but，everyone but，everywhere but，nowhere but以及no one but，all but等结构。

Nobody but he can do it. 除了他，没有人能做这件事。

She eats nothing but fruit. 除了水果，她什么也不吃。

I know them all but one. 他们之中除一人外我全认识。

He could see nothing but sand. 除了沙子，他什么也看不见。
=He could see nothing except sand.
=He could see only sand.

③ except和except for都表示除外的不算在内，但用法不同。except “除去”的部分和前面讲述的部分是同一个层次的同一类事物，而except for所“除去”的部分与前面讲述的部分不是同一个层次的同一类事物，“除去的”通常是整体中的一个细节，或是句中所论述的整体内容中的一个部分。

This article is good，except for a few spelling mistakes. 这篇文章写得不错，只是有几处拼写错误。（整体中的细节，不可用except）

Except for an old lady，the bus was empty. 除了一位老太太外，整个汽车都是空的。（old lady和bus不是同类）

There is hardly any industry in the town except for two ship-building plants. 除了两家造船厂外，这个小镇几乎没有什么工业。（industry和two ship-building plants是整体与部分的关系）

④ except+that从句、what 从句、when从句等也表示除去的不算在内。

It is a very good house except that it is a little too far from the town. 这是一所很好的房子，只是离城稍远一些。

The old lady comes here every day except when it rains. 除非下雨，那位老太太天天到这里来。

I know nothing about it except what you told me. 除了你告诉我的外，其他我一无所知。

⑤ but和except后可跟不定式，但必须注意，如果句中的谓语动词是do， but和except后的不定式省略to，而如果是其他动词，to不可省略。

比较

She couldn't do anything but/except wait. 除了等待之外，她毫无办法。

He can do nothing but/except cry. 他只会哭。

He had no choice but/except to go with her. 除了同她一起去之外，他别无选择。

She wanted nothing but/except to have a room. 她除了要一个房间外别无所求。

提示

注意下面一句中but后的不定式用不用to均可，因为前面的do不是主要谓语动词。

There was clearly nothing left to do but（to）wait and see. 显然没有别的办法，只好等着瞧。

⑥ except后还可跟副词，这时不用but。

She has always been in high spirits except recently. 她总是精神饱满，可是近来却不是这样。

⑦ 用于否定句时，but，except和besides可换用。

He rarely went anywhere except/but to his office. 除办公室外，他很少去其他地方。

There aren't any other people to be considered but/besides/except Mr. Brown. 除布朗先生外，其他人将不予考虑。

⑧ but用于last but…one，next…but one，the highest…but one中，意为“隔一……，倒数第二……”。

She lives in the last house but one in that street. 她住在那条街上倒数第二幢房子里。

The Browns live in the next house but one. 布朗一家住在隔壁的隔壁。

It is the highest mountain but one in this country. 它是这个国家的第二高的山。

This is the longest river but two in the world. 这是世界上第三大河。

116　bewilder，confuse，puzzle，perplex和baffle

① bewilder的语气较重，表示使人陷入一种惊奇、茫然、局促不安的境地。

The way he changes his mind three or four times a day is utterly bewildering. 他一天之内就要改变三四次主意，真是叫人摸不着头脑。

② confuse（put into disorder，mix up in the mind）指因混淆而产生迷乱，把事情弄错，语气最轻微，词义最广泛。

He is given to making long and confused speeches. 他一说话就是一大篇，语无伦次。

Those long personal names sometimes have me confused. 那些长的人名有时把我搞糊涂了。

③ puzzle（cause it difficult to explain or understand）着重使人难以理解、回答、解决，检验人的机智和耐心。

The patient's illness puzzled the doctor；he couldn't find the cause. 那病人的病把医生难住了，他找不出原因。

The children are puzzled how the world came into being. 孩子们对世界是怎样形成的感到迷惑不解。

④ perplex指对问题难于理解，有顾虑，更强调不知如何抉择或如何对付，语气比puzzle强。

I am perplexed at the problem. 这个问题我不理解。

The problem was hard enough to perplex even the teacher. 这问题很难，把老师都难住了。

⑤ baffle指某事物或现象使人感到糊涂、惊奇或不能理解。

The magician baffled the audience with his trick. 这位魔术师的戏法令观众迷惑、惊奇。

117　blame和scold

① blame表示“归咎于，责怪”，没有用言语责骂的意思。

The driver is blamed for the accident. 司机因事故而受到指责。

Historians have all blamed the failure on the Queen. 历史学家们都把这次失败归咎于女王。

She blamed me for being late. 她责备我来晚了。

② scold意为“责骂，训斥”，可以是长辈、老师、上级对孩子、学生、下级的不良举止的不含惩罚的“责备”，也可表示父母对孩子、妻子对丈夫的唠唠叨叨的“数说”。

Father is always scolding my brother. 父亲老是训斥我弟弟。

Don't scold too much. 不要老是骂人。

118　be blind in the left eye和be lame in the right foot

◎ 英语中表示“眼瞎，腿瘸”，用“主语+be+blind/lame+in”结构，in有时也可换用of。注意，表达这种意思不可直接用“眼，腿”作主语。下面几种说法都对：

She is blind in the left eye.她左眼瞎了。
She is blind of an eye. 她一只眼瞎了。
=She is blind in/of one eye.

He is lame in the right foot. 他右腿瘸。
He is lame in/of both legs. 他两条腿都瘸。
He is lame in/of one leg. 他一条腿瘸。

提示

习惯上不说blind of the right/left eye，blind in an eye。

119　border，boundary，frontier和bounds

① border指两个国家或区域间的分界，或边界地区，边境。

border disputes 边境争端

② boundary指两个地区间最外边的界线，分界线，是地理概念，可作比喻意义。

A river forms the boundary between the two countries. 一条河形成了两国间的分界线。

the boundaries of human knowledge 人类知识的范围

③ frontier指国家边境地区，不指州、省、县、市等界限。

They tried to cross the frontier. 他们试图越过国界。

④ bounds（用复数）指界限范围，大小由人为因素而定，用于比喻意义可以指人的行为界限。

This place is out of bounds to school children. 这个地方不准小学生入内。

120　born和borne都是bear的过去分词，但用法不同

① born用于被动语态，意为“出生，诞生”；表示“为……所生”时，用be born to…结构，不可用by；表示“出身于……家庭”时，用be born of/in…结构。

She was born in Nanjing in 2003. 2003年她出生于南京。

A daughter was born to them. 他们生了一个女孩。

born还可用作形容词，作定语，意为“天生的，新生的”。如：a newly born baby（一个新生婴儿），a born poet（一个天生的诗人）。

② borne可以用于主动语态和被动语态，意为“生育，产生”，表示“为……所生”时，用be borne by…结构。

She has borne two boys. 她生了两个男孩。

The girl was borne by an American woman. 这个女孩是一个美国妇女生的。

This tree has borne no fruit. 这棵树没结过果。

121　borrow sth. from，lend sth. to，keep，renew和use

① borrow sth. from表示“从……借来某物”，指的是主语把某物从某人或某地借来。

He borrowed some money from Jim yesterday. 他昨天向吉姆借了一些钱。

We can borrow books from the library. 我们可以从图书馆借书。

② lend sth. to表示“把某物借给……”，指的是主语把某物借出去，借给别人。

I have lent the book to Tom. 我已经把那本书借给汤姆了。

Can you lend the dictionary to me？你能把那本字典借给我吗？
=Can you lend me the dictionary？

③ keep意为“保持，保留”，为延续性动词。表示把某物“借”或“保留”多久时，要用keep，而不可用borrow或lend，因为这两个词都是非延续性动词。

How long can I borrow the book？
How long can I keep the book？ 这本书我能借多长时间？

这辆自行车只能借给你一天。
You can borrow the bike for one day only.
I can lend you the bike for one day only.
You can keep the bike for one day only.

④ renew意为“续借；重新开始”。

You may renew the book. 你可以续借这本书。

She renewed old friendship with him. 她同他重温旧谊。

⑤ use意为“使用”，引申为“借用”。

May I use your rubber？我可以借用一下你的橡皮吗？

122　both/every/all…not——部分否定和全部否定

① 英语中的否定有部分否定和全部否定的区别。neither（两者都不），neither…nor…（既不……也不……），none（没有人或物），nobody（没有人），no one（没有人），nothing（没有任何东西）表示的都是全部否定。

Neither of them will come. 他们两个人都不来。

Neither is good. 两者都不好。

Neither Tom nor Mary is going with you. 汤姆和玛丽都不同你一起去。

None of us said anything. 我们谁也没说话。

I like none of the books. 那些书我一本也不喜欢。

Nobody knows how to do it. 没有人知道怎样做这件事。

No one dare speak of it. 没有人敢说这件事。

Nothing can change her mind. 没有任何东西能改变她的主意。

② 当both，every/everything/everyone/everybody/everywhere，all同not连用时，表示的只是部分否定，不是对全句的否定，即：both，every/everything/everyone/everybody/everywhere和all所指的范围内有一部分是否定的，而另一部分则是肯定的。比较下面部分否定同全部否定的转换方式。

Both the books are not hers. 这两本书并非都是她的。（=One book is hers，the other is not.）
Neither book is hers. 两本书都不是她的。（注意，neither这里是形容词，修饰名词时，中间不可插入定冠词等）

Not every one of them likes swimming. 他们并非每人都喜欢游泳。
（=Some of them like swimming，others don't.）
None of them like swimming. 他们都不喜欢游泳。

Everyone here can't speak English. 并非这里每人都能说英语。
（=Some can speak English，some can't.）
Nobody here can speak English. 这里没有人能说英语。

Not everything that he said is true. 他说的并非都是真的。
（=Something he said is true，but something is not true.）
Nothing he said is true. 他说的都不是真的。

I don't like both of the pictures. 这两幅画我并非都喜欢。
I like neither of the pictures. 这两幅画我都不喜欢。

I don't like everybody here. 我并非喜欢这里的每个人。
I like nobody here. 这里的人我都不喜欢。

We can't find the animal everywhere. 这种动物并不是到处都能找到。
We can't find the animal anywhere. 这种动物在哪里都找不到。

All the books on the desk are not worth reading. 桌上所有的书并不是都值得读。（=Some books on the desk are worth reading，others are not.）
None of the books on the desk are worth reading. 桌上的书都不值得读。
None books on the desk are worth reading. （none是不定代词，作主语或宾语，但不可直接修饰名词作定语）

He hasn't cleaned all the rooms. 他并没有把所有的房间都打扫过了。
He has cleaned none of the rooms. 房间他都没有打扫。
=None of the rooms have been cleaned.

123　be bound to do和be bound for

① be bound to do一定，必定；受约束的，有义务的。

You are bound to succeed. 你一定会成功的。

She is bound in duty to obey. 她有义务服从。

② be bound for（some place）准备到……去的，开往/驶往……的。

The train is bound for Shanghai. 这列火车开往上海。

At last he got on board the ship bound for England. 他终于乘上去英国的船。

124　break away（from），break out，break up，break和crack

① break away（from）意为“放弃（习惯等），脱离（政党等），打破（陈规等）”。

You should break away from such habits. 你应该改掉这些习惯。

The thief broke away from the police. 小偷摆脱警察逃跑了。

It has broken away from the old rules. 它已打破了这些陈规。

② break out意为“（战争、火灾、疾病等）突然发生，爆发”，不可用于被动语态。

A fire broke out during the night. 夜里起了一场火灾。

The war broke out in 1938. 那场战争于1938年爆发。

She broke out crying. 她突然大哭起来。

③ break up意为“（活动、会议、学期等）结束，（友谊、婚姻等）破裂”。

The party didn't break up until midnight. 晚会直到午夜才结束。

The meeting broke up at eleven o'clock. 会议11点钟结束。

The school will break up next month. 下个月放假。

What broke up their marriage？什么使他们的婚姻破裂了？

The police broke up the fight. 警察结束了这场争斗。

④ break表示“（使）物体破裂成碎片或碎块”。

A vase fell off the table and broke into pieces. 一个花瓶从桌子上掉下来，摔成了碎片。

⑤ crack表示“（使）物体表面出现裂纹或裂缝，断裂”。

The ropes cracked under pressure. 绳索崩断了。

You can crack the stone but you cannot break it. 你能打裂这块石头，但不能打碎它。

His bone isn't broken；it's just cracked. 他没有骨折，只是骨裂。

125　break off to do sth. 和break off doing sth.

◎ 这两种结构均正确，但含义不同。

比较

She broke off to answer the telephone. 她停下来接电话。（in order to）
She broke off answering the telephone. 她不再接电话。（stop）

提示

break off with 表示“ 同……断绝关系”。

She broke off with John. 她同约翰断绝了关系。

126　bright，clever，smart和wise

① bright常指年轻人或孩子，意为“聪明的，灵敏的”，强调天资聪明，谈吐机敏，其反义词是dull或dense。

He is a bright boy. 他是一个聪明的男孩。

She is one of the brightest students in the class. 她是班上最聪明的学生之一。

② clever可指人或物，意为“机敏的，灵巧的”，强调脑子灵，理解、接受能力强。其反义词是dull或stupid。

He is rather clever in saying that. 他那么说很聪明。

She has a pair of clever hands. 她有一双灵巧的手。

③ smart意为“精明的，机灵的”，与clever同义，但更强调“精明，顽皮”。

He is a smart businessman. 他是个精明的商人。

She is too smart a girl not to see through your trick. 她是个聪明伶俐的姑娘，不会看不破你的把戏。

④ wise意为“聪明的，明智的，英明的”，强调经验、学识丰富，判断力强，能恰当地处理人或事，可以指人、行为或事物。

He is wise to make the decision. 他作出这个决定是很明智的。

He is a wise leader. 他是一位英明的领导人。

That is a wise decision. 那是一个英明的决定。

It is wise of you to keep your mouth shut. 你保持沉默是明智的。

127　bring，take，get，carry和fetch

① bring 和take可以看作反义词。bring表示“带来，拿来（到说话人处）”，take表示“带去，带走”，“把某物带去给某人”是take sth. to sb.。

Why didn't you bring your baby here？你为什么不把你的宝宝带来呢？

Please bring your brother here tomorrow. 明天请把你弟弟带来。
Please take your brother there tomorrow. 明天请把你弟弟带到那里去。

She took the dictionary to Tom. 她把那本词典带给了汤姆。

② get本身表示“得到，拿到”，常用于go and get 结构中，意为“去拿，去找，去请，取来”等意。get sth. back 表示“取回”。

Please go and get some water. 去弄些水来。

Go and get a doctor quickly. 快去请医生。

Would you please get the money back for me？你能为我把那笔钱取回吗？

③ carry表示“搬运，携带，运送”，指以车辆、船舶、飞机、人畜等将某物从一地搬到另一地，不表示方向。另外，空气、水、电携带物也用carry。

The plane can carry several tons of goods. 这架飞机能运载几吨货物。

She carried the box downstairs. 她把箱子搬到楼下去了。

The air carries the fragrance of roses. 空气中飘来玫瑰花香。

The workers are carrying a big stone. 工人们在搬运一块大石头。

He is carrying a bag on his shoulder. 他肩上扛着一个包。

Almost every student carries an umbrella. 几乎每个学生都带着一把伞。

提示

“身上带钱”可用 carry，也可用 take。

She took a lot of money with her. 她身上带着许多钱。

He always carries some money about him. 他身上总是带些钱。

④ fetch表示“去取来，去拿来”，指先去，再拿来，有一个往返过程。

Please fetch me some water. 请给我弄点水来。

Please fetch some bread for us. 请给我们弄些面包来。

128　bring in，bring up和educate

① bring in可以表示：①提出（某个观点、问题、议案），②带来，请来（某人），③赚取，有收入。bring in可用于被动语态。

A new bill has been brought in. 已经提出了一个新的议案。

He has brought in an engineer to deal with these problems. 他请来了一位工程师来处理这些问题。

Many new words have been brought in from abroad. 从国外引进了许多新词。

The dictionary has brought in 10，000 yuan. 这本词典已挣得10000元。

② bring up意为“抚养，养育”，指在家里受到的道德和社交训练；也可以表示“养活；提出（问题）”。

He'll bring her up as his own child. 他会把她当作自己的孩子抚养。

She has a big family to bring up. 她要养活一大家人。

He has brought up a problem for discussion. 他提出了一个问题供讨论。

The boy was badly brought up. 这孩子不懂礼貌。

③ educate表示在学校等场所受到的特别是智能和文化方面的训练，强调教育的目的和人生观培养。另外，teach只强调教给学生知识。

He is a well-educated young man. 他是个受过良好教育的青年。

Some schools teach，but fail to educate their students. 有些学校只教书不育人。

129　build，construct，found，set up和put up

① build表示“建造，建筑”，常指施工建筑，如建造房屋、桥梁、道路、城市等，也可用于抽象概念，如理论、制度、希望等。

They will build an expressway there. 他们将在那里修建一条高速公路。

The social system was built centuries ago. 这种社会制度是几个世纪以前建立的。

The tower is built（out）of bricks. 这座塔是用砖砌成的。

Our friendship is built on mutual understanding and support. 我们的友谊是建立在相互理解和相互支持之上的。

② construct的含义与build大致相同，但多用于书面语，强调按一定的设计或计划进行施工，也可表示“创建”理论、学说，“构思”故事等。

The skyscraper was constructed from designs prepared by a famous engineer. 这幢摩天大楼是根据一位著名工程师的设计建造的。

The writer constructed the story from memories of her childhood. 作者根据自己童年的回忆构思了这个故事。

③ found表示“创立，创办，成立”，强调打下基础或开办，常指创立组织、机构、国家、理论、基金等，也可指创办学校、图书馆等。

The People's Republic of China was founded in 1949. 中华人民共和国成立于1949年。

When was the school founded？这所学校是什么时候创办的？

④ set up表示“树立，设立，建立”，通常指机构、相应设施的建立，如医院、商店、学校、纪念碑等，也用于指抽象事物。

They set up a hospital here last month. 他们上个月在这里办起了一所医院。

She sets up a good example for us. 她为我们树立了一个好榜样。

⑤ put up意为“搭建”临时性建筑物，也表示“建造”，为通俗用词。

They put up a tent on the river bank. 他们在河边临时搭了一个帐篷。

They will put up a hotel in the town. 他们将在城里建造一家旅馆。

130　burn up和burn down

① burn up意为“烧完，烧掉”（=burn completely），强调动作的完成。

All her books were burned up in the fire. 她全部的书都在大火中烧掉了。

The house burned up before the firemen got there. 消防队员赶到前，房子已经烧光了。

提示

burn up有时可表示“烧旺起来”，也可表示“消耗掉”，用作及物或不及物动词。

He put some wood on the fire to make it burn up. 他添了些木柴，把火烧得旺些。

It burns up 100 calories an hour. 它每小时要消耗100卡的热量。

② burn down意为“烧毁，烧成废墟”（=burn to the ground），多指建筑物、村庄、城镇等，多用作及物动词。

The school building was burned down in the big fire. 在那场大火中，学校大楼被烧毁。

The whole village was burned down by the enemy. 整个村庄都被敌人烧毁了。

131　but引导的从句

◎ but可以用作关系代词，引导定语从句作主语，常用于no…but结构中，意为“没有不……的”，相当于no…who…not，表示强调的肯定意义。

There is no one but likes the film. 没有人不喜欢那部电影。（=There is no one who does not like the film.）

No man in the world but has weak points. 人人皆有弱点。（=There is no man in the world who does not have weak points.）

There was no man but respected her. 没有人不尊敬她。

132　by，to和until均可表示“到……时间”，但有区别

① by表示时间时意为“截止到（过去或将来）某一时刻为止，在此以前”。

By the end of last month she had studied here for three years. 到上月末，她在这里学习已满三年了。

You should return the book by Thursday. 你应在星期四以前还这本书。

② to常用于from…to中表示时间，也可用于计算时间。

I usually do some reading from eight to eleven in the evening. 我通常晚上八点到十一点读点东西。

He will stay here to the end of the month. 他将在这里待到月底。

They used to work from morning to night. 他们以前从早干到晚。（=from morning till night，from dawn till dark）

③ until/till意为“直到”，指执行的某事一直延续到某一时刻末停止。

You may stay here until/till next month. 你可以在这里待到下个月。

I waited for her until/till ten o'clock in the evening. 我等她一直到晚上10点。

Your passport will remain in operation until/till October. 你的护照在10月前有效。

133　by and by，by the by，by and large和gradually

① by and by表示“没多久，一会儿之后”，相当于soon或after a while。

By and by the school year will be over. 不多久这个学年就要结束了。

He'll be back by and by. 他一会儿就会回来了。

② by the by表示“顺便说到”，相当于incidentally，by the way。

By the by，what happened to the boy？顺便问一下，那个男孩后来怎样了？

③ by and large表示“大体上，基本上”。

By and large，the plan is practicable. 这个方案大体上可行。

④ gradually表示“渐渐地”，相当于slowly或little by little。

The baby is gradually learning to walk. 那个婴儿渐渐地开始学走路。

134　by day和by the day

① by day意为“在白天”，与 by night（在夜间）相对。

Most of us work by day，and only a few work by night. 我们大多数人上白班，只有少数人上夜班。

② by the day意为“按天计算”。同样的表示法还有：by the week（按周），by the month（按月），by the year（按年）。

They are paid by the day while we are paid by the week. 他们的工资按天发，而我们的工资按周发。

135　by far在句中的位置

◎ by far可以修饰比较级和最高级。如果比较级或最高级前有定冠词the，by far置于前后均可，但通常要置于不带定冠词the 的比较级后面，也可前置。

He is by far the best player on the team. 他是这个队最优秀的队员。

It is by far the best choice. 这是最好的选择。

This is the best way by far. 这是最好的方法。

She is by far the better actress/the better actress by far. 她是个更为优秀的女演员。

Your paper is by far the better of the two. 两篇论文中你的要好得多。（本句中有表示范围的of短语，by far应前置）

Her explanation is clearer by far. 她的解释清楚得多。

She sings by far better than others. 她唱得比别人好得多。

136　by half，in half和by halves

① by half常用来表示程度，用于“too+形容词+by half”结构，表示“过分”。

He is too clever by half. 他聪明得过头了。（=much too clever）

提示

by half也可表示“（减少）一半”。

They have reduced the costs by half. 他们把费用减少了一半。

② in half表示“分成两半”，相当于into two。

Please cut the apple in half. 请把苹果切成两半。（=into two）

③ by halves表示“不彻底，半截子”，常用于否定句和疑问句中。

Better not do it at all than do it by halves. 做事不要虎头蛇尾。

Why should you do it by halves？你为什么不善始善终？

137　by hand，in hand，on hand和at hand

① by hand表示“手工，用手做成”。

The watch is made by hand. 这块表是手工做的。

② in hand表示“在手头，在进行中”。

I still have some money in hand. 我手头还有些钱。

The work is still in hand. 那项工作仍在进行中。

提示

①in the hand表示“在手中”。

He has a bag in the hand. 他手里拿着一只包。

②不可说by hands，by the hands。

③ on hand表示“现有待用”。

I have a large stock on hand. 我手头有大批存货。

We always keep some candles on hand in case there's an electricity cut. 我们手头总备有一些蜡烛，以供停电使用。

④ at hand表示“在附近”。

The bus station is close at hand. 公共汽车站就在附近。

138　by nature和in nature

① by nature本性上，天性地，生性。

She is generous by nature. 她生性慷慨。

② in nature性质上，实质上；到底（加强语气）。

One can't do everything by oneself；it isn't in nature. 你不能什么都自己来，这是不切实际的。

139　by the lights of和in the light of

① by the lights of意为“借助于……的光线”，lights一定要用复数。

They climbed the hill by the lights of the moon. 他们借着月光爬山。

② in the light of意为“根据，按照”，其中的the可省略，后跟名词，也可跟what从句，相当于according to。

He made the decision in light of what he had heard. 他根据他所听到的做出决定。

140　by the pound还是by pound

◎ 表示“（单位）按……，以……计”时，用by+the+单位词构成的短语表示。

We hired the boat by the hour. 我们按钟点租船。

It is cheaper by the dozen. 买一打可以便宜一点。

Meat is sold by the pound. 肉论磅出售。（不说by pound）

C

141　call on，call at，drop in，visit和pay a visit（to）

① call on后接某人，指进行短暂的访问，访问者与受访问者一般只有社交或公务关系，如：call on a customer（拜访一位顾客）。

② call at后接某个地方或以somebody's表示的某人的住所，如：call at her office（去她的办公室拜访），call at Miss Susan's（拜访苏珊小姐家）。

③ drop in指顺便拜/走访，非正式的访问，通常事先没打招呼或在计划之外。

Drop in any time you want to. 你随时都可以来串串门。

She dropped in to see us yesterday. 她昨天顺便来看望我们。

提示

如果后接人，用drop in on；如果后接地点，用drop in at。

I dropped in on Alice last night. 我昨晚顺便去看了艾丽丝。

On my way back from school I dropped in at Mary's house. 在从学校回家的路上，我顺便到玛丽家去看了看。

④ visit为正式用语，可以是逗留时间较长的访问，可指友好访问、社交性访问或职务性访问。

The prime minister is visiting in Africa. 首相正在非洲访问。

She visited a sick friend in the hospital this morning. 她今天上午探望了一位生病住院的朋友。

⑤ pay a visit（to）意为“去看望（某人），对……进行访问”，意同visit。

I paid a visit to Henry last Sunday. 我上星期天去看望了亨利。

We shall pay a visit to the city. 我们将访问那座城市。

142　call sb. by the name，call sb.'s name和call sb. names

① “唤某人的名字”要说call sb. by the name或call sb.'s name。

She called them by the name. 她叫他们的名字。

The teacher called her name when she looked out of the window. 她往窗外望时老师喊了她的名字。

② call sb. names意为“谩骂某人”。

They called each other names. 他们相互谩骂。

143　calm，quiet和silent

① calm可用作形容词和动词。

（1）用作形容词，calm可以表示“（人、水面）平静的，（人）沉着的，（天气）无风的”，常指天气、海洋、人的内心，可作表语和定语。

She spoke in a calm voice. 她以平静的声音讲话。

The sea is calm again. 大海又平静了。

He remained calm in facing the danger. 面对危险，他保持镇静。

It was a calm evening. 那是一个宁静的晚上。

（2）作动词时，calm可作及物动词和不及物动词，意为“（使）安静，（使）镇定”，结构为：

calm down
calm sb.（down）

She calmed down after a few minutes. 几分钟后她镇静下来了。

He calmed the little girl by giving her some sweets. 他给了那个小女孩一些糖，使她安静下来。

It is not easy to calm the excited man down. 很难使那个激动的人平静下来。

② quiet意为“安静的，轻声的，寂静的”，指无声、小声或相对来说不那么吵闹的一种安静状态；指人时，quiet表示“文静的，温和的，清静的”，指人不易激动的性情和安谧的生活状况。

The campus is very quiet in the morning. 清晨的校园分外安静。

There are some wild ducks on the quiet water. 平静的水面上有一些野鸭。

She is a very quiet old woman. 她是个性情十分温和的老人。

③ silent意为“寂静无声的，沉默的，无言的”，指人沉默不语或地方一片静寂。

The house is empty and silent. 房子里空无一人，寂静无声。

A silent man likes to stay in a silent place. 沉默寡言的人喜欢待在安静的地方。

144　cannot，can not和can't含义相同，但用法上略有差别

① cannot原先只用于英式英语中，美式英语则分开写成can not，现在cannot则通用了。

You cannot leave now. It's raining hard outside. 你现在不能离开，外面正下大雨。

② can't为省略式，一般只用于口语中。

You can finish the work tomorrow，can't you？你明天能完成这项工作，对吗？

I can't go with you，Mary. 玛丽，我不能同你一起去。

③ can not分开写可以表示强调。

It is not a parking lot. You certainly can not park here. 这不是停车场，你绝不能在这里停车。

145　captivity，captive，captivate，capture和arrest

① captivity为名词，意为“囚禁”。

② captive为名词，意为“俘虏，囚徒”（a person taken prisoner，esp. in war）。

These captives will be taken to the rear areas. 这些俘虏将被押送到后方。

The pirates took many captives and sold them as slaves. 海盗抓了很多人，并把他们当奴隶卖掉。

③ captivate为动词，意为“使迷惑，使入迷”（charm，excite，attract）。

The children were captivated by the story. 孩子们被那些故事迷住了。

I was captivated by the cordiality of your people. 贵国人民的热忱使我深受感动。

④ capture为动词，意思是“俘虏，捕获，夺得”（make a prisoner，take/obtain by force），表示“抓获”时，指经过查找或通过武力，使用计谋或技巧而捕获。

We captured butterflies with a net. 我们用网捕捉蝴蝶。

The cat has captured a mouse. 猫抓到了一只老鼠。

They captured 1，000 enemy soldiers in the battle. 他们在这场战役中俘虏了1000个敌军。

⑤ arrest指官方“拘捕，逮捕”。

The smugglers were arrested and sent to prison. 走私犯被捕入狱。

The police arrested the murderer. 警察逮捕了那个杀人犯。

146　care for，care about，care to do sth.，take care of和I don't care

① care for意为“愿意，喜欢，关心，照料”，后跟名词或代词。care for作“关心，照料”讲时，一般用于肯定句或疑问句。

Would you care for a cup of coffee？来一杯咖啡好吗？（=like）

He doesn't care for her. 他不喜欢她。

Tom cares for sweets very much. 汤姆非常喜欢吃糖。

Who will care for your child when you are not at home？你不在家里，谁照顾你的孩子？

② care about意为“关心，关切，在意，计较”，后跟名词、动名词或从句，常用于否定句。

He doesn't care about clothes. 他对衣着不在乎。

She never cares about other people. 她从不关心别人。

He doesn't care about losing the job. 他不在乎失去工作。

③ care to do sth.表示“愿意做某事”。

I don't care to meet him. 我不愿见他。

Would you care to go for a walk with me？你愿意跟我去散散步吗？

④ take care of意为“照料，照顾”，相当于look after。

The old lady must be taken good care of. 这位老太太一定要很好地照料。

提示

take care of 还表示“妥善保管，对付”。

He doesn't care for his money.
He doesn't take care of his money. 他没妥善保管好钱。

Don't worry；I can take care of it. 不要担心，我能对付得了。

⑤ I don't care意为“我不在乎”。类似结构还有：I don't know（我不知道），I don't mind（我不介意）。

I don't care what they say. 我不在乎他们怎么说。

I really don't care when he will pay me back. 我真的不在乎他什么时候还钱。

I don't care what you do. 我不在乎你做什么。

I don't mind if you stay or go. 你去留我都不在乎。

You don't know how important it is to me. 你不知道这对我是多么重要。

147　be careful of，be careful with，be careful for和be careful about

① be careful of表示“珍重，保重，注意，关注”，含有警惕、预防之意，后可跟人或物。

Be careful of your health. 保重身体。

Be careful of the man. 当心那人。

提示

后跟where、how引导的从句或不定式时，要省去of。

You must be careful how to spend the money. 你应当注意怎样花这笔钱。

② be careful with表示“仔细，小心”，指提醒某人用心、当心，后跟物作宾语，不可跟人。

You must be careful with your homework. 做作业时你必须非常用心。（=be careful in doing…）

Be more careful with the job. 对这项工作要更加仔细。

③ be careful for表示“关怀，惦记，挂念”，后可跟人或物作宾语。

She is careful for her mother only. 她只惦记着她的母亲。

I am always careful for his progress in studies. 我经常关心他学业上的进展。

④ be careful about表示“谨慎，当心，注意”。

Be careful about what you say. 说话要谨慎。

It's the one thing you've got to be careful about. 这件事情务必当心。

148　cast off，cast away，cast down和cast about/around for

① cast off丢弃；放船，发船。

We cast off and set sail at 8 am. 我们上午8点钟解缆起航。

② cast away

（1）扔掉，丢掉，浪费掉

Don't cast away these old papers. 别把这些旧报纸扔掉。

cast away one's time 浪费时间

（2）（通常用被动式）使（船难中幸存者）漂流到。

The sailors were cast away on a desert island. 因船失事，水手们流落到一个荒岛上。

③ cast down（通常用被动式）气馁，沮丧。

Father was very cast down by the news of our aunt's death. 姑妈去世的消息使父亲很沮丧。

④ cast about/around for（没有被动式）到处寻找，试图（设法）找到。

The prisoner cast about for a way of escape. 犯人试图找到一个逃跑的办法。

John cast around for a good title for his article. 约翰想给他的文章找个好标题。

149　catch，grasp和grab

① catch为常用词，指通过武力、追踪、突然袭击等方式“抓住”，强调结果已实现，可指人或物，也可指“吸引”注意力，也可表示“患病，理解”等。

The murderer was caught alive. 杀人凶手被活捉。

I don't quite catch your meaning. 我不十分明白你的意思。

The nurse caught the disease from a patient. 这护士的病是从一位病人那儿传染上的。

② grasp意为“抓，抓住”，指用爪、手指抓紧，也表示一般意义上的“抓住”，还可表示“理解”。

She grasped his right hand firmly. 她紧紧抓住他的右手。

Grasp your chances while you can. 有机会就要及时抓住。

提示

grasp at 表示“想抓住”，强调动作，是否抓住不得而知。

He grasped at the rope but missed it. 他想抓住绳子，但没抓到。

③ grab意为“抓住”，指粗暴地抓住人或物，往往不顾侵犯别人的权利。

The thief grabbed the bag away from the woman. 小偷一把抢走了这位妇女的钱包。

比较

tear（撕开）→tear at（撕）

thrust（刺中）→thrust at（向……刺去）

shoot（射中，杀死）→shoot at（射向）

get home（到家）→go home（回家去）

go to sleep（入睡）→go to bed（上床睡觉）

be prepared for（准备好）→prepare for（为……做准备）

150　cause，reason和excuse

① cause意为“起因”，指造成某一事实或现象或直接导致某种结果的原因。

I don't know the cause and effect of it. 我不知道此事的前因后果。

② reason意为“理由”，指逻辑推理方面的理由或解释某些已发生的事的理由，给以通情达理、合乎逻辑的解释。

You have no reason to refuse her. 你没有理由拒绝她。

What was the reason for/of him being late？他迟到的原因是什么？

③ excuse指为免受指责和推卸责任而找的“借口，理由”。

He is always late，and always has an excuse. 他总是迟到，而且总有借口。

Too much work is no excuse for not studying. 工作太忙不能成为不学习的理由。

151　chain，fasten和secure

① chain意为“拴住”，尤指用链子把某人或某物拴住。

The dog is chained to a tree. 狗被拴在一棵树上。

② fasten指“拴紧，使固定，将注意力集中于”。

He fastened his attention on a fire in the distance. 他凝视着远处的火光。

③ secure意为“使……安全，把……弄牢”，着重确保安全。

You can not secure yourself against all risks and dangers. 谁也不能使自己不遭遇任何危险。

152　change和changes

① change意为“变化，改变”，用作动词时，可作及物动词，也可作不及物动词，结构为：

change（sth.）into sth. 把……变成
change from to sth. 从……变成……
change for sth. 向……方面转化
change with 随同……变化

I have changed my address. 我已换了住址。

Don't change your mind. 不要改变主意。

Heat can change into steam. 热能变成蒸汽。

The wind has changed from north to east. 北风已转成东风了。

The things will change for the better. 情况将会好转。

It changes with the season. 它随着季节而变化。

Times change and we should change with them. 时代是变化的，我们也应跟着变。

He changed into another diving suit and went down. 他换上另一件潜水衣又下水了。

The fairy changed the cat into a swan. 仙女把猫变成了一只天鹅。

② change sth. with sb.表示“和某人交换”。

He changed clothes with a classmate. 他同一个同学换衣服穿。

③ change A for B和change A into B均可表示“把某种货币换成另一种货币”。

Where can I change English money for foreign money？我去哪儿能把英国钱换成外国钱？

④ change sth. for sth.意为“用……更换”。

He wants to change a new car.
He wants to change the old car for a new one. 他要换辆新车。

⑤ change作名词用时，是可数名词。

He needs a change of food. 他需要更换伙食。

Great changes have taken place in the city. 这座城市发生了巨大变化。

153　change，alter，vary，modify，transform和convert

① change为常用词，表示变化，变动，本质性的或外表形式的变化，除非用 slightly，a little，a bit 修饰 change，否则change总是指明显的比较大的变化。

There may be some changes but he can't alter the declining trend. 也许会有什么变化，但他不能扭转下坡路趋势。

② alter是对大小、尺寸、形状的改变，样式上的翻新，局部改换，修改，通常不是本质上的变化。

The house has been altered to make it appear in style. 为了使屋子看上去时新，已经做了改动。

③ vary指尺寸、品种、数量等在一定幅度或范围中的变化，万变不离其宗，不变成别的东西。

Buses vary in size，shape and color. 公共汽车在尺寸、外形和颜色上有差异/变化。

Prices vary in different places and for different qualities. 物价因质量不同、地方不一样而有所不同。（价格再变，总有一定范围，价格还是价格）

④ modify指作修饰、限制性的修改，使更趋完整或完善。

The aircraft were extensively modified and improved. 飞机经多方面改造，得以改进。（比较：The aircraft was…）

⑤ transform指深刻变化，往往变得面目全非或脱胎换骨。

The barren mountain slopes have been transformed into terraced fields. 荒山坡变成了梯田。

⑥ convert指由一种形式变成另一种形式，一种作用变成另一种作用。

He was converted from Buddhism to Christianity. 他由吃斋念佛改信基督教。

Patient explanation converted her to our point of view. 耐心解释使她转向支持我们的观点。

154　cheat，deceive，fool和trick

① cheat指用不诚实的手段以取得所需的事物，可作及物动词或不及物动词；作名词时表示“骗子，欺骗行为”。常用结构：cheat sb.（out）of sth.。

The old lady was cheated out of 5，000 yuan. 老太太被人骗了5000元。

I consider it wrong to cheat in an examination. 我认为考试作弊是错误的。

② deceive指有意制造假象蒙蔽、欺骗，误导人，使其信以为真。常用结构：

deceive sb./oneself（into doing sth.）。

She deceived me by pretending to be a famous movie star. 她冒充电影明星来骗我。

He did not study hard，but he deceived himself into thinking he would pass the examination. 他不用功学习，却欺骗自己，以为考试能及格。

③ fool表示“愚弄，戏弄”，主要指为了好玩而捉弄人；也表示“欺骗”。

People fool each other on April Fool's Day. 愚人节那天，人们互相开玩笑愚弄人。

You can't fool all the people all the time. 你不能永远欺骗所有的人。

④ trick指以狡诈之计谋或计策欺骗而间接取得所需之物。

The FBI used fake plans to trick the spy. 联邦调查局以假计使那间谍上当。

155　China，a Chinese和two Chinese

国名

单数

复数

China

a Chinese

two Chinese

Japan

a Japanese

two Japanese

Portugal

a Portuguese

two Portuguese

Vietnam

a Vietnamese

two Vietnamese

Burma

a Burmese

two Burmese

America

an American

two Americans

India

an Indian

two Indians

Italy

an Italian

two Italians

Korea

a Korean

two Koreans

① 以-ese结尾的指“某国人”的名词单复数同形，但以-an结尾的指“某国人”的名词变复数时要加-s。参见上表。

② Chinese等名词可用数词或few，many等修饰。如：a Chinese（一个中国人），a few Chinese（几个中国人），many Chinese（许多中国人）。

③ China's和Chinese均可表示“中国的”，均可作定语。China's是China的所有格，强调所有权或从属关系，而Chinese则只起修饰、描绘作用。

Taiwan is an integral part of China's territories. 台湾是中国领土不可分割的一部分。

There is a Chinese restaurant on the street corner. 街的拐角处有一家中国餐馆。

④ 与China不同，china则表示“瓷器，瓷料”。

She gave me a set of fine china as a gift. 她送我一套精美的瓷器作礼物。

比较

Japan（日本）→japan（清漆，亮漆，日本瓷器）

Turkey（土耳其）→turkey（火鸡，火鸡肉）

German（德国人，德语）→german（同父母的）

提示

表示“中文，汉语”时，Chinese前不加冠词。表示“中华民族，全体中国人”时，为总称，Chinese前面要加定冠词the。

156　clash，crash和crush

① clash（刀剑、铃铛等）碰撞，冲突；（意见等）抵触。

Their swords clashed together. 他们的剑当的一声相击。

② crash（发出猛烈的声音，尤指汽车、飞机等）撞击、坠落，摔坏。

The driver crashed the car into the wall. 驾驶员把汽车猛撞在墙上。

③ crush压碎，压坏；击溃。

The machine can crush rocks into powder. 这台机器能把石头碾成粉末。

157　classic和classical

① classic a.最优秀的，一流的；n.杰作，名著，经典著作，文豪，大艺术家。

Homer's “Iliad” is a classic piece of work. 荷马的《伊利亚特》是一部一流的杰作。

Homer's “Iliad” is a classic. 荷马的《伊利亚特》是一部名著。

② classical a.（文学、艺术上）古典的，古典派的；希腊、罗马型的。

classical music 古典音乐

158　clean和cleanly

① clean作副词表示“完全地，全部地”，常同forget，get，go等连用。

I clean forgot it. 我把那件事忘得一干二净。

She went clean out of her mind. 她完全疯了。

The robbers got clean away. 窃贼逃得无影无踪。

John is clean wrong. 约翰完全错了。

提示

cleanly 还可用作形容词，读作［'klenlɪ］，意为“爱清洁的，清洁的”。

② cleanly ［'kliːnlɪ］准确地，干净地，熟练地，常同 cut 连用。

The knife cuts very cleanly. 这把刀切起来很锋利。

159　clean，clear，sweep和wipe

① clean用作形容词时，意为“干净的，清洁的”，指没有灰尘或刚清扫过。

The room is clean and tidy. 这房间又干净又整洁。

They always keep the classroom clean. 他们总是使教室保持清洁。

② clean用作动词时，指用各种方式“打扫”干净。

Mother cleaned the house for New Year's Day. 母亲把房子打扫干净过新年。

Can you clean the coat of these dirt marks？你能把大衣上的这些污迹洗掉吗？

③ clear用作形容词时，意为“（天气）晴朗的，（言语）清楚的，（图像）清晰的”。

That was a fine clear day. 那是一个晴朗的日子。

You haven't made yourself clear. 你还没有把话讲清楚。

The photo is not clear enough. 这幅照片不够清晰。

比较

The water is clean. 这水是干净的。
The water is clear. 这水是清澈的。

④ clear用作动词时，表示“清除，澄清，使清澈；放晴”。

The rubbish must be cleared away. 这堆垃圾必须清除。

They were busy clearing the pavement of snow. 他们正忙着清除人行道上的积雪。

It is clearing gradually. 天在逐渐放晴。

⑤ sweep指用扫帚扫除尘土或脏东西等。

He swept the dirt into a dustpan. 他把垃圾扫进畚箕。

He went into the yard to sweep up dead leaves. 他到院子里扫除枯叶。

⑥ wipe指用手、抹布、纸等擦拭。

She wiped glasses with a dry towel. 她用一条干毛巾擦玻璃杯。

He sat down to wipe the sweat off the face. 他坐下来，擦掉脸上的汗珠。

160　clean up和clear up

① clean up意为“打扫干净，整理”。

Please clean your bedroom up. 请把你的卧室打扫干净。

He cleaned up the flower garden yesterday. 他昨天把花园整理了一番。

② clear up意为“（天气）变晴，消除（误解等），收拾（桌子等）”。

The sky will clear up soon. 天不久就会放晴了。

They have cleared up their misunderstanding. 他们已消除了误解。

Please clear up the table. 请把桌子收拾一下。

161　clear和clearly

① clear作副词时可表示“清楚地，明白地；完全”，同of 连用，可表示“不靠近，离开”。

Speak loud and clear. 要讲得响亮清楚。

The car ran clear of the road. 车子完全驶离了道路。

Stay clear of the target area. 别靠近靶区。

You should keep clear of that fellow. 你不应该跟那家伙来往。

② clearly表示“清楚地，明白地，无疑地”。

I can't see clearly without my glasses. 我不戴眼镜看不清楚。

Clearly，we need to think it over again. 显然，我们需要把那件事再考虑一下。

162　clear off，clear away和clear out

① clear off（disappear；pay completely；remove；dispose of；finish）消散；还清债务；清理，处理；完成。

The mist cleared off when the sun rose. 太阳升起来后雾气就消散了。

I have cleared off all the debts. 我已还清了所有债务。

The shop decided to clear off the summer clothes when the winter fashions arrived. 冬季时装上市时，商店决定把夏季服装处理掉。

② clear away（remove completely）消除，驱散。

The police cleared the crowd away. 警察把人群驱散了。

Please clear away the dinner things. 请把餐具清理一下。

③ clear out（get rid of；leave）处理掉；离开，出港。

He has cleared out all the rat holes around the house. 他把房子周围的鼠洞都清除掉了。

The ship cleared out at mid-night. 船在午夜起航。

163　close和shut

① close可以用作名词、形容词或动词。

（1）用作名词，close表示“结束，终止”，常用短语有：

at the close of 在……的结束come to a close 结束

draw to a close 快要结束bring…to a close使……结束

At the close of his speech，people stood up and cheered. 他演讲结束时，人们站起来欢呼。

The meeting has come to a close. 会议已经结束了。

（2）用作形容词，close表示“靠近的，亲密的，严密的”。结构为：

be close to sb. 与……靠近，与……密切
be close to sth. 接近于……

He is close to the professor. 他同那位教授关系密切。

The school is close to her house. 学校离她家不远。

He is my close friend. 他是我的密友。

They keep a close watch on him. 他们严密地监视他。

（3）用作形容词，close可表示“比分接近的，势均力敌的”。

That was a close basketball match. 那是一场不相上下的篮球赛。

（4）用作动词，表示“关，停止，合上，闭上”，常用作及物动词，也可用作不及物动词。

Close the door when you leave. 离开时把门关上。

The door doesn't close. 这门关不上。

The shop is closed for a week. 这家商店停业一个星期。

She slowly closed her eyes. 她慢慢地闭上了眼睛。

The meeting closed at twelve o'clock. 会议在12点钟结束。

② shut的语气比close强，有“隔绝”之意。

比较

关上门。
Close the door.
Shut the door.

把狗关在门外。
Shut the dog out.
Close the dog out.

164　coloured，colourful和colour

① coloured着了色的，带有色彩的。

coloured flags/banners 彩旗

coloured pictures 彩图

提示

coloured lights（彩灯）也许只有一两种颜色，而 colourful lights 则是五颜六色、色彩缤纷的彩灯。

② colourful强调色调丰富或鲜艳夺目。

③ colour作名词时，可作定语。

colour pencil 彩色铅笔

colour TV 彩色电视

colour film 彩色胶卷

colour print 彩色印刷

165　come about，come across和come from

① come about意为“发生，造成”，为不及物短语动词，不能用于被动语态，主语只能是事物，不能是人。

How did the accident come about？事故是怎样发生的？

How did the bad situation come about？这种不利的局面是怎样造成的？

② come across意为“无意中发现，偶然遇见，突然出现”，也可表示“越过，穿过”，为及物性短语动词，主语可以是人，也可以是物，宾语也可以是人或物。

I came across this pen when I was looking for something else. 我在找别的东西时，无意中发现了这支钢笔。

She came across an old friend in the street this morning. 她今天上午在街上偶然遇到一位老朋友。

An idea suddenly came across my mind. 我突然想起一个主意。

They came across the hill by car. 他们乘车越过那座小山。

He came across the street to the bookstore. 他穿过大街来到那家书店。

③ come from可以表示：①是什么地方人，②出身于什么家庭，③从什么地方来。

Where does he come from？他是什么地方人？（一般现在时，表示籍贯）
Where did he come from？他从什么地方来？（一般过去时，表示过去的动作）

She comes from/of a worker's family. 她出身于工人家庭。

166　come to hand和come to one's hand

① come to hand表示“收到，到手”。

Your letter has come to hand. 你的信已收到。

The information has not yet come to hand. 消息还没到达。

② come to one's hand表示“找到”。

The lost key has come to my hand. 丢失的钥匙我找到了。

167　come up和come to

① come up通常表示下面四种含义。

（1）表示“（种子、植物）发芽，长出地面”。

Plants come up again every spring. 植物在每年春天重新发芽生长。

（2）表示“发生（某种事情）”。

Nothing serious has come up. 没发生什么严重的事情。

（3）表示“（问题、计划等）提出来，受到考虑”，只能用于主动语态。

These problems will come up for discussion. 这些问题将被提出来讨论。

（4）表示“走过来，走近”。

She saw a bus coming up. 她看见一辆公共汽车开过来。

② come to通常表示下面三种含义。

（1）表示“恢复知觉，醒来”。

She fainted and came to an hour later. 她晕了过去，一小时后醒来了。

（2）表示“（钱、数额）达到，共计”。

Her income comes to sixty thousand dollars a year. 她一年的收入达到六万美元。

The cost won't come to so much. 花费不会要这么多钱的。

（3）表示“（突然）想出”，常用idea，thought作主语。

A new idea has come to his mind. 他想出了一个好主意。

The thought came to her that maybe he no longer lived there. 她突然想到，他可能不住在那里了。

168　company和companion

◎ 这两个词都可解释为“同伴，伙伴”，company是集体名词，复数概念；companion是单数概念（a person who goes with another）。

Don't keep bad company/get into bad company. 不要与坏人交友。

My fellow travellers made good companions. 与我同路旅行的人成了我的好伙伴。

169　comparable和comparative

① comparable可比较的，比得上的。

It is a good novel but it isn't comparable with the one I read last year. 这是一部很好的小说，但还是比不上我去年读的那一部。

② comparative比较的，比较而言的。

She is an expert on comparative literature. 她是一位比较文学专家。

170　compete in，compete for和compete with

① compete in表示“参加……比赛，在……竞争”。

Three pianists compete in the contest. 参加比赛的钢琴演奏者有三名。

② compete for意为“争取获得，争夺”。

compete for championship/leadership/the post/gold medal/the scholarship 竞争冠军/领导权/职位/金牌/奖学金

She is competing for the title，Miss America. 她在竞争美国小姐的桂冠。

③ compete with意为“同……竞争”。

The two girls compete with each other for the highest mark. 这两个女孩为夺取最高分而竞争。

They compete with/against other countries in trade. 他们同别的国家在贸易上竞争。

171　complex和complicated

① complex强调由许多部分组成，常指结构或机构的复杂。

the complex mechanism of a watch 手表的复杂结构

the complex modern world 复杂的现代世界

a complex system of government 复杂的行政体系

complex situation 复杂的形势

② complicated强调错综复杂，指复杂得难以理解、解释或解决。

a complicated problem in maths 复杂的数学问题

complicated deals 复杂的商业交易

172　comprehensive和comprehensible

① comprehensive全面的，综合的，广泛的。

He offered them a comprehensive training in all aspects of the business. 他为他们在经营的各个方面进行了全面的培训。

His account of the meeting was most comprehensive. 他对会议的叙述面面俱到。

② comprehensible能理解的，能被领会的。

The book is written in clear，comprehensible English. 这本书是用清晰、易懂的英语写的。

The news item is comprehensible only to a few insiders. 只有少数内部的人才能看得懂这条消息。

173　conceive of和conceive

① conceive of是“想象，设想”的意思。

I can hardly conceive of your doing such a thing. 我难以想象你能干出这样的事。

② conceive是“想出，构想”的意思，后面跟 idea，design，opinion，scheme，purpose 等词。

We could not conceive where the energy came from. 我们想象不出这种能量来自什么地方。

174　concept和conception

① concept是个别事例中概括出来的某种观念、概念。

the concept of democracy 民主观念

② conception的意思是“构想，设想，观念/概念的形成，想象力”（forming or conceiving of an idea or plan in the mind）。

The development of the city surpassed all conception. 这座城市的发展超过一切想象。

A good novelist needs great powers of conception. 出色的小说家需要丰富的想象力。

175　conclude，include和exclude

① conclude推断出，推论出；缔结；结束。

The jury concluded，from the evidence，that the accused man was not guilty. 陪审团根据证据断定被告无罪。

We concluded the meeting at ten o'clock. 我们10点钟结束了会议。

② include包括，包含。

That item is included in the bill. 那一项已列在账单里了。

③ exclude把……排除在外，拒绝接纳。

There was no need to exclude your brother from our talks. 没有必要不让你弟弟听我们谈话。

176　condition，conditions，situation，state，surrounding，environment，

circumstances和setting

① condition表示“状态，状况”时，指人或物所处的状态，通常用作不可数名词，结构为：

in good condition状态良好
in bad/poor condition状态差
out of condition状态不佳

The condition of her health prevents her from working. 她的健康状况不容许她工作。

The apples are in good condition. 这些苹果无损坏。

He has been out of condition for two weeks. 他两周来健康欠佳。

② condition表示“条件，环境，情况”时，常用复数，指一般的、笼统的情况。

Their working conditions are improving. 他们的工作条件正在改善。

They are living under favourable social conditions. 他们生活在良好的社会环境中。

提示

在on no condition（决不）和on condition+that 从句（表示条件）结构中，condition前不可用不定冠词，后面也不可加s。

On no condition shall I agree. 我决不会同意。
He'll lend you the money on condition that you return it on time. 他会把钱借给你的，条件是你要按时归还。

③ situation指某一定时间内由各种情况造成的“形势，处境”。

She found herself in an awkward situation. 她发现自己处于尴尬的境地。

The two leaders talked over the political situation of the day. 两位领导人讨论了目前的政局。

④ state指人或物所处的状态或状况，常同condition换用；state还可表示心理、思想、感情等状态。

He was in a bad state of health. 他的健康状况不佳。

The room is in a dirty state. 这房间太脏。

He is in a very depressed state. 他情绪抑郁。

What a state this place is！这地方多脏！（state 有时不需要修饰语）

⑤ surroundings指周围环境，从人的感受、道德或观念出发。

⑥ environment是生态环境或自然，与生存、繁衍、成长有关。

⑦ circumstances各种前提条件构成的不由人的意愿转移的境遇、环境。

⑧ setting从事某种活动，发生特定事件的具体背景环境。

⑨ case（instance，example，fact，matter）例证，事例，事实。

That's not necessarily the case. 情况未必是那样的。

The decision is a case in point. 这项决定就是个例子。

177　confident和confidential

① confident确信的，自信的。

He is confident of/about the future. 他对未来充满信心。

② confidential秘密的，机密的。

These documents are confidential. They must not leave the room. 这些是机密文件，不得带出房间。

178　confirm和conform

① confirm使更坚定；证实；确定，确认；批准。

Her remarks confirmed my belief that she was a very rude woman. 她的话使我进一步认定她是个很粗鲁的女人。

② conform遵守，依照；符合，一致。conform to表示“符合，遵从（规则、风俗、法律等）

The two scientists stopped working together because their theories did not conform. 这两位科学家不再合作，因为他们的理论不一致。

We must conform with the rules.
We must conform to the rules. 我们必须遵守规则。

179　conscious和aware

① conscious表示一个人内心的感知，强调内心的感觉或活动，因而得以认识事实或某些事物的存在。结构为：

be conscious of sth.
be conscious+that 从句

She is conscious of a sense of shame. 她感到耻辱。

He suddenly became conscious that I needed his help urgently. 他突然意识到，我急需他的帮助。

② aware多指因感官（see，hear，smell，feel）触及外界而“知晓”，也可指经过思考而“认识到”。结构为：

be aware of sth.
be aware+that 从句
be aware+what 从句

He was aware that he had drunk too much. 他知道自己酒喝多了。

He was aware of the heat for the first time that summer. 他第一次感觉到了那个夏天的炎热。

180　consider和regard

◎ consider是及物动词。

① 表示“考虑”，结构为：

consider doing sth.
consider+代词/连接副词+不定式
consider+what从句

I'm considering your plan. 我正在考虑你的计划。

You should consider how to do it. 你应该考虑如何做。

I'm considering writing to her. 我在考虑给她写信。

I have to consider what to do next. 我得考虑下一步干什么。

② 表示“认为，把……看作”，结构为：

consider sb. to do sth.
consider sb./sth.+（to be/as）+宾语补足语（名词，形容词）
consider sb./sth.+宾语补足语（分词，介词短语）
consider+that从句

He considered her to keep the house. 他认为她要照料家务。

She considered herself lucky. 她认为自己很幸运。

I consider Tom（to be/as）my best friend. 我把汤姆看作最好的朋友。

I consider him（to be/as）selfish. 我认为他自私。

I consider your English greatly improved. 我认为你的英语水平有很大提高。

He considered himself in the right. 他认为自己正确。

I consider that it is a good book. 我认为它是一本好书。
=I consider it to be a good book.

提示

（1）consider后的宾语补足语为名词或形容词时，to be或as可以用，也可以不用，见上例。

（2）consider表示“考虑”时，后面不跟不定式。

She considered to talk with him.
She considered talking with him. 她考虑同他谈谈。
She considered how to talk with him.

③ consider和regard…as都可以表示“看作”，但consider表示“经过认真考虑后”作的结论，而regard…as仅表示“把……看作”。

比较

He considered her to be a selfish woman.（思考后的结论）
He regarded her as a selfish woman.（仅表示“看作”）

比较

regard A as B 视A为B
=look upon A as B
=see A as B
=view A as B
=think of A as B

They regard him to be a fool.
They regard him as a fool. 他们把他看作笨蛋。
=They regard him as foolish.

We think of him as a wonderful teacher. 我们认为他是一位优秀教师。
=We think him to be a wonderful teacher.

181　considered，considerable，considerate，considering，

notable，noticeable和remarkable

① considered（matured by extended deliberative thought）经过深思熟虑的。

It is my considered opinion that he should be punished. 经过深思熟虑，我认为他应受到惩罚。

② considerable（great，much）相当大/多的。

He has a considerable income every week. 他每周都有相当可观的收入。

③ considerate（thoughtful of）考虑周到的，体谅的。

He is considerate of other people's feelings. 他能体谅别人的感情。

④ considering（having regard to）就……而论。

She is very active，considering her age. 就年龄来说，她很活跃。

⑤ notable指出了名而受人尊敬钦佩的人。

Mao Zetong is a notable figure the world over. 毛泽东世界知名。

⑥ noticeable指显而易见，可被人们觉察。

His progress is not great but noticeable. 他的进步不大，不过看得出来。

⑦ remarkable表示引人注目而又使人惊叹，程度上不仅大于 noticeable，也大于 considerable。

His remarkable achievements made him a science giant. 他的杰出成就使他成为科学巨匠。

182　consist in，consist of 和consist with

① consist in表示“存在于，寓于，在于……之中/方面”（lie in，be based in，be found in，exist in）。

The beauty of man doesn't consist solely in appearance but in the heart. 人的美不只在外表，还在心灵。

The true wealth does not consist in what we have，but in what we are。真正的财富不是财产，而是人格。

② consist of表示“由……组成”（be composed of，be formed by）。

The crew consists of four sailors and a captain. 船员包括四个水手和一个船长。

③ consist with表示“与……一致”，相当于correspond to。

Prosperity consists with prudence. 精明生财。

183　consult和consult with

① consult（向人、书等）请教，咨询；查阅。

You'd better consult a doctor about your illness. 你最好找医生看看病。

I'm going to consult my best friend on the matter. 我打算就那件事请教一下我最好的朋友。

② consult with与……商量，协商，交换意见。

The author will consult with his publisher about his forthcoming book. 作者将就自己即将问世的作品与出版商交换意见。

184　content用法难点

① content作形容词，读音为［kən'tent］，意为“满足的，满意的”，只用作表语，不可作定语。结构为：

feel content
content+to do sth.
content with sth.

He is content to live here. 他住在这里很满足。

She seemed content with the explanations. 她似乎对解释很满意。

② content作及物动词，读音为［kən'tent］，意为“使……满足/满意”。结构为：content sb. with sth.。

He contented himself with living there with his grand children. 他同孙辈住在那里很满意。

She is easily contented. 她知足。

提示

contented既可以是过去分词，又可以是形容词，作形容词时，contented可作表语，也可作定语；可以说be contented with sth.，但不能说be contented to do sth.。

He is the most contented man I have ever met. 他是我遇见过的最易满足的人。（不可用content）

He felt contented with the present job. 他对眼下的工作感到满意。（可用content）

③ content作名词，读音为［'kɒntent］，表示“内容（与“形式”相对，为不可数名词）；容量，含量，目录，所容纳的东西（为可数名词）”。

I like the style of the book but I don't like the content. 我喜欢这本书的风格，但不喜欢这本书的内容。（content不可加s）

She knew by heart the contents of the letter. 她记着这封信的内容。

What are the contents of the glass？玻璃杯里装的什么？

185　continual和continuous

① continual表示“连续的”，强调连续的动作中间有间断，且常指令人不愉快或人们不希望发生的事。

The continual rain lasted several days. 雨时断时续下了好几天。

The continual shouting made her tired. 那不停的喊叫使她厌烦。

② continuous表示“连续不断的”，强调动作连续，中间没有间隔。

The brain needs a continuous supply of blood. 大脑需要不停地供血。

There is a continuous flow of brook in the hills. 山间的溪水长流不息。

比较

continually →虽“连续地”但中间有间隔
continuously →“连续地”中间没有间隔

The telephone has been ringing continually all morning. 整个上午电话铃响个不停。

The telephone rang continuously for six minutes. 电话铃连续响了6分钟。

186　conversation，dialogue，monologue和talks

① conversation非正式交谈。

The managers had a conversation shortly before the ball was held. 舞会前经理们谈了话。

② dialogue对话，交换意见、看法，往往是书上或剧本中书面交谈，或者是国家团体的意见交流。

The dialogue is humorous and that's why I like to read the book. 对话风趣，所以我喜欢读那本书。

Governmental dialogues help to do away with misunderstanding between the two countries. 政府对话有助于消除两国间的误会。

③ monologue独白，自言自语，可以是书上或剧本上的，也可以是平时一个人无意识说出来的话。

His monologue startled the birds in the tree. 他的自言自语惊得树上的鸟乱飞。

④ talks（正式）会谈，谈话。

The two presidents met for border talks. 两位总统相聚进行正式边界会谈。

187　cost，price，expense和charge

① cost通常指物品的成本，生活费用，有时也指价格，可用于比喻，指“代价”。

The production cost has kept rising. 生产成本一直在上涨。

② price指商品的售价。

Eggs are sold at a high price now. 现在鸡蛋售价很高。

③ expense作“花费”解时，为抽象名词，其复数形式expenses，意为“费用”。

I shall pay your travelling expenses. 你的旅行费用由我付。

④ charge指所索取的费用，尤指对提供的服务所索要的费用。

There is no charge for delivery. 运送是免费的。

提示

提问价格时，可用what或how much与cost连用。

What does the new bike cost？那辆新自行车多少钱？

How much will the journey cost？这次旅行要花多少钱？

188　cost，spend，take和pay for——“花费”的四种表示法

① cost作及物动词用时，表示某物“值（多少钱），花费（多少钱）”，主语必须是物，通常是所买的东西或代词it，不能是人。cost后可跟钱数，也可跟双宾语，意为“某物花某人多少钱”。cost的过去式和过去分词都是cost。

The house costs a lot of money. 这所房子值许多钱。

The dictionary cost her 100 yuan. 这本词典花了她100元。（跟双宾语）

How much did these shoes cost you？这些鞋花了你多少钱？

How much does it cost？ 它值多少钱？
How much money does it cost？
How many does it cost？

② spend指人“花费”，表示某人花费多少钱在某物上，或者某人花费多少时间做某事，spend的主语必须是人，不能是物，正确结构是：

（人）spend+钱或时间+on sth. 在某物上花钱或时间
（人）spend+钱或时间+in doing sth. 花钱或时间做某事

她花了大量的钱买书。
She spent a lot of money on books.
She spent a lot of money in buying　books.
She spent a lot of money to buy books.

他昨晚花了两个小时做作业。
He spent two hours on his homework last night.
He spent two hours in doing his homework last night.
He spent two hours to do his homework last night.

提示

下面几句均正确。

她花3000美元买了那辆车。
She spent 3，000 dollars
The car cost her 3，000 dollars.
Buying the car cost her 3，000 dollars.
It cost her 3，000 dollars to buy the car.

I spent two weeks in reading the book. 我花了两个星期读这本书。

③ take指某物花费或需要多少时间，也指做某事花费或需要多少时间，主语可以是人，但一般用it作形式主语，代替后面的真正主语不定式，结构为：

it+take+sb.+一段时间+to do sth. 做某事花某人多少时间（it作形式主语）
sth.+take+sb.+时间+to do sth.
sb.+take+时间+to do sth.
it+take+时间+for sb. to do sth.

He took ten minutes to solve the problem. 他花10分钟时间解出了这道题。

It took me half an hour to write the letter. 写这封信花了我半个小时。
=To write the letter took me half an hour.
=Writing the letter took me half an hour.

她步行到学校要花20分钟。
It takes her twenty minutes to go to school on foot.
=To go to school on foot takes her twenty minutes.
=Going to school on foot takes her twenty minutes.
=She takes twenty minutes to go to school on foot.

④ pay意为“付款”，用作及物动词时，它的宾语必须是人或钱，而不能是购买的物品。如果要跟购买的物品，须用pay for。结构为：

pay+sb. 付某人钱
pay+钱数 付多少钱
pay+sb.+钱数 付某人多少钱
pay for+买的物品 为购买的物品付款
pay+钱数+for+买的物品 为某物品付多少钱

I haven't paid the doctor yet. 我还没有付款给大夫。（pay+sb.）

Did you pay the bill？你付账了吗？（pay+钱）

I have paid her 500 yuan. 我付了她500元。（pay+sb.+钱）

I have paid for the coat. 这件上衣我已付了款。（pay for+购买物）

He paid 50 yuan for the ticket. 他买那张票付了50元。（pay+钱+for sth.）

She paid him 10 dollars for the shirt. 她付给他10美元买了一件衬衫。（pay+sb.+钱+for sth.）

Did you pay the pen？
Did you pay for the pen？ 这支钢笔你付钱了吗？

另外，be worth可以用来询问价格。“这个花瓶值多少钱？”可以译为How much is the vase worth？

提示

be worth意为“价值多少”，后接具体钱数。

The car is worth 9，000 dollars. 这辆汽车值9000美元。

189　country和countryside

① country表示“乡间”时，侧重于区别城市与城镇的乡间、乡下，即没有建筑物覆盖的土地，是不可数名词，前面要用定冠词the，如：in the country（在乡下）；country表示“国家”时是可数名词，如：a country（一个国家），many countries（许多国家）。

我不喜欢都市生活；我喜欢住在乡下。
I don't enjoy city life；I love to live in a country.
I don't enjoy city life；I love to live in the country.

Switzerland is a beautiful country. 瑞士是个美丽的国家。

② countryside用于泛指一切乡村地域或居民。

The English countryside looks its best in May and June. 英国乡村在五、六月间景色最美。

The whole countryside were in a state of great excitement. 全体乡民都非常兴奋。

190　crawl和creep

① crawl爬（行），匍匐行进（不用于植物的攀缘、蔓生）。

A worm or snake crawls. 虫或蛇是爬行的。

A baby crawls around before it can walk. 婴儿先能（到处）爬，然后才会走。

② creep爬行；（植物）匍匐，蔓生。

The snake crept along the garden wall. 那蛇沿着花园墙爬行。

Ivy has crept over the castle walls. 常春藤爬过了城堡的墙。

Pumpkin vines creep on the tiles. 南瓜藤在瓦上蔓生。

191　cut off，cut down，cut out和cut in

① cut off意为“切断，中止，关掉”，指因某种主观或客观原因，停止或中断某物的供应、联系或通信联络。cut off可用于主动语态或被动语态。

They've cut off the water supplies of the city. 他们已切断了这个城市的供水。

Their talk was cut off by a knock at the door. 他们的谈话被敲门声中断了。

He has cut the motor off. 他已经关掉了发动机。

② cut off还可以表示“切开，剪掉，使死去”。

She cut off a mooncake and gave them to the children. 她切了一块月饼，分给孩子们。

He was suddenly cut off by heart attack. 他因心脏病发作而突然死去。

③ cut down意为“使……降价，减价”，常指通过讨价还价等方式使卖主降价。cut是及物动词，后可跟某人或价格，cut down by… 表示降价多少，cut down to表示降价到多少。

In the end we cut him down. 最后我们使他降了价。

He asked too much for the chairs，but I managed to cut the price down by 3 dollars. 这些椅子他要价太贵，但是我终于让价格下降了3美元。

They were gradually cut down to 20 dollars. 他们的要价被逐渐降到20美元。

④ cut out指完全地“停止，放弃”。

He has cut out gambling.（=He no longer gambles. He has stopped gambling.）他不再赌博了。（完全放弃了）
He has cut down（on）gambling.（=He now gambles less often than before.）他现在赌博比以前少了。

⑤ cut in指“插嘴”。

He always cuts in when other people are talking. 别人讲话时他总爱插嘴。

提示

cut构成的常用短语：

cut short 打断，中断

cut into 打断；插嘴

cut through 穿过

cut back 减少；停止

cut up 切成碎片

D

192　damage和damages

① damage损坏，损害（不可数），常用于 do damage to（to sb.'s reputation）。

The accident did a lot of damage to the car. 这次事故使车子受到很大损坏。

Fire causes damage to property. 火灾使财产受损失。

② damages赔偿费，损坏物。

He claimed ＄50，000 damages from his employer for his loss of his right arm while at work. 他因公失去了右臂，向雇主要求50000美元的赔偿费。

The court ordered the defendant（被告）to pay S|1，000 in damages for the accident. 法庭要求被告为这次事故支付1000美元赔偿费。

提示

英语中有些名词，其复数形式有着特殊的含义，阅读中要多加留意，不可“望文生义”。

green 绿色→greens 蔬菜

pain 痛苦→pains 辛劳

advice 忠告→advices 通知

custom 风俗→customs 海关

wood 木材→woods 森林

manner 方式→manners 礼貌

ruin 毁灭→ruins 废墟

work 工作→works 工厂，著作

part 部分→parts 才能

disorder 混乱→disorders 小病

spectacle 景象→spectacles 眼镜

air 空气→airs 架子

security 安全→securities 证券

future 未来→futures 期货

193　damage，destroy和ruin

① damage主要用于物，有时也可用于人，指由于“损害，损坏，毁坏”，使之失去（尤指部分）价值、功能或正常的外观，作名词常同to连用。

The scandal damaged him/his reputation. 这一丑闻毁了他/毁了他的名誉。

He damaged the front of his car in the accident. 他在事故中把汽车前部撞坏了。

② destroy指具体的或抽象的事物受到彻底损坏而很难恢复，故常用指“破坏，毁坏，摧毁”，也可指希望、计划等打破。

The fire destroyed the house. 大火烧毁了这栋房子。

It seems he's destroying himself. 他似乎正在毁灭自己。

His hope of being a writer was destroyed. 他想成为一个作家的希望破灭了。

③ ruin意为“使毁灭，使崩溃，弄糟”，表示破坏严重，以致不能修复。ruin不像destroy那样毁灭某物，而是强调使某物的价值发生了问题。ruin也可作名词，表示“毁灭，废墟”等。

The fire ruined the tower. 大火使那座塔夷为废墟。

My dignity as a man is sadly ruined. 作为一个男子汉，我的尊严令人痛心地完了。

She has ruined her health through overwork. 她由于过度劳累，身体垮了。

The ancient temple has fallen into ruin. 古庙已坍塌。

The city is now in ruins. 那座城市现在成了一片废墟。

194　dead，deadly和deathly 用作副词

① dead作副词，表示“准确地，完全地，直接地，正对地”。

dead tired 累得要死

dead asleep 睡得死死的

dead keen on sth. 对……喜爱之极

dead wrong 全错

They walked dead ahead. 他们径直往前走。

The tower was dead ahead of us. 那座塔就在我们前面。

② deadly作副词，表示“死一般地；非常，极度地”。

deadly pale 死一般地苍白

deadly serious 极为严肃

③ deathly作副词，意为“极为，非常”。

He was deathly ill. 他病得很重。

195　dead，death，deadly和deathly

① dead作形容词，意为“死的，已死去；枯的”，在句中作定语或表语，表示状态。

She has been dead for three years. 她已去世三年了。

There are some dead leaves on the ground. 地上有一些枯叶。

提示

the dead 表示“死者”，与 the living（活着的人）相对。

Do the dead ever come back to life？死人难道会复活吗？

② death作名词，意为“死，毁灭”，可作不可数名词或可数名词，作可数名词时，表示多少人员的死或某种方式的死亡。

He was frozen to death. 他冻死了。

The earthquake caused fifteen thousand deaths. 那次地震造成了15000人死亡。

The general died a heroic death. 将军英勇牺牲了。

③ deadly作形容词，意为“致命的”。

The shock was deadly to her. 这次打击对她是致命的。

It is a deadly snake. 这是一条毒蛇。

④ deathly作形容词，意为“像死一般的”。

The roar of the explosion was followed by a deathly silence. 剧烈爆炸后是一片死寂。

196　deal with，do with和deal in

① deal with sth./sb.表示“对待，交往，处理”。

Such people are difficult to deal with. 这种人很不好对付。

That question has been dealt with. 那个问题已得到处理。

I will not deal with that shopkeeper again. 我将不会再与那个店主打交道。

② do with可以表示多种含义。

（1）表示“对待，处理”，意同deal with，但搭配不同。比较：

What will you do with the letter？你将把那封信怎样处理？（do with同what搭配）
How will you deal with the letter？（deal with同how搭配）

（2）表示“容忍，满足于”。

I can't do with loud music. 我受不了喧闹的音乐。

I could do with a good night's rest. 我只要能好好休息一个晚上就行了。

（3）表示“和……有关”，用于have something/anything to do with，have nothing to do with结构中。

It has nothing to do with me. 这和我无关。

Her job has to do with telephone. 她的工作与电话有关。

③ deal in表示“从事……的买卖”。

A bookseller deals with books.
A bookseller deals in books. 书商经营书籍买卖。

This book deals in common errors.
This book deals with common errors. 这本书探讨常犯的错误。

197　debate，argue和dispute

① debate可作动词或名词，动词后不跟 that 从句，着重双方正式辩论，各陈理由，有较强的“交锋”意味。

I don't wish to debate my opinions with you. 我不想就我的想法同你辩论。

② argue只作动词，不能作名词用，为最普通用词，后可跟 that 从句，表示“说服，论证”或“企图说服”，指从心平气和的说理到言辞激烈的争论。

President Lincoln argued that all men are created equal. 林肯总统主张人皆生来平等。

③ dispute可作动词或名词，动词后不跟 that 从句，着重双方各执一词，相持不下，针锋相对地激烈辩论。

The opposing party disputed with the president on the government budget. 反对党就政府预算问题同总统激烈争执。

198　decide和decision

① decide可用作及物动词和不及物动词，意为“决定，下决心”。用作及物动词时，结构为：

decide to do sth.
decide when/who/what…+不定式
decide+that从句或what从句
be decided+that从句

He can decide the matter for you. 他能为你决定此事。

She decided to move to Nanjing. 她决定迁到南京。

He decided not to accept the invitation. 他决定不接受邀请。

I can't decide what to do with it. 我不能决定如何处置它。

Have you decided whom to invite？你决定了该邀请谁吗？

Let's first decide where we should go. 让我们先决定去哪里。
=Let's first decide where to go.

It has been decided that he will teach us English. 已决定由他教我们英语。

比较

She decided buying a dictionary. （decide后不跟动名词）
She decided to buy a dictionary. 她决定买一本词典。

他们决定我去开会。
They have decided me to go to the meeting. （decide后不可跟复合宾语）
They have decided that I should go to the meeting.

② decide用作不及物动词时，常同副词或介词短语连用。decide on/upon sth. 表示“就某事做出决定”。

You should decide for yourself. 你应该自己做出决定。

You must decide two days ahead. 你必须提前两天做出决定。

He hasn't decided on the matter yet. 他还没有就那件事做出决定。

③ decision是decide的名词形式，表示“决定，果断，决议”，为可数名词，常用于下列搭配中：

come to a decision决定

make a decision做出决定

arrive at a decision 决定

a man of decision果断的人

They made a decision at the meeting. 他们在会上做出了决定。

He hasn't arrived at a decision yet. 他还没有做出决定。

199　decided和decisive

① decided显然的，显而易见的；毫无疑问的；决定了的，坚定的。

There's a decided drop in attendance. 出席人数明显减少。

I'm quite decided about it. 对于此事我的主意已定。

There is a decided difference between the two brothers. 兄弟俩有明显不同。

② decisive决定性的；果断的，断然的。

Her opinion is decisive on the matter. 在这个问题上她的意见是决定性的。

A decisive person acts quickly. 果断的人办事干净利落。

200　dedicate和delicate

① dedicate v. 奉献，献给。

He has dedicated himself to protecting wild animals. 他一直致力于保护野生动物。

② delicate a. 脆弱的，纤弱的；精致的；棘手的，难以处理的；灵敏的。

It is a delicate piece of carving. 这是一件精致的雕刻品。

That delicate instrument can record very slight changes. 那台灵敏的仪器能够记录下微小的变化。

201　defeat和win

① defeat是及物动词，意为“击败，战胜”，后接的宾语为击败的对象。作名词时，defeat意为“击败，战胜”，也可作“败北，失败”解。

They defeated the enemy in the battle. 他们在战斗中击败了敌人。

She defeated him at chess. 她在棋赛中战胜了他。

After the defeat of the enemy，the soldiers went back. 敌人被击败之后，士兵们都返回了。

He didn't admit defeat. 他不认输。

② win作及物动词或不及物动词用，后接宾语通常为比赛、战争等。如：win a battle/bet/race/match（在战斗、打赌、赛跑、比赛中获胜），win an argument/election（在一场辩论、选举中赢得胜利），win a fine victory/many awards and medals（赢得一场辉煌的胜利/许多奖品和奖牌）。

We won at football，but lost at tennis. 足球我们赢了，但网球输了。

He decided to defeat. （缺宾语，defeat不可作不及物动词）
Which side won？哪一方获胜？（win可作不及物动词）

202　defect和deflect

① defect n. 毛病，缺点，缺陷。

It was a defect in her character. 那是她性格上的缺点。

② deflect v.（使）偏斜，（使）转向，转移，引开。

They deflected water into an irrigation canal. 他们把水引入灌溉渠。

He never lets himself be deflected from his purpose. 他决不让别人改变他的目的。

203　deliver，send和dispatch

① deliver强调将物品送到某一目的地，指某人自己送。

② send指通过他人或某种手段把某物、某人送到另一个地方去，或指“请别人交给”，一般不是自己去送。

If you need money，I shall send it by post. 你如果需要钱，我将从邮局汇过去。

Did they send me any message by you？他们托你给我捎什么信了吗？

We shall deliver the parcels to your house. （我们亲自送去）
We shall send the parcels to you. （派人送或通过邮局送）

③ dispatch指为某一特定的目的，派遣或送出某人或某物到某地，强调“紧急”。

They dispatched five fire engines to combat the fire. 他们派出五辆消防车去灭火。

204　demand，require和request都可以表示“请求，要求”

① demand表示“要求，需要”时，语气较强，有强烈要求的含义，表示行为者认为自己有权这样做。

She demands that she be told everything. 她要求把一切都告诉她。

He demanded an explanation. 他要求解释。

This demands careful thought. 这需要仔细考虑。

② require表示依据权利、条例、规章而“要求”，带有命令语气，常用于被动语态，语气比demand缓和。

You are required by law to send your children to school. 法律要求你送孩子上学。

His health requires that he should stay at home. 他的健康状况要求他待在家里。

He requires you to reply immediately. 他要求你立即回答。

提示

ask也可表示“要求”，指的是要求某人做某事或向某人要求什么东西。

She asked me for help. 她请求我帮助。

He will ask his father for more money. 他将请求父亲多给一些钱。

③ request表示客气有礼貌的正式请求、要求。

They requested a loan. 他们请求贷款。

You are requested not to talk here. 这里请勿交谈。

205　depend on/upon和rely on/upon

① 表示“信赖，依赖”时，depend on/upon和rely on/upon常可换用。结构为：

depend on/rely on sb./sth.
depend on/rely on sb. to do sth.

We can depend on/rely on her words. 我们可以相信她的话。

He depends on/relies on you to help him. 他依靠你帮助他。

How could you depend on his promise？你怎么能相信他的许诺呢？

The girl no longer depends upon her parents. 这小女孩已经不依靠父母了。

提示

rely on 语气比depend on重，多以人作主语。

A man should rely upon his own powers in the struggle of life. 一个人在生活的斗争中应当依靠自身的力量。

② depend on还可以表示“以……而定，由……而定，取决于”，这时不可用rely on。

It depends on yourself. 这取决于你自己。

Good health depends on good food，exercise and getting enough sleep. 身体的健康要靠良好的食物、锻炼和充足的睡眠。

③ depend用于It all depends或That depends结构中，意为“很难说，得看情况”，这时不可用rely。

Can you finish the work before Sunday？It all depends. 你能在星期天前完成这项工作吗？这要看情况。

I don't know whether we'll have a picnic. It depends on the weather. 我不知道我们是否去野餐。那得看天气。

206　dependable和dependent

① dependable可靠的，可信赖的。

It is dependable information. 这是可靠消息。

I need someone dependable to take over the work. 我需要可靠的人接管这项工作。

② dependent依靠的，依赖的；取决于……的。

She is dependent on the earnings of her children. 她靠子女的工资收入生活。

Success is dependent on hard work. 成功取决于勤奋。

207　descent和decent

① descent n. 下降；血统，家世。

The road makes a sharp descent just past the lake. 道路一过湖泊便陡然下倾。

The fisherman is Swedish by descent. 那个渔民祖籍瑞典。

② decent a. 体面的，相当不错的；正派的，大方的。

You can get quite a decent meal here without spending too much money. 你在这里不用花很多钱就能吃得很好。

208　desirable和desirous

① desirable称心的，合意的，可取的；吸引人的。

She looked very desirable in that dress. 她穿那套衣服很有魅力。

It is a desirable house. 那是一套合意的房子。

② desirous想要的，向往的，渴望的。

He is desirous of obtaining/to obtain a position in the Civil Service. 他想要在政府文官机构找到一个职位。

The president is strongly desirous that you should attend the meeting. 校长非常希望你参加这次会议。

比较

He was desirous of going into the hills，but she said it was not desirable in such bad weather. 他想到山里去，但是她说在这样的坏天气里去不合适。

209　desire和appetite

① desire表示人的“欲望，愿望”。

I have no appetite at all to study tonight.
I have no desire at all to study tonight. 我今晚一点也不想看书。

② appetite表示人的“食欲，胃口”，常与介词for连用。

Sorry，but I have no appetite for dinner. 很抱歉，我没有胃口，不想吃饭。

210　destiny和fate

① destiny除了“命定难移”的意味之外，还常暗示“展望未来”。

Now we are masters of our own destiny. 现在我们是自己命运的主人了。

② fate表示“宿命”，有浓厚的神话或迷信色彩，常有无可奈何之意。

They ascribed the disaster to an unkind fate. 他们把灾难归之于命运不济。

I hoped to be a doctor，but fate has decided otherwise. 我本来希望当医生的，但天意使我不能如愿。

211　determine，decide和make up one's mind

① determine确定；下决心（be determined to 表示坚决、有决心的状态）。

Can you determine the meaning of this word？你能确定这个词的意思吗？

He determined that he would go that very afternoon. 他决定当天下午就去。（=determined to go）

The news determined him against future delay. 这消息使他决定不再拖延。

We are determined to fight to the end. 我们决定战斗到底。

② decide经过考虑或商量，在几种可能中做出决定。

We must decide which one to buy. 我们必须决定买哪一个。

③ make up one's mind打定主意，不动摇。

At last she made up her mind to tell the truth to her husband. 最后她打定主意将事情真相告诉她丈夫。

212　develop sth.，develop from和develop into

① develop是多义词，表示“发展，成长，壮大，增长，研究，研制，冲洗（照片），开发，患（感冒）”等，根据具体情况确定词义。

He developed a bad cold last week. 他上周患了重感冒。

② develop还可同某些介词连用，develop from表示“由……发展而来”，develop into 表示“长成，发展成为”。

The great industry has developed from quite modest beginnings. 这门大工业是从一个非常不起眼的起点上发展起来的。

She is developing into a fine figure of a young woman. 她已长成一位身段优美的女郎。

213　devote…to和contribute to

① devote oneself to sth./doing sth.表示“献身于，致力于”。

She devoted herself to music. 她专心研究音乐。

He devoted himself to helping the poor. 他致力于帮助穷人。

② devote sth. to sth./doing sth.表示“把……用于，把……贡献给”。

He devoted all his time to the study of physics. 他把全部时间都用于研究物理。

He devoted his life to studying English grammar. 他一生致力于研究英语语法。

③ contribute to sth.意为“为某事出一份力，为某事捐款，有助于”。

All the students in the school contributed to the building of the bridge. 这所学校所有的学生都为建造这座桥捐了款。

The heavy snow in winter contributes to the growth of wheat. 冬天的大雪有助于小麦的生长。

214　die away，die out和die down

① die away表示“变弱，逐渐消失”，强调过程。

The noise died away. 喧闹声渐渐停了。

The fire died away. 火慢慢熄灭了。

② die out表示“熄灭，绝灭”，强调动作的结束或彻底地消失。

The fire died out. 火熄灭了。

This kind of plant has already died out. 这种植物已经绝种。

③ die down表示“渐渐熄灭，渐渐平息”，常可同die away换用。

The wind has died down. 风渐止了。（也可用die away）

215　die from，die of，die for，die by，die through和die with

① die from主要指死于某个事故、地震、创伤、酗酒、饥饿、过度操劳、寒冷等外界因素，也可指疾病。

die from a car accident死于一场车祸

die from the wounds受伤而死

die from snake bites因蛇咬而丧生

die from drinking too much因酗酒而死

die from lack of food因缺少食物而死

② die of一般多指死于疾病、年老、饥渴、劳累、寒冷、中毒等，这时也可用die from；die of还可表示死于某种情感因素，如悲哀、失望等，这时不可用die from。

die of grief死于悲伤

③ die for通常指为某个目标、事业而死。

die for the people为人民而死

die for freedom为自由而死

die for the lofty ideal为崇高的理想而死

④ die by主要指死于某种方式，如因暴力、凶杀而死，by后可接名词或动名词，主语通常是人，以主动形式表示被动意义。

die by sword死于剑下

die by hanging吊死

die by drowning in water淹死

die by one's own hand自杀

⑤ die through多指因过失、疏忽等而死。

die through neglect of duty死于玩忽职守

die through carelessness死于粗心

⑥ die in指死于某种环境、状况或地点，如贫困、医院等。

die in poverty贫困而死

die in the hospital在医院里死去

die in the war在战争中死去

216　differ with和differ from

① differ表示“与……不一致，同……有不同意见”时，后面用with或from均可，但用with更多一些，强调意见有分歧。

He differed with/from Tom in that matter. 他在那件事上与汤姆意见不同。

They differ in opinion with each other. 他们的意见不一致。

② differ表示“与……不同”时，强调一方与另一方之间的差别，后面只用from，不可用with。

The two books differ from each other in every way. 这两本书在各方面都不相同。

On this point I differ from you. 在这一点上我跟你（的意见）不同。

③ differ还可同in，on，about，over等介词连用，引出不同之处。

We differ about/over the matter. 我们在这件事上意见不一致。

The twin brothers differ widely in their interests. 这对孪生兄弟爱好很不一样。

I differ with you on/upon the subject. 在这个问题上我和你的意见不一致。

217　different和various

① different意为“不同的，相异的”，强调相互之间的差别，各不相同，可跟单数名词或复数名词。

Saying a thing is very different from doing it. 说一件事和做一件事很不相同。

You can do it in different ways. 你可以用不同的方式做这件事。

That is a different matter. 那是另一回事。

② various意为“各种各样的”，指种类、类型的多样性，多个，不表示差别，后只能跟复数名词。

He left the city for various reasons. 由于种种原因，他离开了那个城市。

They met various people at the party. 他们在晚会上遇到了各种各样的人。

比较

There are various ways of solving the problem. 解决这个问题有各种各样的方法。
There are different ways of solving the problem. 解决这个问题有不同的方法。

218　different from和different than

① different from表示“与……不同”，后接名词、代词或从句。

College is different from high school. 大学与高中不同。

This picture is slightly different from that one. 这张图画同那张图画略有不同。

He's a different man from what he was ten years ago. 他同10年前已判若两人。

② different than表示“与……不同”，后接从句，特别是省略的从句，主要用于美式英语。

She looks different in person than（she looks）in movies. 她当面看起来与从电影上看到的形象不一样。

We'll do something quite different for our holiday this year than（what）we did last year. 我们今年假期做的事情将大大不同于去年做的事情。

219　disappointed和disappointing

① disappointed表示“感到失望的”，具有被动意义，常作表语，结构为：

be disappointed in/at/about sth.
be disappointed with/in sb./sth.
be disappointed+不定式
be disappointed+that从句

I am disappointed in his plan. 我对他的计划感到失望。

He is disappointed with/in her. 他对她感到失望。

We were disappointed at/about his failure. 我们对他的失败感到失望。

I am greatly disappointed that our team has lost the match. 我们队输了比赛，我深感失望。

② disappointing表示“令人失望的”，具有主动意义，可作表语或定语。

His answer is disappointing. 他的回答令人失望。

What disappointing results they are！多么令人失望的结果！

220　discover，invent，create和uncover

① discover为及物动词，意为“发现”，常指有意无意地发现已经存在但尚不为人知道的事物，如一颗新星、一条河流、一处山涧。

Oil has been discovered in that area. 那个地方发现了石油。（石油原已存在于地下）

They discovered a new star last month. 他们上个月发现了一颗新星。

America was discovered by Columbus in 1492. 美洲是哥伦布1492年发现的。

② invent意为“发明”，指设计、制造出前所未有的东西，如一种新式武器。

The electric light is invented by Edison. 电灯是爱迪生发明的。（原来不存在电灯）

The whole story was invented. 整个故事都是虚构的。

③ create强调制造出来的事物以前并不存在，如上帝的创造；也指从旧事物中创造出新事物或独具特色的艺术创作。

According to the Bible，God created man. 圣经上说，上帝创造了人。

Dickens created many wonderful characters in his novels. 狄更斯在他的小说里塑造了许多奇妙的人物形象。

④ uncover意为“（除去覆盖物见其内容）披露，泄露，使……露出”。

The police uncovered another plot to assassinate the president. 警方揭露了另一个谋杀总统的阴谋。

His criminal activities were finally uncovered. 他的罪行最终被发现了。

221　distinctive和distinct

① distinctive意为“独特的，有特色的，与众不同的，鉴别性的”。

Students from different schools wear distinctive badges. 不同学校的学生戴着不同的校徽。

② distinct强调应该分辨开来，不容混淆，“明显的，不同的”。

The new plan is a distinct improvement on the one we originally made. 这个新计划比我们原来制订的显然有所改进。

The two issues are distinct from each other. 这是两个截然不同的问题。

比较

Beer has a very distinctive smell；it's quite distinct from the smell of wine. 啤酒味道很独特，它同白酒的味道大不相同。

222　distrust和mistrust

① 这两个词，无论作名词或作动词，意思都大致相同。

She had a strong distrust/mistrust of anything new and strange. 她对任何新奇的事物都非常不信任。

We distrusted/mistrusted his promise，knowing him to be a shifty person. 我们不相信他的诺言，因为知道他是个诡诈的人。

② 但是，distrust语气较重，较常用；mistrust语气较轻。如果对自己不信任，怀疑，往往用mistrust。

I mistrust myself. 我对自己没有信心。

She mistrusted her ability to do the job. 她对自己能否做好这项工作没有把握。

223　divide和separate

① divide意为“分开，分离，分割”，指把整体分成若干份，常用作及物动词，也可作不及物动词，后接into，among，between等，结构为：

divide sth. in half/into halves
divide sb./sth. into（by）

Divide it in half/into halves. 把它分成两半。

He divided the cake between the two children. 他把蛋糕分给了两个孩子。

Divide the eggs among yourselves. 你们把这些鸡蛋分了吧。

Let's divide ourselves into three groups. 我们分成3组吧。

He and I divided on this question. 我和他在这个问题上有分歧。（不及物）

提示

①divide 表示“分割成许多小等分”时，后接into或in，不接to。

I divided the cake to four parts.
I divided the cake into/in four parts. 我把蛋糕切成四等分。

②divide 表示“分割成两半或两等分时”，后接in half，但可以说in two或into two。

He divided the apple in half/in two/into two. 他把苹果分成两等分。

② separate作动词用时，读作［'sepəreɪt］，可作及物动词或不及物动词，意为“（使）分开，（使）分离”，指把原来在一起或靠近的人或物分开，结构为：

separate sb./sth. into
separate sb./sth. from

This river separates the two countries. 这条河把这两个国家分开。

He separated the good apples from the bad ones. 他把好的苹果同坏的苹果分开。

提示

①separate为非延续动词，不可同表示一段时间的状语连用。

他们分手已经两年了。
They have separated for two years.
They separated two years ago.
It is two years since they separated.

②“同……分开”要说separate from，不可说separate with。

很容易把好书同坏书分开。
It is easy to separate good books with bad books.
It is easy to separate good books from bad books.

③ divide和separate都可以表示“分开”，但有区别。divide表示按要求、尺度、计划把整体分成若干部分（parts）；separate表示将混在一起的人或物分离开，使之不在一起。

比较

He divided the class into five study groups. 他把全班分成五个学习小组。（分成若干部分）
He separated the girls from the boys. 他把女生同男生分开。（分离开）

④ separate也可用作形容词，读作［'sepərɪt］，表示“分离的，单独的”，可作定语或表语。

I want a separate room. 我要一个单独的房间。

They slept in separate beds. 他们在各自的床上睡觉。

The two questions are quite separate. 这两个问题没有联系。

⑤ divide的东西在一定条件下具有统一性；separate的东西没有统一性。

She divided the apple among the children. 她把这个苹果分给孩子们。

England is separated from France by the Channel. 英吉利海峡把英国同法国隔开。

224　do business还是make business

◎ do和make是两个搭配力极强的动词，可跟许多名词作宾语，但有区别。

① 常同do搭配的名词有：

do business做生意

do one's homework做作业

do wonders创造奇迹

do housework做家务

do some work做工作

do one's hair做头发

do the letters 写信

do a report 写一个报告

do an excellent article 写一篇好文章

do the bathroom 打扫卫生间

do the room 打扫房间

do the dishes 洗碟子

do the windows 擦窗子

do one's teeth 刷牙

do one's hair 梳头

do fish 烧鱼

do the beef well 牛肉烧得好

do science 做科研工作；学理科

do the crossword puzzle 猜字谜

do Hamlet 扮演哈姆雷特

do a concert 听音乐会

do the museum 参观博物馆

do Oxford 参观牛津

do drugs 吸毒

do 200 miles in a day 一天行程200英里

② 常同make搭配的名词有：

make preparations做准备

make a study作研究

make tea沏茶

make a mistake犯错误

make an explanation作出解释

make a suggestion提出建议

make a trip旅行

make a choice作出选择

make a reply/an answer作出回答

225　do nothing but do

◎ do nothing but do这个句型表示“除了……不做别的”或“别无选择，只能”。本结构中的do前不可加to。

He did nothing but lie in bed watching TV. 他只是躺在床上看电视。

We could do nothing but wait and see. 我们别无他法，只能等着瞧。

Peter could do nothing but admit to his mother that he took the money. 彼得只得向母亲承认他拿了钱。

提示

① 类似结构还有：have no choice but to do，have no chance but to do，注意，这两个句型中的to不可省。

They had no choice but to sleep in the open. 他们别无他法，只能在露天过夜。

② There is nothing to do but（to）do中的to可省。

There was nothing to do but（to）wait for her return. 别无他法，只能等她返回。

226　do some washing

◎ do+some/much/no等+动名词是一种习惯表达法，do一般不译出来，要根据动名词的词义进行翻译。常用的这类结构有：

do some washing洗些衣服

do some shopping购物

do some cleaning打扫卫生

do some listening听录音

do some reading读些东西

do no reading 没读书

do some cooking做饭

do much thinking思考很多

do some studying学点东西

do some telephoning打一些电话

do some sightseeing游览一些地方

do most of the talking 谈得最多

do much washing 洗许多衣服

do some morning shopping早上买点东西

227　do sb. a favour和do sb. the favour

① do sb. a favour泛指帮忙，不指明帮什么忙，后面不再跟别的词，有时可跟“by+动名词”，表示方式。

Would you do her a favour？你帮她一下忙好吗？

② do sb. the favour表示具体帮什么忙，后必须跟动词不定式，表示具体帮助的内容。

He did Tom the favour to buy the bike. 他帮汤姆买了自行车。

228　do+the+动名词

① 这种结构表示做某种工作，做某种事，尤指做家务。常用的有：

do the cooking 做饭

do the cleaning 清扫

do the washing up 洗衣服

do the painting 漆东西

do the typing 打字

② 本结构中的the也可以是some，any，much，a lot of，a little，a bit of，more等，表示量的多少。参见上文。

比较

She has already done the cooking. 她已经做好饭了。
She does much cooking at home. 家里做饭主要靠她。

He usually does the shopping at the shop. 他通常去那个店里买东西。
He did some shopping at the shop yesterday. 他昨天去那个店里买了些东西。

229　Don't you…？

◎ Don't you…？这是一个表示惊讶、诧异的否定疑问句，意为“你难道不……？”有时含有责备的意味。

对这个句型的回答，句意肯定就用yes，句意否定就用no，勿受中文回答的干扰。

Don't you know we are short of money？你难道不知道我们缺钱吗？

Don't you know he's a liar？你难道不知道他撒谎吗？

Don't you like the film？你难道不喜欢这部电影吗？

Don't you think it is a good plan？你不认为这是一个很好的计划吗？

Haven't I told you about it earlier？我早些时候难道没有告诉你那件事吗？

A：Won't you come to the party tonight？你今晚不来参加晚会了吗？
B：No，I won't. 是的，我不来了。
B：Yes，I will. 不，我来。

230　door和gate

① door指房间的“门”，如：stand in the door（站在门内）。

② gate指院落、机关单位的“大门”，如：the garden gate（院子的门），at the school gate（在校门口）。

231　double后接名词的单复数

① a double后要接单数名词。

a double lock on the door双道门锁

a double wedding 两对同时举行的婚礼

a double bed 双人床

a double room in a hotel 旅馆的双人房间

② double后接复数名词。

The house has double doors. 这所房子有双层门。

232　doubt和suspect

① doubt意为“怀疑，不相信”，即对某事持怀疑态度，对某种说法的可靠性表示怀疑，即认为可能不是事实。doubt通常含有否定意味，还表示“没有把握，拿不准”，其宾语可以是名词、代词或名词性从句。用于肯定句时，doubt后的从句用whether 或if 引导，用于否定句或疑问句时，doubt后的从句用 that引导。

I doubt the truth of it. 我认为这不真实。

I doubt her words. 我不相信她的话。

I don't doubt that he will come on time. 我相信他会准时来的。

I doubt whether/if it is true. 我认为这不真实。

② suspect意为“猜疑，猜忌，隐约觉得”，指行为者虽然没有足够的证据，但相信自己的怀疑是对的，猜疑的内容可能是事实。suspect的宾语可以是名词、代词、不定式复合结构或that从句，但不能是whether或if引导的从句。

He is suspected of telling lies. 别人怀疑他说谎。

She is suspected as an accomplice. 她有同谋的嫌疑。

They suspected him of murder. 他们猜疑他就是凶手。
=They suspected him to be the murderer.
=They suspected that he is the murderer.

233　dozen和score的单复数问题

◎ dozen意为“12，一打”，score意为“20”。

① 前有数词修饰，表示确定数，或同many，several，some（大约）连用时，这两个词均用单数形式，不加s。

These eggs are five yuan a dozen. 这些鸡蛋一打5元钱。

It happened four score years ago. 那件事发生在80年前。

She bought several dozen of these ball-pens. 她买了好几打这样的圆珠笔。（ball-pens前有these修饰，同dozen之间要用of）

Some dozen（of）people heard the strange sound. 大约12个人听到了那个奇怪的声音。

② 若前无数词修饰，表示大概数时，要用复数形式。dozens of和scores of表示“几十个，许多”。

Dozens of trees have been cut down there. 那里砍掉了几十棵树。

Scores of people came to the meeting. 几十个人来参加了会议。

234　dream about和dream of

◎ dream作动词时，常作不及物动词，意为“做梦”，过去式和过去分词用dreamed或dreamt均可。

① 表示“梦见某人某物”时，用dream about和dream of均可。

He dreamt about you last night. 他昨晚梦见了你。

I often dream of a temple. 我经常梦见一座庙。

② 表示“梦想做某事”，只可用dream of，指某人渴望着做某事。

He dreamed of becoming a scientist. 他梦想当一名科学家。

提示

dream作动词用时，可以带同源宾语，常用的可以带同源宾语的动词有：

sigh a deep sigh深深地叹息

live a happy life过着幸福生活

sing a merry song唱一首欢快的歌

smile a happy smile幸福地笑着

fight a terrible fight进行一场恶战

die a heroic death死得英勇

dream a sweet dream做了一个甜甜的梦

235　dress，put on和wear

① dress作动词用时，可以作及物动词或不及物动词。作为及物动词，dress只能以“人”作宾语，不能以衣服作宾语。dress sb.意为“给某人穿衣服”，dress oneself意为“给自己穿衣服”。作为不及物动词，dress指“穿衣服”这个动作。

She dressed the child. 她给那个孩子穿衣服。

He can dress himself now. 他能给自己穿衣服了。

He can dress in three minutes. 他3分钟就能穿好衣服。

提示

be dressed in+颜色名词，意为“穿着某种颜色的衣服”，表示的是状态。

She dressed in white.
She is dressing in white.
She is wearing white clothes.
She is dressed in white.
She is in white. 她穿着白衣服。

② put on意为“穿上，戴上”，表示穿或戴这一动作。

He put on his coat and went out. 他穿上外衣出去了。

You'd better put on your cap. 你最好戴上帽子。

③ wear意为“穿着，戴着”，表示的是状态。be wearing也是表示“穿”的状态，并不是进行时。

She is wearing a blue dress today. 她今天穿着蓝色服装。

He wears thick glasses. 他戴着深度眼镜。

236　drop，fall和fell

◎ 作为动词，drop可用作及物动词和不及物动词。

① drop作为及物动词，意为“放弃（念头），使下（车），使落下”，

He dropped the idea of going on the holiday. 他放弃了去度假的想法。

Please drop this letter into the post-box. 请把这封信投到邮箱里。

Many trees drop their leaves in winter. 许多树木在冬季落叶。

② drop in on sb./at one's house意为“顺便拜访，到……家来”。

Please drop in at any time. 随便什么时候都请来坐坐。

She dropped in on us last Sunday. 她上星期天来看我们了。

He dropped in at my house last night. 他昨晚来访我家。

③ drop behind和fall behind均可表示“落后”。

He dropped behind in the race. 他在赛跑中落后了。

She has dropped behind the rest of the class. 她落在班上其他人后面了。

提示

drop out意为“退出”，drop out of school意为“退学”，drop sb. a line/note意为“给某人留个言”。

④ 表示温度、价格、物体等“下降，下落，掉下”时，可用drop和fall，为不及物动词。

The temperature has dropped. 气温下降了。
The temperature has fallen.

The price of meat has fallen by 10 cents. 肉的价格下降了1角钱。
The price of meat has dropped by 10 cents.

The cup dropped out of his hand. 杯子从他手中掉了下来。
The cup fell out of his hand.

She dropped to the ground. 她摔倒在地上。
She fell to the ground.

⑤ drop可以作及物动词用，表示故意或无意“掉下”，fall则不可。

He dropped the pen on the ground. 他把钢笔掉在了地上。
He fell the pen on the ground.

⑥ drop可以表示因疲劳而倒下；fall可以表示在战斗中受伤或牺牲，drop则不可以。

He was tired and dropped into a chair. 他很累，倒在了一把椅子里。

Five soldiers fell in the battle. 有五个士兵在战斗中阵亡。

⑦ fall可用作动词和名词，表示“落下，跌落，下降”，指人或物从高处“落下”，还可以表示抽象事物由高到低的变化，意为“降临，减弱”等。

（1）作动词时，fall为不及物动词，过去式为fell，过去分词为fallen。

Leaves fell from the trees. 树叶从树上落下了。

Babies often fall when they are learning to walk. 幼儿学步时常会摔跤。

（2）作名词时，fall是可数名词。

There was a light fall of rain yesterday. 昨天下了小雨。

He had many falls last month. 他上月摔了许多跤。

（3）作连系动词，fall表示“进入某种状态”。

She fell asleep soon. 她不久就睡着了。

The children have fallen silent. 孩子们安静下来了。

⑧ fell是及物动词，意为“砍倒，击倒”，过去式和过去分词均为felled。

The tree was felled some days ago. 这棵树几天前被砍倒了。

He felled two men. 他击倒了两个人。

比较

落下：fall→fell，fallen（falling leaves 飘落的树叶）
砍倒：fell→felled，felled（fell a tree 砍倒一棵树）
感觉：feel→felt，felt（feel better 感觉好一些）

237　drown和sink

① drown可作及物动词或不及物动词，表示“使溺死，淹死”。

The man was drowned. 那个人溺死了。

A drowning man will catch at a straw. 饥不择食。/快淹死的人连一根草都会抓住。

② sink可作及物动词或不及物动词，表示“使下沉，沉没”，过去式为sank，过去分词为sunk。

The ship was sunk in the ocean. 那艘船在大海中沉没了。

The ferryboat sank with the loss of 200 lives. 渡船沉了，造成200人丧命。

238　during和through

① during表示“在……期间”，强调在某段时间内发生了什么。

I often went to see her during my stay there. 我住在那里时常去看她。

These animals never go out of the hole during the whole winter. 在整个冬天，这些动物从不出洞。

提示

要注意的是，during不可与表示具体长度的时间词连用，这时要用介词for。for+时间名词表示所用的总的时间，for短语常用于完成时中，也可用于过去时。

He has lived here during a long time.
He has lived here for a long time. 他住在这里已经很久了。

Their discussion lasted for three hours. 他们的讨论持续了三个小时。（for可省去）

② through的本意是“通过，穿过”，表示“自始至终”。

He walked through the town. 他步行穿过小城。

She slept all through the day. 她睡了整整一天。

E

239　easy和simple

① easy表示“容易的”，指不难做，不难学，自身感到容易。

The work is easy to do. 这项工作容易做。

The book is easy for me to read. 这本书我读很容易。

② simple表示事物本身不复杂，较简单；simple还可表示“简朴的”。

Her explanation is quite simple. 她的解释非常简单易懂。

He lives a simple life. 他生活简朴。

240　eat和take均可表示“吃”

① 两词均表示“吃”，但“吃药”应说take medicine，take some pills，“吃东西”要说eat something 或eat food。

She has to take her medicine every night. 她必须每天晚上吃药。（不用eat）

② 表示“喝汤”要说eat/have soup；表示“喝”饮料，如汽水、酒、牛奶等，应用drink。

Do you want to drink some coffee？你想喝点咖啡吗？

241　economic和economical

① economic经济学的，经济（上）的。

They believe that inflation leads to economic decline. 他们相信，通货膨胀导致经济衰退。

These are the main economic plants of the region. 这些是本地区的主要经济作物。

The railway service in the country is no longer economic. 这个国家的铁路服务已是无利可图了。

② economical节约的，节省的，不浪费的。

The car is economical to run. 开这辆车费用很省。

One should be economical of time and energy. 人应该节约时间和精力。

242　edge和side

① edge表示“边缘”，指的是水边，湖边，桌子的边缘等。注意edge可以与不同的介词搭配。

They are sitting at the edge of the lake. 他们在湖边坐着。

He stood at water's edge. 他站在水边。

There is a cup near the edge of the table. 靠近桌子的边上有一只茶杯。

② side也表示“边”，但指的是路、街道、田地、箱子等的“边”。

There are trees on both sides of the road. 路的两边都有树。

the three sides of a triangle 三角形的三条边

243　effective，effectual和efficient

① effective意为“有效的，效果好的”，指能产生具体的效果或预期的效果。还可表示“给人以深刻印象的”，可用于人或物。

The medicine is effective against cancer. 这药有抗癌效力。

It is an effective sales program. 这是一个有效的销售计划。

The audience was moved by her effective speech. 听众被她动听的讲演所感动。

He is an effective assistant to Professor Wood. 他是伍德教授的得力助手。

② effectual意为“有效的，能奏效的”，正式用语，常同否定词连用，指物不指人，被修饰的通常为行为、步骤、措施、药物等。

This drug is effectual only in some cases. 这种药只是对某些疾病有效。

There was no effectual measure against water pollution at that time. 当时没有有效措施防治水污染。

③ efficient意为“效率高的，能胜任的，得力的”，可指人或物。

She is very efficient in reducing waste. 她在减少浪费方面卓有成效。

It is a highly efficient diesel engine. 这是一种效率很高的柴油机。

The manager is both competent and efficient. 这位经理精明能干，办事效率又高。

244　eject，inject和reject

① eject驱逐，排出。

He was ejected for nonpayment of rent. 他因不付租金而被取消租用权。

② inject注射，注入。

Be careful not to inject the child with this strong solution. 注意不要用这种浓液给这孩子注射。

③ reject拒绝，抵制，驳回，丢弃，抛弃。

He rejected his family's religious beliefs. 他摈弃了家人的宗教信仰。

245　elect+宾语+名词补语和elect sb. to

① 有一种常用结构为：主语+谓语动词+宾语+名词补语。可用于这种结构的动词有：

elect（选举）/choose（选择）/call（称为）/make（使得）/appoint（任命）+宾语+名词补语（有些表示职务）

这种结构的被动式为：

be elected/chosen/called/made/appointed+名词补语

They elected him monitor. 他们选他为班长。
He was elected monitor.

We chose her chairman of the committee. 我们选她为委员会的主席。
She was chosen chairman of the committee.

We call the flower rose. 我们称这种花为玫瑰。
The flower is called rose.

We make the birds our friends. 我们把鸟当作朋友。
The birds are made our friends.

② elect sb. to +组织、团体名词或be elected to +组织、团体名词表示“把某人选入某个组织、团体中”。

We elected her to the standing committee. 我们把她选入了常委会。

He was elected to the House of Representatives. 他被选入众议院。

提示

表示独一无二的职位或头衔的名词在句中作同位语或放在as后时，或在turn，go（作“变成”解）后面作补语的名词，前面通常不用冠词。

Mr. Wang，head engineer of the factory，will come to our school this afternoon. 王先生是这家工厂的总工程师，今天下午将来我们学校。

He，as director of the workshop，attended the meeting. 他作为车间主任参加了会议。

She turned traitor in the thirties. 她在30年代叛变。

但是，如果是表示多个职位或头衔中的一个，前面一般要加不定冠词。

He is a manager of the company. 他是这家公司的一个经理。

She is a captain of the team. 她是这个队的队长。

246　electric，electrical和electronic

① electric电的，发电的，电动的，指任何直接用电或产生电的东西。

an electric wire/shaver 电线/电动剃须刀

It is a new electric generating plant. 这是一个新的发电厂。

② electrical与电有关的，电气的。

He's an electrical engineer. 他是一位电气工程师。

③ electronic电子的。

electronic control 电子控制

247　element，component，ingredient，constituent和factor

① element成分，因素，指的范围最广，通用。

Honesty is an important element in anyone's character. 诚实是每个人品格中的重要部分。

② component尤指机器或系统的构成成分。

a component part 组成部分

③ constituent成分，强调基本的构成整体的特点。

the constituent parts of an atom 原子的组成部分

④ ingredient成分，因素，指化合物或混合物或复杂事物的组成材料或因素，引申开来可以表示 component 或 constituent。作为面包或其他食品、药品之类的成分，ingredient为最合适的表达。

Imagination and hard work are ingredients of successful creation. 想象力和勤奋是成功创作的要素。

⑤ factor成分，因素，往往是导致整体存在或起作用的依据、成因。

Luck is the biggest factor in his success. 幸运是他成功的最大因素。

248　embarrass和abash

① embarrass指“使人害羞、发窘、难为情”。

The girl was very shy and often felt embarrassed in the presence of strangers. 这个女孩害羞，在陌生人面前常感到窘迫。

② abash指“使人突然感到自卑、发窘”。

Nothing can abash him. 什么也不能使他脸红。

249　employ和unemployed

① employ意为“雇用”，是及物动词，可用于被动语态中。

He employed two men last year. 他去年雇用了两个人。

She is employed in a company. 她受雇于一家公司。

② employ的名词有三种形式：employment意为“雇用，职业工人（不可数）”，employer意为“雇主，雇用者”，employee意为“受雇者，被雇用的人”。

He is in the employment of a bank. 他受雇于一家银行。

The employer pays the employees by the day. 雇主按天付给雇员工资。

③ unemployed是形容词，意为“失业的”，作定语或表语，the unemployed表示“失业的人”，其名词形式为unemployment，意为“失业”。

The unemployed are looking for employment. 失业的人在找职业。

250　embrace，contain和include

① embrace作动词表示全部包括在内，无一遗漏。

The report embraces all the aspects of the city pollution. 报告涉及该城市污染的方方面面。

② contain表示“内装”概念，可以容下部分，也可以囊括全部。

His suitcase contains all that he needs for the journey. 手提箱中装了他所有的旅行用品。

③ include指整体中的部分，主语为整体。

The body includes five males and three females. 这个团体由五名男子和三名女子组成。

251　enable和unable

① enable是动词，为及物动词，意为“使……能够，使……可能”，结构为：enable sb. to do sth.。

The money enables him to travel around the world. 这笔钱使他能够周游世界。

He enabled the students to speak English fluently. 他使学生们能够流利地说英语。

② unable是形容词，意为“不能的，不会的”，结构为：be unable to do sth.。

He is unable to meet you today. 他今天不能见你。

She will be unable to come here next week. 她下周不能来这里。

252　end up in，end up with，end up as和end up by

① end up in表示“在……地方结束”。

He will visit Shanghai，Nanjing and end up in Beijing. 他将访问上海、南京，最后一站是北京。

If you continue to steal，you will end up in prison. 如果你继续偷盗，结果必定坐牢。

② end up with表示“以……告终”。

We started with soup and had fruit to end up with. 我们开始时喝汤，而最后吃水果。

The meeting ended up with the singing of the International. 会议最后以唱《国际歌》而结束。

③ end up as sb./sth.表示“最终成为……”。

Through hard work，she ended up （as）head of the firm. 通过努力工作，她最终成为公司的领导。

④ end up by doing sth.表示“以（做某事）而结束”。

He started with the aim of doing harm to others only to end up by ruining himself. 他以损人开始而以害己告终。

提示

end 构成的常用短语：

at the end 最终

come to an end 结束

bring to an end 终止

in the end 最后

make an end of sth. 结束

on end 竖起；连续不断地

make ends meet 收支相抵

put an end to 结束（不好的事）

without end 无穷尽

draw to an end （快要）结束

253　enlighten和lighten

① enlighten启发，开导，启蒙，教育。

Radio should enlighten the listeners as well as entertain them. 无线电广播既要使听众得到娱乐也要使他们受到教育。

② lighten减轻，使轻松，使明亮；（心境）变得愉快。

Many appliances lighten housework. 许多电器能减轻家务劳动。

His mood lightened when he heard the news. 他听到那消息，心情就变得愉快了。

254　enter和enter into

① enter表示“进入某处”，如房子、教室等时，是及物动词，直接跟宾语。

We entered into the classroom.
We entered the classroom. 我们进了教室。

② enter into表示“开始，着手”某项讨论、协定等。

enter into business 开始经商

He has entered into a contract with the company. 他同那家公司达成了一项合同。

他们开始讨论有关税务的事。
They entered a discussion about taxes.
They entered into a discussion about taxes.

255　estimate，rate，appraise，assess和evaluate

① estimate带主观因素，评估，测算（比较粗略）。

I estimate her age at thirty-two. 我估计她32岁。

② rate也是评估，将评估数值限于一定范围内考虑。

He did not rate the machine above its real value. 他没有对机器估价过高。

Her needs were rated at 200 dollars a month. 她一个月所需花费估计为200美元。

③ appraise评估，估测（价值、质量、状况等）。

appraise the infant's weight 估测婴儿的重量

appraise the ability of a job applicant 对求职者的能力作评估

④ assess估计，评估；征收（税款等）。

assess a tax of S|100 on/upon sb. 向某人征税100美元

⑤ evaluate从数学角度作正确推算，不涉及金融价格，以分数高低、艺术品价值、水平高低评估。

Some experts were invited to evaluate the new discovery made by a young researcher. 一些专家应邀前来评估一位青年研究人员所作的新发现。

The representatives at the conference evaluated the book positively. 与会代表们肯定地评价了这本书。

256　etc. 还是and etc.

◎ etc.表示“等”，由拉丁文et cetera省略而来，etc.之前应有逗号，但不可与and连用。

I，you，we，and etc. are pronouns.
I，you，we，etc. are pronouns. 我、你、我们等是代词。

提示

表示“等等”的其他说法：

A，B，C and so on

A，B，C and so forth

A，B，C and the like

257　even if和though

① even if意为“即使”，引导让步状语从句，也可说成even though，但even if更为常用。even if引导的从句是假设性的，可能是事实，也可能不是事实。

Even if I didn't know anybody at the party，I had a good time. 即使在这次晚会上我谁也不认识，我也玩得挺痛快。（为一个事实）

I'll go there even if the weather is bad tomorrow. 即使明天天气不好，我也要去。（为一个假设）

Even if you can't finish it，others may go on. 即使你做不完，别人也可以接着做。

He is an honest man，even though I sometimes disagree with him. 他是个诚实的人，即便我有时对他有不同意见。

② 有时可用if代替even if，意思不变。

If he is too old to work，he is very enthusiastic about neighbourhood affairs. 尽管年迈不能多操劳，但他对里弄工作非常关心。

She couldn't be angry with him if she tried. 她对他生不起气来，即使她想那样的话。

③ though意为“虽然”，引导的也是让步状语从句，但从句里说明的是事实。

Though he is poor，he is honest. 他虽穷，但却诚实。

She went on working though she was tired. 她虽然累了，但仍继续工作。

提示

even if或even though引导的从句要用一般现在时代替一般将来时。

即使明天下雨，我们也要动身。
We'll leave even if it will rain tomorrow.
We'll leave even if it rains tomorrow.

258　even so，in any case和all the same

① even so意为“即使这样，虽然这样”，相当于in spite of that。

It rained，but even so we enjoyed the day. 那天下了雨，尽管如此，我们仍玩得很痛快。

He has his shortcomings，but even so he is an honest man. 他有缺点，但即使这样，他仍然是一个诚实的人。

② in any case意为“无论如何”，相当于whatever may happen。

In any case，we must start tomorrow. 我们无论如何明天必须动身。

You should go to see her in any case. 你无论如何也应去看她。

③ all the same意为“仍然，还是”，相当于make no difference。

He didn't answer，but I understood him all the same. 他没有回答，但我还是理解他的。

But，all the same，he's apologized to you. 但是，不管怎样，他已向你道歉了。

259　every day，everyday和daily

① every day是分开写，是副词词组，表示“每天”，作状语。

She goes to school every day. 她每天都上学。

He watches TV every day. 他每天都看电视。

② everyday是一个词，为形容词，表示“每天的，日常的，普通的”，不强调每天发生的事。

He knows a lot of everyday English. 他懂得许多日常英语。

The book is about the everyday life of the people in this country. 本书是关于这个国家人民的日常生活的。

All these clothes are for everyday wear. 所有这些衣服都是日常穿的。

比较

Does it rain here everyday？
Does it rain here every day？ 这里每天都下雨吗？

③ daily作形容词表示“每日的”，指每天或每个工作日发生的事，强调每天的情况。

He usually reads the daily paper in the afternoon. 他通常在下午看日报。

提示

daily也可表示“日常的”。

industrial articles for daily use 日用工业品

daily life 日常生活

260　except，besides，except for，apart from和but

① except （not including，but not）除……以外，……不包括在内（意味着从整体中减去部分）。

He gets up early every day except Sunday. 除星期天外，他每天都起得早。

② besides （in addition to）除……之外（还有）。

Besides John，all of us passed the examination. 约翰通过了考试，我们大家也都通过了考试。

③ except for意思与except基本相同，主要区别在于：

（1）介词或连词前用except。

He is very clever except that he is a poor speaker. 他人很聪明，只是不善言辞。

There was no way of settling the matter except by selling the house. 除非把房子卖掉，没有解决这个问题的其他办法。

（2）句首用except for。

Except for a slight headache，I feel all right now. 除了有点头痛，我现在感觉良好。

（3）except的宾语和前面主句中名词或代词是平行的同一性质的词；若不是同一性质的词，则用except for。比较：

The bus runs here every day except Sunday. 除星期天外，公交车每天都来这里。

Your essay is good except for a few spelling mistakes. 你的文章很好，只是有几处拼写错误。

但在all，any，every，nothing，anybody，everything，everywhere等表示“总体”概念的词后面既可用 except，也可用 except for。

I invited everyone except （for） John. 我邀请了除约翰外的所有人。

④ apart from有如下两种含义：

（1）=besides

Apart from sport，my other interest is music. 除了运动，我的另一个兴趣是听音乐。

（2）=except for

It is a good book apart from some misprints. 除了有些印刷错误，这本书很好。

⑤ but （excluding）除去……以外，多用在all，no，anywhere，everywhere，nobody 等后。but后若为人称代词，多用宾格。

All the students went to the movies but her. 除她外，所有的学生都去看电影了。

He will go anywhere but there. 除了不去那里，他哪里都去。

261　exceptional，rare，scarce，unusual和unique

① exceptional表示“异常的，例外的（褒义）”。

Stevie Wonder was considered an exceptional talent at ten. 史蒂威·旺达十岁时被认为是非凡的天才。

② rare表示长期以来难得一见的东西，贵重的，珍稀的。

That rare bird could speak many languages and sing 12 operas. 那只珍稀的鸟能说多种语言，唱十二段歌剧。

③ scarce表示由于短缺、少见而稀有，指物时，scarce与rare有时可以通用。

He has a scarce/rare collection of books/coins. 他有珍本书/钱币珍品的收藏。

提示

scarce 有时更侧重在价值不高、供不应求的事物上，而 rare 往往侧重在珍贵、珍稀上。

Because of the bad weather，vegetables were scarce last winter. 由于天气恶劣，去年冬天蔬菜供应不足。（这句中 scarce 不能用 rare代替）

That's my rare chance/occasion/time to meet a beautiful girl at my office in person. 我难得有那么一个机会/时机/时间在自己办公室亲自接待一个漂亮的女孩。（句中的 rare 也不宜用 scarce 代替）

④ unusual表示稀有、罕见，是中性词，好坏事物都能用。

Such beautiful voice is unusual. 这种优美的嗓音是少有的。

The boy is unusual today，for he seldom behaves so rudely. 这男孩今天不正常，因为他难得表现得这么粗暴。

⑤ unique表示独一无二，与exceptional 类似，但unique指好坏事都行，比exceptional更强调与众不同。

Hemingway's style is terse，forceful and unique to himself. 海明威的风格是简洁、有力、标新立异的。

Doing drugs among the teenagers is unique in this country. 这个国家青少年吸毒是别处难以相比的。

262　exclaim，scream和cry

① exclaim表示“惊叫，叫喊，大声说”，指由于高兴、惊奇、痛苦等强烈的、突然的感情而发出惊叫、叫喊。

He exclaimed in delight. 他高兴地叫喊着。

She exclaimed against my plan. 她大声反对我的计划。

② scream表示“尖声叫喊”，指人、鸟、兽因惊恐、愤恨、痛苦等而发出尖声叫喊，也可指风、机器发出的尖啸声。

She screamed for help. 她尖叫着求救。

A plane screamed past overhead. 一架飞机呼啸着从头顶掠过。

③ cry表示“呼喊，喊叫”，指因某种感情而呼喊，也表示“哭”。

She cried out with pain. 她痛得叫起来。

263　expect 和anticipate

① expect是及物动词，表示“期待，盼望，预计”，常用词。结构为：

expect to do sth.
expect sb. to do sth.
expect+宾语+补足语

I expected her at eleven，but she didn't turn up. 我预计她11点钟来，但她没来。

They are expecting rain. 他们盼望着下雨。

They expected to finish the work by Friday. 他们预计星期五可以完成这项工作。

I didn't expect you back so soon. 我没想到你回来这么快。

② expect表示“以为，猜想”。结构为：expect+that从句。

I expect （that）the answer is correct. 我以为这个答复是正确的。

提示

①expect后不可跟动名词。

I never expected meeting you here.
I never expected to meet you here. 我没有料到会在这里遇到你。

②只能说expect sb.，不可说expect for sb.。

I am expecting for him.
I am expecting him. 我在等他。（相当于wait for）

③ anticipate意为“以高兴或恐惧的心情期待所想或预料的事发生”，其后不可以接不定式。结构为：

anticipate （doing）sth.
anticipate+that从句

He anticipates a wonderful vacation. 他期待着一个快乐的假期。

We anticipate hearing from you again. 我们期待着再接到你的来信。

264　expensive，costly和dear

① expensive为常用词，指“价高”，有时含有“非某人所能负担”或“较其货物应有价值为高”，适用于所花费的金钱、时间或精力等。

He had a very expensive watch.他有一块极昂贵的手表。

② costly意为“代价甚高”，通常由于稀少、珍贵或奢华所致，亦常用于所花费的精力。

Some of the standards are costly to shipowners. 要达到某些标准对船主来说代价过高。

③ dear意为“贵；代价过高（too expensive）”。

Meat is dear this week. 本周肉很贵。

265　experience，experiences和experienced

① experience表示“经验，体验”时，是不可数名词。

He has much experience in teaching. 他很有教学经验。

We should learn by experience. 我们应该吸取经验教训。

② experience表示“经历，经历的事情”时，是可数名词。

The big fire was a terrible experience. 那场大火是一次可怕的经历。

He can not forget those sad experiences. 他不能忘记那些悲惨的经历。

③ experienced既是experience的过去式和过去分词，也可用作形容词，意为“有经验的”，可作定语或表语。

She is an experienced teacher. 她是一位有经验的教师。

She is experienced in doing this kind of work. 她做这类工作有经验。

266　extend，expand和prolong

① extend在表示空间上的延伸时主要指直线状的伸展，也指时间。

The river extends in an eastward direction. 这条河向东方延伸。

She extended her hand and shook hands with me. 她伸出手与我握手。

提示

extend 还可用于指扩大事物的种类、影响或势力范围等。

We have obtained the permission to extend the field of investigation. 我们已获得许可，扩大调查的范围。

② expand指扩大，扩张，强调“平面或立体”的伸展。

The river expands and forms a lake. 河流扩大而成为一个湖泊。

The city has now expanded to 4 times its original size. 这个城市现在已经扩大到原来大小的4倍。

③ prolong常指时间延长，持续时间的拖长，超过了一般和正常的界线。

They prolonged/extended their visit by a few days. 他们把访问时间延长了几天。

Medicine prolongs our lives. 药物能延长我们的生命。

a prolonged discussion 冗长的讨论

267　external，internal和eternal

① external外部的，外面的。

The external features of the building are very attractive. 那建筑物的外观非常漂亮。

② internal内部的，国内的。

The bullet passed through his back and several internal organs and he died later in hospital. 子弹穿过他的背部，穿透了一些内部器官，他后来死在医院里。

③ eternal永恒的，永远的，无休止的。

They became eternal enemies. 他们成了永世的仇敌。

F

268　fail和lose

① fail通常有下面几种用法。

（1）表示“失败”，fail是不及物动词，后不可跟宾语。

His plan failed. 他的计划失败了。

She did her best but she failed at last. 她尽了最大努力，但是最后还是失败了。

（2）表示“不及格，没通过（考试）”，fail常用作及物动词，后跟exam，maths，English等学科名词。

She failed the exam. 那次考试她不及格。

He failed the maths exam again. 他数学考试又没有及格。

She failed Chinese. 她语文考试不及格。

“某学科考试不及格”也可用“fail in+学科名词”表示。

She failed chemistry. 她化学考试不及格。
=She failed in chemistry. （这里的fail为不及物动词）

（3）fail to do sth. 表示“没有做某事，没有能够做某事。

He failed to swim across the river. 他没能游过这条河。

She failed arriving on time.
She failed to arrive on time. 她没有准时到达。

② not/never fail to do相当于cannot but do，be sure to do，意为“务必，必须，一定”，要注意译法。

If you pass the entrance examination，don't fail to phone me. 如果你通过了入学考试，务必给我打电话。

She never fails to attain her goal. 她一定会达到目的。

③ lose为及物动词，后接match，game，battle，war，case等。另外，表示“被……打败”或“输给……”时，常用be beaten by sb. 或be defeated by sb.。

Class A was defeated by Class B in the game. A班在比赛中输给了B班。

269　fairly，rather，quite和pretty

◎ 这几个词都可用作程度副词，修饰形容词或副词，其程度依次增强为：fairly，quite，rather，pretty。

① fairly和rather均可表示“相当地”，但有区别。fairly常用于修饰“褒义”的表示愉快的形容词，如 good，clever，well，nice，pretty，brave，diligent等，指在好的方面“相当地”，修饰形容词或副词原级，不可与 too 或比较级连用。

He speaks English fairly well. 他英语说得相当好。

She is fairly pleased with your work. 她对你的工作相当满意。

The quality is fairly good. 质量相当好。

② rather常指在不好的方面“相当地”，常修饰令人不悦的形容词，如 bad，poor，lazy，stupid，late，tired，crowded 等，但也可修饰褒义词。rather修饰形容词和副词原级，也可修饰比较级，也可同 too 连用，结构为：rather too+形容词或副词。

It is rather hot today. 今天相当热。

You've done rather well. 你做得相当好。

The daughter is fairly clever，but the son is rather dull. 女儿很聪明，但儿子却很笨。

The book is rather too difficult for a child of ten. 对一个10岁的孩子来说，这本书太难了。

比较

The book is fairly easy. 这本书很容易。（易懂易学）
The book is rather easy. 这本书太容易了。（过分简单）

③ 同不定冠词a连用时，a放在rather前后均可，但只能放在fairly前面。

That is a rather poor family.
That is rather a poor family. 那是一个非常贫困的家庭。

That is fairly a rich family.
That is a fairly rich family. 那是一个很富有的家庭。

④ quite在分量上比 fairly 强，rather语气又比 quite 强，同 pretty和rather 很接近，常用于非正式文体。比较：

quite a+形容词+名词
a quite+形容词+名词 （a 不可放在 quite 前面）

We were quite impressed by her speech. 我们对她的演讲印象不错。

He is quite an honest man.他是一个很诚实的人。
He is a quite honest man.

⑤ quite的其他结构：①quite+another+名词，②quite+形容词。

He is quite a hero. 他真是一位英雄。

That's quite another story. 那完全是另一回事。

You are quite mistaken. 你完全错了。

270　be famous for，be famous as和well-known

① be famous for表示“以某事物而著名，因某事物而著名”。

Suzhou is famous for the gardens. 苏州以园林而著称。

② be famous as表示“以某种身份而著名”。

She is famous as a woman scientist. 她作为一名女科学家扬名天下。

③ famous表示“著名的”，指人因为才能、成就而著名，或某地因物产、事物而著名；well-known表示“出名的”，指为人们所熟悉，知名度要比famous差。

He is a famous writer. 他是一位著名作家。

He is a well-known writer. 他是一位小有名气的作家。

271　far away，far away from，far from，from far和faraway

① far away是两个词，为副词短语，可以用作状语、表语或介词宾语，还可以放在名词后作定语。

She lives far away. 她住的地方很远。

Those stars are too far away for us to see. 那些星星离得太远，我们看不见。

They came from far away. 他们来自远方。

She worked in a small town far away. 她在远方一个小城里工作。

② far away from表示“离某地很远”，用作表语或状语，from后必须加地点名词或here，there等。

He lives far away from the school. 他住得离学校很远。
He lives far away school.
He lives far away from.

③ far from表示“离某地远”，通常用作表语，这时，from后必须加地点名词或here，there等。

The hill is far from the city. 小山离城市很远。（相当于far away from）

④ far from还可表示“一点也不，远未，绝非”，后接动名词、代词、形容词或名词。

He is far from being an honest man. 他绝不是一个诚实的人。

Tom is far from prudent. 汤姆一点也不小心。

What you told me is far from the truth. 你告诉我的远非事实。

A：The dress is fashionable，isn't it？这衣服很时尚，是不是？
B：Fashionable！Oh，no！far from it. 时尚！啊，不！一点也谈不上。

⑤ 距离 + away表示“在多少里或公里之外”。

The factory is 30 miles away. 那座工厂在30英里外。

⑥ 距离 + （away）from + 地点名词或here，there等，表示“离某地有多远”。

The city is about 200 kilometers （away）from here. 那座城市离这里大约200公里。

⑦ 距离 + by train/by bus/by ship/by plane表示“乘火车/乘汽车/乘船/乘飞机去某地有多远”。

Hangzhou is about 300 kilometers by bus from Nanjing. 从南京乘汽车去杭州大约300公里。

⑧ 时间名词所有格 + walk/ride表示“步行/骑车/乘车要多少时间”。

The post office is about fifteen minutes' walk （from here）. （从这里）步行去邮局大约15分钟。

（从这里）去扬州需要两个小时左右。
Yangzhou is about two hours ride（from here）.
Yangzhou is about two hours' ride （from here）.

⑨ from far是介词短语，意为“自远方，来自远方”，在句中作状语。

The old man came from far. 那位老人来自远方。

⑩ faraway是形容词，表示“遥远的”，只作前置定语。

These birds fly to the lake from faraway places. 这些鸟是从远方飞到湖上来的。

272　farther和further

① farther和further都是far的比较级，意为“更远，较远”，表示距离、方向、时间时，farther和further是可以换用的，可作形容词或副词。

The farther/further hill is about fifty miles away. 那座更远的山在大约50英里以外。

Shanghai is farther/further away than Suzhou from here. 上海离这里比苏州远。

He walked farther/further than I had expected. 他走得比我预料的远。

If you go farther/further，you'll see the teaching building. 你要是再往前走，就可以看到教学大楼了。

② further还可以表示“额外的，更进一步的/地”等意思，而farther则不可以。

No further sound came from the room. 再也没有声音从房间里传来。

Have you any further questions to ask？你有进一步的问题要问吗？

I'll say further that it has nothing to do with me. 我还要进一步说明，这件事与我无关。

We'll not discuss it further. 我们将不深入讨论这件事。

③ further可用作动词，意为“促进，推动”，而farther则不可。

the government's plans to further the cause of education 政府促进教育事业的计划

273　fault，defect，flaw，mistake和error

① fault一般指性格上的“弱点”，因品质上缺乏某种特质而有欠缺；也指行为上的过失，如违反某个准则、规章等，强调过失的责任。

Sloppiness is his greatest fault. 邋遢是他的最大缺点。

Everyone has his own fault. 人无完人。

② defect着重由于某种欠缺，因而影响到质量，也泛指一般缺点。

What defects can you find in the present system of education？在现行教育制度中，你能发现什么缺点？

A hearing aid helps to overcome the defect in hearing. 助听器有助于克服听力上的缺陷。

③ flaw原意是“罅隙”，意味着破裂或不能衔接，因而常用于文章、论证，指“漏洞，缺陷”，暗示使批评者“有隙可乘”，也比喻品格上的瑕疵。

It was difficult to find a flaw in his argument. 在他的论辩中很难找到漏洞。

The bubble is a flaw in the glass. 那个气泡是玻璃杯上的瑕疵。

Jealousy is the great flaw in his character. 嫉妒是他性格中的大缺点。

④ mistake往往指由于认识、判断、理解上的不正确、粗心而产生的看法或行为上的错误。mistake还强调对事物的意义不了解，把一个事物错当成另一个事物。常用搭配为：

by mistake（无意地）搞错

make a mistake 犯错误

take…by mistake 错拿

learn by one's mistake 从错误中学习

⑤ error主要指违反某一既定的标准，产生的疏忽、偏差或错误，这种差错往往是无意的。常用搭配为：

be in error 弄错了

fall into an error 犯错误

lead sb. into error 使犯错误

These are the printer's errors. 这些是排印上的错误。

Errors often result from carelessness. 差错常由疏忽引起。

提示

注意下面表示“错”的说法：

是我弄错了。
I'm wrong.
I'm in the wrong.
That's my fault.

274　feed，feed on，breed，raise和graze

① feed是及物动词，意为“喂，饲养”，强调给食，使之具备生长繁殖能力。

She is feeding the baby. 她在喂婴儿。

Has the cat been fed yet？猫喂过了吗？

He has a large family to feed. 他有一大家人要养活。

② feed sb. on sth.意为“用……喂养，给……吃”。

She feeds the baby on milk. 她给婴儿喂牛奶。

She fed her guests on the product of the garden. 她用园子里种的果蔬招待客人。

③ feed on sth.意为“以……为食，靠……维持生命”，句中主语可以是人或物。

They feed on rice. 他们以大米为主食。

Cows feed mostly on grass. 牛以食草为主。

④ breed（使）繁殖，饲养，尤指繁殖良种。

Rabbits breed very quickly. 兔子繁殖得很快。

⑤ raise指对各种生物包括人进行养育或饲养，主要是美式英语。

raise a family 养活一家人

raise cattle 养牛

⑥ graze饲养，（动物）吃草，主要指将牛羊放牧。

He's grazing the sheep in the valley. 他在山谷里放羊。

275　feel like doing

◎ 一般而论，feel like doing表示“想做某事”，feel like后也可接名词，表示“想不想……”或“感觉像……”。

I feel like taking a walk in the park. 我想到公园里散散步。

She told me that she didn't feel like going with us. 她告诉我她不想同我们一起去。

I feel like a bird sometimes. 有时我感觉自己像只小鸟。

276　few 和little 的肯定用法

◎ 一般而论，few和little具有否定含义，a few和a little 具有肯定含义。但few和little也可表示肯定，有如下几种情况。

① few和little前有名词所有格或物主代词修饰时，表示肯定意义。

His few friends have gone abroad. 他的几个朋友都出国去了。

Tom's little money helped them out. 汤姆的一点钱帮他们渡过了难关。

② few和little前有 some，other，every 等修饰时，表示肯定意义。

They meet every few days. 他们每隔几天见一次面。

Don't trouble yourself about some little things. 不要为一些小事而烦恼。

③ few和little前有定冠词 the 或 next，past，this，that，these，those 等时，表示肯定含义。

He asked for the little meat. 他想要那一点点肉。

They will make greater progress in the few years to come. 在未来几年中，他们将取得更大的进步。

That little bread is enough for the bird. 那一点点面包足够鸟儿吃的了。

These few trees gave us shade in summer. 这几棵树夏天给我们遮阴。

277　fewer和less

① fewer是few的比较级，意为“比较少，更少的”，修饰可数名词。

I have fewer books than she. 我的书比她的少。

② less是little的比较级，意为“较少的，更少”，修饰不可数名词、形容词或副词。

They spent less money on this bridge than on that bridge. 他们在这座桥上花的钱比在那座桥上花的钱少。

This coat is less expensive. 这件外衣便宜些。

提示

在数量、金额或时间的名词前，常用less than表示“少于，不到”，而不用fewer than。

Less than 50 persons attended the meeting. 出席那个会议的不足50人。

The dictionary cost me less than ten dollars. 这部词典花了我不到10美元。

It took her less than one week to finish the work. 她没用一个星期就完成了这项工作。

278　fill，fill in和fill with

① fill意为“装满，填满”，可作及物动词和不及物动词。作及物动词用时，结构为：

fill sb. with sth.
fill sb.+sth.+with sth. （双宾语）
be filled with sth./sb. 充满着，充满了

Laughter filled the hall. 大厅里充满了笑声。

This thought filled me with pleasure. 这种想法使我心里充满喜悦。

Please fill me the cup with water. 请给我把这个杯子装满水。

Her eyes were filled with tears. 她泪水盈盈。

② fill in意为“填写表格（forms），填空（blanks）”。

Please fill in this form with pen. 请用钢笔填写这张表格。

Please fill in your name and address. 请把你的名字和地址填上。

He asked us to fill in the blanks with nouns. 他要我们用名词填空。

③ fill…with意为“使……充满，把……填满”。

He filled his bag with food. 他把袋子都装满了食物。

The news filled her heart with hope. 这消息使她充满了希望。

279　first→be the first to do

◎ be the first to do.表示“第一个做……的人”，first 也可以是second，third，fourth等序数词，其前的the不可省。

She is always the first to come to office. 她总是第一个来上班。

They are the first to bear hardships and the last to enjoy comforts. 他们总是吃苦在先，享乐在后。

He is the third one to win the prize. 他是第三个获得那个奖的人。

280　fit和suit

① fit可用作及物动词和不及物动词。

（1）一般用指“（服装的尺寸、大小）合身，合适”。

This coat fits me. 这件上衣我穿合身。

The shoes fit me well. 这双鞋很适合我。

This dress fits badly. 这件衣服很不合适。

His coat fits beautifully. 他的上衣很合身。

（2）表示“使适合”，结构为：

fit sb. for sth.
fit sb. to do sth.

His abilities fit him for the position. 他的能力使他很适合担任这个职务。

Her experience fits her to lead the research group. 她的经验使她适合领导这个研究小组。

（3）表示“装配，安装”。

He has fitted a new lock on the door. 他在门上装了把新锁。

提示

The dress fits for her nicely. （fit表示“适合于”为及物动词）
The dress fits her nicely. 这件衣服她穿正合适。

② fit用作形容词时，表示“适合的，能胜任的”，可作定语或表语，结构为：

be fit for sth.
be fit to do sth.

She is just fit for a job as a teacher. 她正适合干教师这一行。

The food is not fit to eat. 那食物不适合吃。

③ suit表示“（衣服的款式、颜色）相配，合适”。

Blue suits her. 蓝色是适合她穿的颜色。

That new dress suits you very well. 那件新衣的款式很适合你。

The colour of the cloth suits a woman at my wife's age. 这布的颜色适合我妻子年龄的妇女穿。

提示

fit常指适合某种目的或用途，或某人适合某种工作、职务，而suitable则指适合某种情况、环境或需要。

The man is not fit for the job. 这人不适应做这项工作。

These clothes are not suitable here. 这些衣服在这里穿不合适。

This red jacket is fit but not suitable for me. 这件红夹克衫我穿合身，但不合适。

281　fit with和equip with

① fit with常表示下面两种含义。

（1）表示“以……装备，供应”。

She fitted her son with a raincoat. 她为儿子添了一件雨衣。

（2）表示“符合”。

Her idea doesn't fit with yours. 她的观点同你的不符。

② equip with表示“用……装备，使……具有”，通常指军队、武器等。

He equipped them with arms. 他把他们武装起来了。

282　fix，mend和repair

① fix意为“修理”，指需要拆装或修理的小件物品，修收音机、门锁等。fix也可表示“装配”。

I'll have my radio fixed. 我要把收音机修一下。

② mend意为“修理，修补”，指修理破损、撕坏的日常用品，如衣服、鞋袜等。

Her mother is mending the shoes. 她母亲正在补鞋。

③ repair意为“修改，维修”，常指修理大件东西或较复杂的东西，如机器、车辆、马路等。

He had his car repaired. 他请人修了车。

283　flesh和meat

① flesh指人或兽类身上的肉，也指果蔬的食用部分。如：the flesh of the apple（苹果的肉）。

② meat指人们食用的肉，即“肉食”。另外，鱼肉是fish，鸡肉是chicken，牛肉是beef，猪肉是pork。

284　floor，storey和story

① 表示“在几层楼”，用floor，比较英美关于楼层的不同说法：

一楼

二楼

三楼

② 表示楼房有多少层时，用storey或story，其复数形式分别为storeys和stories。

That is a building of thirty-eight storeys. 那是一幢38层的大楼。
=That is a building of thirty-eight stories.
=That is a thirty-eight-storeyed building.

=How many storeys has the building？这幢大楼有多少层？
=How many stories has the building？

285　fly high还是fly highly

① high可以作形容词或副词。作形容词用时，意为“高的”，如：a high wall（一堵高墙）；作副词用时，意为“高，高地”，表示距离的高，具体的高。

② highly也是副词，但不表示具体的高，只能表示抽象的高，意为“高度地”。

The bird can fly highly.
The bird can fly high. 这只鸟能飞得很高。

Jim jumps highly.
Jim jumps high. 吉姆跳得高。

The sun has risen highly.
The sun has risen high. 太阳已升得很高了。

How highly can you climb？
How high can you climb？ 你能爬多高？

提示

表示“高度评价某人”要说think of sb. highly，“高度赞扬某人”要说speak highly of sb.，这里的highly都是表示“高度地”，表示程度，不表示距离。

提示

fly sth. high也是正确用法，这里的fly意为“放飞”，是及物动词，后跟bird，kite等词；而fly high中的fly为不及物动词。

比较

wide→宽，指可测量的宽度（a wide river 一条很宽的河）
widely→广泛地，表示程度（be widely known 广为人知）

deep→深，指可测量的深度（a deep well 一口深井）
deeply→深深地，表示程度（love sb. deeply 深深地爱某人）

286　foot和feet

① foot作“足，脚”解时，复数形式为feet。

② foot作“英尺”解时，复数形式为feet或foot，英国人常用foot。

He is a man of five feet/foot six. 他身高5英尺6英寸。

The table is four feet/foot long. 这张桌子4尺长。

提示

“步行”要说on foot，不可说on feet。

287　“for+动名词”表示原因还是目的

◎ for + 动名词表示“因……”，强调事情的原因，常同blame（责备），scold（责骂），reprimand（谴责），punish（处罚）等连用。for + 动名词不可表示目的。

He was punished for being late. 他因迟到而受罚。

The driver was fined for speeding. 那驾驶员因为超速而被罚款。

Forgive me for keeping you waiting. 不好意思让你们久等了。

She felt ashamed of herself for not doing it well. 她因为自己没做好而感到羞愧。

The teacher was angry with Jack for cheating in the exam. 老师对杰克在考试中作弊非常生气。

提示

表示目的应使用不定式短语，不可用“for+动名词”。但可用“for+名词”。

I came here for learning English.
I came here to learn English. 我来这里是为了学英语。

I came here for improving my health.
I came here to improve my health.
=I came here for my health. 我来这里是为了增进健康。

He sang a love song to please her. 为了要取悦她，他唱了一首情歌。
=He sang a love song in order to please her.
=He sang a love song so as to please her.

表示“为了要……”，常用“to+动词原形”，还可用“in order to+动词原形”和“so as to+动词原形”。

提示

表示目的还有以下几种表示法：

for the purpose of+动名词
with a view to+动名词
with an eye to+动名词
with the intention of+动名词

With a view to improving his ability to speak English，James spent most of his summer vacations in the States. 为了提高说英语的能力，詹姆士暑假大部分时间都在美国。

288　for a time，for a moment和for the moment

① for a time意为“一度，有一段时间，一时”，常用于过去时中。

She lived in Nanjing for a time. 她曾一度住在南京。

He didn't recognize her for a time. 他一时没有认出她来。

② for a moment意为“一会儿，片刻”，相当于for a while。

She was silent for a moment. 她沉默了一会儿。

He sat on the sofa for a moment. 他在沙发上坐了一会儿。

③ for the moment意为“眼下，目前，暂时”，指说话时的暂时情况，常用于一般现在时或一般将来时。

He is very busy for the moment. 他眼下很忙。

He has nothing to do for the moment. 他暂时没什么事可做。

I can't remember her name for the moment. 我暂时记不起她的名字了。

289　for example，for instance，such as，namely和that is

① for example和for instance都是介词短语，意为“例如，比如”，这两个短语在句中的位置较灵活，可以放在句首、句中或句尾，可用作独立成分，通常用逗号与所修饰的部分隔开，它们常可换用，但强调“代表”意义时，多用for example。这两个短语用来列举同类中的一个为例，可以是一个句子，也可以是单词词组。

Many great men have risen from poverty，for example，Lincoln and Edison. 许多伟人出身贫寒，例如林肯和爱迪生。（可用for instance）

What would you do if you met a wild animal—a tiger，for instance？要是遇到一头野兽，比如老虎，你会怎么办？（可用for example）

A lot of students in the class，for example，Mary，agreed to the plan. 班上的许多学生，比如玛丽，赞同这项计划。

For example，a bicycle driven by electricity can avoid pollution. 比如，电动自行车没有污染。

There are jobs more dangerous than work high above the ground，for example，training tigers. 有许多工作比高空作业更危险，例如驯虎。

② such as也作“例如”解，用来列举事物，对前面提到的名词进行列举说明，放在名词与被列举的事物之间。such后通常跟名词，也可以跟介词短语，不定式等。such as用来列举同类中的几个，但不是全部。such as引导的成分作同位语。

He speaks several languages，such as English，French and Japanese. 他会说几种外语，比如英语、法语和日语。

Books of references，such as dictionaries and handbooks，are not allowed to be taken out of the reading room. 参考书，比如词典和手册，是不允许拿出阅览室的。

This machine is very useful in daily life，such as in making bread. 这台机器在日常生活中是很有用的，比如做面包。

提示

such as不能同and so on连用，不能说such as Jim，Jack and so on。

③ namely（=that is=i.e.）是副词，意为“即，也就是”，放在被列举的事物前，要把前面的名词所应包含的事物全部列出；namely前面需要有逗号，后面可以不用逗号。

He speaks four languages，namely English，French，German and Russia. 他说四种语言，即英语、法语、德语和俄语。

Here come three girl students，i.e.（=that is=namely）Jane，Lucia and Nancy. 来了三个女学生——珍妮、露西亚和南茜。

290　for good，a good，to the good，good and和good for you

① for good（for ever，for good and all）永远。

We thought she'd come for a visit，but it seems she's staying for good. 我们原以为她是来看看我们，然而她看来要永远住下去了。

② a good（large in size，amount，etc.）大量的，大型的；（at least or more than）至少，不下于。

We wasted a good half hour. 我们浪费了足足半小时。

③ to the good（with a profit of）作盈利，作为纯利润。

I sold it for more than I paid for it，so I'm S|5 to the good. 我以高于买价的价格卖掉了它，因而我净得5美元的利润。

④ good and（very completely）（非正式用语，尤在美式英语中）非常地，完全地。

I'll do it when I am good and ready. 我一切都准备好就做。

⑤ good for you（good on you）（英国方言）干得好，干得漂亮。

291　for one's good和for the good of

① for one's good意为“为了某人好，为了某人的利益”，这里的good用作名词，相当于benefit，可用作表语或状语。

He did it for your good. 他做那件事是为了你好。

All she has done is for her own good. 她所做的一切都是为了自己的利益。

② for the good of +指人的名词也表示“为了某人好，为了某人的利益”，相当于for one's good，但是，for the good of结构后只能用名词，不可用代词。

为了女儿好，他愿意做任何事情。
He will do everything for the good of his daughter.
He will do everything for his daughter's good.
He will do everything for the good of her.

③ for the good of sth.表示“为了……的利益，为了……的好处”。

They died for the good of the country. 他们为了国家的利益牺牲了。

You should rest more for the good of your health. 为了身体健康，你应该多休息。

292　force，make和oblige

① force用作动词时，为及物动词，意为“迫使，强迫，强加于”，结构为：

force sb. to do sth.
force sth.+宾语补足语（形容词，副词，介词短语）
force sb. into doing sth.
be forced to do sth.
force one's way through/into sth.

The thief forced the window. 小偷破窗而入。

You mustn't force him to do it. 你不应该强迫他做这个。

They forced the door open. 他们把门强行打开了。

We forced the enemy plane down. 我们迫使敌机降落了。

They forced him into taking the job. 他们强迫他接受了那项工作。

Don't force your ideas upon others. 不要把你的想法强加于别人。

He was forced to put off the visit. 他被迫推迟这次访问。

She forced her way through the crowd. 她不得不从人群中挤出一条路来。

② force和make都可以表示“迫使”，但有区别。force含有较强的“暴力威胁”之意，而make则表示一般意义上的“使得，让”。比较force和make的不同结构：

force sb. to do sth.
make sb. do sth.

Who forced him to move out of the room？谁强迫他搬出那个房间的？
What made him think so？什么使他这么想的？

They made me repeat the story. 他们让我重复那故事。

③ oblige表示“迫使，不得不”，强调必要性，多指由于感情迫使或内部动机迫使做某事。结构为：be obliged to do sth.。

She was obliged to abandon that idea. 她被迫放弃那种想法。

Having been to their party，we were obliged to invite them to ours. 由于参加了他们的聚会，我们不得不请他们来参加我们的。

293　forget用法难点

① forget表示“忘记”某事情，后跟不定式表示“忘记做某事”，不定式表示没有发生的事或表示将来发生的事。

I quite forget her name. 我完全记不起她的名字了。

She forgot to close the window. 她忘记了关窗。（没有关窗）

I've forgotten to buy the book. 我忘了买那本书。（没买那本书）

Don't forget to do your homework. 不要忘了做作业。（将来要做）

I'm forgetting my French. 我渐渐地把法语忘掉了。

② forget后跟动名词表示“忘记曾做过某事”，动名词表示的动作在过去已发生过。

I forgot reading the book. 我忘记了曾读过那本书。（曾读过）

I shall never forget visiting the school. 我永远不会忘记参观过那所学校。（曾参观过）

比较

不要忘了把你的名字写下来。
Don't forget to write down your name.
Don't forget writing down your name.

I forgot to write him a letter. 我忘了给他写信。（信没写）
I forgot writing him a letter. 我忘了曾给他写过一封信。（信已写过）

294　forget还是leave

① forget表示“忘记”带某物，其宾语是事物，不跟地点或场所。

I forgot my umbrella when I left home this morning. 我今天早上离开家时忘记带伞了。

② leave表示“把某物遗忘在某处”，后必须跟地点场所。

I think I have left my bag on the bus. 我想我把包忘在公共汽车上了。

Last time I left my umbrella at home. Today I must not forget it any more. 上次我把伞忘在家里了，今天我再也不能忘了。

295　formally和formerly

① formally正式地；形式上。

You will receive a letter formally confirming the appointment. 你将收到一封信，正式确认那项任命。

② formerly从前，以前。

Formerly there was a pine tree here. 从前这里有一棵松树。

296　formulate，conceive，devise和invent都有“制订，设想”的意思

① formulate指制订计划之后的一个步骤，即编写初步的书面计划，并对计划的各部分作出评估。

So far he has not been able to formulate his new plan. 到目前为止他还没有把新方案制订出来。

② conceive指具体制订一个计划之前对该计划的构思设想。

The engineers have conceived the design of a new type jet plane. 工程师们构想出一种新型的喷气式飞机。

③ devise为中性词，着重说明制订计划的临时或权宜性，暗示可能更多的办法。

He tried to devise a foolproof plan for getting rid of termites. 他试图搞出一个一学就会的消灭白蚁的方案。

④ invent的词义广，指制订计划的整个过程，不强调程序或工艺。

Tom invented an excuse for leaving early. 汤姆为早退编造了一个借口。

297　free和freely

① free作副词表示“免费地，无偿地；无约束地，自由地；松开着”。

Children can get into the museum free. 儿童可免费进该博物馆参观。

The dogs ran free around the farm. 狗在农场上到处乱跑。

The horse broke free. 马挣脱了缰绳。

② freely意为“自由地，无约束地；直爽地”。

admit a mistake freely 坦率地承认错误

speak freely 畅所欲言

298　friendly可用作形容词或副词

① friendly作形容词时，表示“友好的，友谊的，有利的”；作副词时，表示“友好地，朋友般地”。

They are not friendly to him. 他们对他不友好。

They have been friendly with each other. 他们一直处得很好。

② 某些表示人的名词+-ly 构成形容词，如：fatherly，motherly，sisterly，brotherly，wifely，manly，comradely等。其他如costly，lonely，homely，ugly等也是形容词。

He is a fatherly teacher. 他是一位父亲般的老师。

She gave us motherly care. 她给予我们慈母般的关怀。

The driver is a manly person. 那位司机颇有大丈夫气概。

His brotherly advice gave us hope and strength. 他的兄弟般的忠告给了我们希望和勇气。

③ 某些时间名词+-ly 也可用作形容词，如：timely，yearly，monthly，quarterly，weekly，hourly 等。这些词一般只作定语，不作表语。

Thank you very much for your timely help. 谢谢你的及时帮助。

It is a monthly magazine. 这是一个月刊。

He paid a weekly visit to the lake. 他每周去那个湖游览一次。

④ 还有一些以-ly结尾的词是副词，也是形容词，如：lively，orderly，sickly，silly，worldly等。

He has a lively imagination. 他有着丰富的想象力。

We had a lovely afternoon in the hills. 我们在山里过了一个愉快的下午。

The room is in orderly condition. 房间整齐清洁。

The man owns worldly wisdom. 那人老于世故。

299　fun，joke，trick 和funny

① fun通常用作不可数名词，表示“乐趣，娱乐”。

We had a lot of fun at the party. 我们在晚会上玩得很开心。

He said it in fun. 他只是说着玩的。

② fun表示“有趣的人，有趣的事”。

The baby is great fun. 这个婴儿很好玩。

It's no fun doing nothing all day long. 整天没有事做真没意思。

③ fun还可构成多个常用短语。

not to see the fun of doing sth. 看不出做某事的趣味

Don't make fun of other people. 不要取笑别人。

He only did it for fun. 他做那件事只是为了取乐。

I can't see the fun of going there. 我看不出到那里去有什么乐趣。

④ joke意为“玩笑”，常构成play a joke on短语。trick既可表示“玩笑”，也可表示“诡计”。

It's a joke. 那是一个玩笑。
It's a trick. 那是一个诡计。

但是，play a trick on 通常表示“开……的玩笑”。

⑤ funny是fun的形容词形式，意为“滑稽的，古怪的，有毛病的”。

I saw a very funny film last night. 昨晚我看了一部很滑稽的电影。

There is something funny about the telephone. 这部电话机有点儿毛病。

G

300　genius，talent和gift

① genius（great ability，esp.in producing works of art）才能，天才（特别是创造艺术的才能，它不仅是指人而且指他的能力，是生来就有的才能、天赋）。

Her latest book is a work of genius. 她最近的书是一部天才作品。

② talent（a special natural or learnt ability or skill，esp. of a high quality）天才，才能，天赋（指天生或学到的能力技巧，特别是高水平的能力，它比 genius意思上弱，而且主要指某方面的才能）。

She has great talent for music. 她极具音乐天赋。

③ gift（a natural ability to do sth.）天赋，天才，才能（主要指与生俱有的才能）。

He has the gift of speaking well. 他有良好的语言天赋。

301　get，obtain，achieve，acquire，earn，win，attain和reach

① get为常用词，可以指以任何方式得到某物，并不强调通过预先的主观努力，与具体名词和抽象名词均可搭配。

She got a letter from home yesterday. 如昨天收到一封家信。

You shall get the laboratory report tomorrow. 你明天上午能拿到实验报告。

The boy got a blow on the head. 这男孩头上挨了一拳。

She got nice marks in school. 她在学校成绩好。

② obtain为正式用语，指经过多种努力或要求、恳请而得到希望得到的东西，如意地达到了目的。

They realized that only through struggle could they obtain their rights. 他们意识到，只有通过斗争，他们才能获得自己的权利。

The students make the experiment with great care in order to obtain better results. 学生们细心地做实验，以便能得到更好的结果。

③ achieve指凭借积累的技能、耐性、经验，经过一番努力而达到目的，这种目的往往是某种造诣、成就。

You can not achieve much without hard work. 不努力，就别指望有大的成就。

With persistent efforts，they achieved better comprehension and faster reading speed as well. 经不懈努力，他们提高了理解与阅读速度。

④ acquire指经过一定努力或一定过程，使原有的东西获得更多，并成为永久所有；也指一点点地慢慢地获得。

By self-learning she acquired a good knowledge of English. 通过自学，她很好地掌握了英语。

He has acquired many skills in these years. 这些年里，他获得了许多技术。

⑤ earn意为“赚得，挣得”，指因通过自己的劳动或因付出代价有功而获得某种报酬、奖金或勋章等。

He earned a good pay. 他报酬丰厚。

Her good deeds have earned her many friends. 她为人好，交结了许多朋友。

⑥ win指通过斗争、比赛、赌博或艰苦努力而获得，取胜。

We should try to win them to our side. 我们应该尽力争取他们站到我们一边。

Their team won with a score of 3∶0. 他们队以3比0获胜。

She soon won a reputation for herself. 她不久就为自己赢得了声誉。

⑦ attain指下了功夫，花了气力，达到不易达到的目的，语气较庄重。

Few people can attain their hopes like him. 很少有人像他那样能如愿以偿。

The artist attained to his perfection/maturity in his 40s. 到40多岁这位画家的技艺达到了炉火纯青。

⑧ reach指不限努力程度，无论什么目的，都可用 reach 表示达到，是最一般用语。

After a heated discussion，we reached an understanding. 热烈讨论之后我们达到谅解。

302　get along，get along with和get along without

① get along意为“进展，过活，相处，上年纪，走开，滚开”。

He is not getting along very fast. 他进展很慢。

How are you getting along in the south？你在南方过得怎样？

They got along very well. 他们相处得很好。

Her mother is sixty years old and getting along. 她母亲已60岁，渐渐老了。

I must get along now. 我现在得走了。

Get along（with you）！（你）滚开！

② get along/on with sth.表示“（工作等）进展”，get along/on with sb.表示“与……相处”。

How is he getting along with his studies？他的学习进展怎样？

Try to get along with them. 要和他们和睦相处。

He is getting on well with her. 他同她相处得很好。

He gets on badly with others. 他同其他人处得不好。

③ get along without意为“没有……也行，没有……也能过下去”。

We can't get along without water. 没有水我们无法生活。

She could get along without his help. 没有他的帮助，她也能过下去。

303　get in touch with，keep in touch with和lose touch with

① get in touch with sb.意为“与某人取得联系”。

Please try to get in touch with him as soon as possible. 请尽快同他取得联系。

Where shall I get in touch with you？我要在哪里同你联系？

② keep in touch with sb.意为“同某人保持联系”。

I have kept in touch with her all these years. 这些年来我一直同她保持着联系。

Today people can keep in touch with each other by telephone. 今天，人们可以通过电话相互保持联系。

③ lose touch with sb.意为“同某人失去联系”。

He has lost touch with his uncle. 他已经同他叔叔失去了联系。

I have lost touch with my friends in that city. 我已经同那座城市里的朋友失去了联系。

提示

be in touch with意为“有联系”。

I am still in touch with him. 我和他仍有联系。

304　get one's hand in，keep one's hand in和have a hand in

① get one's hand in表示“熟练”。

Once you get your hand in，you will find it very easy. 一旦学会，你就会发现它很容易。

She spent an hour at piano every day to get her hand in. 她每天花一个小时弹钢琴，以便熟练起来。

② keep one's hand in表示“不荒废”。

He played the violin occasionally，just to keep his hand in. 他偶尔拉小提琴，以免荒废。

③ have a hand in表示“插手，参与”。

Each of them had a hand in the matter. 他们每人都参与了这件事。

He won't let others have a hand in it. 他不会让别人插手这事。

305　get sb. to do

◎ get sb. to do表示“使某人做某事”，相当于have sb. do sth.。

I'll get them to start off immediately. 我将让他们即刻动身。

You should get Bill to do the washing occasionally. 你应该不时地让比尔洗洗衣服。

I got my younger brother to build a snowman. 我让弟弟堆了个雪人。

You'd better get the car to be repaired. 你最好把车子修一下。

We can't get more hands to help us. 我们找不到更多的人手来帮助我们。

306　get sb./sth.+形容词

◎ get sb./sth.+形容词表示“使……变成某种状态”，其后的形容词作宾语补足语。

We've got everything ready. 我们把一切都准备好了。

I can't get the window open. 我打不开这扇窗。

They got their trousers wet. 他们把裤子弄湿了。

I'll get more people interested in it.我将使更多的人对这件事感兴趣。

The boy got his shoes covered in mud. 这男孩把鞋子上黏满了泥。

307　get sb./sth. doing

◎ get sb./sth. doing表示“使……进入……状态，使……由静止状态进入运动状态”。

She got her car starting. 她把车子发动了起来。

I got the clock going again. 我让钟又走了起来。

His words get me thinking. 他的话使我陷入了沉思。

I wonder if Frank could get this video working. 我不知道弗兰克能否把这台录像机修好。

They got him talking about his adventures in the rain forest. 他们让他开始谈谈他在雨林中的奇遇。

308　get sth. done

◎ get sth. done表示三种含义：①请别人做某事，使某事被别人做；②使某事完成（自己也可参与）；③遭遇某种情况。

I have to get the camera repaired. 我得请人把照相机修理一下。

I'll get the dictionary sent to you next week. 我下周想请人把词典给你送去。

She got a photograph taken. 她请人给拍个照。

I get the lawn mowed once a month. 我每个月把草坪修剪一次。

We'll get the work done at the end of the year. 我们将在年底完成这项工作。

Jack got his arm broken in the match. 杰克在比赛中伤了手臂。

He got his hat blown off. 他的帽子被风吹跑了。

309　get+过去分词

◎ get + 过去分词表示“被……，受……”，get在这里相当于系动词。本结构强调动作及其所造成的主语状态的变化。get+过去分词有时为被动语态。

Those workers got paid by the week. 那些工人按周付薪。

The explorer got lost in the valley. 那名探险队员在山谷里迷了路。

We get caught in a heavy rain. 我们遇上了一场大雨。

She got married a month ago. 她一个月前结了婚。

I got bored at daily activities. 我对日常活动感到无聊。

She got confused at what he said. 她对他的话觉得困惑不解。

310　gigantic，enormous，vast，immense，giant，colossal和tremendous

① gigantic（extremely and surprisingly large in size，amount or degree）表示“（规模、数量、程度）极其巨大的，庞大的（多用于比喻中，表示夸张）”。

a gigantic task 一项艰巨的任务

the gigantic brain 非凡的智慧

gigantic amounts of money 一笔巨资

a gigantic effort 巨大的努力

② enormous表示按规模、强度等超过一般标准。

an enormous cat 一只大猫

an enormous crime 极大的罪恶

enormous energy 极为充沛的精力

enormous pride 极为骄傲

③ vast强调区域、范围、视野的辽阔、广阔（covering a wide area），也指极大的程度或数量。

vast new oilfields 辽阔的新油田

a vast sum of money 大量的钱

a vast majority of people 众多的人

at vast expense 代价极高

vast knowledge 渊博的知识

vast love 博大的爱

vast difference 本质上的差异

in the vast darkness 在一片黑暗之中

vast satisfaction 极大的满足

④ immense指规模、程度、数量等极大，有无边无际、不可量之意。

the immense space 广袤的太空

the immense sea 无边无际的大海

immense gains 巨大的利润

an immense problem 一个重大问题

an immense financial collapse 严重的财政崩溃

⑤ giant作名词用时意为“巨人”，因此使人联想到巨人的行为、特征和其他特点，表示很大的程度，尤指事件、情况等的重要。

a man of giant strength 大力士

giant authority 巨大的权威

⑥ colossal指体积和数量的大。

a colossal building 一座庞大的建筑物

a colossal sum of money 一笔巨款

the colossal problems 纷杂的问题

⑦ tremendous指规模、体积、程度大得惊人，还含有“极好的，精彩的”意思。

a tremendous wave 一个巨浪

the tremendous noise 震耳欲聋的声音

a tremendous hotel 一家非常豪华的旅馆

tremendous achievements 巨大的成就

311　give in，give up，give off，give out和send out

① give in意为“屈服，让步”，可以单独使用，表示“向某人或某物让步”。结构为：

give in to sb.
give in to sth.

She would rather die than give in. 她宁死不屈。

I won't give in to her. 我决不迁就她。

They have given in our views. （后面不可直接跟宾语）
They have given in to our views. 他们接受了我们的观点。

② give up意为“放弃，停止（做某事）”，结构为：

give up sth.
give sb./oneself up
give up doing sth.

She was forced to give up school. 她被迫辍学了。

He was so seriously wounded that the doctors gave him up. 他的伤那么重，医生放弃对他治疗了。

He has given up smoking. 他已经戒烟了。

③ give off意为“散发（光、热、气体、气味等）”。

The flowers gave off a sweet fragrance. 花儿散发出芳香。

The shoes give off a bad smell. 那些鞋子散发出难闻的气味。

④ give out意为“分发；宣布；耗尽”。

She gave the apples out to the children. 她把苹果分发给孩子们。

The supply of food gave out. 食物贮存告罄。

⑤ send out表示“发出，发送；长出（树叶等）”。

Have you sent out invitations？你把请柬发出了吗？

The trees send out new shoots in spring. 春天树长出了新芽。

312　give one's hand on，give one's hand to，offer one's hand to和give sb. a hand

① give one's hand on用于买卖场合，表示“同意价格”。

He has given his hand on the bargain. 他已同意那个价格了。

② give one's hand to表示“答应求婚，同意婚事”，总是女方答应男方。

She has given her hand to your request. 她已答应你的求婚了。

③ offer one's hand to表示“向……求婚”，总是男方向女方求婚。

Jim offered his hand to Mary two weeks ago. 吉姆两个星期前向玛丽求婚了。

④ give sb. a hand表示“帮一下忙”。

He gave me a hand in moving the piano. 他帮我移动那架钢琴。

She is always willing to give a hand in case of need. 需要时她总是愿意帮忙。

313　glow，flash，flame，flare 和blaze

① glow是不冒火焰，有一定热量散发，不强烈地发光。

The dying coal cake glowed in the dark. 快熄灭的煤饼在暗处发红光。

② flash是发短暂而强烈的光，闪电，闪光。

The lightning flashed. 电光闪闪。

③ flame是冒火舌的发光。

The candles flamed brighter. 蜡烛烧得更亮了。

④ flare是摇晃不定的发光，有时要熄灭了，一下子又死灰复燃。

She saw the candles flaring in the wind. 她看见烛光在风中摇曳。

⑤ blaze是熊熊燃烧，发出耀眼光芒的发光，伴之以高温。

Lights blazed in every room. 每个房间都灯火通明。

a fire blazing on the hearth 炉中燃烧着的火

314　go for和send for

① go for sb./sth.意为“自己去请/找……”。

② send for sb./sth.意为“派人去请/找……”。

比较

I shall go for a doctor. 我将去请医生。
I shall send for a doctor. 我将派人去请医生。

He has gone for the book. 他去找/买那本书了。
He has sent for the book. 他派人去找/买那本书了。

315　go one's way和go one's own way

① go one's way表示“继续前进”。

The traveller rested a few minutes and then went his way. 那旅行者休息了几分钟，然后又继续赶路了。

② go one's own way表示“我行我素，一意孤行”。

No matter what they say，he just goes his own way. 不管他们说什么，他照样我行我素。

316　go out和go all out

① go out意为“出去，熄灭，不时兴”。

Don't go out after dark. 天黑后不要出去。

All the lights have gone out in the building. 大楼里所有的灯都熄了。

This kind of coat has gone out. 这种外衣已经不时兴了。

提示

表示“熄灭”，还可用put out和extinguish，二者均为及物动词。

They soon put the fire out. 他们不久就扑灭了火。

They tried to extinguish the flames. 他们试图扑灭火焰。

② go all out表示“全力以赴，极力”，可以单独使用，后面也可跟不定式，表示“全力做某事”。

We have to go all out if we want to succeed. 如果要想赢，我们必须全力以赴。

They went all out against the plan. 他们极力反对这项计划。

We must go all out to fight against pollution. 我们必须全力以赴同污染作斗争。

We should go all out to help him. 我们必须全力帮助他。

317　go to sleep，go to bed，fall asleep，asleep和sleepy

① go to sleep意为“睡着，进入梦乡”，强调动作的结果。

He went to sleep soon. 他一会儿就睡着了。

Soon she went to sleep，for she was very tired. 她很累，很快就睡着了。

② go to bed表示“去睡觉”，强调上床睡觉这个动作。

比较

I didn't go to bed until 11：30 last night. 我昨晚直到十一点半还没睡觉。
I didn't go to sleep until 11：30 last night. 我昨晚直到十一点半还没睡着。

③ fall asleep意为“入睡”，与go to sleep大致相同，但含有“不知不觉地睡着了，不想入睡而睡着了”的意思。

She fell asleep in her seat. 她在座位上睡着了。

One after another，all four of them fell asleep. 一个一个，他们四个人都相继睡着了。

④ asleep是形容词，常作表语，be asleep表示“睡着，熟睡”的状态。

She was sound/fast asleep. 她睡得很香。

He was asleep with his head on his arms. 他将头枕着胳膊睡着了。

an asleep girl
a sleeping girl 一个熟睡的女孩

⑤ sleepy表示“困倦的，有睡意的”。

He felt sleepy. 他昏昏欲睡。

318　good and nice和it is no good

① 通常用and连接两个形容词时，是表示两个形容词的对等或平行，如：a blue and white flag（蓝白旗）；但如果第一个形容词是good，nice，lovely，或fine等，和“and+另一形容词或副词”连用，便构成惯用短语，意为“非常，完全”，相当于very，completely，rather，作副词用法。在美式口语中，此类表现法很多，用以强调。

The man is good/nice and bad. 那人很坏。

Jim is good/fine and hungry. 吉姆饿极了。

I know him good and well. 我非常了解他。

The room was nice and cool. 这个房间十分凉爽。

The cloth feels nice and soft. 这布摸起来很软。

The car is running nice and fast. 这车子跑得极快。

After the long walk we were good and tired. 经过长途跋涉之后，我们很累了。（=tired out）

The tower is nice and high. 那座塔很高。

The living-room is nice and cosy. 这个起居室非常舒适。

The study is lovely and warm. 这间书房很暖和。

② it is no good后常跟动名词，但也可跟不定式。

It is no good trying again. 再试也没有用。

I knew it was no good to say anything. 我知道说什么也没有用。

319　be good at，be good to，be good for和be weak in

① be good at意为“擅长，长于”，相当于 be strong in。

He is good at figures. 他善于计算。

She is good at music but poor in drawing. 她擅长音乐，但拙于绘画。

This cat is good at catching rats. 这只猫很会捉老鼠。

I am sure she will be very good at her major. 我坚信她的专业课会学得很不错的。

② be good to意为“对……好，对……态度好；在……方面好”。

Chicken soup is good to the taste. 鸡汤的味道好。（=Chicken soup is nice to taste.）

A father should be good to his children. 父亲对孩子应该慈爱。

③ be good for意为“有益于；对……有效；胜任”。

It is good for the health to take a walk in the morning. 清晨散步有益于健康。

This licence is good for one year. 这张执照有效期是1年。

The little boy is good for another two miles. 这小男孩还能再走两英里。

提示

①be good of sb. to do sth. 表示“某人做某事好……”。

It is good of you to help me out. 多谢你帮我渡过难关。

②同at连用的短语：

be bad at 拙于……

be clever at 善于……

be quick at敏于……

be slow at 拙/钝于……

be poor at拙于……

④ 同in连用的短语：be skilled in，be skillful in，be adroit in，be dexterous in，be proficient in等，表示“熟练于……，擅长……，精通于……”。但be weak in表示“弱于……”。

Henry is proficient in most sports. 亨利擅长大部分运动项目。

He is weak in grammar. 他语法知识差。

320　grade，mark，point和score——成绩表示法

① grade。

get good grades 得高分

grade papers 阅卷打分

get grade B 得分B等

the A level grade A等得分

a grade of go 及格

a failing grade 不及格

② mark。

get good marks for physics 物理得了高分

give sb. a good/bad mark给某人高分/低分

mark the papers 阅卷打分

mark an essay 给一篇文章评分

③ point。

fail by three points 差3分败北

give sb. the highest points给某人打最高分

give points to 在比赛中让分给……

score/make a point得1分

④ score。

make/achieve a good score得分多，成绩好

win by a score of 10 to 8 以10比8获胜

the total score 总分

get a perfect score 得满分

score very badly on the test 成绩很差

The score is 20 to 15 in our favour. 比分是20比15，我们队领先。

Several students scored 100 on the test. 好几名学生考试得了满分。

Score three points on the list for our side. 在表上为我方记3分。

321　guard，safeguard和defend

① guard指“用极度的小心和戒备实际的或潜在的危险”。

These special branch men were appointed to guard the Prime Minister. 委派这些特种警卫人员来保护总理。

② safeguard是指“保全使之完好无损”，“对长远的可能发生的事情深谋远虑”。

Saving money regularly will help to safeguard one's old age from want. 不断按时储蓄将会使晚年免于匮乏。

③ defend强调目前所面临的危险，指“用武力或其他对策进行保护、辩护”。

It is the duty of every citizen to defend his country when it is attacked by the enemy. 国家受到敌人攻击时，保卫国家是每一个公民的职责。

He is so obstinate that he still tries to defend his theory，although it has been proved wrong. 他那人固执极了，尽管他的理论已经证明是错误的，他还是设法替自己辩护。

H

322　habit，custom，customs和Customs

① habit指长时期逐渐养成的、一时不易改变的“个人的”习惯，如爱散步的习惯、饮茶的习惯等，结构为：

form the habit of doing sth.
have the habit of doing sth.
fall into good/bad habits养成好/坏习惯

He has the habit of going for a walk after supper. 他有晚饭后散步的习惯。

The man has formed the habit of smoking. 那人养成了抽烟的习惯。
The man has formed the habit to smoke. （habit后不可跟不定式）

② custom指某个“国家、社会、社会群体”经过一个较长时间过程形成的风俗或习惯，结构为：

It is one's custom to do sth.
It has become the custom for sb. to do sth.

It is their custom to eat dumplings on New Year's Day. 新年吃饺子是他们的风俗。

Japanese customs vary greatly from the Chinese. 日本人的风俗同中国的风俗大不相同。

③ 复数形式customs表示“关税，进口税”。

We have to pay customs on the camera equipment we bought abroad. 我们在国外买的照相设备须付关税。

④ the Customs表示“海关”。

It took us only a few minutes to get through the Customs. 通过海关只花了我们几分钟。

323　had better，would like，should like和would rather

① had better可缩写成'd better，意为“最好”，应看作情态动词，通用于所有人称，had不可改为have或has。had better后跟动词原形，不可跟不定式。had better的否定式为had better not，不是had not better。

You had better hurry up if you want to catch the first bus. 如果你想赶上头班公共汽车，你最好快点。

You'd better leave him alone now. 你最好先别理他。

You'd better not wake him up. 你最好不要弄醒他。

You have better start right now.
You had better start right now. 你最好马上动身。

You had better don't go there.
You hadn't better go there.
You had better not go there. 你最好不要去那里。

② had better + 动词原形表示现在最好干什么或将来最好干什么，时间概念是现在或将来；如果表示过去最好干什么，或过去最好不干什么，要用had better +动词的完成式。

你最好已经读过了那本书。
You had better read the book.
You had better have read the book.

你最好没有把这件事和别人说过。
You had better not tell it to anybody else.
You had better didn't tell it to anybody else.
You had better not have told it to anybody else.

③ would like可缩写成'd like。would like用于礼貌地向对方提出请求或邀请，也表示说话者本人喜不喜欢做某事，后跟不定式或名词。

Would you like some coffee？喝点咖啡好吗？

Would you like to have another try？你想再试一下吗？

I'd like some tea. 我想要茶。

I'd like to talk with you. 我想同你谈一谈。

提示

would like用于疑问句表示请求或邀请时，肯定回答通常用“Yes，I'd love to.”，否定回答用“I'd love to，but…”。

④ should like的缩写形式为'd like，通常只用于陈述句，不用于疑问句，表示说话者本人愿意做什么或想做什么，后跟不定式，也可表示想要什么，后跟名词。

I'd like to buy a new pen. 我想买一支新钢笔。

I'd like a cup of tea. 我想要杯茶。

提示

would like和should like后都不能跟动名词形式。比较：

Would you like me showing you the way？
Would you like me to show you the way？ 你要我给你指路吗？

I'd like seeing your piano.
I'd like to see your piano. 我想看看你的钢琴。

⑤ would rather缩写为'd rather，意为“宁可，宁愿”，表示比较喜欢做什么，相当于prefer…to，具有选择的含义，后跟不带to的不定式。结构为：

would rather do sth. （不带to）
would rather do sth. than do sth.
would rather+从句（为虚拟语气，谓语动词要用过去式）

I would rather drink tea. 我宁愿喝茶。

I would rather go home than stay here. 我宁愿回家去而不愿待在这里。

I'd rather you went home now. 我希望你现在回家去。

Tomorrow is Sunday. I'd rather you came next Friday. 明天是星期天，我希望你下星期五来。

A：Shall I open the window？我打开窗子好吗？
B：I'd rather you didn't. 我希望你不要。

324　hair和hairs

① hair表示一个人或多个人的“全部头发”时，为总称，是不可数名词，只用单数形式。

He has black hair. 他一头黑发。

② 表示“一根头发”时，用a hair。

There is a long hair in the soup. 汤里面有一根长头发。

③ 表示“多根头发”时，用hairs。

She has a few grey hairs. 她有几根白发。

325　half the month还是the half month

① 表示“一半”，要说half of the/a…。“half the/a month”为“half of the/a month”的省略形式。当half作形容词用时，冠词应放在half与名词之间。如：

half the year 半年

half the time 一半时间

half the eggs 一半鸡蛋

half an hour 半小时

half a day 半天

half a mile 半里路

half a glass of beer 半杯啤酒

② 但是，“半年”也可说成six months，“半个月”也可说成fifteen days或two weeks，“半个小时”可以说成thirty minutes，“一个半小时”可以说成an hour and a half或one and a half hours，“两个半小时”则是two hours and a half或two and a half hours。

提示

half后的介词of常可省略，但名词前的不定冠词（a，an）或所有格（his，our…）不可省。

He drank half glass of milk.
He drank half（of）a glass of milk. 他喝了半杯牛奶。

Half（of）his money was stolen. 他一半的钱被人偷走了。

326　halt，stop和break off

① halt是正式用语，在正式场合或文字描写中使用。

The government decided to take measures to halt inflation. 政府决定采取措施制止通货膨胀。

② stop是一般意义的“停”，不管结束与否，也不问是否继续，更不问怎样停。

The snow stopped. 雪止了。

③ break off是短语动词，表示骤然停了下来，中止，行为往往因客观因素暂告一段落。

The talks broke off because neither party wanted to make a compromise. 双方都不肯让步，会谈破裂/中断了。

327　hand in hand，hand over hand和hand to hand

① hand in hand表示“结合，紧密合作，串通”。

Theory should go hand in hand with practice. 理论必须同实践相结合。

They are hand in hand in the affair. 他们在这件事上串通一气。

② hand over hand表示“有进展，有起色”。

She is getting along hand over hand；she will recover soon. 她日渐好转，很快就会康复了。

③ hand to hand表示“肉搏”。

The fight was then hand to hand，man to man. 当时战斗已成为肉搏战。

328　hand to和hand on to

① hand sth. to sb.表示“把某物递给某人”。

Please hand the book to me. 请把那本书递给我。

The students handed the examination papers to the teacher. 学生们把试卷交给老师。

② hand sth. on to sb.表示“把某物转手递给某人”，也可说成hand on sth. to sb.。

The man took over the pen and handed it on to me. 那人接过钢笔，转手递给了我。

Would you please hand the ruler on to me？你把尺子递给我好吗？

329　handsome，beautiful，pretty和fair

① handsome多用来描写男性，含有“相貌英俊，清秀”的意思。有时也用于女性，表示外表文雅而端庄，有气度，身材高大。描写建筑物时，有“雄伟，堂皇，考究”的含义。也可用于描写其他事物，有“丰盛的，令人满意的，高质量的”等含义。

Her brother is a handsome young man. 他兄弟是个美男子。

The lady is handsome rather than beautiful. 这位女士与其说貌美，倒不如说端庄。

That is a handsome hotel with green lawns and springs. 那是一家富丽堂皇的旅馆，有绿色的草坪，还有喷泉。

He had a handsome dinner. 他吃了一顿丰盛的晚餐。

The handsome horse looks like Mars. 那匹英俊的马看上去犹如战神一般。（Mars 是希腊神话中的战神）

② beautiful指任何令人愉快的人或东西，有“美丽的，美好的，悦耳的，优雅的，技艺高超的”等意。

a beautiful girl 美丽的少女

beautiful music 动听的音乐

beautiful manners 优雅的举止

a beautiful day 美好的日子

a beautiful tennis player 球技精湛的羽毛球选手

These flowers are really beautiful. 这些花真美。

She likes to wear a beautiful hat. 她喜欢戴一顶漂亮的帽子。

③ pretty的语气比 beautiful弱，多用来描写女性、工艺品、花朵、庭院、景色等，有“漂亮的，标致的，小巧精美的”等意。

He had a very pretty garden. 他有一个很漂亮的花园。

It's one of the pretty views in Nanjing. 这是南京的美景之一。

There was a pretty vase on the table. 桌上有一个精美的花瓶。

④ fair意为“漂亮的”，现代英语中很少用，重在女性外表美，脸面美，不用于男性。

The fair lady doesn't have a kind heart. 那女人虽漂亮但心肠不好。

330　hang about，hang on，hang up和hang upon

① hang about意为“在附近逗留，东游西荡，徘徊”。

They hanged about the village last night. 他们昨晚在村里闲荡。

Don't hang about and do nothing. 不要东游西荡什么也不干。

② hang on常表示下面两种含义。

（1）表示“坚持下去，继续干”。

If you hang on，you will succeed in the end. 如果你坚持下去的话，你最后会成功的。

He hanged on in spite of the difficulties. 他不顾困难，继续干下去。

（2）表示“不挂断电话”。

Please hang on！I'll call her. 请别挂断！我去叫她。

The exchange girl told him to hang on. 女接线员要他不要挂断电话。

③ hang up常表示下面两种含义。

（1）表示“把……吊起来，挂起”。

She hung up the pictures on the wall. 她把图画挂在了墙上。

Some clothes are hung up from the tree. 一些衣服挂在树上。

（2）表示“挂断电话”。

She hung up before the conversation was over. 话还没有讲完，她就挂断了电话。

I tried to talk to her，but she hung up. 我想和她谈谈，但她却把电话挂了。

④ hang on/upon表示“听从，看情况决定”。

They all hang upon her words. 他们都照她的话行事。

The issue hangs upon the outcome of the discussion. 这个问题要看讨论的结果而定。

331　happen，occur，take place和come about

① happen是一般用语，词义较广，强调事情发生的偶然性。

When did the explosion happen？爆炸是什么时候发生的？

② occur用法较正式，既可指自然发生，也可指有意安排，常与happen换用，但更强调突然性。

Important elections occur this fall. 重要的选举今秋举行。

③ take place一般指有计划、事先进行安排的含义。

The concert takes place next Sunday. 音乐会下周日举行。

④ come about往往注重事情发生的原因，常与how连用。

How did the quarrel come about？这场争吵是怎么发生的？

332　hard at和hard on

① hard at sth.表示“在……努力，专心于……”。

He is hard at his study. 他专心学习。

② hard on/upon sb.表示“对……严厉；接近；紧跟着”。

Don't be too hard on him；he is young yet. 不要对他过分严厉，他还小。

She is hard on ninety. 她快要90高龄了。

333　hardly，hard和seldom

① hardly具有否定意义，意为“几乎不，简直不”，常与can连用，相当于almost not；hardly也表示“几乎没有”，常与any连用，相当于almost no；hardly还表示“很少，几乎从来不”，常与ever连用，相当于almost never。hardly所在句中的谓语动词用肯定式，反意问句也用肯定式。

I can hardly see her face. 我难以看清她的脸。

We hardly have time to do it. 我们简直没有时间做那件事。

I hardly believe it is true. 我很难相信这是真的。

There is hardly any bread in the house. 家里几乎没有面包了。

He hardly never goes to the cinema.
He hardly ever goes to the cinema. 他很少去看电影。

她几乎睁不开眼，是吗？
She can hardly keep her eyes open，can't she？
She can hardly keep her eyes open，can she？

② hardly表示“严厉地，苛刻地，艰辛地”。

He has dealt hardly with me. 他待我很刻薄。

The money is hardly earned. 这钱是辛苦挣来的。

③ hardly…when/before意为“刚……就”。在这个复合句中，主句常用过去完成时，从句常用一般过去时。

She had hardly fallen asleep when she was awoken again. 她刚睡着就又被叫醒了。

He had hardly left home when it began to snow. 他刚出家门，就下起雪来了。

提示

hardly可以放在句首，这时，主句要倒装。

Hardly had she come in when the telephone rang. 她刚进来，电话就响了。

Hardly had I got on the bus when it started. 我刚上车，车就开动了。

④ hard作副词用时，意为“努力地，猛烈地，紧紧地”，不可同hardly混淆。

She always tries hardly.
She always tries hard. 她总是努力尝试。

⑤ seldom意为“很少，难得”，位于句首时常用倒装结构。

She seldom reads newspapers. 她很少读报。

Seldom do I stay up late. 我很少熬夜。

⑥ 英语中某些副词有两种形式，一个与形容词同形，一个带后缀 -ly。以下四种情况需予以注意。

（1）两种形式，分别表示两种不同意义。

比较

Open your eyes wide. 睁大你的眼睛。
Computers are widely used in the world. 计算机在世界上得到广泛的应用。（抽象意义）

Jane works hard. 珍妮努力工作。
Jane hardly works. 珍妮几乎不工作。

The train was ten minutes late. 火车晚点10分钟。（late表示“迟的，迟于规定时刻”）
I have not seen her lately. 我最近没有见过她。（lately表示“近来，最近”等意）

比较

just（公正的）→justly（公正地）

scarce（稀少）→scarcely（几乎不）

low（低的）→lowly（谦逊的，卑贱的）

deep（深的）→deeply（深深地，深切地）

most（非常，最）→mostly（主要地）

wide（广阔的，宽大的）→widely（广泛地）

high（高）→highly（高度地）

close（接近地）→closely（仔细地，亲密地）

free（免费地）→freely（自由地）

（2）两种形式，意义相同，用法不同。

The word has been wrongly spelt. 这个词拼错了。（在谓语动词之前，尤其在过去分词之前，常用-ly结尾的副词）

You've spelt the word wrong. 你把那个词拼错了。（wrong表示“错误地，不对，不正确”等意义，在谓语动词后面，多用与形容词同形的副词）

（3）两种形式，意义及用法都相同。

The baby slept sound/soundly. 婴儿睡得很熟。

（4）与形容词同形，即不带-ly后缀的副词，更多地用在副词的比较级或最高级结构里。

Come nearer. 走近点。

Fred laughed loudest. 弗雷德笑得最响。

提示

①“朗读”要说read out loud或read aloud，不可说read loudly。

②两种形式同义的副词，在强调句中要用带-ly的副词，不带-ly的副词不可用于强调句中。比较：

他直接从南京到上海。
It was direct that he went from Nanjing to Shanghai.
It was directly that he went from Nanjing to Shanghai.

334　hardly/scarcely…when/before和no sooner…than

◎ 这几种结构均表示“刚一……就”，只是hardly/scarcely…when/before 比no sooner…than 更为正式。表示过去的行为动作时，hardly，scarcely和no sooner 引导的从句通常用过去完成时，when，before和than 引导的从句用一般过去时。hardly，scarcely和no sooner 位于句首时，要用部分倒装。

Hardly had I got into the office when the telephone rang. 我刚进办公室电话铃就响了。

Hardly had we reached the mountain top when it began to rain. 我们刚到山顶就下起雨来。

No sooner had he returned home than he was arrested. 他刚一踏进家门就被逮捕了。

No sooner had the moon appeared then it was clouded over. 月亮刚刚露出脸儿，就被乌云遮住了。

Scarcely had I opened the door when the dog came running in. 我一开门狗就跑了进来。

比较

（不可用than）

no sooner…than（不可用when或before）

335　have，have got，own和possess

① have是最普通用词，不含怎么有的意思，表示现有所属关系，可能是买的、借的，甚至是偷的。

② 在口语中，have/has同got连用，构成have got，has got，haven't got和hasn't got结构，在形式上是现在完成时，但在实际意义上相当于have和has，表示“有”，是一种更自然、更口语化的表示法，常用于否定句和疑问句中。

I have got a new bike. 我得到了一辆新自行车。

Have you got an invitation？你收到邀请了吗？

I had got a severe headache last night. 我昨天晚上头痛得厉害。

I have got a suggestion to make. 我有个建议。

I've got a lot of work to do today. 我今天有许多工作要做。

She's got other children to take care of. 她还有别的孩子需要照顾。

I haven't got anything to declare. 我没有什么需要申明的。

提示

You've got me here 意为“你把我问住了，你把我难住了”。

比较

你有小刀吗？
Have you a knife？
Have you got a knife？

我没有小刀。
I haven't a knife.
I have no knife.
I haven't got a knife.

③ own表示有，是自然拥有或合法占有。

Once I buy the bike，I own it. 我买了自行车我就拥有它。

④ possess与own差不多，较正式，法律上常用，往往暗示所有的东西有价值，品质优良。

The book I possess is a rare edition. 我拥有的这本书是珍藏本。

She possesses many of the qualities that we don't have. 她有的一些品质我们并不具备。

336　have no choice but to do sth. 和do nothing but do sth.

① have no choice but to do sth.表示“没有别的选择，非做……不可，只好做某事”，but后的不定式要加to。

He had no choice but to leave. 他只能离开。

I have no choice but to give up the plan. 我别无选择，只能放弃这项计划。

They had no choice but to sleep in the open. 他们只好在户外过夜。

② 如果but前面有动词do/does/did，but后的不定式不带to，结构为：主语+do nothing but do sth.，意为“只做了什么，只能做什么”。

She can do nothing but wait. 她只能等待。（不用to wait）

There is nothing to do but walk about the town. 除了在城里到处走走，没有其他事可做。

比较

He wanted nothing but to stay here. 除了留在这里他别无所求。
He had no choice but to stay here. 他只能留在这里。
He could do nothing but stay here. 他只能留在这里。

337　have on，put on，wear，dress，in，pull on，draw on和with

① have on意为“穿着，戴着”，表示状态，相当于be in，be wearing。这里的have是及物动词，on是副词，宾语通常是衣服、鞋帽等，可以说have sth. on，have on sth.，但只能说have it on。have on通常不用于进行时态，也不用于被动语态。

She has on her best dress. 她穿着她最漂亮的衣服。

What does the woman have on？那个妇女穿着什么衣服？

He found that the boy still had his shoes on. 他发现那个男孩仍然穿着鞋子。

A man having nothing on lay on the sand. 一个什么也没穿的人躺在沙地上。（=who had nothing on）

② dress，put on和wear用法见“235”。

③ in是介词，后跟表示服装的名词或表示颜色的名词，意为“……穿着”，相当于be wearing，have on。

The girl is in red. 那个女孩穿着红衣服。（相当于wearing red clothes，has on red clothes）

Who is the woman in blue？那个穿蓝衣服的妇女是谁？

比较

Jane is wearing a white skirt today. 珍妮今天穿着白色的裙子。
=Jane has on a white skirt today.

I don't know what he wore yesterday. 我不知道他昨天穿了什么衣服。
=I don't know what he had on yesterday.

He put on his coat and left. 他穿上大衣就出走了。
He wore his coat and left.
He dressed his coat and left.

④ pull on和draw on表示随便地、匆忙地或漫不经心地穿上衣服、鞋子等。pull on的反义词是pull off。

She pulled her clothes on and went to school. 她匆忙穿上衣服到学校去了。

He pulled on a new pair of gloves. 他戴上了一副新手套。

She drew on her shoes and rushed into the street. 她穿上鞋子，匆匆忙忙跑到街上去了。

⑤ with也可表示“穿，戴”，引导短语作定语，只能同手套、眼镜之类名词连用，不可接衣服。

She saw a man with gloves standing at the door. 她看见一个戴手套的人站在门口。

The girl with glasses is her daughter. 戴眼镜的那个女孩是她女儿。

338　have sth./nothing to do with，make do with和do without

① have sth./nothing to do with和……有/无关系。

I have nothing to do with it. 我和这件事无关。

② make do with对……将就。

She can't afford a new coat and so will have to make do with the old one. 她买不起新大衣，只好将就穿旧的。

③ do without不要，没有……也行。

It is unhealthy and dangerous to do without sleep. 不睡眠是不健康且危险的。

There are a lot of things we can very well do without in our life. 在生活中，有许多东西，对我们并非必要。

She said she could do without our help. 她说她可以不用我们帮助。

339　have to和have got to

◎ 两者都表示“必须，不得不”，to后要加动词原形。have to的否定式为haven't to或don't have to，疑问式为Have you…？或Do you have to…？并可以与shall，will或情态动词连用，如will have to等。have got to的否定式只有一种形式haven't got to，疑问式也只有一种形式：Have you got to…？并且不可同助动词或情态动词连用。

比较

I have to leave now. 我现在得走了。
I haven't to leave now.
I don't have to leave now.
Have you to leave now？
I shall have to leave now.

I have got to go there. 我必须到那里去。
I haven't got to go there.
Have you got to go there？
I shall have got to go there.

Do we have got to do it again？
Do we have to do it again？ 我们必须再做那件事吗？

340　have trouble/difficulty（in）doing sth.和take trouble to do sth.

① have trouble/difficulty（in）doing sth.表示“做某事有困难”，have no trouble/difficulty（in）doing sth.表示“做某事无困难”。这里的trouble和difficulty用作不可数名词，但也可用作可数名词，如get into difficulties，face a lot of difficulties。

Do you have any trouble in doing it？你做这件事有什么困难吗？

I have much difficulty in understanding her accent. 我很难听懂她的口音。

He had some difficulty in translating the book. 他要翻译那本书有些困难。

She has great difficulty in working out the problem. 她解决这个问题有相当大的困难。

② take trouble to do sth.表示“尽力做某事”，后跟不定式，这里的trouble可用great，much，a lot of，all the等修饰。

He took much trouble to help me with my English. 他费很多心帮助我学习英语。

She took all the trouble to bring up the two children. 她费尽心血抚养两个孩子。

③ trouble sb. to do sth.表示“麻烦某人做某事”。

May I trouble you to shut the window？麻烦你把窗户关上好吗？

Don't trouble him to come again. 不要麻烦他再来了。

341　have作为行为动词的几种结构

① have+宾语（物）+过去分词

（1）表示使动，是主语的意志，有意所为，意为“要别人把……做了，把……做了”，have有时可为get代替。

I had my watch fixed. 我让人修了表。

We had the enemy surrounded. 我们把敌人包围了。

You must have the passage recited. 你必须背诵这一段。

She had her garden mowed once a month. 她每月请人把花园清理一次。

（2）表示被动，表示意外“遭受，完成某事，经受（experience）”，与主语的意志、意愿无关。

I had my watch broken. 我把表弄坏了。（无意弄破）

She had her hat blown off. 她的帽子被风吹落了。

He had his foot severely trodden upon in the bus. 他在公共汽车上脚被人踩伤了。

She had her valuable pictures stolen. 她的珍贵画被偷了。

He had 1，000 dollars saved. 他存有1000美元。

② have+宾语（人）+动词原形

这种结构常表示被动的遭受，不是主语的意志所为；还表示让“某人做某事”，意思上相当于make/let sb. do，为主语的有意所为。本结构的否定式don't have sb. do 表示“不能让某人做”。

He had the secretary write the report. 他让秘书写了报告。

I won't have you blame it on him！我不会允许你无端地责备他。

I will not have you go there alone. 我不会让你一个人去那儿的。

What ever would you have me do？你究竟想让我做什么？

His mother would have him study physics. 他母亲想让他学习物理。

③ have+宾语（人、物）+副词/形容词

表示使动，是主语的意志所为。

I shall have the desk here. 我要把桌子放在这里。

He had his room clean in order to give her a good impression. 他使房间洁净，以便给她一个好印象。

I can't have you idle. 我不能让你什么也不干。

Go and have Shelly over. 去叫雪莉过来一下。

④ have+宾语（人、物）+现在分词

表示使动，是主语的有意志行为，意为“让某人做某事，让某情况发生”；还含有“听凭，任凭”的意思。

I can't have him doing that. 我不能让他做那件事。

I won't have you smoking at your age. 你这个年龄，我不能让你吸烟。

Don't have the dog running in the yard. 不要让狗在院子里跑。

He had the lights burning all night long. 他让灯通宵达旦地亮着。

She had her baby crying for about five minutes. 她任凭婴儿哭了大约5分钟。

I had the car waiting outside. 我让车子在外边等着。

提示

①这个句型的否定式表示“不允许，不能让”。

We won't have him idling about doing nothing. 我们不容忍他到处闲荡无所事事。

②③和④两种结构有时不表示使动，而表示“经受，具有”。

He had a tooth out. 他的一颗牙掉了。

She has a lot of visitors coming. 她有许多客人要来。

342　head，heart，mind，brain和mental

① head表示“头，头脑，理智”，强调理智。

lose one's head 失去理智

keep one's head 保持镇静

have a good head for sth. 有……的头脑

He is wet from head to foot. 他从头到脚都湿了。

Use your head and you will have an idea. 动动脑筋，你会有办法的。

② heart表示“心，心情，心肠”，强调心理心情。

lose heart 灰心

a man of heart 有爱心的人

break one's heart 使……伤心

heart and soul 全心全意

learn sth. by heart 记住

at heart 在内心

③ mind表示“心智，想法，见解”，强调心智见解。

in one's mind 想念

be in two minds 三心二意

bear/keep in mind 记在心中

change one's mind 改变主意

go out of mind 忘记

a scientific mind 科学精神

a sharp mind 头脑敏捷

have sth. on one's mind 惦记着某事

④ brain表示“心智，脑筋”，常用于下列搭配中：

rack one's brain 苦思冥想

use one's brain 动脑筋

tax one's brain 绞尽脑汁

have a good brain 很聪明

⑤ mental是形容词，意为“精神的，智力的”，是physical 的反义词。

mental illness 精神病

mental treatment 心理治疗

mental patient 精神病人

mental hospital 精神病院

mental deficiency 心理缺陷

343　hear of，hear from，hear about和will not hear of

① hear of意为“听说，听到，得到消息”，指从别人那里间接得知。

I have heard of her arrival. 我听说她已经到了。

I have never heard of him since then. 自那以后，我没有听到关于他的音讯。

② hear from意为“收到……的来信，得到……的消息”，其宾语可以是人或物，并可用于被动语态。

She seldom hears from him. 她很少收到他的来信。

She hears from America every month. 她每个月都会收到美国的来信。

She hasn't heard from hometown for years. 她好几年没有得到家乡的音讯了。

The man disappeared a year ago，never to be heard from again. 那人一年前失踪了，再也没有得到他的音讯。

③ 表示“听到，听说”时，hear of有时可同hear about换用，但hear about表示知道得更详细、具体。

I have heard about/of his achievement in the field. 我听说过他在这个领域的成就。

④ will not hear of中的hear of不可译为“听见”，句中的will或would是情态动词，表示“愿意，想”，will not hear of表示“拒绝考虑，不同意”，这种结构中的of后可加名词或动名词。

I won't hear of such a plan. 我不同意这样的计划。

He wouldn't hear of doing it that way. 他不同意那样做。

The landlord would not hear of reducing the tenant's rent. 房东拒绝考虑少收房客的租金。

344　hesitate和pause

① hesitate犹豫，踌躇，指举棋不定的矛盾心理造成行为的暂时中断。

He hesitated about whether to accept the invitation. 他对是否接受这一邀请犹豫不决。

She hesitated over the choice between the two dresses. 她对于两件衣服中挑选哪一件犹豫不决。

He hesitates at nothing. 他对什么/任何事都毫不迟疑。

I hesitate to spend so much money on clothes. 我有点不愿在衣服上花这么多钱。

② pause中止，暂停，指做事说话过程中的暂时中断。

He paused to look around. 他停下向四处张望。

He paused at the door to survey the room. 他在门口停下把室内打量了一下。

345　hide和conceal

① hide为普通词，有意或无意地藏都可以。

The snow hid the footprints of the criminal. 大雪盖住了罪犯的脚印。

② conceal为正式词，往往是故意的。

The criminal tried to conceal the bloody knife in the snow. 罪犯企图把血淋淋的刀在雪中藏匿起来。

You can not conceal your plan with George from me because I know the inside out from the beginning. 你和乔治的计划瞒不住我，从一开始我就透彻了解了。

346　high和tall

① 表示人、动物或树木的高，要用tall，不可用high。

He is a tall man. 他是个高个子的人。

Elephants are tall animals. 大象是很高的动物。

There are some birds in the tall tree. 在那棵高树上有些鸟。

② 表示山岳或位置在高处，用high，不可用tall。

He saw a high mountain in the distance. 他看到远处有一座高山。

The house is high up on the hill. 那所房子高高地在山上。

③ 表示建筑物时，用tall或high都可以，而high指更高大宏伟的建筑物。

There are many tall buildings along the street. 沿街有许多高大的建筑物。

The high building is Hilton Hotel. 那座高楼是希尔顿饭店。

④ tall的反义词是short，high的反义词是low。

a tall man一个高个子
a short man一个矮个子

a high mountain一座高山
a low mountain一座不高的山

“一座不高的建筑物”要说a low building，不说a short building。另外，high可用作副词，而tall则不可以。

347　high和expensive

① price（价格）作主语时，表示“贵”用high，表示“贱”用low。

The price of apples is high. 苹果价格高。

② 表示具体物品的“贵”用expensive（高价的，价格昂贵的）或dear（贵的），指因某物一时脱销而使价格上涨到超过公平合理的标准，“贱”用cheap。

In the middle of the summer，fresh oranges are expensive， but in the winter months，they are cheap. 仲夏时节的鲜橘很贵，但在冬季的几个月却很便宜。

348　hire，rent，lease，charter，book和employ

① hire通常表示临时性或较短期租用、雇用，如衣服、船只、照相机等，也可指出钱雇人。hire一般不用于租房子。“租出”用hire out。

He hired a camera to take some pictures. 他租了一部照相机，拍了些照片。

She hired some workers to carry the luggage. 她雇了一些工人搬行李。

② rent通常指长期“租借，出租”，其宾语通常是房舍、土地、机器等。

She rented a room at 20 dollars a month. 她以每月20美元租了一个房间。

He rented that land to them at 8，000 dollars a year. 他以每年8 000美元的租金把那块地租给了他们。

The house rents at 500 yuan a month. 这房子每月租金500元。

提示

heir意为“继承人”，与hire词形相近，勿混淆。

He's heir to a large fortune. 他是大笔财产的继承人。

③ lease用于租（出）房屋，与rent同。“租出”房屋也可以用let。

④ charter用于租汽车、船、飞机等。

⑤ book表示“预订”，指预先订座位，订票，订房间等。

He has booked a ticket for you. 他已经为你预订了一张票。

⑥ employ通常指“雇用”人，强调用人。

The manager employed her as an advisor. 经理雇她担任顾问。

提示

美式英语中雇用，描述历史的人用hire，处于雇用的工作状况用hire或employ都可以。

349　historical和historic

① historical（concerning history）历史的；（famous or significant in history）历史上的，历史上发生的，描述历史的。

The Xi'an Incident is a historical event. 西安事变是历史事件。

② historic有历史意义的，对今后历史有影响的。

A historical meeting was held at Zunyi in January，1935. 一九三五年一月召开了有历史意义的遵义会议。

350　hope，wish，expect和look forward to

① hope表示“希望”，是对未来的一种主观愿望，并有信心实现这种愿望。hope用作动词时，可以是及物动词或不及物动词，常用搭配有：①hope+不定式，②hope for sth.，③hope+that从句，④It is hoped+that从句。注意，不可以说hope sb. to do sth.。

Hope for the best，prepare for the worst. 抱最好的希望，作最坏的准备。

It is hoped that they will win the match. 大家都希望他们能赢这场比赛。

比较

I hope you to go there.
I hope that you will go there. 我希望你去那里。

我希望你在晚会上玩得愉快。
I hope you enjoy yourself at the party.（眼下）
I hope you will enjoy yourself at the party.（未来）

② wish表示“想要，渴望，但愿”，仅是个人的一种愿望而已，通常指某种难以实现的愿望。结构为：

wish to do sth.
wish sb. to do sth.
wish for sth.
wish sb./sth.+宾语补足语

I wish to go to college. 我想要上大学。

I wish you to stay here. 我希望你留在这里。

The farmers wished for rain. 农民盼望下雨。

I wish everybody happy. 我希望人人幸福。

I wish the work done this month. 我希望这个月做完这项工作。

提示

①wish表示“祝愿”时，后跟双宾语。

I wish you good luck. 祝你好运。

②wish后可以跟宾语从句，但从句中的谓语动词要用虚拟语气；表示现在的愿望，从句谓语动词用过去时；表示过去的愿望，从句谓语动词用过去完成时。

I wish I were a cloud. 但愿我是一片云。

I wish I could fly. 我要是会飞该多好。

I wish I had never written the letter. 但愿我没有写那封信。

③ expect表示“期待，盼望”，指怀着渴望和信心期盼着人或事，结构为：

expect to do sth.
expect sb. to do sth.
expect sb.+副词补足语
expect+that从句

I am expecting a letter from her. 我在等她的来信。

I expect to read some books during the holiday. 我期望假期里能读几本书。

I expect her to return soon. 我期待她不久就回来。

He expected her in tonight. 他指望她今天晚上留在家里。

I expect that he will pass the exam. 我盼望他能通过考试。

④ expect还可以表示“预料，料想，估计”。

I never expect him to do that. 我从没料到他会做那件事。

You have done better than I expected. 你做得比我原来预料的要好。

The cost is expected to be 1，000 dollars. 费用估计为1 000美元。

提示

expect的宾语从句如果是否定式，要进行“否定的转移”，即否定主句，肯定从句。

I expect it won't snow.
I don't expect it will snow. 我料想天不会下雪。

⑤ look forward to也可表示“期待”，指的是以欢乐或焦急的心情期待着某事发生。

孩子们期待着去国外旅游。
The children are looking forward to travel abroad. （look forward to中的to为介词，后跟名词或动名词，不可跟不定式）
The children are looking forward to travelling abroad.

351　how much还是how many——怎样询问价格

① 英语中询问价格，要用how much，相当于how much money，不可用how many。用how much询问价格时，句中主语可以是单数名词或代词，也可以是复数名词或代词，谓语动词的单复数要随主语的单复数变化。

How much is the book？这本书多少钱？

How much are these clothes？这些衣服多少钱？

How much is it？这个多少钱？

How much does it cost？这多少钱？（cost表示“值……”，是行为动词）

比较

How much is the shirt？ 这件衬衫多少钱？
How much does the shirt cost？
How much does the shirt？
How much is the shirt cost？

提示

How much do you want？你要多少？（要的东西一定是不可数名词，如tea，milk，meat等）
How many do you want？你要多少？（要的东西一定是可数复数名词，如eggs，apples，books等）

② 询问价格还可用cost，price和worth。

How much does the car cost？这部车多少钱？

What is the price of eggs？鸡蛋什么价钱？

What price are tomatoes today？今天西红柿什么价钱？

What is the watch worth？这块表多少钱？

352　hundred，thousand和million

① 这些数量词前有数词（one，two，three…）修饰时，表示确切数量，仍使用单数形式hundred，thousand，million…，再接复数名词。

The town has fifty thousands people.
The town has fifty thousand people. 这个小城有5万人口。

② 这些数量词前无数词，表示概数时，要用复数形式，后再加of。结构为：

Hundreds of people came to the meeting. 数百人出席了会议。

提示

①表示概数的hundreds of…，thousands of…短语中的of 之后，不可加the，these，those或所有格（my，your…）。

Thousands of the/those people gathered there.
Thousands of people gathered there. 数千人聚集在那里。

②表示确指的ten thousand，five hundred后，可加of，再加the，these，those或所有格（my，your…），用以表示某范围内的一部分。

这些/她的学生中有500个通过了考试。
Five hundred of students passed the exam.
Five hundred of the/her students passed the exam.

She has three hundred books. 她有300本书。（确指）
She has hundreds of books. 她有好几百本书。（泛指）

Four million of pencils were sold out.
Million of pencils were sold out.
Four million pencils were sold out. 400万支铅笔销售一空。
Millions of pencils were sold out. 数百万支铅笔销售一空。

353　hurry，hurry up和hurry off

① hurry和hurry up均可用作及物动词或不及物动词。hurry可以用于肯定句和否定句，但hurry up只能用于肯定句，常用于祈使句中，不能用于否定句。另外，hurry还可用作名词，而hurry up则不可。

Don't hurry him；he is busy just now. 不可催他，他正忙着。

Hurry her up，or we'll be late. 叫她快点，不然我们要迟到了。

② hurry off后跟不定式，hurry off to do sth. 表示“匆忙去干某事”。

He hurried off to look for the child. 他匆忙去找那个孩子了。

When she heard the bell，she hurried off to open the door. 听到铃响，她立刻去开门了。

354　hurt，harm，injure，wound和spoil

① hurt作及物动词时，表示“伤害，损害”，可指肉体上、精神上、感情上的伤害。作不及物动词时，hurt表示“疼，痛”，指头痛，腿疼等。hurt指肉体上的伤害时，可与slightly，badly，seriously等连用；指精神、感情上的创伤时，只能用rather，deeply，very much修饰。

（1）用作及物动词。

He was hurt in a railway accident. 他在一次火车事故中受了伤。

She hurt herself when she fell. 她跌倒时摔伤了。

He wouldn't hurt an ant. 他连一只蚂蚁都不愿伤害。

It hurts eyes to read in the sun. 在阳光下看书对眼睛有害。

If I don't come，I'm afraid of hurting her feelings. 如果我不来，我怕伤了她的感情。

（2）用作不及物动词。

My feet hurt when I walk. 我走路时脚痛。

Does your left arm still hurt？你的左胳膊还疼吗？

提示

表示“伤害，受伤”时，hurt不可用作不及物动词。

他从树上掉了下来，受了伤。
He fell off the tree and hurt.
He fell off the tree and was hurt.

② harm可用作及物动词或名词，意为“伤害，损害，有害”，harm这种伤害可以是肉体上的或精神上的，可以是故意的或非故意的。harm可用于抽象事物，尤其是指不道德的事情。常用结构为：

harm sb./sth.
do harm to sb.
do sb. harm

（1）作动词。

I've never harmed anybody. 我从没伤害过任何人。

It will harm no one. 它不会伤害任何人。

Smoking harms your health. 吸烟有害健康。

We won't do anything that will harm the cause of peace. 我们决不做任何有损和平的事情。

（2）作名词。

Eating less won't do you any harm. 少吃对你没有害处。

The heavy rain has done great harm to the crops. 大雨给庄稼造成了极大的损害。

比较

早起对你没有害处。
Getting up early won't harm you. （harm可以表示“有害于，对……不利”）
Getting up early won't hurt you. （hurt则表示真正的“伤害”）

③ injure与hurt同义，为正式用语，也表示“损害，伤害”；injure的名词形式为injury，结构为：

injure sb./sth.
do sb. an injury
do an injury to sb.

He injured an arm in a car accident. 他在一场车祸中伤了一只手臂。

His words have done an injury to her pride. 他的话伤了她的自尊心。

④ wound可用作及物动词或名词，指的是枪伤，刀伤，剑伤等，为蓄意造成的伤。wound也可指精神上的创伤。

（1）用作动词，表示“使受伤”。

The knife wounded her in the hand. 刀伤了她的手。

He was wounded in the war. 他在战争中受了伤。

You have wounded her pride. 你伤害了她的自尊心。

（2）用作名词，是可数名词，表示“伤口，伤”。

There is a knife wound in his leg. 他腿上有刀伤。

He has several wounds in his arm. 他胳膊上有几处伤口。

⑤ spoil意为“损害，损坏，破坏”，指原来的质量、结构、安排、打算等遭到损害、破坏，而使某物无用或令人不能满意。

She spoiled the soup with too much salt. 她放盐过多，把汤给弄糟了。

Rain spoiled the outing. 下雨坏了这次出游。

I

355　I have a lot to say

◎ 这种句型中的不定式作定语，修饰前面的名词，该名词与不定式通常有动宾关系。

I have a lot to say. 我有很多话要说。

I have some good news to tell you. 我有些好消息要告诉你。

You have nothing to worry about. 你没有什么可担心的。

She has no pen to write with. 她没有钢笔写字。

Here are some reference books（for you）to choose from. 这里有些参考书（供你）选择。

比较

I have a lot of clothes to wash. 我有许多衣服要洗。
I have a lot of clothes to be washed. 我有许多衣服要别人洗。

356　I think/feel it+形容词/名词+不定式

◎ 本句型中的it作形式宾语，真正的宾语是后面的不定式。这种结构的形容词或名词作宾语补足语。

I think it easy to build a bridge over the river. 我认为在这条河上建一座桥是很容易的。

I feel it difficult to translate the novel into Chinese. 我感到把这本书译成汉语很困难。

I don't think it possible to finish the work ahead of schedule. 我认为提前完成工作是不可能的

I feel it my duty to help those in trouble. 我认为自己有责任帮助那些处于困境的人们。

Do you find it easy to please all the people all the time？你认为让所有的人永远满意是可能的吗？

357　idea，conception和thought

① idea意为“主意，念头，思想”，常用词，可用来指各种思维活动，并有 understanding（理解），knowledge（了解）等含义。作“主意”解时，idea为可数名词。

That's a good idea. 那是一个好主意。

I have got a wonderful idea. 我有一个好主意。

He is a man full of ideas. 他这个人满脑子主意。

② have the idea of sth./doing sth.表示“有……想法，产生……的念头，知道”，后跟动名词时，of可省。

She has the idea（of） becoming a singer. 她有当歌唱家的想法。
She has the idea to become a singer.

I have some idea of what happened then. 当时发生的情况我知道一些。

Have you any idea（of）travelling abroad？你有去国外旅行的想法吗？

③ have no idea of sth.表示“不知道”，后可跟名词、代词或what从句等。跟what从句时of可省。have no idea（不知道）后可跟that从句。

I have no idea of it. 我不知道这件事。

He has no idea（of） what she said at the meeting. 他不知道她在会上说了什么。

提示

idea 构成的常用短语：

form an idea of 产生……的想法

not have any/slightest idea不知道

④ conception指理性的概括能力，表示“概念的形成，思想的构成，观念，看法”。

The plan is very imaginative in conception. 这个计划的构想极具想象力。

⑤ thought指应用知识，经过推理或思考而形成的思想，这种思想是比较系统的，且比较抽象。

His book contains great and lofty thoughts. 他的书中有着伟大崇高的思想。

358　identical，similar，true和duplicate

① identical侧重在全同，无异；similar则有小差异，相似，如相似三角形（角度相等，边长却不一样）。

These are identical triangles. 这些是全等的三角形。

The two pictures are similar in some ways. 这两幅画在某些方面相似。

② true意为“真实的，准确的”，有所有的共同特点，内容一样，形式不一定一样。

I got a true version of the novel. 我弄到了那部小说的复制本。

③ duplicate表示复制过程之后的完全一样的东西。

She gave me a duplicate key to her front door. 她给了我一把开她家前门所配的钥匙。

359　ignorant，be ignorant of，illiterate和uneducated

① ignorant指缺乏或不了解一般或某方面的知识，有愚昧的含义。be ignorant of/about表示“对……无知”。

He was ignorant of the traffic rules here. 他不懂这儿的交通规则。

She was very young，and ignorant of what life really is. 她很年轻，不懂得什么是真正的人生。

The woman was ignorant about those people round her husband. 这位妇女对她丈夫周围的那些人全然不了解。

② illiterate指“文盲的”，即不具备学习书本知识所需的读写能力。

He was an illiterate man. 他目不识丁。（他是文盲。）

③ uneducated指未受过学校的系统教育或未学过书本中的系统知识，有“文化素质差”的含义。

Many people who have been to school are uneducated. 许多进过学校的人并没有受过良好的教育。

360　ignore，neglect和shrug off

① ignore指主要明知有那么回事，却故意不予以注意。

ignore personal danger 不顾个人安危

② neglect表示因粗心而注意不够或不加关心。

He neglected the traffic light and almost had an accident. 他忽视了红绿灯，差点酿成车祸。

③ shrug off表示“不予理会”，是指对别人的建议、评论和行为的反应，不以为然，拒绝接受，耸耸肩膀，但不一定说什么。

His mother reminded him again and again of the traffic light but he shrugged it off. 他母亲反复提醒他注意红绿灯，但他就是听不进去。

361　ill，sick，sickly和diseased

① ill表示“生病的”，多用于fall/become/be taken ill（生病），be ill（病了）中。

② sick在美式英语中表示“生病的”，也表示“欲呕吐的”。

He has been ill for a year. （英式英语）
=He has been sick for a year. （美式英语）他病了已有一年之久。

The smell made me ill.
The smell made me sick. 这味道令我作呕。

③ sick可表示“厌恶的”，用于be sick of…，相当于be tired of…，be fed up with…，be bored with…。

I am sick of his arrogance. 他的傲慢令我厌恶。

I'm sick of listening to her complaints. 我对她的抱怨都听厌了。

提示

①sick表示“生病的”时，可作定语。

The sick man is lying in bed. 病人躺在床上。

②ill作定语表示“坏的，丑的”等。

Ill news spread far. 恶事传千里。

He has an ill temper. 他脾气坏。

③前有副词修饰时，表示“病的”，ill可作定语。

They are mentally ill people. 他们是精神病患者。

④ sickly是指“老病号的，常病的”，作表语、定语都可以。

a sickly child 一个久病的孩子

⑤ diseased是因感染或机能失调而得病，作定语和表语都可以。

The doctor removed the patient's diseased left lung. 医生摘除了病人病变的左肺。

362　imaginable，imaginary和imaginative

① imaginable可以想象得到的。

This is the best means imaginable. 这是能想象到的最好的办法。

You can create anything imaginable by using computers. 使用计算机能够创造出任何能想象出的东西。

② imaginary虚构的，假想的。

All the characters in this book are imaginary. 本书中的所有人物都是虚构的。

③ imaginative富有想象力的，运用想象力的。

He is an imaginative child. 他是一个富有想象力的孩子。

The examiner was looking for imaginative answers. 主考人希望找到具有想象力的答卷。

363　imagine，guess和suppose

① imagine是及物动词，意为“想象，设想，料想”，结构为：

imagine（sb.）doing sth.
imagine sb./oneself+补足语（名词，分词，不定式）
imagine sb./oneself as
imagine+that从句
imagine+what从句

We can hardly imagine life without electricity. 我们很难想象没有电生活会怎么样。

I can't imagine living such a life. 我无法设想过这样的生活。

Can you imagine her becoming a driver？你能想象她当了汽车司机吗？

He likes to imagine himself a writer. 他喜欢想象自己是个作家。

Imagine yourself to be on a lonely island. 想象一下你自己在一个荒岛上。

He imagined himself as manager of the company. 他把自己想象为公司的经理。

I imagine that he won't be able to come. 我料想他不能来了。

I can't imagine who the man is. 我想象不出这人是谁。

② imagine，guess和suppose都可表示“猜想”，但有区别。imagine指没有事实根据，凭主观想象或主观料想；guess指未作认真思考而猜想或猜测；suppose指根据某些事实进行推测。

比较

I used to imagine that he was a tall and thin man. 我以前猜想他是个又高又瘦的人。

I guess the stone weighs about 150 jin. 我猜那块石头大约重150斤。

I suppose he is right. 我想他是对的。

364　immediately，instantly和presently

① immediately指中间没有明显可察的时间间隔。

Please close your books immediately and answer the questions. 请立即合上书，回答问题。

② instantly恰在此刻，一秒钟也没有耽搁。

The driver was killed instantly. 司机当即就死了。

③ presently不久，即将。

I will do the dishes presently，but I want to finish（reading）the story first. 我马上就洗盘子，不过我得先把这个故事读完。

④ immediately还可用作连词，意思上相当于as soon as，the moment。

We left the bar immediately the clock struck eleven. 时钟敲11点的时候我们离开了酒吧。

The children ran off immediately they saw the owner of the garden. 孩子们一看见花园的主人就跑开了。

365　improve用法难点

◎ improve可以用作及物动词和不及物动词。

① improve用作及物动词，意为“改善，改进，提高”，结构为：

improve sth.
be improved

It greatly improved the working conditions. 这大大地改善了工作环境。

The machine is not good enough；I want to improve it. 这部机器还不够好，我要加以改进。

His reading ability has been improved. 他的阅读能力已经提高。

② improve用作不及物动词，表示“好转，提高”。

I hope her health is improving. 我希望她的健康状况在好转。

Their life is improving every day. 他们的生活在日益提高。

Your ability will improve with practice. 你的能力将随着实践而提高。

③ improve on/upon不同于improve。improve on/upon表示创造出新的东西，比原来的东西更好；而improve则表示在原有的基础上加以改进。

比较

He improved the book. 他修改了那本书。（一本书）
He improved on the book. 他写了一本比那本书更好的书。（两本书）

366　in a way和in the way

① in a way在某方面，一定程度上，从某种观点来看。

In a way I agree with you. 我在一定程度上同意你的看法。

② be/get/stand in the way妨碍，影响。

I couldn't get through the gate because your car was in the way. 我无法从这里过去，因为你的汽车挡住了路。

Her social activities got in the way of her studies. 她的社会活动影响了她的学习。

367　in case of 和in the case of

① in case of如果……发生；如遇到……时候（if…should happen，if…should occur）。

In case of my absence he will take my place. 如果我不在，他会代替我的。

You must be calm in case of danger. 遇到危险，你必须镇静。

② in the case of关于，就……而言（as far as…concerned）。

These regulations do not apply in the case of non-members. 至于非会员，这些章程不适用。

In the case of my family，friendship is considered more valuable than anything else. 在我全家人看来，友谊比什么都珍贵。

368　in course，in course of和in the course of

① in course表示“依次，按正规顺序”。

You will receive the other numbers of the magazine in course. 别期的杂志你会逐期收到的。

The next meeting is in course to be held in Nanjing next spring. 按顺序下次会议定于明年春天在南京举行。

② in course of表示“正在……之中，在……的过程中”，作表语。

The museum is now in course of construction. 博物馆正在建造之中。

③ in/during the course of表示“在……之际，在……期间，在……过程中”，强调时间，作状语。

In the course of my tour through Europe，I saw many strange sights. 我在欧洲旅行时，看到许多奇异的景色。

They met with a lot of difficulties in the course of their investigations. 在调查的过程中，他们遇到了许多困难。

369　in doing和on doing

① in doing意为“在做某事时”，in相当于 when 或 while。

In walking past the library，I met Professor Wang.我路过图书馆时，碰见了王教授。（=When I was walking…）

In reading a collection of poems in my study，I heard a bird twittering outside the window. 我在书房里读一本诗集时，听到窗外有一只鸟在叫。（=While I was reading…）

② on doing意为“一……就”，on相当于 as soon as，immediately。

On arriving there，we all set to enthusiastically. 我们一到那里马上就干劲十足地干了起来。（=As soon as we arrived there…）

On hearing “help”，he rushed out. 他一听到呼救声就冲了出去。

提示

on doing 也可表示“在……的时候”。

On turning the corner，she saw a skyscraper. 拐过街角，她看见了一幢摩天大楼。

370　in drink，in the drink和on the drink

① in drink表示“喝醉”。

He was in drink last night. 他昨晚喝醉了。

② in the drink表示“在河里，在湖里，在海里”，用于口语。

They threw him in the drink. 他们把他扔进了水里。

③ on the drink表示“酗酒，嗜酒”。

He was dismissed，for he was on the drink every day. 由于每天酗酒，他被开除了。

371　in extremes和in the extreme

① in extremes表示“陷入绝境，极端贫困，濒于死亡”，相当于in extremities，常作表语。

Many people there are still in extremes. 那里的许多人依然极度贫困。

The emperor was in extremes. 皇帝即将驾崩。

② in the/an extreme表示“非常地，极度地”，常作状语。

The news is annoying in the extreme. 这消息十分令人不快。

Your proposal is wonderful in the extreme. 你的建议好极了。

提示

to the/an extreme也可表示“非常地，极度地”。

372　in fashion和in a fashion

① in（the）fashion表示“时髦的，合时尚的，流行的”，作表语，指时尚、服装等。

This sort of shirt is very much in fashion this summer. 这种衬衫今夏非常时兴。

The custom is no longer in fashion. 这个风俗不流行了。

② in/after a fashion表示“勉强，马马虎虎”，作状语。

She speaks English in a fashion. 她马马虎虎能说点英语。

She plays the violin after a fashion. 她勉强会拉一点小提琴。

373　in front，in front of，in the front of和at the front of

① in front是副词短语，意为“在前面”，用作状语，和go，run，walk等连用。

He walked in front. 他走在前面。

Who ran in front in the match？比赛中谁跑在前面？

② in front of+名词/代词是介词短语，表示“在……前面”，指在某一范围外的前面，往往要有一个对照物，反义词是behind。

There is a tall tree in front of the classroom. 教室前面有一棵大树。

She ran in front of me. 她跑在我的前面。

提示

before也可表示“在……的前面”，有时可同in front of换用。

She sat in front of me. 她坐在我前面。
=She sat before me.

③ in/at the front of+名词/代词是介词短语，表示“在……的前部，在……的最突出部位”，指在某一范围内的前部，反义词是at the back of。

The driver sat in the front of the bus. 司机坐在汽车的前部。

There is a picture in the front of the book. 书前面有一幅画。（书内）

比较

The teacher is standing in front of the classroom. 老师站在教室前面。（教室的外面，门口）
The teacher is standing in the front of the classroom. 老师站在教室前面。（教室内的前面，讲台上）

④ at the front of表示“在……的前端，在……的前面近处”。

There is a pond at the front of the house. 房屋前面附近有一个池塘。

374　in future，in the future和for the future

① in future意为“从今以后”，相当于from now on，是与过去相对照。

Try to be more careful in future. 今后要更细心。

In future，say less and do more. 今后要少说多做。

② in the future意为“将来，今后时期”，不一定从今天开始，相当于in time yet to come，指全部的将来。

Things will be better in the future. 将来一切都会好起来的。

No one can know what will happen in the future. 没有人会知道将来会发生什么事。

③ for the future意为“今后，就未来而论，为了将来”，表示“今后”时，可同in the future换用。

They are studying hard for the future. 他们在为将来而勤奋学习。

Try to be more careful with your pronunciation for the future. 今后要更加注意你的发音。

For the future，you should do more reading and writing. 今后，你应该多读多写。

375　in number和in（great/large）numbers

① in number在数量上。

They exceed us in number. 他们人数比我们多。

Applicants are few in number. 申请者寥寥无几。

② in（great/large）numbers数目多，大量地。

Elephants are here in numbers. 这里的大象非常多。

Visitors came in great numbers. 游客大量涌来。

376　in one's best，at（the）best和at one's best

① in one's best穿着最好的衣服（in one's finest clothes）。

On Children's Day，all the boys and girls are in their best. 在儿童节，所有的男孩和女孩都穿着最好的衣服。

② at（the）best至多，充其量（taking the hopeful view，in the most favorable case）。

At best we can do only half as much as last year. 我们至多只能完成去年的一半任务。

I can donate one hundred dollars at best. 我充其量只能捐100美元。

③ at one's best最佳状态，极盛时期（in one's prime）。

Most athletes are at their best during their early manhood. 大多数运动员在成人初期时达到巅峰状态。

The days when she was at her best were gone. 她的极盛时期已成为过去。

377　in order to，so as to和in order that 都可表示目的，意为“为了，以便”

① in order to+动词原形和so as to+动词原形都可以放在句中。

She got up early in order to/so as to/catch the first bus. 她早早起了床，以便赶上头班车。

The doctors gave her a general checkup so as to/in order to find out the cause of her illness. 医生给她做了全身检查，以便找出她的病因。

② in order to可放在句首，而so as to则不可。

In order to win the watch，they practised hard. 为了赢得比赛，他们刻苦训练。

In order to get good results，we ought to do our best to study the lessons. 为了获得好成绩，我们应尽最大努力学好课程。

③ so as to可分开用，而in order to则不可。

The teacher spoke so slowly as to be understood by the students. 老师说得很慢，以便学生能听得懂。

The policeman ran so fast as to catch the robber. 那位警察跑得很快，以便能抓住抢劫犯。

④ so as to有否定形式 so as not to，而in order to则没有。

She went in quietly so as not to wake the baby. 她轻轻地进去，以免把婴儿吵醒。

He started early so as not to be bate. 他早早动了身，以免迟到。

⑤ in order that后跟从句，引导目的状语从句，相当于 so that，句中谓语常含有 can，may，might，could 等情态动词。

I lent her some money in order that she could go for a holiday. 我借给了她一些钱，以便她能去度假。

He saved much money in order that he might buy a car. 他存了许多钱，以便能买辆车。

提示

如果 in order that 所引导的从句主语同主句主语一致，可以转换为 in order to+动词原形结构。

我们学习知识，这样，我们就能变得聪明起来。
We learn in order that we can become wise.
=We learn in order to become wise.

提示

so…as to 可引导结果状语从句，相当于 enough to。

The explosion was so loud as to be heard twenty miles away. 爆炸声很大，20英里外都听得见。（=loud enough to be heard）

He studied so hard as to catch up with his classmates. 他刻苦学习，赶上了同学。（=hard enough to catch up with）

378　in place，in one's place和out of place

① in place表示“在适当的地方，在本来应该在的地方”，常作表语。

The books are all in place on the shelves. 书架上的书都放在应放的地方。

② in one's place表示“代替某人”，相当于in place of sb.。（还可以表示在适当位置上。）

The manager is away and I'll attend the meeting in his place. 经理不在，我将代替他出席会议。（=in place of the manager）

Everything in the room is in its place. 房间里的一切都井然有序。（相当于in place）

③ out of place表示“不合适，不协调”，常作表语。

Your suggestion is quite out of place. 你的建议很不妥当。

He felt out of place among the guests. 他在客人中间感到不自在。

提示

place构成的短语还有：

take place 发生，举行

take one's place 入座

take the place of sb. 代替/接替某人

379　in principle和on principle

① in principle表示“原则上，大体上”。

I agree to the proposal in principle. 我原则上同意这个建议。

They are agreed in principle，but not in detail. 他们大体上意见是一致的，但细节上不一致。

② on principle表示“依据原则”。

He stands firm on principle. 他坚持原则。

She always acts on principle. 她总是按原则办事。

380　in the air，on/over the air，in the open air和by air

① in the air表示“在空中，在传播，（计划等）悬而未决”。

He saw some balloons in the air. 他看见空中有些气球。

Some birds are flying in the air. 一些鸟在空中飞行。

The news is in the air. 这消息在四处传播。

His plan is still in the air. 他的计划还没确定。

② on the air或over the air表示“在广播”。

The president's speech has been on the air for two days. 总统的讲话已经广播两天了。

The song is often over the air. 这首歌曲经常播放。

③ in the open air表示“在户外，在露天”。

He stayed in the open air last night. 他昨晚是在户外度过的。

Let's go for a walk in the open air. 我们去户外散散步吧。

④ by air表示“乘飞机”，等于by plane。

They came by air. 他们乘飞机来的。

提示

in the air表示在距地球较近的天空中，in the sky表示在距地球较远的天空中，一般不可换用。

Smoke is rising up in the air. 炊烟升上天空。
There is no cloud in the sky. 天上没有一丝云彩。

381　in the charge of，in charge of，on the charge of和under the charge of

① in the charge of表示“由……负责，由……照料，受约束于”。

The girl was left in the charge of her uncle. 那女孩由她叔叔照料。

The plant is in the charge of Mr. Zhang. 这家工厂由张先生经营。

② in charge of意为“负责，管理”，含主动义，常与be动词搭配，句中主语可以是人或人构成的单位。

An experienced engineer is in charge of the project. 一位有经验的工程师负责这项工程。

She was placed in charge of the department 她受命管理这个部门。

Their class is in charge of the flowers and trees. 他们班负责照管这些花和树木。

③ on the charge of表示“以……罪名判刑”。

The man was sentenced on the charge of taking bribes. 那人以受贿罪被判了刑。

④ under the charge of表示“在……指导下，被……管理”，可用in the charge of替换。

They did the experiment under the charge of Professor Smith. 他们在史密斯教授的指导下进行了那项实验。

The hospital has been in/under his charge for more than a year. 这家医院由他管理有一年多了。

⑤ take charge（of）意为“掌管，看管”，侧重于动作。

He was sent to take charge of the business. 他被派去掌管那家企业。

She took charge during my absence. 我不在时由她负责。

382　in the distance和at a distance

① in the distance表示“在远处”，相当于far away，强调距离远。

They can see the village in the distance. 他们能看到远处的村庄。

There are some pine trees in the distance. 远处有一些松树。

② at a distance表示“离开适当距离，隔适当距离”，相当于not too near。

The picture is beautiful at a distance. 这幅画离远点看很美。

The pagoda looks grand at a distance. 从稍远处看，那座塔非常雄伟。

383　in the team和on the team

① in the team意为“在球队里”，表示在球队这个组织里面。

② on the team意为“当了球队的队员，是球队的一员”。

比较

Li Ming is in that team. 李明在那个球队。
Li Ming is on that team. 李明是那个球队的队员。

Who is in team 2？谁在第二组？
Who is on the team？谁是球队队员？

384　incident，accident和event

① incident为普通用语，指“事件”；也可表示“事端”，指政治上的引起国际纷争或战争的事件。

She told us about some of the amusing incidents of her holiday. 她给我们讲她假期里的一些趣事。

A serious incident along the border increased our fear of war. 边境上一次严重事件增加了我们对战争的恐惧。

The Pearl Harbour Incident 珍珠港事件

② accident特指不幸的意外事故，如车祸、火灾、跌伤等。

Her son was killed in an accident last year. 她儿子去年死于一场事故。

She lost both her legs in a train accident when she was a girl. 小时候，她在一次火车事故中失去了双腿。

③ event指大的活动，重大事件或具有历史意义的大事件。

That is a most important event in her family life. 那是她家庭生活中一个非常重要的事件。

China's opening her door to the outside is a great historical event. 中国对外开放是一个伟大的历史事件。

385　increase和add

① increase作动词用时，可以是及物动词或不及物动词，意为“增长，增加”，读音为［ɪnˈkriːs］。

The population is increasing rapidly. 人口在迅速增加。

The driver increased the speed of the car. 司机加快了车速。

The people there have greatly increased their income. 那里的人们大大地提高了收入。

② increase作名词用时，读音为［ˈɪnkriːs］，为不可数名词，但可以说a rapid increase，a steady increase。

There is a rapid increase in steel production. 钢产量在迅速增长。

The increase of income will make people live better. 收入的增加会使人们生活得更好。

③ increase和add都可表示“增加”，但用法不同。increase主要指数量、重量、价值、力量等的增加；add则表示将某物加在另一物上，使之增加，常用于add sth. to结构中。

比较

They have increased her wage to 1,000 dollars a month. 他们已把她的工资提高到每月1000美元。（增加到）
They have added 1,000 dollars to her wage a month. 他们已每月给她加1000美元的工资。（在原有的数额上添加）

386　industrial和industrious

① industrial工业的，从事工业的。

These are the major industrial countries of Europe. 这些是欧洲的主要工业国。

② industrious勤劳的，勤奋的。

Everyone there is competent and industrious. 那里每个人都能干且勤勉。

387　insist on，stick to，keep on，persist in和persevere

① insist on sth./doing sth.意为“坚持要干某事”。

He insisted on writing the book. 他坚持要写这本书。

He insisted on his own opinions. 他坚持自己的意见。

② keep up doing sth.意为“把……继续下去，不松懈”，也可以说keep sth. up。

Since you have been doing the research work for five years，you should keep it up. 既然你从事这项研究工作已有5年了，你就应该把它继续进行下去。

③ stick to的意思同insist on和persist in差不多，较口语化，是对“原则，决定，愿望，意见，诺言，理想，理论”等的坚持，to为介词，后接名词或动名词，不接不定式。

He sticks to the principle through sick and thin. 他在任何情况下都坚持原则。

We stick to what is right. 我们坚持正确的东西。

④ keep on表示continue to do，指克服困难、顽强奋斗，也指一般的“老是”做某事。keep on后常接动名词作宾语，也可单独使用。

Keep on practising and you will speak English fluently. 坚持多练，你英语就能说得流利。

Don't keep on asking silly questions. 不要老是问愚蠢的问题。

The rain kept on several days. 雨一连下了好几天。

⑤ persist表示不顾困难或障碍，坚持某种活动；有时含贬义，表示固执，不听劝告，结构为：persist in sth./doing sth.。

He persisted in his foolish ideas. 他坚持其愚蠢的想法。

She persists in wearing the old-fashioned hat. 她坚持要戴那顶旧式的帽子。

If you persist in breaking the law，you will go to prison. 如果你坚持违法犯罪活动，你就得蹲班房。

⑥ persevere表示“坚持不懈，不屈不挠，坚忍不拔”，指不顾困难，始终如一地坚持，常含褒义，结构为：persevere in/at/with sth.，persevere with sb.。

He persevered in/at/with his studies amidst all these difficulties. 身处所有这些困难之中，他仍然坚持不懈地学习。

Although she was hopeless at chemistry，the teacher persevered with her. 虽然她的化学怎么教也不会，但老师仍然坚持教她。

388　instance，example，sample和specimen

① instance指用来论证某种说法、说明一个广泛的道理或结论的例子。

Lincoln is an instance of a poor boy who rose to fame. 林肯就是一个穷孩子成名的例子。

There are many instances of prejudice. 偏见有许多例子可以说明。

② example指典型的、有代表性的例子。

He set us a good example. 他给我们树立了一个好榜样。

③ sample指样品、试样。

The nurse took a sample of his blood. 护士给他取了血样。

④ specimen侧重指供科学、实验室、学习研究时参考用的某事物原样。

Collect specimens of butterflies. 采集蝴蝶标本。

389　instead，instead of和in place of

① instead是副词，通常放在句尾，表示“代替，顶替”，有时表示否定上文提到的事物。

You may write in pencil instead. 你可以用铅笔写。（而不用钢笔）

I had expected her to say “Yes”，but she said “No” instead. 我原以为她会同意的，没想到她居然否定了。

I am too busy today. Come another day instead. 我今天太忙了，改天再来吧。

② instead of是介词短语，意为“代替，而不是，没有，反而”，后面可以跟名词、代词、形容词、副词、介词短语、动名词等。instead of具有否定含义，即肯定前面的内容，否定后面的内容，取舍的前后一般都属同类，而且是对称的。instead of通常放在句首或句中。

As she was ill，he went to the meeting instead of her. 因为她病了，他代替她去开会。（代词）

He has come instead of his father. 他代他父亲来了。（名词）

It has become larger instead of smaller. 它变得更大了，而不是更小。（形容词）

Price rose quickly instead of slowly. 价格上涨得快，而不是慢。（副词）

He went to the park on foot instead of by bus. 他是步行而不是乘车去公园的。（介词短语）

He has gone shopping instead of climbing the mountain. 他去购物了，没有去爬山。（动名词）

Her attitude towards this question is encouraging instead of disappointing. 她对这个问题的态度是令人鼓舞的，不是令人失望的。（现在分词）

They decided to go fishing instead of to play cards. 他们决定去钓鱼，而不去打牌。（不定式）

He usually does some reading in the evening instead of watches TV. 他晚上通常读点书，而不看电视。（谓语动词）

His words decreased instead of increased her courage. 他的话使她泄了气，而不是鼓励了她。（谓语动词）

Her words made him discouraged instead of encouraged. 她的话使他泄气，而不是使他受到鼓舞。（过去分词）

③ in place of是介词短语，表示“代替”，后跟指人或物的名词。

He attended the meeting in place of the manager. 他代替经理出席了会议。（可用instead of）

390　intellect，intelligence，intellectual和wit

① intellect是“才智，智能”，比intelligence（ability to learn and understand 聪颖，灵性）高，人类以外的动物可能是 intelligent，只有人类才具有 intellect。intellectual是“受过教育的”意思（highly educated）。intellect和intellectual都可作名词表示人，intellect是指“才智很高的人”，intellectual是“知识分子”。

He was born into a family noted for its intellect. 他出身于一个书香门第。

A teacher is an intellectual worker. 教师是脑力劳动者。

A dog is more intelligent than a cat. 狗比猫更有灵性。

② wit指“机智”，作“理解力”解时常用复数形式。

The president's intelligence and wit enlivened his press conference. 总统的聪明与机智使他的记者招待会气氛活跃。

He didn't have the wits to see that point. 他缺乏理解那一要点的能力。

391　intense和intensive

① intense强烈的，剧烈的，紧张的。

intense heat 酷热

intense pain 剧痛

Diplomatic activity has been intense for two months. 两个月以来，外交活动紧张频繁。

② intensive集中的，深入细致的（deep and thorough）。

The committee members are making an intensive study of the subject. 委员会成员们正在对那件事做深入细致的研究。

The intensive air raids lasted many weeks. 集中的空袭持续了好几个星期。

392　intent和intention

① intent目的，意图，正式用词。

with good intent 出于好意

He entered the building with intent to steal. 他进入大楼企图行窃。

② intention意图，使用区域较广，是常用词。

She felt offended at my remarks，but it wasn't my intention to hurt her. 我的话冒犯了她，但我并不是故意要伤害她的。

③ 两词使用结构不同：intent前通常不用冠词、代词等限定词，后接不定式；intention前常用人称代词、定冠词，后接 of doing，或接 to do。

比较

有意做某事
with intent to do sth.
with the intention of doing sth.
one's intention to do sth.

那人破门而入，想杀死她。
The man broke into the house with the intention of killing her.
The man broke into the house with intent to kill her.

提示

intention 构成的短语：

by intention 故意

have no intention of 无意

with good intentions 好心好意地

393　interest和interests

① interest用作名词，表示“兴趣”时，常同show，have，take，find，lose等动词连用，可以说show/have/take/find an interest，但不可说show/have/take/find interests。

She takes/has an interest in music. 她对音乐感兴趣。

He shows no interest in the picture. 他对这幅画不感兴趣。

② interest用作名词，表示“利益”时，常用复数形式。

They work hard for the interests of the people. 他们为人民的利益而勤奋工作。

③ interest也可用作动词，为及物动词，意为“使发生兴趣，引起……的好奇心”。结构为：

interest sb.
be interested in sth.

This book interests her. 这本书引起了她的兴趣。

He was interested in the matter. 他对这件事感兴趣。

394　interested和interesting

① interested是过去分词形式，interesting是现在分词形式，加-ed的interested具有被动意义，常用于be interested in结构中，主语只能是人，不能是物，意为“对……感兴趣”。

I am interested in the book. 我对这本书感兴趣。

I found her interested in the film. 我发现她对这部电影感兴趣。（interested作宾语补足语）

② interesting具有主动意义，意为“有趣的，令人感兴趣的”，可修饰人或物，可用作定语、表语或宾语补足语。

He is a very interesting man. 他是个很有趣的人。

The film is really interesting. 那部电影确实有趣。

I found the picture interesting. 我发现这幅画很有趣。（不可用interested。interesting修饰the picture，相当于The picture is interesting.）
I found him interested in the picture. 我发现他对这幅画感兴趣。（不可用interesting。interested说明him的情况，相当于He is interested in the picture.）

395　interfere with和interfere in

① interfere with表示“干扰”，尤指阻碍某件事的进行。

The noise interferes in my work.
The noise interferes with my work. 那噪音干扰我的工作。

② interfere in表示“干涉”，尤指自行干预别人的事务。

I never interfere with his affairs.
I never interfere in his affairs. 我从不干涉他的事务。

396　involve，comprise，constitute，include和consist of

① involve有“必然包含着”的意思，指必须含有的情况或涉及的人或事。

Success involves hard work. 成功来自辛劳。

The mistake will involve you in a great deal of trouble. 这个错误将给你带来许多麻烦。

Taking the job involves living abroad. 接受这项工作就一定要住在国外。

② comprise为正式用语，其主语既可以指整体，谓语用单数，后面的宾语指主语的全部内容；其主语也可以指个体，谓语用复数，后面的宾语为整体。

The committee comprises five persons. 委员会由5人组成。

Twenty articles comprises Book One. 第一册共有20课。

③ constitute表示由部分组成整体，主语是组成部分，宾语是整体。

Twelve months constitute a year. 12个月为一年。

④ include其宾语所包含的仅是整体的一部分，不一定全部列出成分。

The tour includes a visit to Paris. 旅行包括游览巴黎。

Your duty will include cleaning the house. 你的职责包括打扫房舍。

⑤ consist of的主语是整体，宾语为组成部分，同 constitute 相反。

The machine consists of many parts. 这台机器由许多部分组成。

The class consists of ten boys and nine girls. 本班有10名男生9名女生。

397　it和one 替代普通名词时的区别

① it代替已经提到过的特指单数可数名词，两者为同一物。

As this chair is broken，I must have it repaired. 这张椅子坏了，我得叫人修理一下。

My father bought a pen and gave it to me. 我父亲买了一支钢笔，给我了。

A：Do you need the book？你需要这本书吗？
B：Yes，I need it. 对，我需要（它）。

② one用以代替已经提过的泛指单数的可数名词，但one和已提过的名词不是同一物。

我的伞丢了，我得买一把。
I have lost my umbrella and I must buy it.
I have lost my umbrella and I must buy one.

I have no dictionary，so I want to buy one. 我没有词典，所以想买一本。

A：Do you need a bike？你需要一辆自行车吗？
B：Yes，I need one. 是的，我需要一辆。

③ 另外，it可以代替不可数名词，而one只能代替可数名词单数。

The wine is too strong，so I can't drink it. 这是度数太高的烈性酒，所以我不能喝。

This wine is milder than that. 这种酒比那种酒要淡。（不可用 than that one）

398　it 表示时间、距离、天气、自然环境、情况等

◎ it可用作无人称动词的主语，表示时间、距离、天气、自然环境、情况等，常与be，get，start，hurt，rain，snow等动词连用。

It's seven o'clock. 7点钟。

It's about two hours' ride. 开车大约需要2个小时。

It will get hotter. 天气会变得更热。

It hurts. 疼呀。

It will be all right. 没问题。

It is nice and cool here. 这里很凉快。

提示

it 还可用作动词或介词的宾语，构成习语。

Take it easy. 放心吧。

You're asking for it. 你自讨苦吃。

Confound it！讨厌！

399　it be+形容词比较级+不定式

◎ 本句型中的it为形式主语，代替后面的不定式，意为“做……更……些”。这种结构中的形容词前还可用much修饰，进行强调。

It is better to take a holiday. 休一次假更好。

It will be better to give up the job. 放弃那份工作会更好。

It is（much）more difficult to climb to the top of the mountain. 爬到山顶会更难。

It is wiser to look before you jump. 看了才跳更明智。

It will be more difficult to go down the hill. 下山会更难。

400　it be+名词+不定式

◎ 这个句型中的名词多为抽象名词，如honour，pity，fun，pleasure等，it为形式主语。

It is a great honour to meet you. 见到你真是三生有幸。

It is much fun to take a walk in the woods. 在林中散步真有趣。

It is a pleasure to have been working with you in the past week. 过去一周来同你在一起工作真的使我很开心。

It is a great pity to leave the work undone. 工作没完成真是莫大的遗憾。

It is a waste of money to build so many five-star hotels. 建造这么多的五星级宾馆简直是浪费金钱。

401　it be…before+从句

◎ 这个句型中的before通常不易译为“在……之前”，而常译为“（很久）才……，还没来得及就……，仅……就”等。

It is long before he settled down. 他很久才安顿下来。

It is only two years before they completed the exhibition centre. 他们建成这个展览中心仅用了两年时间。

It was not long before he realized that he'd made a serious mistake. 不久他就意识到自己犯了一个严重错误。

Before I could get in a word she tore the letter into pieces. 不等我说话，她就把信撕得粉碎。

He almost ran into a tree before he saw it. 他差一点儿撞到树时才注意到树。

402　it be…when+从句

◎ 本句型中it be后的部分通常是表示时间的词语，when引导的是时间状语从句，意为“时间是……，当……时候”。

It was about ten o'clock when the fire broke out. 火灾发生时大约在10点钟。

比较

It was midnight when I got home. 我到家时已是午夜。
It was at midnight that I got home. 我是在午夜才到的家。（强调句型）

403　it用于强调结构

① 无人称代词it，常用作形式主语，放在句首，代替后移的真正主语：不定式短语、动名词短语或that从句。

It is necessary to take a walk every day. 每天散散步是很必要的。（it是形式主语，真正主语是不定式短语to take a walk every day）
= To take a walk every day is necessary.

It is no use crying over spilt milk. 牛奶洒了，哭也没用。（it是形式主语，真正主语是动名词短语crying over spilt milk）
= Crying over spilt milk is no use.

It is a great pleasure that you have come to the party. 你来参加晚会，真是太好了。（it是形式主语，真正主语是that you have come to the party）
=That you have come to the party is a great pleasure.

② 无人称代词it常用作形式宾语，代替后移的真正宾语：不定式或that从句。

I found it difficult to get the work done on time. 我发现很难按时完成这项工作。（it是形式宾语，真正宾语是不定式短语to get the work done on time）

I think it best that you should stay here. 我认为你待在这里最好。（it是形式宾语，真正宾语是that从句：that you should stay here）

③ 无人称代词it，可用于强调，结构为：It is+被强调的成分+that，被强调的可以是主语、宾语或状语。要注意的是，不论强调的是什么成分，不论是人、物、时间状语、地点状语或原因状语等，都要用that一词。比较下面两种结构：

It is…that+谓语+其他成分（强调主语时，直接用that作主语）
It is…that+句子（强调其他成分时，that后要加句子）

Li Ming told me the news yesterday. 李明昨天告诉了我那个消息。（非强调）
It was Li Ming that told me the news yesterday. 昨天告诉我那个消息的是李明。（强调结构，强调主语Li Ming）

He bought a blue pen this morning. 今天上午他买了一支蓝钢笔。（非强调）
It was a blue pen that he bought this morning. 今天上午他买的是一支蓝钢笔。（强调结构，强调宾语a blue pen）

He left on Sunday. 他星期天离开的。（非强调）
It was on Sunday that he left. 他是在星期天离开的。（强调结构，强调时间状语on Sunday）
It was on Sunday when he left.

The train arrived at the town during the night. 火车在夜间到达这座小城。（非强调）
It was during the night that the train arrived at the town. 火车是在夜间到达这座小城的。（强调结构，强调时间状语during the night）
It was during the night when the train arrived at the town.

He was born in this room. 他在这个房间里出生。（非强调）
It is in this room that he was born. 他就是在这个房间里出生的。（强调结构，强调地点状语in this room）
It is in this room where he was born.

He didn't come because it rained. 因为天下雨，他没有来。（非强调）
It was because it rained that he didn't come. （强调结构，强调原因状语because it rained）
It was because it rained why he didn't come.

提示

①被强调的如果是指人的主语或宾语，有时可用who或whom代替that。

It is she who is wrong. 是她错了。
It is she that is wrong.

②注意下面强调句式的疑问句形式：

Is it that John often comes to school late that makes the teacher angry？是不是约翰经常上学迟到使老师生气的？

Was it at midnight that you heard the strange sound？你是不是在半夜听到那个奇怪的声音的？

Why was it that he sold the house？他卖了房子到底是为什么？

Where was it that they made a date for the first time？他们是在哪里第一次约会的？

404　It can't be any better

◎ 这个句子意为“这再好不过了。”本句型中的比较级，并非真的表示比较，而是表示强调，常常不翻译出否定的意思。

A：What do you think of the book？你认为这本书怎样？
B：It can't be any better. 太好了！

I can't agree with you more. 我完全赞同。

John can't be more serious this time. 约翰这次可是再认真不过了。

405　It doesn't matter

◎ 本句型意为“没关系”，是一种宽慰的话，表示不介意，不生气。

A：We've missed the train. 我们误了火车了。
B：It doesn't matter，there's another one in ten minutes. 没关系，10分钟后还有一趟。

It doesn't matter if you're a little late. 你晚来一会儿不要紧。

Does it matter when he will pay the money？他什么时候付款要紧吗？

It doesn't really matter to me if I don't see the film. 我不看那部电影也无所谓。

406　It is/has been…since和It was…before

① It is/has been+时间名词+since从句表示“自从……以来，多长时间了”，主句通常用一般现在时，since从句用过去时，表示一个时间点。

It is/has been five weeks since I came here. 我来这里已经5个星期了。

提示

上句中的five weeks和twenty years是作为一个整体看待的，所以用it is。

② It was/had been…since表示“从……时起，到过去某一时间止，已有多长时间了”。

She said it was/had been thirty years since they married. 她说他们结婚已有30年了。

③ It was/will be+时间名词+before 从句表示“在多长时间后才发生某事”。主句可用过去时或将来时，从句的时态要根据主句的时态进行变化。

It was three weeks before she received his letter. 3周后她才收到他的信。

It'll be two years before I come here again. 2年后我才会再来这里。（before 从句中要用一般现在时表示将来）

④ since 从句中的谓语动词如果是非延续性的，该动词所表示的动作是起点时间。

It is five months since she left for England. 她去英国已经5个月了。

It was two days since they got there. 他们到达那里已经两天了。

⑤ since 从句中的谓语动词如果是延续性的，该动词所表示的动作是终止时间。

It is a year since she lived in the town. 她不住在这个城里已有1年了。

（=She lived in the town a years ago.）

It was ten years since I taught English. 我不教英语已有10年了。（=I taught English ten years ago.）

407　“It is six minutes past seven.”中的minutes不可省

◎ 分钟+past/to+钟点是常用的表示时刻的结构。如果分钟数是5或是5的倍数，minutes可以省略，也可不省；如果分钟数是其他数字，minutes一般不可省略。

It is five（minutes）past seven. 现在是7点5分。

It is ten（minutes）to ten. 现在是10点差10分。

It is nine minutes to eight. 现在是8点差9分。

408　It is a pity that

◎ 这个句型表示“太遗憾了，真可惜”，that有时以省略。What a pity…！为加强语气的感叹句式，意为“……多么可惜啊！”What a pity！也可单独使用。

It's a pity you can't come to the party. 你不能来参加聚会太遗憾了。

It is a great pity I can't go with you. 我不能同你一起去真是遗憾。

It is a thousand pities he didn't seize the opportunity. 真是太可惜了，他没有抓住那次机会。

What a pity she didn't think of that earlier！她没有早些想到那一点，多可惜啊！

409　It is a pleasure，My pleasure和With pleasure

◎ It is a pleasure，My pleasure和With pleasure表示“不客气，不用谢，高兴做某事”，别人感谢你时，表示很乐意做某事，It is a pleasure也可说成A pleasure。

A：Will you pass me the magazine？你把那本杂志递给我好吗？
B：With pleasure. 很乐意。

A：Thank you for sending the cheque. 感谢你送来了支票。
B：It was a pleasure./My pleasure！别客气！

提示

at one's pleasure表示“随某人的意愿”，take pleasure in doing sth.表示“喜欢做某事，很高兴做某事”。

You can do it today or tomorrow at your pleasure. 你今天做或明天做全随您愿。

She took great pleasure in gardening. 她醉心于园艺。

410　It is（not）good to do

◎ 这个句型意为“做……是（不）好的”，it作形式主语，good为形容词。可用于本句型的形容词还有strange，useful，amusing，harmful等。

It is not good to tell lies. 说谎是不好的。

It is good of you to have helped us. 你帮助了我们真好。

It is not useful to cry over spilt milk. 牛奶洒了，哭也没用。

It is amusing to listen to him talk. 听他讲话真是件乐事。

It is harmful to drink too much wine. 过度饮酒是有害的。

It was quite beyond me to translate the book. 翻译这本书是我力所不及的。

411　It is likely that

◎ 这个句型表示“极有可能……”。likely虽以ly结尾，但却是形容词。否定结构：It is not likely that…（不太可能）；类似结构：It is possible that…，It is impossible that…。

It is likely that he will fail the exam. 他很有可能考不及格。

It is likely that she will accept our proposal. 她很有可能接受我们的建议。

It is likely that we can finish the work before the end of the month. 我们极有可能在月底前完成工作。

It is likely that she will do it very well.
=She is likely to do it very well. 她有可能会做得很好。

412　It is no use doing

◎ 这个句型意为“做……是无用的”，形式主语it代替后面的动名词。可用于本句型的名词还有good，harm，wonder等。另外，某些形容词也可用于这个句型中，如：pleasant，comfortable，hopeless，worthwhile等。

It is no use arguing about it. 争论这件事是毫无用处的。

He thought that it was no good complaining any more. 他认为再抱怨也没有用。

It is no harm storing more food. 多储备一些食物是没有害处的。

It is a wonder meeting you here. 在这里遇见你真是不可思议啊。

It is comfortable lying in the cool shade. 在阴凉的树荫下躺着真舒适。

It is pleasant spending the afternoon in the hills. 在山里度过下午真开心。

413　It is no wonder（that）

◎ 这个句型意为“难怪，怪不得”，that引导的从句为主语从句。that 常可省去。本句型的变体有：No wonder（that），It is small/little wonder（that）。

It's no wonder you've got a headache. You drank too much wine last night. 难怪你头痛，昨晚你酒喝得太多。

No wonder he couldn't recite the story. He wasn't paying attention to the teacher just now. 难怪他复述不了那个故事，他刚才根本就没听老师讲。

It's small wonder that she didn't want to go. 难怪她不想去。

提示

It is no wonder（that）的肯定结构为It is a wonder（that），意为“真奇怪，真令人称奇”。

It is a wonder the old lady still recognized me after all those years. 那么多年后老太太居然还能认出我来真是难得。

414　It is said that

◎ 本句型表示“据说”。类似的表达法还有：It is reported that（据报道），It is believed that（据信），It is thought that（据认为）等。注意，本结构中的that一般不可省。

It is said that he is a spy. 据说他是个间谍。
可转换为：He is said to be a spy.

It is reported the mayor died in a car accident. 据报道，市长死于车祸。
可转换为：The mayor is reported to have died in a car accident.

It is believed that man is the master of his own destiny. 据信，人是自己命运的主人。
可转换为：Man is believed to be the master of his own destiny.

415　It is the first time+that从句

◎ 本句型意为“第一次……”，that从句常用现在完成时，若用It was the first time，that从句要用过去完成时。

It is the first time that I have ever been to the seaside. 这是我第一次来到海滨。

It was the first time that Jack had broken the rules. 这是杰克第一次违反规章。

This is the first time that I have seen such a beautiful garden. 这是我平生第一次见到这么美的花园。

416　it is+形容词+动名词/不定式

◎ 本句型中的it是形式主语，真正主语是后面的动名词或不定式。多数情况下，这种结构中用名词或不定式并无太大的区别，但表示“对……来说”时，要用不定式。

It is absurd talking like that. 那样说话是荒唐的。

It is difficult being parents. 当父母是很难的。

I know it's awful my coming here. 我知道自己来这里是很煞风景的。

It's not easy to keep up with the changes in computer technology. 赶上计算机技术的变化是不易的。

It is wise to make full preparations. 做好充分准备是明智的。

Is it possible for man to fly to the Mars？人类飞到火星上去是可能的吗？

J

417　join，join in，take part in，attend，enter for，sit for和go in for

① join用作及物动词，表示“参加，加入”，后面可以跟团体等作宾语，也可以跟人作宾语，搭配有：

join the army 参军

join the Party 入党

join the League 入团

join the team 入队

join the club 参加俱乐部

join sb. 和某人一起（干）

join sb. in sth./in doing sth.和某人一起进行某项活动

② join in通常指参加正在进行着的活动，如work，talk，game，match等；join in也可单独使用，结构为：

join in+某项活动
join in doing sth.

Please come and join in the game. 请来参加游戏。

Would you please join in playing football？你来参加踢足球好吗？

One bird began to sing and other birds also joined in. 一只鸟开始鸣叫，别的鸟也叫了起来。

比较

Will you join in the talk？你参加谈话吗？
Will you join us in the talk？你参加我们的谈话吗？

He joined in the match. 他参加了那场比赛。
He joined us in the match. 他参加了我们的比赛。

提示

①join sth. to sth. 表示“把某物同某物连接起来”。

He joined this line to that one. 他把这条线同那条线连接起来。

②表示“连续，连合，相连”时，join可用作及物动词和不及物动词。

A new road joins the mountain village to the town. 一条新路把这个山村同小城连接起来了。（用作及物动词）

The two rivers join here. 两条河在这里交汇。

③ take part in指参加活动、事业、会议、战争等，并起应有的作用。

He took part in the Second World War. 他参加过第二次世界大战。

She will take part in the meeting tomorrow. 她将参加明天的会议。

④ attend表示“出席”，相当于be present，一般指出席会议。

He attended an important meeting yesterday. 他昨天出席了一个重要会议。

提示

attend to表示“专心于，留意”，attend on表示“侍候，看护”。

⑤ enter for意为“报名参加某项比赛，让某人报名参加比赛”。

She entered for a dancing competition. 她报名参加舞蹈比赛。

He entered for the entrance examination. 他报名参加入学考试。

⑥ sit for表示“参加（考试），坐着让人画像/照相等”。

She sat for her portrait. 她摆好姿势让人画像。

He sat for a fellowship. 他参加奖学金考试。

⑦ go in for表示“参加某项比赛、考试”，也表示“爱好”。

Which events is she going in for at the Olympics？她在奥运会上参加哪几项比赛？

The old man goes in for fishing. 那位老人喜欢钓鱼。

418　join the army和be in the army——非延续性动词的正确用法

◎ 非延续性动词指动作一开始就结束的动词，即表示一刹那发生的动作。常用的有：

begin开始

open打开

start开始

go去

join参加

leave离开

become成为

borrow借来

buy买

lend借出

close关上

wake醒来

die死亡

get up起床

fall asleep入睡

come来

go to sleep入睡

reach到达

arrive到达

get to到达

◎ 非延续性动词不能同表示一段时间的状语连用，不能同for引导的短语或since引导的短语和从句连用，如果句中有表示一段时间的状语，则必须改用延续性动词。转换例示如下：

① begin和start改为be on等。

The meeting has begun. 会议已经开始了。

会议已经开始10分钟了。
The meeting has begun for ten minutes.
The meeting has been on for ten minutes.
It is ten minutes since the meeting began.

He started to study English two years ago. 他两年前开始学英语。

他学英语已经2年了。
He has started to study English for two years.
He has studied English for two years.
It is two years since he started to study English.

② go和leave改为be away（from）等。

他已经离开5天了。
He has gone for five days.
He has been away for five days.

她自从上个月就离开这座城市了。
She has left the town since last month.
She has been away from the town since last month.

③ open改为be open（为形容词）。

门开了一整天。
The door has opened the whole day.
The door has been open the whole day.

④ close改为be closed。

窗户自昨天晚上就关着。
The window has closed since last night.
The window has been closed since last night.

⑤ join和become改为be（a）+职业名词或be in the+组织名词等。

He has joined the army. 他已经入伍了。

他入伍已经3年了。
He has joined the army for three years.
He has been a soldier for three years.
He has been in the army for three years.
It is three years since he joined the army.

她入党已经10年了。
She has become a Party member for 10 years.
She has been a Party member for 10 years.
It is ten years since she became a Party member.

⑥ borrow和lend改为keep。

这本词典你可以借一周。
You may borrow the dictionary for a week.
You may keep the dictionary for a week.

这本书我只能借给你一天。
I can lend you the book for one day.
You can keep the book for one day.

⑦ arrive，come，reach和get to改为be+副词或be+in+地点名词。

他来这里已经几天了。
He has come here for a few days.
He has been here for a few days.

他们到南京已经10小时了。
They have arrived in/reached/got to Nanjing for 10 hours.
They have been in Nanjing for 10 hours.
It is 10 hours since they arrived in/reached/got to Nanjing.

⑧ buy改为have或keep。

这只猫她已经买了5个月了。
She has bought the cat for five months.
She has had/kept the cat for five months.

⑨ wake改为awake。

自从4点钟他就醒了。
He has woken since 4 o'clock.
He has been awake since 4 o'clock.

⑩ die改为be dead。

她去世已经10多年了。
She has died for over ten years.
She has been dead for over ten years.
It is over ten years since she died.

⑪ fall asleep改为sleep或be asleep。

她已经睡了10个小时了。
She has fallen asleep for ten hours.
She has slept for ten hours.
She has been asleep for ten hours.
It is ten hours since she fell asleep.

⑬ get up改为be up。

他从早上5点钟就起床了。
He has got up since 5 o'clock in the morning.
He has been up since 5 o'clock in the morning.

419　judge by和judge from

① judge用作动词时，常作及物动词，意为“判断，认为，评估，审判，裁判”等。结构为：

judge sb.+宾语补足语（形容词或名词）
judge sb. to be+名词
judge+that从句

Who will judge this case？谁来审理这个案件？

I judge him a brave man. 我认为他是个勇敢的人。
=I judge him to be a brave man.
=I judge that he is brave.

The judge judged him innocent. 法官判他无罪。
=The judge judged that he was innocent.

② judge sb. by意为“以……来判断，以……来看”。

You can't judge a man by his appearance. 不可以貌取人。

People judge things by different standards. 人们判断事物的标准不一样。

③ judge from表示“根据……可以看出，从……看出”，常以分词形式judging from出现，用作状语，位于句首。

Judging from her face，she must have fallen ill. 从她的面色看，她准是病了。

Judging from the black clouds，it will rain soon. 从滚滚的乌云看，天不久就要下雨了。

420　just，justly，just now，presently和at present

① just可以表示两种含义。

（1）“刚才，刚刚”，在英式英语中常同完成时连用，在美式英语中则常同过去时连用。

The train has just arrived. 火车刚刚到站。

He had just gone to bed when the telephone rang. 电话铃响时，他刚睡下。

I just had a phone call from Mr. Brown. 我刚刚接到布朗先生的电话。

（2）“正好，恰好”，相当于exactly，可修饰多种句子成分，如形容词、副词、从句等，放在被修饰的成分前。

The money is just enough. 钱刚好够。

That is just what he said. 那正是他说的话。

He is just in need of help. 他正需要帮助。

② justly意为“公平地，公正地；合法地，应得地；有正当理由地”。

He was justly punished for his crimes. 他犯了罪，受到了应有的惩罚。

We're justly proud of it. 我们有正当理由为之骄傲。

③ just now意为“刚才”，用于一般过去时，相当于a little while ago。 just now也可表示“此刻，就在现在”，相当于at the moment，在这种意义上可用于一般现在时或现在进行时，可以看作是just修饰now，表示强调。

I saw her just now. 我刚才看见她了。

He is busy just now. 他此刻正忙着。

We are having a meeting just now. 我们正在开会呢。

提示

just now 还可以表示“马上”，用于将来时。

He won't come to see you just now. 他不会马上来看你。

④ presently表示“立刻，马上”，相当于soon，同一般将来时连用。

The guest will arrive presently. 客人马上就会到。

在美式英语中，presently表示“目前”，相当于now，与一般现在时或现在进行时连用。

His uncle is presently in London. 他叔叔眼下在伦敦。

He is presently writing a book. 他现在正在写一本书。

⑤ at present表示“目前”，相当于currently或presently，与一般现在时或现在进行时连用。

He is at present in Shanghai. 他目前在上海。

Nothing is wanted at present. 现在什么都不缺。

421　just/all the same和at the same time

① just/all the same为副词短语，表示“尽管如此，虽然如此”，通常放在句尾。

He has his shortcomings，but we like him all the same. 他有缺点，尽管如此我们仍然喜欢他。

I can do it all by myself. Thank you just the same. 我完全能够自己做这件事，但仍然感谢你。

② at the same time可以表示两种含义。

（1）表示“同时，一起地”，相当于together。

Don't ask me questions at the same time. 不要同时都向我问问题。

They ran out of the room at the same time. 他们都同时跑出了房间。

（2）表示“可是，然而”，相当于yet，still。

We love peace，but at the same time we are not afraid of war. 我们热爱和平，然而我们也不怕战争。

The book is not the best. At the same time you should look through it. 这本书不是最好的，可是你也应该浏览一下。

K

422　keep out，keep up和keep up with

① keep out sb./sth.或keep sb./sth. out意为“使……不进入，使……在外”。也可说keep sb./sth. out of sth.。

These clothes may help you keep out the cold. 这些衣服可以帮助你御寒。（=keep the cold out）

He kept the dog out. 他把狗关在门外。

She keeps the children out of the room. 她不让孩子们进入那个房间。

You should keep out of such things. 你不要介入这些事情。

② keep up意为“继续”，相当于continue；也表示“使……不低落，保持”，相当于remain high。

I hope the fine weather will keep up. 我希望这好天气能继续下去。

He has kept up studying English. 他一直坚持学习英语。

Her courage kept up in the face of danger. 她在危险面前仍能鼓起勇气。

③ keep up with意为“赶得上，不落伍”，表示同时起步，不至于掉队。

We should keep up with the times. 我们应不落伍于时代。

提示

catch up with表示在已经落后或起步较晚的情况下“赶上，追上”，与keep up with有区别。

She can keep up with any other student in the class. 她能赶上班上任何一位学生。

After two weeks' absence from class，he had to study harder to catch up with his classmates. 缺课两周后，他必须更加努力学习，才能赶上同学们。

423　keep sb./sth. from doing sth.和keep sb. doing sth.

① “阻止，制止，防止某人或某物做某事”有一种固定结构：

keep sb./sth. from doing sth.
prevent sb./sth. from doing sth.
stop sb./sth. from doing sth.

② keep sb./sth. from doing sth.中的from不可省略，如果省去from，则为keep sb./sth. doing sth.，表示“使某人一直做某事，让某人持续做某事”，这种用法的keep可用have代替。

The heavy rain kept us from going out. 大雨使我们不能出去。

She could hardly keep herself from crying. 她无法控制自己不哭。

He kept us waiting for over an hour. 他让我们等了一个多小时。

She kept them laughing all the way. 她使他们笑了一路。

I'm sorry to have kept you waiting so long. 很抱歉让你们久等了。

③ prevent/stop sb./sth. from doing sth.中的from可以省略，意思不变，但在被动语态中不可省略。

Nothing can prevent him（from）doing that. 没有任何东西能阻止他做那件事。

You have to prevent such a thing（from）happening again. 你应该防止这样的事再发生。
Such a thing has to be prevented from happening again. 这样的事应该阻止再发生。

You should stop him（from）smoking. 你应该阻止他抽烟。
He should be stopped from smoking. 他应该被阻止抽烟。

424　knock，knock at，knock down和knock into

① knock可用作及物动词和不及物动词，意为“敲，击，撞”。结构为：

knock sth. off掸掉（灰尘等）
knock sb. on the head击某人的头
knock oneself on sth.（自己）撞到

She knocked the dust off his coat. 她把他上衣的尘土掸掉。

He knocked the boy on the head. 他朝那个男孩头上猛击。

He knocked himself on a tree. 他撞到了一棵树上。

② knock at/on意为“敲（门、窗等）。

Who is knocking at the door？谁在敲门？

Somebody is knocking on the window. 有人在敲窗。

③ knock down意为“撞倒，打倒，击落，拆除”。

The boy was knocked down by a car. 那男孩被一辆汽车撞倒了。

They knocked down three enemy planes yesterday. 他们昨天击落了3架敌机。

提示

knock down是“及物动词+副词”构成的短语，可以说knock+名词+down或knock+down+名词，但只能说knock+代词+down。同类动词短语还有：turn down，turn on，take off，put away，throw away，break down等。

He knocked the dog down. 他把那条狗打倒了。
=He knocked down the dog.
=He knocked it down.

④ knock into sb.意为“撞到某人身上”，knock sth. into意为“把……敲进”。

If you knock into someone，you should apologize to him or her. 如果你撞到了某人身上，你应该向他或她表示道歉。

He knocked a nail into the wall. 他把一颗钉子敲进墙里。

比较

knock sb. out把某人击昏
knock sb. down把某人击倒

425　known for，known to，known+to v.和get to know

① 下面几种结构含义不同：

be known as作为……知名，被称作是，叫作（后接“身份”名词）
be known by凭……而知（by表示手段式标准，意为“凭借，通过”）
be known for因……而闻名，因……而众所周知
be known to为……所知，人们知道（不用介词by）

She was well known as an excellent writer. 她是一位公认的优秀作家。

He is known to everybody in the neighbourhood. 邻里都熟悉他。

One can be known by his words and deeds. 观其言行，知其人品。

A man is known by the company he keeps. 见其交友，知其为人。

The mountain is known for its beautiful scenery. 这座山因风景优美而著名。

She is known to be good at folk dance. 人们知道她擅长民间舞蹈。

提示

①It is known that意为“众所周知”。

It is known to us that China has a long history. 我们都知道，中国有着悠久的历史。

②know与know of有所不同。know表示“知道，认识”；know of表示“知道有关情况，听说过”。

I don't know the musician，but I know of him. 我不认识这位音乐家，但我是晓得他的。

② get to know表示的是终止性动作，而know则表示持续性动作。

比较

When did you know her？
When did you get to know her？ 你什么时候认识她的？

I've known Alice for ten years.
I got to know Alice ten years ago. 我认识艾丽丝已经10年了。

提示

know表示“见到过，听到过”，可用于“know+宾语+不定式”结构。

I know this to be a fact. 我听说这是事实。

I've never known him to tell lies. 我从没听说他撒谎。

I've never known her to lose her temper. 我从没见过她发脾气。

L

426　lack，absence和shortage

① lack常和抽象名词如 time，money，fund，experience，ability，courage 等连用。

He failed in the exam not for lack of ability but（for lack）of experience. 他没有考及格，并非能力不济，而是经验不足。

② absence指缺席，缺少，往往指在特定时间内的情况。

The lecturer spoke in the absence of a script/first-hand material. 演讲人在没有手稿/第一手资料情况下发表见解。

③ shortage常表示数量上的不足。

The building of the bridge came to a halt for a shortage of 20 tons of cement and 100 tons of fine sand. 造桥停了下来，因为缺20吨水泥和100吨细砂。

Northerners eat wheat not for a lack/shortage of rice but for their preference. 北方人吃小麦不是因为缺大米，而是因为其爱好。

427　lack，want和be short of

① lack强调所缺乏的东西，需要给予补充。

Whatever the child lacks in material comfort，its mother will make up in the form of love. 孩子在物质享受上的所缺，他妈妈都以爱加以补足。

② want是出于个人愿望上的不足、缺乏，要求不一定那么迫切。

My study wants some decorations such as paintings and famous sayings printed on strips of paper. 我的书房缺点装饰，比如说绘画和印在长纸条上的名言。

③ be short of的宾语往往是具体事物和物质，而lack的宾语往往是抽象名词。

This area is short of coal and other kinds of fuel. 这个地区缺少煤和其他燃料。（此句用 lack 代替 be short of 就比较正式，是书面体，不像平时说话了）

428　lady，madam和madame

① lady意为“女士”，与 gentleman 相对，是对所有妇女的客气称呼，不管其文化程度与社会地位如何。

Ladies and gentlemen！女士们，先生们！

提示

lady 可作定语用，如：a lady doctor 女医生，相当于 a woman doctor，a lady dog 母狗。 lady 还可用所有格形式作定语，如：ladies' room 女盥洗室，lady's maid 专管梳妆的贴身侍女。

② madam读作［ˈmædəm］，而madame读作 ［məˈdɑːm］ 为法语词，均从 my lady 演变而来，是对妇女的尊称。

madam 可用于已婚或未婚女子，复数为 madams，而 madame 只用于已婚女子，复数为 madames 或 mesdames。

③ madam可单独用，后面不加姓氏，与sir（先生）相对；而 madame 后则要加姓或姓名。

This way please，madam. 女士，往这儿走。

Madame Curie 居里夫人

④ madam可用于职务前。

Madam chairman 主席女士

429　landscape，scene，scenery，view和sight

① landscape是可数名词，指陆地上视野较为广阔的地区的景色，也指农村的风景，也可指“风景画”。

The two hills and the valley formed a beautiful landscape. 那两座小山和山谷构成了美丽的风景。

It is a landscape in oil. 这是一幅风景油画。

② scene是可数名词，指具体的、局部的展现于眼前的特定风景、景致，景中可能包含着人、动物及活动。scene还可表示现实生活中、小说、戏剧、电影中的“场面，场景”，也指故事的“背景”。

The boats in the harbour make a beautiful scene. 港口的船只构成了美丽的景色。

The sheep grazing on the hillside made a peaceful scene. 羊儿在山坡上吃草，构成一派和平的景象。

The crowd gathered about the scene of the disaster. 人群围聚在灾难现场。

The lake is a beautiful scene. 这湖景很美。

③ scenery是不可数名词，是某一地方全部风景的总称，其中包含了许多个 scene。 scenery也可总称“舞台布景”。

The scenery in the country is picturesque. 乡村的景色美如画。

The woodland scenery about here is strongly impressed on my memory.这里的森林景色深深地印在我的记忆中。

The scenery pictures a garden in the moonlight. 舞台布景表现了一个月光下的庭园。

The scene in the hills is beautiful.
The scenery in the hills is beautiful. 山中的风景很美。

④ view表示“景色，风景”时，为可数名词，指从某一特定点观看到的东西、景物，自然风景，还可表示“风景画，风景照”。

The new building spoils the view from our windows. 那幢新建筑物遮住了我们窗口所能见到的景色。

We have a fine view of the lake from the tower. 从这座塔上我们可以看到美丽的湖景。

She showed us an album of views. 她给我们看一本风景画集。

⑤ sight意为“名胜，风景”，常用复数形式，尤指“人造的景物”。

You'd better see all the sights in London. 你最好把伦敦所有的名胜都看看。

What a beautiful sight those roses make！那些玫瑰花构成一幅多美的景象啊！

430　late，be late for，be late in，later和later on

① late

（1）作形容词用，late表示“迟的，晚的”，可作定语或表语，作表语时，常用于be late for结构。

He was late for class. 他上课迟到了。

He left in late autumn. 他在深秋时节离开了。

（2）作副词用，late表示“晚，迟”，修饰动词。

He came late again. 他又来晚了。

② be late for表示“迟于规定的时间做某事，赶不上做某事”。

She is never late for school. 她上学从不迟到。

③ be late in+动名词表示“做某事迟到了，做迟了”。

Owing to a meeting，I was late in arriving. 由于开会，我来晚了。

He was late in getting up this morning. 他今天早上起床晚了。

提示

如果“be late in+动名词”中的动名词是及物动词，后带有宾语，有时可用be late with代替，后直接跟宾语。

I was late in making supper.
= I was late with supper. 我晚饭做迟了。

④ later

（1）用作late的比较级，表示“更迟，更晚，以后”。

He arrived later than you. 他到得比你晚。

See you later！再见！

I'll go to see you later. 我以后会去看你的。

（2）表示“过去若干时间之后，将来若干时间之后”，放在表示一段时间的名词后面，如two months later，half an hour later。

They met each other three days later. 他们3天后相见了。

He will come here on Friday and will call on you two days later. 他星期五将来这里，两天后去看你。

提示

later不能表示“从现在起若干时间之后”。

He will go there two weeks later.
He will go there in two weeks. 他2周后去那里。

⑤ later on表示“以后，过后”，为副词短语，指不确定的时间，通常用于将来时。

We'll talk about it later on. 我们以后谈那件事。

I shall ring you up later on. 我以后会给你打电话的。

431　be late for work和be late for the bus

① be late for work/school/class/supper等结构中的名词前不用冠词，因为这些名词表示的是抽象概念，均作不可数名词用。

He is never late for school. 他上学从没迟到过。

② be late for the bus/film/train等结构中的名词前要用定冠词，均用作可数名词，为实指。

Don't be late for the meeting. 开会不要迟到了。

432　lately，latest，latter和recently

① lately表示“最近，近来”，为副词，常同现在完成时连用。

We've had a lot of rain lately. 最近雨水多。

Have you heard from her lately？你最近收到她的信了吗？

He lately moved into a new apartment. 他不久前搬进了一套新公寓。

She has been friendlier lately. 她近来更友好了。

His studies haven't been improving lately. 他的学业近来没有什么进步。

② latest表示“最近的，最新的”，为形容词，只用作定语。

This is the latest fashion. 这是最新的式样。

③ latter为形容词，说明顺序的前后，意为“后一半的，较后”；the former…the latter为固定搭配，意为“前者……后者”。

These birds fly to the south in the latter half of October every year. 这些鸟每年十月的后半个月飞往南方。

④ recently也表示“最近”，既可指一段时间，也可指某一时刻，而lately用来指一段时间。

Just recently I began to learn French. 我最近才开始学习法语。（不用lately）

I've been writing a paper recently/lately. 我最近在写一篇论文。

I ran into my uncle in the street recently. 最近我在街上遇见了我叔叔。
I ran into my uncle in the street lately.

433　lawn和meadow

① lawn意为“草坪”，指人工修剪整齐的草地。

lie on a lawn 躺在草坪上

mow a lawn 给草坪割草

② meadow指野生草地或牧场的草地。

Some cows and horses are grazing on the meadow. 一些乳牛和马在草地上吃草。

on the meadow below the hill 在山脚下的草地上

434　lay a hand on，lay one's hand on和lay hands on

① lay a hand on表示“动手打人”，只用于否定句和条件句中。

I bet he daren't lay a hand on her. 我打赌，他不敢打她。

If you lay a hand on his child，he will summon you for assault. 你要是碰一碰他的孩子，他会告你打人。

② lay one's hand on表示“得到，找到”，意同put one's hand on。

During those years I read everything I could lay my hands on. 那些年里，我能找到什么书就读什么书。

I know I have the stamp somewhere，but I cannot lay my hands on it at the moment. 我知道我有那枚邮票，可此刻却找不到了。

③ lay hands on表示“捉住，逮住，对……动武”。

If I lay hands on that guy，I shall give him a good beating. 要是我抓住那个家伙，我要把他揍一顿。

How dare you lay hands on me？你竟敢对我动武？

435　learn，study和know

① learn和study都可以用作及物动词，意为“学习”。表示学习某种语言时是可以换用的，如learn English或study English（学习英语）。

② learn指初级阶段的学习或为掌握某种技能而学习，强调学习成果，结构为：

learn sth.
learn to do sth.

The baby is learning to walk. 这个幼儿在学走路。（不可用study）

He has learned to ride a bike. 他已经学会了骑自行车。（不可用study）

We should learn from each other. 我们应该互相学习。（不可用study）

③ study表示较高程度或较深的学习或研究，强调努力的程度或学习的过程。study后跟名词作宾语，但不可跟不定式。

He has studied French for six years. 他学习法语已有6年了。

Study hard and you will win. 努力学习，你就会成功的。

比较

It is never too old to study.
It is never too old to learn. 活到老，学到老。

She is studying at Fudan University. 她正在复旦大学学习。
She is learning at Fudan University.

提示

learn和know都可表示“知道”，learn强调一个渐进的过程，由不知到知的变化，相当于get to know，表示“得知，听说，了解到”，这时后常接of/about sth.或从句。

How did you learn about our product？你是怎样知道我们的产品的？

I learned of the accident only yesterday. 我昨天才听说那次事故。

④ know则表示“知道，确信”一个事实，“认识，熟悉”人或物。

I know how things will go. 我知道事情将如何发展。

I knew she couldn't come because of illness. 我知道她因病不能来。

436　leave，leave for和leave to

① leave表示“让，听任，使处于某种状态”时，后可跟复合宾语，结构为：

leave sth./sb.+形容词 使某人或某物处于什么状态
leave sb.+名词 使某人成为某某人
leave sb. to do sth. 让某人做某事
leave sb./sth. doing sth. 让某人或某物继续某种动作行为
leave sth. done使某事被做

His illness has left him very weak. 他的病使他非常虚弱。

She left the child an orphan. 她使那孩子成了孤儿。

The teacher left them to work out the problem by themselves. 老师让他们自己解决那个问题。

Don't leave her waiting outside. 不要让她在外面等。

He left the job half-finished. 他把活干了一半就不干了。

② leave sb./sth. with sb.表示“把……托付给/留给”。

She left word with the door keeper. 她给看门人留言。

Leave the matter with me，will you？把这件事情交给我办，好吗？

Leave it with you. 拜托了。

He left the sick child with his grandma. 他把生病的孩子托给祖母。

She left the boy with 200 dollars. 她为那个男孩留下了200美元。
=She left 200 dollars to the boy.

③ 表示“把某物留在或忘在某地了”要用leave sth. +介词短语结构。

She left the key in the car. 她把钥匙忘在车里了。

I left my dictionary in the classroom. 我把词典忘在教室里了。
I forgot my dictionary in the classroom.（误，这种用法不可用forget）

④ leave for意为“到某地方去；把……留给某人”。

He will leave for Paris. 他将去巴黎。

The newly married couple are about to leave for their honeymoon. 这对新婚夫妇将去度蜜月。

She left a note for her daughter. 她给女儿留了一个便条。

⑤ leave to意为“移交；听任；把……让……去解决”。

They left the case to his judgement. 他们把这个案子留给他去审理。

The matter was left to his consideration. 这件事留给他去考虑。

You can't leave your son to himself. 你不能听任你儿子自行其是。

437　lecture和address

① lecture（a formal talk on a serious or specialist subject given to a group of people）演讲，讲座（指正式、认真就某个专题给听众做的演讲）；也表示“（大学里的）授课”。

There will be a series of lectures on philosophy in the coming weeks. 在未来几周，将有一系列有关哲学的演讲。

They could not follow the lecture. 他们听不懂这次讲课。

② address（a speech，esp. one that has been formally prepared，made to a group of people，gathered especially to listen）演讲（特别指正式为某些专门听讲的人准备的演讲）。

The visiting president made a television address yesterday. 昨天，来访的总统发表了电视讲话。

438　be liable to+名词，be liable for和be liable to do

① be liable to+名词常患……的。

She is liable to bad colds. 她常患重感冒。

② be liable for （尤其在法律上）有偿付责任的。

She was not liable for her son's debts. 她对儿子的债务不负有责任。

③ be liable to do倾向……的，易于……的，习惯于……的。

He is liable to fly into fits of temper. 他易发脾气。

We're all liable to make mistakes. 我们都会犯错误。

I am liable to catch cold if I go out without my overcoat. 我出门不穿大衣易患感冒。

提示

be liable to do 和be apt to do 只表示一般行为，不表示某一次具体行为。

439　lie和lay

◎ lie是不及物动词，要注意它表示不同含义时的不同变化形式：

lie，lay，lain，lying→平躺，位于，存在
lie，lied，lied，lying→说谎

I lay awake all night. 我一夜没睡着。（本句中的lie用作系动词）

He never lied in his life. 他一生中从没说过谎。

提示

①lie表示“躺”构成的短语有：

lie on the grass躺在草地上

lie on one's back仰卧

lie on one's side侧身睡

lie on one's stomach俯卧着

②lay是及物动词，意为“放置，生（蛋），产（卵）”，还引申表示“设置，铺设，砌（砖），奠定（基础）”等，注意其变化形式：lay，laid，laid，laying。

He laid the book on the desk. 他把书放在桌子上。

The hen lays an egg every other day. 这只母鸡隔天下一个蛋。

比较

The man lying under the tree lied that he had laid the money in a cave. 那个躺在树下的人撒谎说他把钱放在一个山洞里了。

He laid the bed on the floor. 他把床放在地板上。
He lay on the bed. 他躺在床上。

I saw her laying the table. 我看见她在摆桌子。
I saw her lying on the table. 我看见她躺在桌子上。

440　lift a hand和lift one's hand

① lift/raise a hand表示“做一点事（帮忙），劳驾，费心”。

They didn't lift a hand to help me. 他们一点忙也不肯帮我。

Please lift a hand to carry it upstairs. 劳驾，请帮我把它搬上楼。

② lift one's hand表示“举手”，多用于发咒或宣誓。

The man lifted his hand and pleaded not guilty. 那人举起手来，申诉说他无罪。

441　like和as均可表示“像……，正如……”，但在词义和用法上有差别

① like是介词，后接名词或代词。“like+宾语”可以作表语、定语或状语；as是连词，引导比较状语从句或方式状语从句。

② as可用作关系代词或关系副词，引导定语从句，先行词为整个句子，可以放在主语前或后；like则没有这种用法。

③ 表示“像”时，like只表示单纯比较，而as则表示同类比较。

She looks like her mother. 她看起来像她母亲。

You should do as I told you. 你应该按我告诉你的方式去做。（方式）

It is as cold today as yesterday. 今天同昨天一样冷。（as后省略it was）

As is known to all，pride goes before a fall. 众所周知，骄者必败。

Man can be his own master，as we all know. 人可以成为自己命运的主人，这一点大家都知道。

Like her father，she is ready to help others. 她像她父亲一样乐于助人。（单纯比较）
He speaks English as an Englishman. 他说英语就像是个英国人。（同类比较）

提示

like表示“方式”，as表示“以……的身份”。比较：

He took great care of her like her father. 他就像父亲一样精心照顾她。（但不是她父亲）
He took great care of her as her father. 作为父亲，他精心地照顾她。（就是她父亲）

442　listen to和listen for

① listen to意为“听，倾听”。

They listened to the teacher attentively. 他们注意听老师讲课。

② listen for意为“等着听，期待听到”。

He listened for her knock at the door. 他期待听到她的敲门声。

They listened for the clock to announce the new year. 他们等着听钟声迎新年。

443　live on，live by和feed on

① live on意为“以……为食，靠……生活”；作“以……为食”解时，后接食物名词，作“靠……生活”解时，后接表示金钱或人的名词。

He lives on three hundred dollars a month. 他靠每月300美元的收入生活。

She lives on her parents. 她靠父母生活。

Sheep live on grass. 羊吃草。

② live by doing sth.表示靠某种职业或工作为生，也可说make a living by doing sth.。

He makes a living by writing. 他笔耕为生。
=He lives by writing.
=He depends on his pen for a living.

The old man lived by fishing. 老人捕鱼为生。（“捕鱼”表示谋生的方式）

She used to live by teaching. 她以前靠教书谋生。（“教书”表示谋生的手段）

③ feed on详见词条“274”。

444　lively和lovely

① lively活泼的，活跃的；真实的，栩栩如生的。

He is over 80，but he is still lively. 他已80多岁了，但仍精力充沛。

It is a lively description. 那是一个生动的描写。

② lovely可爱的，好看的；美好的，令人愉快的。

You look absolutely lovely this evening，my darling. 亲爱的，你今晚看上去真漂亮。

See the February seas at their loveliest！看这海景，2月里是最美的！

445　location，position，locality，site和spot

① location指事物所在或所处的地点、位置。

The hill is a good location for the new church. 这座小山是建新教堂的好地方。

The location of my house is far from the center of the city. 我家的位置离市中心很远。

② position强调与周围事物相对的位置。

This position of the lamp will give the best light. 这盏灯现在放的位置照明效果最佳。

The house's position on the hill gives it a wonderful view of the coast. 这所房子在小山上的位置使它能够看到海岸美丽的景色。

③ locality意为“地带，地区”，强调围绕某个特定的地区、区域或方位。

There are no hotels in this locality. 这一带没有旅馆。

Betty doesn't live in our locality. 贝蒂不住在我们这个地区。

She has a good sense of locality. 她的方向感很强。

④ site指某个发生过特别事情的地方；（建筑物、城镇等的）地方，位置，遗址。

Independence Hall is the site of the signing of the Declaration of Independence. 独立厅是签署《独立宣言》的地方。

The site for the new school has been bought. 新学校的用地已经购买。

⑤ spot指特定的场所，可为人或物占有处，也可为事件或行为发生地。

We had a good spot from which to watch the parade. 我们有个好位置，可以看到游行。

This is the spot where the accident took place. 这里是事故的发生地。

446　lofty，haughty和proud

① lofty （自以为比别人）高超的；崇高的；（自以为是的）高傲的，傲慢的（showing belief of being better than other people；consciously superior）。

the lofty ideal 崇高理想lofty appearance 傲慢的外表

He spoke to me in a lofty manner. 他趾高气扬地对我说话。

② haughty高傲的，自负的，桀骜不驯的（arrogant，having or showing a high opinion of oneself）。

A haughty girl is always unpopular at school. 自负的女孩子在学校总是不受欢迎。

③ proud自豪的，骄傲的（having the quality of self-respect and showing this in one's standards of behaviour）；（贬）高傲的，自负的（derog.）（having too high an opinion of oneself or a false idea of one's own importance）。

They are poor but proud. 他们虽穷但自豪。

He's too proud to be seen in public with his poorly-dressed mother. 他高傲得不愿在公众场合与自己穿得破烂的母亲在一起。

447　look，appear和seem

① look指从外表上看。appear指表面看起来“似乎”，给人以某种印象，但有时事实上并非如此。seem指主观上看法的“似乎”，常暗含有一定的判断，此判断往往近乎事实。

She looks like his mother. 她看上去像他母亲。（两人相像）
She seems to be his mother. 她像是他母亲。（说话人的判断）

Things are not always as they appear to the eye. 事情并不全是你从表面上看到的那样。

It appears/seems that the book is too difficult for them. 看来这本书对他们来说太难了。

It appears/seems as if it is going to rain. 好像天要下雨。

It seems uninteresting at first，but it grows upon you. 它起先看来似乎没有趣味，但渐渐会得到你的欢心。

I seem to have seen him somewhere before. 我似乎曾经在什么地方见过他。

That plan appears very plausible. 那个计划看起来好像很合理。

He appears to know more than he really does. 他看起来懂得很多，其实懂得没有那么多。

② appear和look后均可接 as if 引导的表语从句，appear的形式主语要用 it，而look的形式主语可以是 it，也可以是其他人称代词。

It looks as if we'll stay here for the night. 看起来我们要在这里过夜了。

She looked as if she had suffered a lot. 她看上去好像遭受过许多苦难似的。

It appears as if it is going to rain. 看起来要下雨了。

③ appear和seem后可接 that从句，而look则不可。

It appeared to me that you are mistaken. 我觉得你错了。

It seems that something is wrong. 好像出了什么错了。

It appears that the research is progressing smoothly. 研究进行得似乎很顺利。

④ appear和seem可用于 there appears/seems 句型中，而look则不可。

There appears to be only one room. 好像只有一个房间。

There seemed something wrong with her feet. 她的脚似乎不对劲。

There seemed to be thousands of people on the square. 广场上似乎有成千上万的人。

⑤ appear和seem后常接 to be，而look后接 to be 为美式英语用法。

He seemed to be in a great hurry. 他似乎很匆忙。

Judging by her letter，she looks to be the best person for the job.从信上判断，她好像是做这项工作的最佳人选。

448　look，gaze，glance，glare，peek和stare

① look意为“看，瞧”，一般用词。

Look both ways before you cross the street. 穿越马路前要先看看马路两边。

She looked out of the window and saw the mailman. 她朝窗外望去，看到邮递员来了。

She looked him in the face. 她直视他的脸。

② gaze指由于好奇、羡慕或着迷而长时间地看或凝视。

Ralph gazed out of the train window during the trip to Chicago. 拉尔夫在去芝加哥的旅途中，两眼凝视着车窗外面。

③ glance指由于对所看对象已有了解或由于匆忙而扫视。

I only glanced at your essay，but it seems to be good. 我只是粗略地看了一下你的文章，似乎还是不错的。

④ glare指用力地或有威胁性地看，强调敌意和惊恐。

He was glaring at his opponent. 他怒视着自己的对手。

⑤ peek指很快地瞥视，偷看，窥视。

They caught him peeking through the key hole at what was going on in the room. 他们捉住他时，他正通过锁孔往房间里窥视。

⑥ stare可指由于惊愕、羡慕或惊恐而睁大眼睛看，也可指自己意识到的不礼貌地看。

Children should be taught not to stare at handicapped people. 应教育儿童不要盯着残疾人看。

449　look on/upon…as，look up to…as，regard as，have…as和take…as

① look on/upon…as意为“把……当作，把……视为”，相当于regard/think sb./sth. to be。

He looked on the old man as his father. 他把老人当作父亲一样看待。

I look upon it as a successful experiment. 我认为这是一个很成功的试验。

② look up to…as意为“尊敬……为，尊崇……为”。

I look up to her as my teacher. 我尊她为老师。

He looks up to the scientist as a shining example. 他尊崇那位科学家为光辉榜样。

③ regard…as意为“把……看成是”，主要指感情上、思想上形成的看法，也指根据外部情况得出的评判。

He is generally regarded as the best student in the class. 大家都认为他是班上最好的学生。

People regard him as the greatest scientist in the twentieth century. 人们把他看成是20世纪最伟大的科学家。

④ have…as和take…as表示“把……看成是”。

The boy had the cat as his friend. 那男孩把小猫当成朋友。

Will you take me as your partner？你把我看作伙伴好吗？

He took what she said as personal abuse. 他把她说的话看作是人身攻击。

450　look through和look forward to

① look through意为“温习，浏览，检查”。

I spent several hours looking through my lessons last night. 我昨晚花几个小时温习功课。

Look through your homework before handing it in. 交作业前仔细检查一下。

② look forward to意为“盼望，期待（某事发生）”，结构为：

look forward to sth.
look forward to doing sth.

The children are looking forward to the picnic. 孩子们期待着去野餐。

我们盼望着再次见到你。
We are looking forward to meet you again. （look forward to后不可跟不定式）
We are looking forward to meeting you again.

451　look up和consult

① look up后接要查的具体项目，如word，address，time，telephone number等。

You can look up the poem in this book. 你可以在这本书中查找那首诗。

② consult指查阅参考资料/书，如map，dictionary，encyclopedia（百科全书）等。比较：

look up a word in a dictionary在词典上查一个词
consult a dictionary查词典

比较

“查字/词典”不可说look up the dictionary，因为dictionary是查寻的地方，不是查寻的对象，要说成look up the word/a word in the dictionary。

452　loud，loudly和aloud

① loud可作形容词或副词，意为“高声的/地，响亮的/地，大声的/地”，表示说话、唱歌、笑等发出的声音响亮，很容易被别人听见。loud作副词时，只能放在动词后面。

Tell the children not to make loud noise. 告诉孩子们不要大声吵闹。

The radio is too loud；please turn it down. 收音机的音量太大了，请把它调低一点。

Please speak louder. 请大声一点讲。

提示

loud作形容词还可表示颜色、衣服“俗艳的，花哨的”，人的举止“粗俗的，招摇的”。

He is a loud and vulgar person. 他是一个爱出风头、举止粗俗的人。

The dress is loud to wear. 这衣服太花哨，不好穿。

② loudly只用作副词，意为“高声地，大声地”，含有“喧闹”的意思，也可表示衣着“花哨地”。

The child cried loudly. 这孩子大声地哭嚷。

The girl was loudly dressed. 那女孩衣着花哨。

③ aloud只用作副词，表示“出声地”，但同shout，cry等连用时则表示“大声地”。

She read the text aloud. 她朗读课文。（不是默读）

The boy cried aloud. 这男孩大声哭喊。

453　lovely和lovingly是形容词还是副词

① 以-ly结尾的词并非都是副词，下面一些词用作形容词：manly（勇敢的），fatherly（父亲般的），brotherly（兄弟般的），comradely（同志式的），curly（卷曲的），princely（（似）王公贵族的），sisterly（姐妹般的），goodly（漂亮的，相当多），holy（神圣的）。参见上文。

提示

kindly，deadly，deathly，early，lively既是形容词，也是副词。

A kindly person behaves kindly. 和善的人举止和善。

② 下面几个以-ly结尾的词既是形容词，也是名词和副词：

例词

a.

n.

ad.

daily

每天的

日报

每天

weekly

每周的

周报，周刊

每周

monthly

每月（一次）的

月刊

每月（一次）

yearly

每年的

年刊，年鉴

每年

③ lovingly也是形容词，意为“亲爱的”，通常用于书信末尾签名前，写成Yours Lovingly。

M

454　machine和machinery

◎ 两词均表示“机器”，但前者是可数名词，后者是不可数名词，可以说a machine，但不可说a machinery，two machineries，可以说a piece of machinery（一台机器），two pieces of machinery（两台机器）。

They are now using new machineries.
They are now using new machinery. 他们现在使用新机器。

He doesn't know how to operate those machines. 他不知道如何操作那些机器。

Nowadays，most farm work is done by machinery. 现在，大部分农活是由机器来完成的。

提示

比较类似的名词：

poetry（诗歌），集体名词，不可数
poem（诗），可数（a poem，two poems）

jewelry（珠宝），集体名词，不可数
jewel（珠宝），可数（a jewel，two jewels）

weaponry（武器），集体名词，不可数
weapon（武器），可数（a weapon，two weapons）

fiction（小说类），总称，不可数
novel（小说），可数（a novel，two novels）

455　be made of，be made from，be made in，be made for，be made by，be made into，be made out of，be made with和be made up of

① be made of表示“由……制成”，指制成品还可见原材料的模样，原材料的本质不变。

This chair is made of wood. 这把椅子是用木头做的。（木头的性质、形状没变）

The bridge is made of stones. 这座桥是石头造的。（仍可见石头）

These bottles are made of glass. 这些瓶子是玻璃造的。（仍可见玻璃）

② be made from也表示“由……制成”，但制成品已不见原材料的模样，原材料的本质已发生化学变化。

Wine is made from rice. 酒是米酿制的。（酒中已不可见到米，本质已变化）

Gas is made from coal. 煤气由煤制成。

Salt is made from sea water. 盐是海水制成的。（已不可见海水）

③ be made in表示“在某个地方造的”，in后面跟地点名词。

This car is made in Shanghai. 这辆轿车是上海造的。

That radio is made in Japan. 那台收音机是日本造的。

④ be made for表示“为某人、某物或干某事造的”，后跟人、物或动名词。

That machine is made for them by the factory. 那台机器是由这家工厂为他们造的。

These tractors are made for that country. 这些拖拉机是为那个国家造的。

This knife is made for cutting meat. 这把刀是为切肉做的。

⑤ be made by表示“由……造的，被……造的”，为被动语态结构，后跟动作的执行者。

This desk is made by an old worker. 这张桌子是由一位老工人做的。

These toys are made by our factory. 这些玩具是由我们厂制造的。

⑥ be made into表示“（某种原料）可以制成（某种成品）”，主语为原料，into的宾语为成品。make sth. into sth. 表示“把某物制成某物”。

Milk can be made into butter and cheese. 牛奶可以制成黄油和乳酪。

Stones can be made into bridges. 石头可以造桥。

They make glass into bottles. 他们把玻璃制成瓶子。
Glass is made into bottles. 玻璃制成瓶子。

We make cloth into different kinds of clothes. 我们把布做成不同种类的衣服。
Cloth is made into different kinds of clothes. 布被做成不同种类的衣服。

⑦ be made out of表示“（某个成品）由……制成”。

The box is made out of cedar wood. 这个盒子是用杉木做成的。

⑧ be made with表示“用……做”，with后跟原料。

Steamed bread is made with flower. 面包是用面粉做的。

A fruit cake is made with fruit. 水果蛋糕用水果制成。

⑨ be made up of表示“由……组成，由……制成”。

This museum is made up of three parts. 这座博物馆由3个部分组成。

Our class is made up of forty students. 我们班由40名学生组成。

456　major，chief，main和principal

① major指比其他事物更具影响力或更重要。

a major discovery 重大发现

② chief指人或物，分别强调人在同行中地位最高或物在同类中最重要，价值最高。

the chief rivers of India 印度主要的河流

the chief librarian 图书馆长

③ main只用指物，在大小、能量或重要性方面超过其他部分。

the main dish of a meal 一餐的主菜

the main points of the speech 演说的要点

④ principal可用于指人或物，担负主要责任的人，或位居同类之首的物。

the principal figure in the strike 罢工的为首人物

the principal town of the district 该地区最重要的城镇

457　make friends with 还是make friend with

◎ “与……交友，与……建立友谊”在英语中有一固定表达法，即：make friends with sb.。从意义上讲，交友是由两人或多人进行的活动，所以friend一词为复数，不难理解和接受，另外几个类似的结构如：be friends with（与……友好，喜爱），keep friends with（与……保持友好关系），make friends（交朋友，建立友谊，变得友好），其中都用复数friends。

Paul is friends with Bill. 保罗与比尔关系很好。

Mary is friends with roses. 玛丽喜爱玫瑰花。

They have kept friends with each other all these years. 这些年来他们一直保持着友好的关系。

Where he goes he makes friends. 他无论到哪里都广交朋友。

458　man，the man和mankind

① man表示“全体人类”时，不加定冠词the，但指某个人则须加the。

The man is born equal.
Man is born equal. 人生来平等。

The man standing over there is my brother. 站在那边的那个人是我的弟弟。

② man可以表示任何一个人，包括男性和女性，以区别于动物。

In ancient times，men feared thunder—some still do. 古时候，人害怕打雷——有些人现在仍然害怕。

What a piece of work is a man！人是一件多么了不起的杰作！

There is in all men，both male and female，a desire and power of generation. 在所有人身上，不管男人还是女人，都有一种生育的欲望和技能。

③ mankind和human beings均表示“全体人类”，不加定冠词。

Disease is the enemy of mankind. 疾病是人类的敌人。

提示

a man表示“某个人”或“人人”。

A man should love his country. 人人都应爱国。
=Everyone should love his country.
=One should love one's country.

459　manner和manners

◎ 表示“方式，风格，态度”时，manner常用单数形式；表示“礼貌，礼仪”时，要用复数形式manners。

Her manner of walking is quite strange. 她走路的方式很奇特。

He is mild in manner. 他态度温和。

You should have good manners in front of the visitors. 在来宾面前你应该有礼貌。

Manners show/shows one's education. 礼貌反映出一个人的修养。

460　many，many a和many another

① many使用的范围较广，并可用于非正式文体中，可作形容词或代词；many后跟复数可数名词。

Many trees have been cut down there. 那里许多树都被砍伐了。

Many of them can't find work. 他们许多人找不到工作。

② many a是形容词词组，修饰单数可数名词，较文气，表示强调，常用作书面语，除表示“许多”外，也可表示“一个又一个的”。“many a+单数名词”作主语时后接单数谓语动词。

For many a day it rained. 下了好多天的雨。

Many a true word is spoken in jest. 许多真话都是在开玩笑时讲出的。

He received many a letter last week. 他上周收到了一封又一封的信。

③ 也可以说many another+单数名词，意同many a+单数名词。

Many another day went by. 一天又一天过去了。

461　many more和much more

① many more+可数名词复数是一种习惯表达法，意为“比……多得多”，后跟 than 比较结构；也可表示“另有许多”。

She has many more friends here than her sister. 她在这里比她姐姐有更多的朋友。

I have just finished writing one letter. I have many more letters to write today. 我才写完一封信，我今天还有许多信要写。

② much more+不可数名词也是一种习惯表达法，much作状语，修饰 more，意为“比……多得多”，后跟 than 比较结构；也可表示“另有许多”。

He spent much more money on books than Tom. 他花在买书上的钱比汤姆多得多。

Mr. Smith drank much more wine at the party than anybody else. 史密斯先生在宴会上比其他人喝的酒都多。

He has much more money besides this. 除此之外，他另外还有许多钱。

③ much more还可用于修饰形容词或副词，这时，much表示强调，相当于 far，a lot，a great deal。

This story is much more interesting than that one. 这个故事比那个故事有趣得多。

462　marry可用作及物动词和不及物动词

① 用作及物动词，marry表示“娶，嫁，与……结婚”，结构为：

marry sb. 娶某人，嫁给某人
be/get married已结婚（状态）
be/get married to sb. 与某人结婚，嫁给某人
marry one's daughter to sb. 把女儿嫁给某人

John is going to marry Miss Lin. 约翰准备娶林小姐。
Miss Lin is going to marry John. 林小姐准备嫁给约翰。

She got married to one of her classmates. 她嫁给了她的一位同学。

They got married last week. 他们上周结婚了。

She married her daughter to a writer. 她把女儿嫁给了一位作家。

提示

“与……结婚”可以直接用及物动词marry，也可用be/get married to sb. 结构，但不可说marry with sb. 或be married with sb.。

她与一位工人结了婚。
She married with a worker.
She was married with a worker.
She married a worker.
She was/got married to a worker.

② marry用作不及物动词，表示“结婚”。

She married young. 她结婚早。

She married not for love. 她并不是因为爱情而结婚的。

③ marry是非延续性动词，不可同表示一段时间的状语连用，但be married表示的是状态，可以同一段时间状语连用。比较：

They have married for twenty years.
They have been married for twenty years.
It is twenty years since they married. 他们结婚已经20年了。

提示

①问某人“婚否”要说：Are you married？Is she married？Is your brother married？

②“未婚”可说：I'm single.

③问何时结婚的应说：When did you get married？When were you married？

463　matter，affair和business

① matter指必须考虑的事件、事情。在“What is the matter with…？”句型中，matter意为“麻烦”。

What is the matter with the car？车子出了什么毛病？

He raised/took up the matter with me. 他向我提出那个问题。

② affair是可数名词，意为“事件，事务”。如：public affairs（公共事务），international affairs（国际事务）。

Mind your own affairs. 别管闲事。

③ business多指商业活动，也指“职业，职责，责任，工作任务”等。

He went to Shanghai on business. 他出差去上海了。

464　mean，means，method，way，tool和medium

① mean是及物动词，常表示如下几种含义。

（1）意思是……，有……意思。

I don't know what this word means. 我不知道这个词什么意思。

What I mean is that you should be more careful. 我的意思是你应该更加细心。

What do you mean by saying that？你那样说话是什么意思？

（2）意味着，就是（后跟名词或动名词）。

Life to her means struggle. 生活对于她来说就意味着斗争。

Missing the train means waiting for another hour. 没赶上车就意味着再等1小时。

（3）打算，意欲（后跟名词、代词或不定式）。

He means you no harm. 他无意伤害你。

She means to stay here. 她想留在这里。

I have meant to call on you yesterday，but it rained hard. 我本打算昨天拜访你的，但却下了大雨。（have meant to do sth. 表示“本来打算干什么”）

比较

mean to do sth. 打算做某事，想做某事，决意做某事
mean doing sth. 意思是，意味着（主语是人时，常与by短语搭配）

What do you mean to say at the meeting？你想在会上说什么？
His manner of speaking means refusing your suggestion. 他说话的方式意味着拒绝你的建议。

（4）有价值，有意义，与a lot，much，a great deal，little，nothing连用。

Good health means much to us. 健康的身体对我们至关重要。

Money means little to him. 他对金钱并不看重。

（5）打算让，结构为：mean sb. to do sth.。

His father meant him to be a soldier. 他父亲打算让他当兵。

I didn't mean you to do the work. 我本不打算让你做这项工作。

（6）mean 也用于一些惯用句型中。

I mean what I say. 我说话是算数的。

He certainly means what he says. 他当然说话算数。

Do you mean to say he's wrong？你难道是说他错了？

② means是名词，表示“方法，工具，手段”，单复数相同，主要指为达到某个目的或目标而采取的手段、方法，也指具体的工具、器械，尤指通信、交通工具。结构为：

the means to do sth.
the means of doing sth.
by means of sth.

What is the best means to realize our purpose？实现我们目的的最好方法是什么？

Thoughts are expressed by means of words. 思想是靠语言来表达的。

A hammer is a means of driving a nail. 锤子是敲钉子的工具。

③ method常指系统的、逻辑的方法或办法。

The new scientific method has been widely used. 这种新的科学方法已被广泛运用。

④ way是一般用语，指解决问题的具体办法或途径，也指“道路，路”。

Where there is a will，there is a way. 有志者事竟成。

We've got to think out a way to explain it. 我们得想出一种解决它的方法。

⑤ tool意为“工具，器具”，通常指木工、泥瓦工、农业、耕作使用的，用手工操作的，较简单的工具，有时也喻指“手段，方法”。

There are some farm tools in the corner. 墙角上有一些农具。

He is a mere tool in the hands of the secret police. 他只是秘密警察手中的工具而已。

A dictionary is a useful tool for a translator. 词典是译者的有用工具。

⑥ medium意为“媒介”，指东西或物质，借助于某物（尤指无形物如声、热、信息）传递给他人或别的物体。也可表示“宣传工具”，复数为mediums或media。

Air is the medium for sound. 空气是传播声音的介体。

mass media 大众传媒

465　meet和meet with

① meet用作动词时，意为“遇见，迎接，跟（人）结识，迎战，应付（困难、厄运等）”，可作及物动词或不及物动词。

They often write，but seldom meet. 他们经常通信，但很少见面。

I met an old friend in the street yesterday. 我昨天在街上遇见一位朋友。

He has gone to meet his father at the station. 他去火车站接他父亲了。

I shall do my best to meet the difficulty. 我将尽最大努力应对困难。

② meet with表示“无意/偶然遇到（meet by chance，come across），经历、遭遇（困难、麻烦、事故）”。在现代英语中，也可用meet表示“经历、遭遇（困难等）”。

I met with her in the bookstore. 我偶然在书店里碰到了她。
I met her in the bookstore. 我在书店里遇见了她。
She met with an accident in the street. 她在街上出了事故。

提示

meet可表示“满足（要求等）”，而meet with则不可。

He didn't meet the qualifications. 他不符合条件。

This will meet their need. 这将会满足他们的需求。

466　men和people

① 表示“人群”时，要用people，不用men。

所有的街道到处都是人。
All the streets were full of men.
All the streets were full of people.

② people表示“人”时，是复数名词，不可作单数用，可与two以上的数字连用。

I saw five peoples there.
I saw five people there. 我看到那儿有五个人。

I saw a people there.
I saw a man/a person there. 我看到那儿有个男子/人。

467　middle，centre和midst

① middle指“中间部分，中部”，但不一定是正中心。

Don't stand in the middle of the road. 不要站在路中间。

② centre指场所的正中心，中心点；常用于比喻中。

Here is just the centre of the city. 这儿正是城市的中心。

It is the commercial centre of the country. 它是这个国家的商业中心。

She is the centre of public admiration. 她受到人们的广泛赞扬。

比较

the centre of the town 城市的中心（点）
the middle of the town 城市的中部

③ midst指“在一个群体中（among）”或“在……过程中（what is taking place or being done）”。

He found her in the midst of a group of friends. 他在一群朋友中间发现了她。

468　mind doing sth. 和Do you mind…？

① mind作动词用，意为“介意，反对”，后跟名词或动名词，不可跟不定式。

I don't mind his words. 我不介意他的话。

Would you mind waiting a few minutes？请你等一下好吗？

Would you mind opening the window？你反对打开窗户吗？

② mind作动词用，意为“注意，当心”，后跟名词或从句。

Mind the dog. 当心狗。

Mind what I say. 注意我的话。

③ never mind表示“别介意，没关系”。

Never mind the cost. 不要管费用多少。

Never mind what he said. 不要介意他说什么。

④ make up one's mind表示“下决心”。

He has made up his mind doing it. （后不跟动名词）
He has made up his mind to do it. 他已下决心做那件事。

⑤ change one's mind表示“改变主意”。

He has changed his mind again. 他又改变主意了。

提示

mind 后可跟if从句，注意句型的转换。

Do you mind if I open the window？我打开窗户你会介意吗？
=Do you mind my opening the window？

⑥ Do you mind…？或Would you mind…？常用来请求别人许可做某事，表示许可用Not at all 或 No，go ahead. 回答，表示不许可用Yes，I do mind.或Yes，I mind very much. 回答。

A：Do you mind my smoking here？我在这里抽烟你介意吗？
B：No，go ahead. 不，请抽吧。

A：Do you mind if I take it away？我把它拿走你介意吗？
B：Yes，I do mind. 我当然介意。

469　misfortune，disaster，calamity，catastrophe和mishap

① misfortune不幸，一般用语。

② disaster灾难，一般用语，指突然降临，其严重后果大于 misfortune，天灾人祸各种因素都可导致。

③ calamity正式用语，后果严重，常指天灾，自然灾害。

④ catastrophe语气强，指大祸，灾变，悲剧等，可以是自然因素，也可以是人为因素所致。

⑤ mishap小小的不幸，语气轻。

Years before，her house was burnt down but that was a calamity they could make up for. This time the death of her husband，followed by her only son，in the same road accident，was a real catastrophe. And it was not a mishap but a disaster to the company who depended so much on the man's specialized technological knowledge. Considering her experience，one is reminded of the saying “Misfortunes never come alone.” 几年前她家房子被焚毁，不过那场天灾他们可以弥补。这次她丈夫和独生子相继死于同一场车祸，确实是场大灾难。而且，对于如此依赖此人专业技术知识的公司来讲，也不是小小的不幸，而是灾祸。想到她的经历，人们不禁想起“祸不单行”这句老话。

470　be mistaken about和be mistaken for

① be mistaken about表示“弄错”，mistaken为形容词作表语。

You are mistaken about the meaning of the phrase. 你把这个短语的意思弄错了。

② be mistaken for表示“被误看作”，mistaken是过去分词。

She has been mistaken for a spy. 她被误看成是间谍。

471　money和cash

◎ money和cash（现金）均为不可数名词。

He has only a little money on him. 他身上只带一点钱。

Please pay in cash. 请付现金。（不用money）

提示

change表示“零钱”，为不可数名词。

Don't forget your change！不要忘了找你的钱！

472　moral和morale

① moral a. 道德（上）的，道义的；n.寓意，教育意义。

I'm in a moral dilemma. 我处于道德上进退两难的困境。

The moral of the story was “Look before you leap”. 这个故事的教益是“三思而后行”。

② morale士气，精神面貌；道德，品行。

The news was a boost to morale. 这消息鼓舞了士气。

473　more and more和the more…the more

① more and more意为“越来越”，表示的是递增或递减，指数量的越来越多，性质的越来越强或越来越弱。more and more可以作定语，修饰名词，可以作表语，也可以作状语。

More and more people enjoy sports in the open air. 越来越多的人喜欢户外运动。

I like the city more and more. 我越来越喜爱这座城市。

The story gets more and more exciting. 这个故事越来越激动人心。

The king became more and more mad. 那个国王变得越来越疯狂了。

It is getting colder and colder. 天越来越冷了。

② the more…the more表示“越……越”，指两个事物在程度或数量上作等量增加或减少。注意，在这种结构中，两者都要用比较级，可以是形容词比较级，也可以是副词比较级。

The more one has，the more one wants. 一个人拥有越多，越想拥有更多。

The sooner you finish the work，the better it is. 这项工作你完成得越早越好。

The faster you walk，the earlier you'll get there. 你走得越快，就能越早到那里。

The more angry he became，the more she laughed at him. 他越生气，她越嘲笑他。

The longer you look at the moon，the brighter it seems to be. 月亮越看越明亮。

474　more than a和more than one

① more than a中的a指的是“一个，任何一个”，表示的是类别。

He will stay here for more than a mouth. 他将在这里待一个多月。（超过30天）

② more than one中的one强调数量是“一个”，而不是“两个，三个，四个”。

比较

It took her more than an hour to get there. 到达那里花了她一个多小时。（一个小时多一点）
It took her more than one hour to get there. 到达那里花了她不止一个小时。（可能两个小时，三个小时）

He has a sister who studies in Fudan University. 他有一个妹妹在复旦大学学习。（可能有几个妹妹）
He has one sister who studies in Fudan University.（表示只有一个妹妹）

475　most，mostly和at（the）most

① most作形容词，表示“大多数的，大部分的”，用作定语，后跟复数名词，指一般的或泛指的人或物，这时，most前不可用定冠词the。

The most people like to watch TV.
Most people like to watch TV. 大多数人都喜欢看电视。

The most students are fond of sports.
Most students are fond of sports. 大部分学生喜爱运动。

② most作名词，表示“大多数，大部分”，表示特指的人或物。结构为：

most of+代词宾格
most of+限定词+名词（限定词可以是定冠词、指示代词或形容词性物主代词）

作名词用的most可以表示单数，也可以表示复数，取决于of后的名词。另外，这种用法的most前不可加the。

地球的大部分被水覆盖着。
Most of earth is covered with water.
Most of the earth are covered with water.
Most of the earth is covered with water.
Most of it is covered with water.

大部分学生都来参加会议了。
Most of students have come to the meeting.
The most of the students have come to the meeting.
Most of the students have come to the meeting.

Most of his students have come to the meeting. 他的大部分学生都来参加会议了。

③ most作代词，同the连用时，表示“最多的数量”。

This bag holds the most. 这个包容量最大。

④ most作副词，表示“最，很，第一”。

What did you most enjoy？你最欣赏的是什么？

I saw her most at that time. 我那时候常见到她。

That problem troubles her most. 那个问题最使她头痛。

I do thank you most warmly for your timely help. 我确实非常热诚地感谢你的及时帮助。

提示

most表示very时，只用于肯定句，不可用于条件句、否定句或疑问句。

He is a most diligent student in the class. 他是班上一个很用功的学生。
He is the most diligent student in the class. 他是班上最用功的学生。

⑤ mostly是副词，意为“多半地，大多数地”。

The visitors are mostly from Japan. 参观者大都来自日本。

The audience consisted mostly of women. 观众大部分是妇女。

He used his car mostly for going to the shops. 他用车主要是去买东西。

She is out mostly on Sundays. 她星期天多半不在家。

⑥ at（the）most意为“至多，最多”，也可说at the very most。

I can pay only twenty dollars at most. 我最多只能付20美元。

At most，I'll be away two days. 我最多离开两天。

提示

比较下面两句的不同含义：

They are most kind. 他们都非常善良。
They are mostly kind. 他们大多善良。

476　Mrs.，Ms，Miss，mistress和Madam

① Mrs.或Mrs读作［ˈmɪsɪz］，Mrs. 是Mistress 的缩写，复数为Mmes，意为“夫人”，放在已婚妇女的姓或姓名之前，如：Mrs. John Smith 约翰·史密斯夫人，Mr. and Mrs. Brown 布朗先生和夫人。另外，Mrs.（夫人）与 Mr.（先生）相对，Mr. 是 Mister 的缩写。

② Miss读作［mɪs］，意为“小姐，女士”，放在未婚姑娘的姓或姓名之前，如：Miss Smith 史密斯小姐，the Miss Greens（或 the Misses Greens）格林家的小姐们，Miss Wang 王小姐。

Miss 还可用于对招待员、店员或年轻教师的称呼，如：

Good Evening，Miss. 晚上好，小姐。

③ Ms读作［mɪz］，意为“夫人，女士，小姐”，放在已婚或未婚女子姓氏之前，可代表Mrs. 或 Miss。如果不清楚对方的婚姻状况，最好使用Ms。

④ mistress读作［ˈmɪstrɪs］，意为“女主人，主妇”，如：Is your mistress at home？女主人在家吗？

⑤ Madam意为“夫人，太太，女士”，对妇女的尊称，不可与姓氏连用。

提示

在英美等以英语为母语的国家，称呼老师不用 teacher，而要先说尊称，后说姓，用 Mrs.，Miss，Mr.。

477　murmur和whisper

① murmur可作名词或不及物动词，表示“（小溪、蜜蜂等）低微的声音，嘟哝，发牢骚”。

They heard the murmur of the stream in the distance. 他们听到了远处小溪的潺潺声。

The bees are murmuring among the flowers. 蜜蜂在花丛里嗡嗡吟唱。

The workers murmured against the poor food. 工人们抱怨食物太差。

② whisper可作名词或动词，表示“耳语，说悄悄话”，指两人或多人悄声说话。

They are whispering about something. 他们在悄悄地说着什么。

They are talking in whispers. 他们在低声交谈。

478　must，can，can't和may/might表示的“推测”

① must可以表示推测或推断，意为“想必，一定，准是”。must表示推测时只用于肯定句中，把握较大，常是合乎逻辑发展的必然结果。

He must be very hungry；he has worked in the fields all the afternoon. 他整个下午都在田里干活，一定很饿了。

② 在疑问句中表示推测要用can（可能），在否定句中表示推测要用can't（不可能）。

Can they have got my letter？他们可能已经收到我的信了吗？

This red pencil can't be yours. Yours is a blue one. 这支红铅笔不可能是你的。你的铅笔是蓝色的。

It can't be Sam that tells the lie；it must be Bob. 一定不是山姆说了谎，一定是鲍勃。

③ may/might表示推测时，意为“可能，也许”，把握性没有must大。这种用法的might不是表示过去时态，而是表示对当前情况的推测，语气上更加委婉。

He may/might be a worker. 他也许是一个工人。
He must be a worker. 他准是一个工人。

This sentence may/might be wrong. 这个句子可能错了。
This sentence must be wrong. 这个句子一定错了。

He may/might be invited to the party. 他可能会被邀请参加晚会。
He must be invited to the party. 他肯定会被邀请参加晚会。

There may/might be something wrong with the car. 车子可能出毛病了。
There must be something wrong with the car. 车子准是出毛病了。

④ must，can，can't，may/might表示推测、推断时，可以转换为相应的复合句，形式为：

must→It's certain+that从句
can→Is it possible+that从句
can't→It's impossible+that从句
may/might→It's possible+that从句

It must be a big fish. 那一定是一条大鱼。
It's certain that it is a big fish.

Can his words be true？他的话可能是真的吗？
Is it possible that his words are true？

He can't be still working now. 他不可能现在仍在工作。
It's impossible that he is still working now.

He may/might be still worrying about it. 他可能仍在为那件事担心。
It's possible that he is still worrying about it.

比较

He must be over sixty years old. 他准有60多岁了。
He can't be over sixty years old. 他不可能有60多岁了。
Can he be over sixty years old？他会有60多岁吗？

提示

注意不可说Yes，I need；作情态动词用时，need通常用于否定句和疑问句，不用于肯定句，肯定句要用must。

A：Need I go there at once？我需要马上去吗？
B：Yes，you need.
B：Yes，you must.

I must get up early，but you needn't. 我必须早起床，但你不必。

479　must/may/might/can't/couldn't have done

◎ 本句型用于对过去的推测，must have done意为“过去一定做了某事”；may/might have done表示“过去可能做了某事”；can't/couldn't have done表示“不可能已经做了某事”；本句型的疑问句和否定句要用can或could。在此句型中，用may和can语气较强，用might和could语气较弱，并无时态之分。

Jim lookes tired out. He must have sat up too late last night. 吉姆看上去非常疲惫，他昨晚一定睡得太迟了。

The light in his room is out. He might/may have gone to bed. 他房间里的灯熄了，他可能已经睡了。

You can't/couldn't have seen her yesterday. She went on an expedition a few days ago. 你昨天不可能看到她的，她几天前外出探险去了。

Frank looks worried. What may have happened to him？弗兰克看上去忧心忡忡的。他可能发生了什么事？

480　must和have to

◎ must和have to都作“必须”解，一般情况下可通用，美式英语中用have to较多。

You must/have to do as you are asked. 要你怎么做，你就一定要怎么做。

① must表示说话人的个人意志、主观看法或要求；或表示道义上的“必须”；have to表示“外界”的义务或客观的需要，即别人认为某事要你去做，或者有一项协议、规定、法律等，要求你必须去做。

You must stop smoking. 你必须戒烟。（个人的主观要求）

You have to follow these rules. 你必须遵守这些规则。（客观环境有这种要求）

You must get up early. 你必须早起床。（强烈的主观要求）
You have to get up early. 你有必要早起床。（客观需要，比如要赶上某班车）

② must没有过去时态和将来时态（但在间接引语中仍用 must）；have to的过去式为 had to，将来式为 will have to，表示将来“还得……”，今后“还有必要……”。

He had to hurry or he'd be late. 他必须赶紧走，否则要迟到了。（迫于时间很紧）

You will have to do more exercises. 你还得做更多的练习。（才能把所学的知识巩固）

He must go there last night.
He had to go there last night. 他昨天晚上必须去那里。

He reminded me that I must be at the office by seven. 他提醒我必须在七点钟前到办公室。

③ 表示否定时，两者的含义明显不同。比较：

You have not to tell her the news. 你用不着把消息告诉她。
=You need not tell her the news.
You must not tell her the news. 你决不可把消息告诉她。
=You are not allowed to tell her the news.

④ have to的疑问式要用do，does 或 do 引起。

Have you to do it today？
Do you have to do it today？ 你非得今天做这件事吗？

⑤ have to的否定式有两种。

You don't have to take an umbrella with you. 你不一定非得带雨伞。
You haven't to take an umbrella with you.

We don't have to go to school on Sunday. 星期天我们不上学。（通常的情况）

We haven't to go to school today，because it's Teachers' Day. 今天我们不上学，因为今天是教师节。（特定的情况）

⑥ 注意“Do you have to…？”的肯定回答和否定回答。

A：Do you have to do housework？你必须做家务吗？
B：Yes，I do./Yes，I have to./Yes，I've got to. 是的，必须做。
B：No，I don't have to./No，I haven't got to. 不，不必。

N

481　nature，character和personality

① nature的使用范围最广，指生来就有、不可改变的性格。

Mary has a cheerful nature. 玛丽生性快乐。

② character往往与道德有关系，指对某人个性或人格所作的客观评价。

Such influence can change man's character for the better. 这样的影响可以把人的性格变得更好。

③ personality指某人稳定的心理特征。

The environment shapes personality. 环境造就个性。

482　near，nearly和next to

① near及其比较级和最高级nearer和nearest均可用作介词或副词，作介词用时，near意为“靠近，在……的附近”，后跟名词、代词等。作副词用时，near多指空间或时间上的“近”，放在动词后面，意为“在附近，近地”，后不可加宾语。near to，nearer to和nearest to也都是正确说法，后跟名词或代词。

He is sitting near the window. 他靠近窗户坐着。

There are no shops near here. 这里附近没有商店。

Please stand nearer. 请靠近些站。

He lives nearest to our school. 他住得离我们学校最近。

He lives quite near. 他住得很近。

The Spring Festival is drawing near. 春节临近了。

It is known far and near. 这件事到处流传。

② near还可表示“亲近地；几乎，差不多”。

She came near being killed by a car. 她差点儿被车压死。

③ near还可用作形容词，意为“近的，接近的”，作定语或表语。

Which is the nearest way to the station？哪条是去火车站最近的路？

The post office is quite near. 邮局离得很近。

④ nearly表示“几乎，差不多；亲切地，亲密地”。

I nearly missed the train. 我差点儿没赶上火车。

It's nearly eleven o'clock. 现在大约11点钟了。

She was nearly drowned. 她差一点淹死。（=almost）

The matter concerns her nearly. 这件事与她密切相关。

提示

在下面两句中，用near 与 nearly 均可：

They are near/nearly related. 他们是近亲。

He was near/nearly dead with fright. 他几乎给吓死。

⑤ next to为介词短语，后跟名词，意为“靠近，相邻，贴近”。

She sits next to me in class. 在班上她坐在我旁边。

They are lying next to each other. 他们相互靠近躺着。

483　nearly和almost

① nearly和almost在肯定句中，都作“几乎，差不多”解，常可换用。

Nearly/Almost all the children like the book. 几乎所有的儿童都喜欢这本书。

② almost表示的程度要更准确些。

It's almost 11 o'clock. 差不多11点了。

③ almost可以说是几分钟之差，nearly表示的时间差则可以大些。nearly可与not单独连用，不可修饰no，never，none，nothing；almost不可与not单独连用，但可修饰no，never，none，nothing。

He has nearly no money.
He has almost no money. 他几乎没有钱。

They are not almost ready.
They are not nearly ready. 他们还远没准备好。

484　neglect，ignore和omit

① neglect指有意或无意地（intentional or unintentional）对职责、任务等疏忽。后接名词或动名词表示“不注意”，后接不定式表示“忘记”。

neglect one's meals and sleep 废寝忘食

She neglected to close the windows. 她忘了关窗。

② ignore表示对某物假装不知，故意不理（intentional）；有时含有傲慢意味，对所忽视的对象表现出轻侮行为。

You have ignored what I said in the letter. 你忽视了我信中说的话。

She saw him coming but she ignored him. 她看见他来了，但没有理他。

③ omit指经过考虑而有意不做，也可指完全出于疏忽而漏掉或未做；还可表示省略、删去词、句等。omit后可跟名词、动名词或不定式。

She omitted any mention of her own life. 她没有谈及自己的生活。

He omitted to say whether these papers should be sent to him. 他没说这些文件是否要送给他。

Mary omitted making her bed. 玛丽没铺床。

485　nice和nice and

① nice是形容词，可作定语或表语，表示“好的，愉快的”等多种含义。

a nice book好书

nice weather天气晴朗

a nice man正派的人

a nice flower好看的花

look nice相貌/服装好看

a nice holiday愉快的假期

② nice作表语时，常构成下面的结构：

be nice to sb.
be nice to do sth.
It is nice to do sth.
It is nice doing sth.
It is nice of sb. to do sth.

You are nice to say so. 你这样说真是太好了。
It is nice to say so.
It is nice saying so.
It is nice of you to say so.

③ nice and+形容词或副词是口语中常用的强调结构，意为“很，非常”，nice and相当于very，quite。

The room is nice and cool. 这房间很凉爽。

The train is going nice and fast. 火车正风驰电掣般地飞奔。

He got up nice and early. 他起得很早。

486　no…but和nothing but

① no+名词+but相当于only+名词/代词，意为“只有”，这里的but表示“除了”。

No one but she knows the secret. 只有她知道这个秘密。
= Only she knows the secret.

No dictionary but this one is the most useful. 只有这本词典最有用。
= Only this dictionary is the most useful.

② but还可构成nothing but，nobody but，no one but，no man but，nowhere but等，也相当于only。

It is nothing but a joke. 这只是一个玩笑。
=It is only a joke.

I have nothing left but a few dollars. 我只剩下几美元了。
=I have only a few dollars left.

Nobody but a fool would believe him. 只有傻瓜才会相信他。
=Only a fool would believe him.

你只能在这个湖里才能发现这种鱼。
You can find this kind of fish nowhere but in this lake.
=You can find this kind of fish only in this lake.

No man but a fool would believe his words. 除了傻瓜，谁也不会相信他的话。

487　no more的四种用法

① no more可以作定语，表示“没有多余的，没有另外的”。

There is no more ink in the bottle. 瓶子里再没有墨水了。

No more men came to the island. 再也没有人到这个岛上来。

I have no more money in the pocket. 我口袋里再没有钱了。

② no more可以作状语，表示“不再”。

We saw the animal no more. 我们再也没有见过这种动物。

I am afraid I shall see her no more. 恐怕我再也见不到她了。

③ no more作名词短语，可作主语或宾语，表示“没有更多的东西”。

No more can be done. 再没有什么可做了。

I have no more to tell you. 我没有更多的东西要告诉你了。

④ no more还可作“也不，也没有”解，相当于neither。

She didn't buy the book. No more/Nor/Neither did I. 她没有买那本书，我也没买。（这种用法的no more后要用倒装）

488　no more than，not more than和no/not+比较级+than

① no more than表示数量时，意为“只有，仅仅”，相当于only，含有少的意思。not more than表示数量时，意为“不超过”，相当于at most。not more than强调不超过某一数目，可能低于某个数目。比较：

The wounded soldier could walk no more than a couple of miles. 那个受伤的士兵只能再走两三英里路。

I have no more than five dollars. 我只有5美元。（仅有5美元）
I have not more than five dollars. 我的钱不超过5美元。（可能是4美元或3美元）

He caught no more than six fish. 他只捕了6条鱼。（数量之少，太不理想）
He caught not more than six fish. 他捕的鱼不超过6条。（可能是5条或4条）

② no+比较级+than表示程度时，意为“同……一样不”，两者都否定；not+比较级+than表示程度时，意为“并不比……强”，两者都肯定。比较：

Tom is no richer than Jim. 汤姆同吉姆一样不富有。（两人都穷）
Tom is not richer than Jim. 汤姆并不比吉姆更富有。（两人都富有）

Jack is no more diligent than he is. 杰克同他一样不用功。（=Jack is as lazy as he is.）
Jack is not more diligent than he is. 杰克并不比他更用功。（两人都用功）

Her husband is no more ill than she. 她没有病，她丈夫也没有病。

He is no more an expert than I am. 我不是专家，他也不是。

他们住在这里最多不过三个月。
They have lived here for not more than three months.
=They have lived here for three months at（the）most.

489　noise，sound和voice

① noise常具有贬义，表示令人心烦的、不和谐的“嘈杂声，噪音，响声”。noise可用作可数名词，可以用a，some，any修饰，但不可用many修饰，不可说many noises。noise也可用作不可数名词，可以说much noise。

Who is making such a big noise？谁这么吵闹？

I hate noise. 我讨厌噪音。

Don't make any noise here. 在这里不要弄出声响来。

Don't make so much noise. 不要大声嚷嚷。

② sound泛指“声音”，指一切可以听到的声音，多用作可数名词。

I can hear the sound of the bells outside. 我能够听见外面的铃声。

She opened the door without making a sound. 她打开门，没弄出一点声响。

Sounds came from the flower garden. 声音从花园里传来。

③ voice表示“嗓音”，指人的说话或唱歌的声音，可以作可数名词或不可数名词。

She speaks in a low voice. 她说话轻声细语。

I heard a voice in the room. 我听见房间里有说话声。

She has a very sweet voice. 她的声音很甜美。

He spoke at the top of his voice. 他大声说话。

490　none，nobody，all，neither和no one

① none和all：none是不定代词，表示三个或三个以上全部否定；all表示三个或三个以上全部肯定。 none不可用作定语，后面不可直接跟名词，但可以跟of短语。none作主语时，通常用复数谓语动词，但表示“当中一个也不……”时，可用单数谓语动词；“none of+不可数名词”作主语时，要用单数谓语动词，相当于not any of。none和all的正确结构为：

①

none of+代词宾格
none of+限定词+复数名词或不可数名词
all+复数名词或不可数名词（表示泛指）
all+限定词+复数名词或不可数名词（表示特指）
all of+代词宾格
all of+限定词+复数名词

None these pens are mine.
None of these pens are mine. 这些钢笔都不是我的。
None of them are mine.

None money is hers.
None of the money is hers. 这些钱一笔也不是她的。

All of the money is hers.
All the money is hers. 所有这些钱都是她的。

All of these books are mine. 所有这些书都是我的。
=All of them are mine.
=All the books are mine.

None is left. 没有东西剩下了。（指物）
None are free now. 没有人现在有空。（指人）

All is lost. 一切都完了。（指事物）
All were present. 所有的人都出席了。（指人）

All hope is gone. 一切希望都破灭了。
All roads lead to Rome. 条条道路通罗马。

② none和neither：none指三个或三个以上“都不”；neither指两个之中“都不”，none和neither都表示全部否定。

None of the students went there. 学生们都没有去那里。

Neither of the two students went there. 那两个学生没有一人去那里了。

③ none和no one：none可以指人，也可以指物；而no one通常指人，但也可指物；no one作主语时，谓语动词要用单数形式。可以说none of sb./sth.，也可以说no one of sb.或no one of sth.。

None like the book. 没有人喜欢这本书。
No one likes the book. 没有一个人喜欢这本书。

None of them have/has left. 他们都没有离开。
No one of them has left. 他们没有一个人离开。

None of these books are/is good. 这些书都不好。
No one of the ruler is strictly observed. 这些规定无一严格遵守了。

④ nobody相当于no one，但不能说nobody of sb.。

Nobody of us is free.
No one of us is free. 我们没有一人空闲。
Nobody is free. 没人空闲。

⑤ nobody和no one可同 else 连用，而none则不可以。

Nobody else but Tom went there. 除汤姆外，谁也没去那里。

No one else in our class can run as fast as Jim. 我们班上没有人能跑得同吉姆一样快。

提示

在简略回答中，no one和nobody回答who引导的问句，或回答内含who引导定语从句的一般疑问句；而none回答how many或how much问句。

A：Who will go with me？谁将同我一起去？
B：No one. 没谁同你去。

A：Are there any teachers here who can speak Russian？这里的老师有谁能说俄语吗？
B：No one/Nobody. 没有人。

A：How much oil is there in the bottle？瓶子里有多少油？
B：None. 一点也没有。

491　not a bit和a bit，not a little和a little

① a bit和a little都可以用作副词短语，表示“一点儿，有点儿”，修饰动词。

He felt a bit/a little tired. 他感到有点儿累。

Please warm the dishes a bit/a little. 请把菜热一下。

② not a bit用作副词，表示“一点也不，根本不”，表示否定；而not a little用作副词时，表示“很，非常”，相当于very，用作形容词时，相当于much，表示肯定。

比较

He is a bit/a little angry. 他有点儿生气。
He is not a bit angry. 他根本不生气。
He is not a little angry. 他非常生气。

He has not a bit money.
He has not a little money. 他有很多钱。
He has a lot of/much money.

③ a bit和a little用作副词短语时，还可表示“一会儿”，相当于a short time，a moment。

Please wait a bit/a little. 请等一会儿。

④ a bit和a little还可用作形容词短语，意为“一点儿”，修饰不可数名词，作定语。

He has only a little money left. 他只剩下一点钱了。

Please give her a bit bread. 请给她一点面包。

492　not at all和at all

① not at all是用来回答感谢、道歉的客气话，意为“不客气，没什么，没关系”。

A：Thank you for your help. 感谢你的帮助。
B：Not at all ！不客气！

A：Sorry，I am late again. 对不起，我又迟到了。
B：Oh，not at all. Come in please. 噢，没关系，请进吧！

② at all是副词短语，在疑问句中用来加强语气，意为“到底，究竟”。

Do you know her at all？你到底认不认识她？

Does he like it at all？他究竟喜不喜欢它？

③ 用于条件句中，at all表示假设语气，意为“既然……就，当真”。

If you do it at all，do it well. 既然要做，就把它做好。

Come early if you come at all. 要来就早来。

④ 用于肯定句中，at all表示惊讶、意外等语气，意为“竟然”。

I'm surprised that he agreed to the plan at all. 他竟然同意这个计划，我很吃惊。

493　not only…but also和as well as

◎ not only…but also用来连接平行的词或词组，意义与用法同as well as相似，但强调的重点有所不同。not only…but also强调的是后者，as well as强调的是前者。这两个连接词进行转换时，要注意被强调对象的转移。

比较

not only A but also B→重点在后
B as well as A→重点在前

他不但给她写信，而且给她寄了钱。
He not only wrote to her but also sent her some money.
He sent her some money as well as wrote to her.

提示

①由于as well as所强调的是前者，所以as well as连接两个词作主语时，谓语动词的数要同as well as前面的主语一致。

She as well as you is right. 她和你都是对的。

②在“He works as well as a skilled worker. ”一句中，as well as 不是连词，不表示“不但……而且”，这种用法中的well是副词，意为“好”，as…as为表示平等比较的连词，意为“像……一样”。上句可译为“他工作像一位熟练工人那样好。”

494　not so much as 和not so much…as

① not so much as意为“甚至……都没有，甚至……不”，相当于 without even。

He cannot so much as write his own name. 他甚至连自己的名字都不会写。（=He cannot even write his own name.）

She went away not so much as saying good-bye. 她甚至不辞而别。

She went straight ahead not so much as looking back. 她径直向前走，甚至连头也没有回一下。

② not so much…as意为“与其说是……不如说是”，相当于 rather than。

He is not so much a scholar as an artist. 与其说他是个学者，不如说他是个艺术家。

I like his brother not so much because he is clever as because he is honest. 我喜欢他的兄弟，与其说是由于他聪明，不如说是由于他诚实。

His success in writing is not so much by inspiration as by diligence. 他在写作方面的成功，与其说是靠灵感，毋宁说是靠勤奋。

③ not so much…as还可表示“少于，没有像……一样多”。

He has not so much money as you. 他不像你那么有钱。

I am not so much fond of jazz as my classmates think. 我不像我的同学想象的那样喜欢爵士乐。

495　not…without

◎ not…without是一种双重否定结构，表示的是肯定含义，意为“没有……不，只有……才”，也可以用never…without。

Man can't live without food. 人没有食物不能活。

They can't finish the work on time without your help. 没有你的帮助，他们就不能按时完成工作。

Don't enter the room without knocking at the door. 不敲门勿进房间。

She never speaks English without making mistakes. 她一说英语就出错。

I never see the picture without thinking of her. 我看见这幅画就会想起她。

There is no smoke without fire. 有烟就有火。

496　note和coin

◎ note（钞票）和coin（硬币）均为可数名词。

He has two five pound notes. 他有两张5镑的钞票。

She has many silver coins. 她有许多银币。

提示

日常英语中常用bill代替note，如：a ten-dollar bill（一张10美元钞票）。在短语in coin中，coin不可加s。

497　notice，take notice of，pay attention to，observe和catch sight of

① notice意为“注意到，看到”，仅指“注意到”这一客观事实，为无意识的行为。

② take notice of表示有意识的行为。

He passed by without noticing her. 他经过时没注意到她。
He passed by without taking notice of her. 他经过时没有理她。

③ pass attention to表示“注意”，指主观上主动的注意或留意。

Please pay attention to this phrase. 请注意这个短语。

④ observe意为“观察，仔细地看”，相当于watch carefully，see and notice。

She closely observed every detail of their actions. 她仔细观察了他们动作的每个细节。

⑤ catch sight of意为“突然看见，一瞥”，相当于begin to see suddenly。

I caught sight of a kite when I looked up. 我朝天上看时，突然看见了一只风筝。

498　now that

◎ now that意为“既然”，较为正式，引导原因状语从句，表示说话人及听者都知道的客观事实，that 有时可省。

Now that you have taken up the job，you should do it well. 你既然承担了这项工作，就应该做好它。

Now（that） we have gone so far，we might go a little further. 既然我们已经走这么远了，那就再多走段路吧。

O

499　obligation，duty和responsibility

① obligation（a duty，promise or condition that indicates what action ought to be taken）义务，责任（一般指按法律、合同、诺言、道德规范或其他类似规定确定的该做和不该做的事）。

He is under the obligation of supporting his aged mother. 他有赡养年迈母亲的义务。

② duty（what one must do either because of one's job or because one thinks it right）责任，职责（主要是指出于道德、伦理和信仰上的责任感，并非外界强行的压力）。

He failed in his duty. 他失职。

③ responsibility （常与to，for 连用）负责，责任（强调对个人、社会、公众或信仰等所履行的任何形式的责任、义务）。

It is the responsibility of all statesmen to work for peace. 争取和平是所有政治家的责任。

500　oblige，be obliged to和be obliged to do

① oblige意为“迫使，责成”，为及物动词，结构为：

oblige sb. to do sth.
be obliged to do sth.

They obliged him to leave the house. 他们迫使他离开了那所房子。

He was obliged to work for the boss without any pay. 他被迫为老板干活，没有任何报酬。

② be obliged to sb. for sth./doing sth.意为“为……而感谢/恩”。这时obliged可用much，very much修饰。

He's much obliged to you for all you've done for him. 他十分感谢你为他做的一切。

501　obvious，apparent和evident

① obvious指事情很突出，不可能视而不见或想不到。

His exhaustion was obvious when he fell asleep standing up. 他站着睡着了，疲倦程度是显而易见的。

② apparent指眼一看或心里朝某方面一想就清楚明白。

A dent in the fender is apparent. 防护板上的凹痕清晰可见。

③ evident由于所有一看就明了的事实都针对某一事情或事物而使人清楚明白。

When he did not drive the car home，it was evident that he had had an accident. 当他没有把车开回家时，显然他是出事故了。

502　occupation，employment，profession，position，post和walks of life

① occupation职业，各种职业，行业。

He is a lawyer by occupation. 他的职业是律师。

She followed the occupation of her father. 她继承了父业。

② profession医生、教师、律师等训练有素的职业。

medical profession 医疗职业

③ position职位，职业（庄重、正式用语）。

He has a good position in a government office. 他在政府机关里担任一个好职务。

④ post岗位，职务。

He is the very man for the post. 他是担任此职务的合适人选。

⑤ employment雇佣的职业。

offer employment to a large number of men 为许多人提供就业机会

⑥ walks of life各行各业（口语体）。

503　occur，occur to，happen和happen to

① occur发生（尤指非计划中事件）。

Many accidents occur at home. 许多事故都是在家里发生的。

② occur to发生；使想起，想到（主要指想法、主意突然涌现）。

It never even occurred to us that he hadn't been invited. 我们想也想不到，竟然没有邀请他。

③ happen发生，产生（主要指事件等发生，若指对某人发生了什么事，人不能作主语，要用sth. happen to sb.）。

How did the accident happen？事故是怎么发生的？

④ happen to+不定式恰好，正好（chance）。

I happened to be out when he called. 他打电话时凑巧我外出了。

504　of all，of the three和in all

① of all用于形容词或副词最高级中，结构为“……最高级（+名词）+of all”，表示“所有的……中最”。

This is the best film of all. 这是所有电影中最好的。（相当于of all the films）

Jim is the brightest student of all in the class. 吉姆是这个班所有学生中最聪明的。

He studies hardest of us all. 他是我们所有人中学习最努力的。

He is the greatest of all. 他是所有人当中最伟大的。

Who has the most books of them all？他们当中谁的书最多？

② of the three，of the four，of the five用于形容词或副词最高级后，表示“3个中最……，4个中最……，5个中最……”。

She is the tallest of the three. 她是3人中个子最高的。

This book is the most interesting of the five. 这本书是5本书中最有趣的。

③ in all表示“总计，全部”，为副词短语，作状语。

There are seventy in all. 一共有70个。

He has 800 dollars in all. 他总共有800美元。

505　of+形容词+名词

◎ 这种结构中的名词可以是抽象名词，如value，use，help，worth，importance等，也可以是具体名词，如width，length，height，weight等。本结构中，这类名词的意思相当于相对应的形容词，如of great use 相当于very useful。这种结构在句中可作表语、定语或宾语补足语。

The painting is of great value. 这幅油画价值很高。

Your coming is of great help. 你的到来帮助很大。

The tool is really of much use. 这件工具的确很有用。

What he said at the meeting is of great importance. 他在会上说的话非常重要。

It is a watch of high quality. 这是一块质量很好的手表。

He considered the discovery of little worth. 他认为这项发现没有什么价值。

506　of the same color/size/age

◎ 这种结构表示“同样颜色的/尺寸的/年纪的”。

The two skirts are of the same color. 这两条裙子一样颜色。

It is of the same size，but a different color. 它是同一个尺寸，但颜色不同。

These girls are of the same age. 这些女孩年龄一样大。

507　old和ancient

① old意为“老的，年老的，古老的，旧时的，陈旧的”，普通用语，可以指时间长久，年岁大，也可指物品的陈旧，反义词是new 或 young。old表示某物虽老、虽旧但依然存在。

A man is as old as he feels. 老不老，自己晓。

All these old houses will be pulled down next month. 这些旧房子都将在下月拆除。

People there still observe the old customs and habits. 那里的人们仍在保留着古老的习俗。

② ancient意为“古老的，古代的，旧式的”，主要指一个地区、国家的远久过去的文明、文化及其遗产，反义词是 modern。ancient可表示已不复存在的东西。

The ancient kingdom disappeared centuries ago. 那个古代王国几个世纪前就消失了。

They discovered the ruins of an ancient building. 他们发现一座古建筑的遗迹。

508　on earth，in the world和under the sun

◎ 这三个表示强调的短语一般用于否定句和疑问句，意为“到底，究竟”。

What on earth is the matter？到底是怎么回事？

Who in the world is the man？这个人究竟是谁？

Nothing under the sun can prevent him from realizing his purpose. 任何东西也不能阻止他实现他的目的。

No use on earth！一点用处也没有！

提示

①on the earth意为“在地球上”。

There are all kinds of plants on the earth. 地球上有各种各样的植物。

②in the world与on earth除可同疑问代词或疑问副词连用外，还可同形容词最高级连用，表示强调，也可同否定词连用，表示“全然，一点也不”。

It is the best English grammar book in the world. 这是一本最最好的英语语法书。

He had nothing in the world but a few books. 除了几本书外，他一无所有。

He is the greatest writer on earth. 他是最伟大的作家。（=He is the greatest writer that ever lived.）

509　on hand，on all hands和on one's hands

① on hand表示“手边（有），在手头上，在跟前”。

Always have your dictionary on hand when you study. 学习时手边总是要有一本词典。

Soon school will be over and vacation will be on hand. 学校不久就要放假，假期快要到了。

② on all hands表示“四面八方”。

The news was spread on all hands. 这个消息在到处传播。

③ on one's hands表示“由……负责，由……承担”。

She has an invalid husband on her hands. 她有生病的丈夫要她照顾。

The revision of the book is on my hands. 这本书的修订由我负责。

510　on strike和go on strike

① be on strike意为“罢工”，指处于“罢工”的过程中，表示的是一种延续的状态，常同表示一段时间的状语连用。

② go on strike强调的是“罢工”这一动作，表示的是一非延续性动作，只能同表示某一时间点的状语连用，不可同表示一段时间的状语连用。

They have gone on strike for a week.
They have been on strike for a week. 他们罢工已有一个星期了。
They went on strike a week ago. 他们一个星期前罢工了。

They are going on strike next week. 他们下个星期将要罢工。

511　on the one hand，on the other hand

◎ 这个句型表示“一方面……，另一方面……”。on the other hand 有时也可单独使用，译为“（而，可是）另一方面”或“也（可能）”等。

On the one hand we should have confidence and on the other hand，we should make full preparations. 一方面我们要有信心，另一方面我们要做充分准备。

He is not a bright student，but on the other hand he studies very hard. 他并不是一个聪明的学生，可同时他学习非常用功。

512　on the point of和to the point of

① on the point of表示“即将，正要……的时候”。

They are on the point of leaving. 他们即将动身。

② to the point of表示“近乎，达到……的程度”。

His manner of speaking is direct to the point of rudeness. 他说话的方式直率得近乎粗鲁。

提示

at the point of表示“临近”，如：at the point of death（临终）。

513　on the way和in the way

① on the way意为“在路上”。

I met her in the way.（不妥）
I met her on the way. 我在路上遇见了她。

提示

in the way还可表示“在手头，在场”。

I always keep my dictionary in the way. 我总是把词典放在手头。

② in the way意为“妨碍”。

Don't stand in the way. 别拦住路。

514　only doing sth.和only to do sth.

① only doing sth.放在句尾，表示方式、状况或结果，only 表示强调。

She died，only leaving nothing but debts. 她死了，只留下一身债。

He started off in a hurry，only leaving a lot of work undone. 他匆忙走了，留下许多工作未做。

② only to do sth.放在句尾，作结果状语，表示没有预料的结果，有时含有某种感情色彩。

The thief ran into the wood only to be caught by a passerby. 小偷跑进了树林，想不到被一个过路人抓住了。

He went to see her only to find her out. 他去看她，不料发现她出去了。

She started with the aim of doing harm to others only to end up by ruining herself. 她以损人开始而以害己告终。

He made a long speech only to show his ignorance of the subject. 他作了长篇大论的发言，结果暴露了他对这个学科的无知。

New forests grew only to be covered by sand，mud and water again. 新的森林长起来了，结果又被泥沙和水覆盖了。

515　opposite to，be opposed to，opposite和contrary

① opposite to中的opposite是形容词，意为“在……的对面，和……相反”，用作表语或状语。

They sat opposite to each other. 他们面对面坐着。

This is opposite to my views. 这同我的看法相反。

② be opposed to意为“反对，与……相对立”。

He is opposed to my doing so. 他反对我这样做。

Black is opposed to white. 黑与白相对。

③ opposite常指相反的位置、方向、结果、性质等，但不一定有敌对的意思。

She went into the opposite room. 她去了对面那个房间。

It will produce an opposite effect. 这将产生相反的效果。

④ contrary常表示相反的意思、目的、计划、趣味等，有时含有敌对或矛盾的意味。contrary to表示“与……相反”。

The result is contrary to expectation. 结果与预料的情况恰恰相反。

My sister's taste in dresses is contrary to mine. 我妹妹对服饰的审美观与我完全不同。

提示

有时opposite和contrary可换用。

The two explorers went in opposite/contrary directions. 两个探险者朝着相反的方向去了。

516　ordinary，common和usual

① ordinary意为“普通的，平淡无奇的”，指“没有什么特别的地方”。

We are all ordinary people. 我们都是普通人。

Although she was rich，she was always in ordinary dress. 尽管她很富有，但她总是穿着平常的衣服。

② common意为“共同的，普遍的”。

He is their common enemy. 他是他们共同的敌人。

This custom is very common in that area. 这种风俗在那个地方很普遍。

It has become common knowledge. 这已是众所周知了。

提示

common也可作“普通的”讲，这时可同ordinary换用，“普通人”也可说成common people。

③ usual意为“遵循常规的，习惯性的，一贯如此的”。

It is usual for him to go to the office on foot. 他惯常步行去上班。

She made the usual mistakes which all beginners make. 她犯的就是那些初学者老犯的错误。

517　other，the other和else

① other仅用作形容词，作定语，不能作表语，泛指“其余的，别的”，后常接复数名词，也可接单数可数名词或不可数名词。

Other students will stay at school. 别的学生将留在学校里。

What other things can you see？你还能看到别的什么东西吗？

Have you any other book/other books in your bag？你的书包里还有别的书吗？

Can I meet you some other time？我能不能另找时间见你？

② the other作定语用，后跟单数名词，是特指两个东西中的另一个；the other后跟复数名词时，表示特指的人或物。the other也可作代词，单独作主语或宾语，表示特指的另一个。

This one is red and the other is white. 这个是红的，另一个是白的。

I can only find one sock. Where is the other one？我只能找到一只袜子，另外一只在哪儿？

Where are the other students？ 别的学生在哪里？
Where are other students？ （这里“别的学生”为心目中所指的那些学生）

比较

Put it in other hand.
Put it in the other hand. 把它放在另一只手里。
Put it in your other hand. （the有时可以用形容词性物主代词替代）

Where is other pen？
Where is the other pen？ 另外一支钢笔在哪里？

提示

one…the other表示“一个……另一个”，这种结构只能用the other，不可用other。

One is a boy and other is a girl.
One is a boy and the other is a girl. 一个是男孩，另一个是女孩。

③ else用作形容词时，也表示“别的，其他的”，但要用在疑问代词who，whom，what，which和不定代词anybody，somebody，everybody，nothing，everything，anything等后面。

Who else is coming？还有谁要来？

What else did you say to him？你还对他说了别的什么？

Do you want anything else？你还要别的什么吗？（=any other thing）

I need nothing else. 我别的什么也不需要。

Somebody else has seen her. 还有别的人看见了她。

Where else did he go？他还去了别的什么地方？

I have nothing other to do.
I have nothing else to do.
I have no other things to do. 我没有别的事情可做。

518　ought to和should

◎ ought to和should意为“应该，应当，总应该”，为情态动词，没有人称、时态变化。

① ought to do sth.可表示责任或义务，指道义上应该做的事。可表示现在、一般将来或过去将来。

We ought to pay what we own. 欠债还钱，理所应当。

You ought to respect the old. 你们应该尊敬老人。

There ought not to be much noise in a hospital. 医院里不该喧闹。

You ought to take part in the meeting tomorrow. 你应该参加明天的会议。

② ought to可表示“应有的结果”或“当然的事”。

You've been roommates for four years，so you ought to know her well. 你们同住一室已有四年了，应该很了解她。

If he started at seven，he ought to be here now. 要是他七点钟出发，这会儿该到了。

He is from Japan；he ought to know Japanese. 他是从日本来的，当然懂日语。

③ ought to在口语中可表示“愿望”。

You ought to read the book twice. 这本书你要看两遍才好。

We ought to see the flower show. 我们去看看花展才好。

④ ought to在语气上比 must 弱，但比 should 强。比较：

You ought to finish the task today. 你应该今天完成这项任务。
You should finish the task today. 你该今天完成这项任务才是。
You must finish the task today. 你必须今天完成这项任务。

⑤ ought to have done sth.表示“应该做某事而未做”，含有责备、遗憾等意。

You ought to have returned the book last week. 这本书你上周就该还的。

Why did you not tell me the truth？You ought to have done so. 你为什么不告诉我实话呢？说了实话就好了。

The child ought not to have been allowed to go alone the other day. 那天，本不该让这孩子一人去的。

⑥ ought to的否定式和疑问式。

A：Ought I to go there？我应该去那里吗？
B：Yes，you ought. 是的，应该。
B：No，you ought not. 不，不应该。

It ought to rain after this long drought，oughtn't/shouldn't it？旱了这么久，也该下雨了，不是吗？

Oughtn't he to give them more care？难道他不该给他们更多的帮助吗？

⑦ should指主观上感到有责任或义务去做某事。should+完成式表示过去的动作，常含有责备、遗憾的意味，表示“本应该，应该已经”，而实际上却没有。

She should have shut the door against him. 她本应该将他拒之门外的。（但没有这样做）

519　out，out of和out from

① out表示“在外，出去”，作形容词或副词，常修饰动词，也可用作表语。

The water will rush out. 水要溢出来了。

He stayed out very late. 他在外面待到很晚。

Mother is out. 妈妈出去了。

② out of是介词短语，表示“在……之外，向……外”。

The children rushed out of the classroom. 孩子们冲出教室。

Fish can't live out of water. 鱼儿离不开水。

She took the book out of the bag. 她把书从书包里拿出来。

③ out of还可以表示“出自，由于，缺乏，脱离，出于，不，没有”等。

out of control失去控制

out of breath气喘吁吁

out of patience不耐烦

out of fashion不流行

out of date过时

out of work失业

out of repair无法修补

two miles out of town离城两里

提示

out of表示静止状态时，反义词是in；out of表示动态时，反义词是into。

The factory is out of town. 那家工厂在城外。
The factory is in town. 那家工厂在城内。

He ran out of the room. 他跑出房间。
He ran into the room. 他跑进房间。

④ out from表示“从某处出来，从某处来”，from后要再跟一个适当的介词。

A cat ran out from behind the door. 一只猫从门后面跑了出来。

She took the book out from beneath the pillow. 她从枕头底下拿出一本书。

He picked a few bad oranges out from among the pile. 他从那一堆橘子中挑出了几只坏橘子。

提示

out of有时可同out from among换用。

She saw some birds flying out of/out from among the bushes. 她看见一些鸟从树丛中飞了出来。

520　out of breath，in a/one breath，catch one's breath和under one's breath

① out of breath喘气；上气不接下气（breathless）。

He is out of breath. 他上气不接下气。

② in a/one breath齐声地，立刻，瞬间，一口气。

They screamed all in a breath. 他们齐声尖叫。

In a breath the street was empty. 转眼之间街上就空无一人了。

③ catch one's breath屏住呼吸，歇一口气。

The story is full of surprises which cause the reader to catch his breath. 这个故事充满了惊险恐怖，使读者紧张得透不过气来。

After running to the bus stop we sat down to catch our breath. 我们跑到汽车站后坐下来喘了口气。

④ under one's breath 低声地。

She uttered something under her breath when her boss criticized her. 老板批评她时，她低声说了些话。

521　out of question和out of the question

① out of question意为“毫无问题，没问题，不在话下”，相当于 without question，beyond question。

A：Can he do the work well？这活他能干好吗？
B：Oh，yes，out of question. 行，毫无问题。

It's out of question he can translate the poem into French. 毫无问题，他能把这首诗译成法文。

② out of the question意为“不可能，不值得考虑”，相当于 impossible，not worth considering。

It's out of the question for us to leave on such a rainy day. 在这样的雨天，我们动身是不可行的。

His plan is out of the question. 他的计划是不可能的。

522　be over和be up

① be over中的over是形容词，表示“结束”，相当于finished，指某件事本身已经结束。

The affair is over now. 这件事现在已经了结了。

The meeting was over when I got there. 我到达那里时，会议已经结束了。

② be up表示时间上的结束，意为“完结的，耗尽了”，如规定某次演讲一个小时，一个小时的时间到了，就是time is up。

Now time is up. Class is over. 现在时间已到，下课。

When the five weeks was up，everybody was sad that he had to leave. 五个星期满了，大家都为他终将离去而感到难过。

He knew his game was up. 他知道他的把戏完了。

提示

be up还可表示“已提出（供讨论），准备好的，建成的”等。

The matter is up for discussion. 这件事已提起讨论。

“Tea is up！” shouted Mary. “茶准备好了！”玛丽叫唤着。

The new house hasn't been up long. 新房子才建成不久。

523　own和possess

① own表示“拥有”，通常指具有法律意义的所有，own的宾语是具体事物。

She owns the house. 她拥有这所房子。

Who owns the car？这辆车是谁的？

② possess表示“占有，拥有”，为正式用语，指较稳定、长期的占有，其宾语可以是具体事物，也可以是抽象事物，如wealth，health，money，ability，virtue等。

The factory possesses ten trucks. 这家工厂有十辆卡车。

She possesses good health. 她有健康的身体。

He possesses good qualities. 他有优良的品质。

P

524　pain和ache

① pain为普通用词，表示身心方面痛苦，可指不同部位、不同程度呈不同持续时间的疼痛。

I have a pain in my shoulder. 我肩痛。

She complained of severe pains in her chest. 她自诉胸部剧痛。

The boy was crying with pain after he broke his arm. 这个男孩摔断了手臂，正在痛苦地哭喊。

The death of his father gave him much pain. 他父亲的去世使他极为悲痛。

提示

take（great）pains with sth./to do sth./in doing sth.表示“努力，费尽苦心”。

She took great pains to study the problem. 她下苦功夫研究那个问题。

She took pains with hair. 她在做头发上花了一番工夫。

② ache一般指身体某部位持续的隐痛，常构成复合词，如：headache（头痛），toothache（牙痛），stomachache（胃痛）。

He had a bad headache last night. 昨天夜里他头痛得厉害。

Chocolate gives me toothache. 巧克力糖使我牙痛不已。

提示

除了headache用作可数名词外，其他由ache构成的复合词多作不可数名词。

525　paint和draw

① paint指用油画颜料或水彩颜料画图，还可表示“油漆某物”。

She painted a picture in oils. 她画了一张油画。

He painted the door blue. 他把门漆成蓝色。

② draw指用素描画画，如用铅笔等，也表示画线条，画图案。

He drew a map of China. 他画了一张中国地图。

She drew a bird on the blackboard. 她在黑板上画了一只鸟。

Please draw a straight line here. 请在这里画一条直线。

提示

painting指水彩画或油画，而drawing指用铅笔作的绘画、图样或制图等。

There is a beautiful painting on the wall. 墙上有一幅很漂亮的油画。
There is a drawing of the eagle on the wall. 墙上有一幅鹰的素描。

526　pair和couple

① pair意为“双，件”，是可数名词，用于指由两个部分的有机结合，缺一不可，如shoes（鞋子），socks（袜子），stockings（袜子），glasses（眼镜）等。pair前面可加形容词。结构为：

a pair of+复数名词→一件
two pairs of+复数名词→两件
a new pair of+复数名词→一双新的

② pair作主语时，谓语动词一般要同pair一致，即：

a pair of…+单数动词
two pairs of…+复数动词
this pair of…+单数动词
these pairs of…+复数动词

A pair of socks was bought yesterday. 昨天买了一双新袜子。

These pairs of shoes are worn out. 这几双鞋穿破了。

③ couple指任何两个同样的东西。

There are a couple of cars downstairs. 楼下有两辆小汽车。

The guests came in couples. 客人们成双成对地来了。

提示

pair与couple均可指“夫妻”，但pair侧重实际匹配的结合，而couple则指表面的结果。

It is not every couple that is a pair. 天下夫妇多，珠联璧合少。

527　panic，fear，dread和terror

① panic恐慌，慌乱，多是突发的，使人惊慌失措，并很快蔓延开来。

When the fighting began，some of them got into their cars and took off in a panic. 一开始打起来，他们一些人就跳上车仓皇逃走了。

There was a panic when the fire started. 火灾发生时，引起了一场惊恐。

② fear害怕，惧怕。指担心自己会受到伤害，或某种危险、不好的事情会降临到自己头上。

He was brought up with no fear of animals. 他从小就不害怕动物。

Talk about your hopes and fear to your friends. 把你的希望与担忧同朋友们说说。

③ dread恐怖，畏惧。指由于担心会发生不快的或令人惊畏的事而感到极大的惊恐或害怕。

He spoke of his growing dread of getting old. 他说到他越来越害怕渐入老境。

Her dread was that the child would be infected with the disease. 他担心那孩子会染上这种病。

④ terror恐怖，指极大的惊骇或恐惧。

the terrors of war 战争的恐怖

Eyes wide with terror，she watched the knife flash towards her. 她看见刀子向她挥了过来，吓得两眼睁得大大的。

528　paper和papers

① paper作“纸”解时，为不可数名词。如：two pieces/sheets of paper（两张纸）。

② paper作“论文，文件，报纸，试卷”解时，是可数名词。如：an easy paper（一份容易的试卷），some important papers（一些重要文件），today's papers（今天的报纸）。

提示

paper有时可用来表示“某一种纸”（a kind of paper），如：a coarse paper（一种粗糙的纸）。

529　pardon，forgive，excuse，overlook，neglect，forget和sorry

① 结构不同。pardon和forgive可以有双宾语，结构为pardon/forgive+名词/代词+动名词；而excuse只能跟一个宾语，结构为excuse+名词/代词/动名词。

Please pardon him doing that. 请原谅他做了那件事。（=Please pardon him for doing that.）

He forgave you saying so. 他原谅了你这样说话。（=He forgave you for saying so.）

She excused you coming late.
She excused your coming late. 她原谅了你迟到。
=She excused you for coming late.

② 使用的场合不同。

（1）Excuse me 常用于要插话，要走开，表示异议、询问等场合，意为“对不起，请原谅，打扰一下”。

Excuse me，but I must be going now. 对不起，我该告辞了。

Excuse me for my coming late. 请原谅，我来晚了。

（2）I'm sorry 或 Sorry 常用于口语中与非正式场合，表示因过失、遗憾、打扰而向对方表示道歉。

I'm sorry for giving you so much trouble. 对不起，给你添了很多麻烦。

I'm sorry to have kept you waiting so long. 对不起，让你久等了。

Sorry I'm late. 对不起，我来迟了。

（3）I beg your pardon 或 pardon 常用于正式场合：①做了错事向别人道歉，应用降调。②谈话中提出异议前，意为“请你原谅”。③在没听清对方的话，请求对方重复时用，意为“请再说一遍”。

I beg your pardon. What did you say？I wasn't listening. 对不起，你说什么？我刚才没听到。

Pardon，could you say it again？对不起，你能不能再说一遍？

Pardon me，Mr. Li，I wonder if you'd do me a favor？对不起，李先生，你能不能帮我一个忙？

A：Tom has won the first prize. 汤姆获得头名。
B：Pardon？请再说一遍。

③ 含义不同。overlook与forget相比较，词义较窄。overlook可指由于疏忽未做应做之事或故意遗漏；forget为一般用词，可指由于某事不重要或过于复杂等原因而未能记住；neglect主要指有意地忽视、忽略或因粗心疏忽。

neglect one's meals and sleep 废寝忘食

neglect one's duties 玩忽职守

I forgot to tell her about it. 我忘记告诉她这件事。

④ overlook，forgive和pardon都可指“原谅，宽恕”。overlook语气较弱，指宽容他人的缺点或不计较无碍大局的小过失；forgive指宽恕他人对自己的冒犯，带有同情或怜悯等个人感情；pardon较正式，多指宽恕较严重的过失、罪过、冒犯或违反道德、法律等的行为。

She forgave him for being rude. 她原谅了他的鲁莽。

Mother overlooked her little son's fault. 母亲宽恕年幼儿子的过错。

She overlooked his rudeness and tried to pretend nothing had happened. 她没有理会他的粗鲁举动，竭力装作若无其事的样子。

530　pass sth.on to和pass on to sth.

① pass sth. on to sb.相当于hand sth. on to sb.，意为“把某物传递给某人”。

She passed the book on to Jack. 她把那本书传给了杰克。

He took over the ball and then passed it on to Jim. 他接过了球，然后把它传给了吉姆。

② pass on to sth.意为“接下来做……，往下谈”。

They passed on to the next question. 他们接着讨论下一个问题。

Let's pass on to the exercises. 我们来看一下练习。

提示

pass on可以表示“前进，去世”等含义。

They passed on in spite of the heavy rain. 尽管下着大雨，但他们仍继续前进。

The old man passed on last night. 那位老人昨晚去世了。

531　pause，stop和cease

① pause指短暂的停止，且含有再进行之意。

He paused to tie his shoes. 他停下来系鞋带。

② stop为一般用语，特指停止做某事，如：活动、前进等；表示结束，有短期或突然停止的意味。stop后可接不定式或动名词，但意义往往有差异。

She stopped to read the article. 她停下来读这篇文章。（停止做别的事，来读这篇文章）

She stopped reading the article when she saw me coming. 她看见我来就停止读那篇文章了。（不再读那篇文章了）

③ cease较正式，为文学用语，表示徐徐停止，或强调该行为或活动已永久地结束。该词接不定式和动名词意思相同。

He has ceased to breathe. 他已经停止呼吸了。

It has ceased snowing. 雪（渐渐地）停了。

532　pay，salary，wage，payment，fee，pension，tip和tuition

① pay是常用词，意为“薪水，工作的报酬”，为总称，一切从工作中所得到的报酬都可以称为pay，尤指雇员通过劳动定期从雇主那里取得的报酬。

Don't worry about your pay. 不要担心你的工资。

I get my pay once every month. 我每月领一次工资。

② salary常指脑力劳动者领取的薪水，如教授、高级职员等，表示固定的月薪或年薪。salary有单复数变化。

The professor has received his salary for this month. 那位教授已领取了这个月的工资。

Einstein asked for a very small salary when working there. 爱因斯坦在那里工作时，只要求非常少的薪水。

He gets a salary of 12，000 dollars a year. 他的年薪是12 000美元。

Should doctors' salaries be higher？医生的薪水应该高些吗？

③ wage常指体力劳动者的工资，常按小时或天数计算，也指工资总称。

His wages are 100 dollars a week. 他的工资是每周100美元。

She works at the wages of ten dollars every five hours. 她的工资是每5小时10美元。

提示

①wage通常用复数形式，但用于某些词组或作定语时例外。如：

pay sb. a living wage付某人能维持生活的工资

a week wage of 200 dollars 一星期200美元的工资

②pay常可用来代替salary或wage。

④ payment指具体买什么，享受什么服务等所付出的一笔笔款项。

cash payment 现金付的款

down payment（=deposit）定金

⑤ fee指费用，支付给专业人员的费用，如给牙医的费用（dental fees），给律师的费用（fees for a lawyer）。

⑥ pension指定期发放的养老金、退休金或艺术家等的补助金。

one's retirement pension 退休养老金

⑦ tip指小费，付给餐饮业和其他服务人员的。

⑧ tuition指学费。

533　peak，summit，mount 和climax

① peak指陡峭的山峰或顶部。

We climbed to the peak of the mountain at a stretch. 我们一口气爬到了山的顶峰。

② summit指群山的或整座大山的最高处，峰顶，不一定陡峭，可用于比喻，如：summit meeting（峰会）。

③ mount只用于山峰的命名，如：Mount Tai 泰山。

④ climax意为“最高点”，如力度、强度、兴趣等，达到高潮。

The heat of summer has reached its climax. 已经是夏季最热的天气了。

534　peculiar，strange，odd和queer

① peculiar指独一无二或与众不同的事（applying to what is unique or different from others）。

Raising frogs is a peculiar way to make a living. 养蛙是一种独特的谋生方式。

② strange指生疏、不知道、不习惯的事（applying to what is unfamiliar，unknown or unaccustomed）。

A strange quiet pervaded the city. 一种奇怪的寂静笼罩着这座城市。

③ odd指违反常规、令人迷惑不解的事（applying to what is irregular or puzzling）。

That house has been painted with an odd combination of colours. 那所房子被多种颜料刷得花里胡哨，古里古怪的。

④ queer表示“反常的，奇怪的，可疑的”（unnatural，unexpected，strange or doubtful）。

He spoke in a queer way.他怪腔怪调地说。

There is something queer about her. 她有些可疑之处。

535　penny，pence和pennies

① penny意为“便士，硬币”，有两种复数形式：pence和pennies。

② pence指货币的“价值，金额”。

③ pennies指“值1便士的硬币”，硬币数可能是一枚（one coin），也可能是多枚（several coins），但总之是值一便士。

I have five pence. 我有五便士。（指金额总数）
I have five pennies. 我有五个值一便士的硬币。（是硬币总数，共五个硬币，每个硬币值一便士）

这些新词典200便士一本。
These new dictionaries are 200 pennies a copy.
These new dictionaries are 200 pence a copy.

I paid five pence for the eggs with five pennies. 我付5便士买了鸡蛋，用的是5个一便士的硬币。

536　percent和percentage

① percent意为“百分之……”，前面必须有数词，后面通常要跟“of+名词”，构成“数词+percent+of+名词”结构，表示具体的百分数。本结构中的名词如果是单数，谓语动词就要用单数；如果是复数，谓语动词就要用复数。

Eighty percent of the earth is covered by water. 地球表面的80％被水覆盖着。

Twenty percent of the students are from the south. 20％的学生来自南方。

② percentage意为“百分率，百分数”，前面常有large，small，great，high，what等，但不可用数词修饰，后面常跟“of+名词”。有不定冠词或what时，句中谓语动词的单复数要根据of后的名词而定。

The percentage of the failures is very small. 不及格的百分率很低。

A small percentage of his income is spent in buying books. 他收入的一小部分用于买书。

A great percentage of the TV sets in the shop are made in China. 这家商店出售的电视机绝大部分是中国制造的。

What percentage of college students go abroad？大学生出国的百分率是多少？

537　permanent，lasting，enduring，eternal，perpetual和for ever

① permanent的含义广，指相当长时间内不变。

② lasting指异乎寻常地持久，近似于 permanent，但不意味着无休止。

③ enduring比上两个词多一层经得起时间和变化考验之意。

④ eternal表示天长地久，没完没了，一成不变，语意强。

⑤ perpetual的语意最强，持久而不受干扰，没变化，日常生活中用来表示厌烦，夸大其拖延太久，叫人受不了。

⑥ for ever表示持久，永久，作状语，不作定语、表语。

538　personal和personnel

① personal a. 个人的，私人的；亲自的，本人的。

It is ill-mannered to ask personal questions. 问别人隐私是不礼貌的。

② personnel n. 全体人员，全体职员；人事（部门），为集体名词。

All personnel were asked to participate. 全体员工都被要求参加。

539　persuade和convince

① persuade着重利用热烈的敦促、辩论或劝告，动之以情而赢得某人依附某一信仰或参与某种行为，意为“说服”。

She wanted to buy the orange dress，but we persuaded her that the blue one was more becoming. 她打算买橙色衣服，但我们劝她买蓝色的更适合些。

② convince着重于诉诸理智或利用某种证据，排除某人的反对或不相信，意为“使……相信，确信”。

I have convinced her that she needs a vacation，but can not persuade her to take one. 我已使她相信她确实需要休假，但不能说服她实际去度假。

540　picture，image，drawing，painting，figure，chart和illustration

① picture指各种图像、照片。

② image指概念性的图像、偶像，或物理因素形成的图像，电视画面。

③ drawing指手绘，以线条表现为主的画像。

④ painting指着色、水墨的画像，绘画。

⑤ figure指图形，画像，塑像，模糊的身影、形象，常用来表示书中插图编号，如figure 1（略作fig. 1）。

⑥ chart指图表。

⑦ illustration指插图。

541　play和game

① play表示“游戏，玩耍”，指为了娱乐或消遣所进行的活动。

It's pleasant to see those children at play. 看到那些孩子在嬉戏是很愉快的事。

② game表示“比赛，竞技”，指依照规则所做的活动，强调胜败之争。

他们看了一场很精彩的足球赛。
They watched a nice play of football.
They watched a nice game of football.

542　pleased，pleasing和pleasant

① pleased表示“高兴的，满意的，感到高兴的”，指由外部因素引发人们内心的喜悦，只能指人，主语是人。

I am pleased to meet you. 遇见你我很高兴。

I am pleased that you've won the match. 你们赢了那场比赛，我非常高兴。

② be pleased by侧重于“被动”。

They were pleased by what she said. 听了她的话，他们非常满意。

He was easily pleased by flattery. 他经不起奉承。

③ be pleased at/about/with意为“对……感到满意（高兴）”，宾语为人时，常用with，宾语为事物时，可用at，about或with，意义相同。

The manager is very pleased with you. 经理对你非常满意。

He wasn't very pleased at/about/with the result. 他对结果不是很满意。

I'm very pleased with what he has done. 我对他们做的事感到高兴。

④ pleasant通常指天气、旅行、消息、时间等令人感到高兴、愉快、舒适，也指人或其举止等“招人喜欢的，友好的”。

It is pleasant for us to take a walk here on the meadow. 我们在这儿的草地上散散步很惬意。

The cake is pleasant to the taste. 这饼很可口。

I hope you will have a pleasant journey. 我希望你旅行愉快。

What a pleasant lad！一个多么可爱的少年！

⑤ pleasing表示“令人高兴的，使人愉快的”，主语通常是物。

Her voice is quite pleasing. 她的嗓音很悦耳。

I am pleased at the pleasing news. 那令人喜悦的消息使我兴奋不已。

543　politician和statesman

① politician为一般用词，其褒义可指有才干有见识的政治活动家，其贬义可指从事政治投机，谋取权势的政客。

The mayor is a skilled politician that people can trust. 市长是一位人们信得过的有才干的政治家。

He is a crooked politician. 他是一个奸诈的政客。

② statesman一般用作褒义，指在指导国家事务和处理社会问题中具有智慧、才干和远见的政治家或国务活动家。

Wise statesmen can turn back the powers of darkness. 英明的政治家能力挽狂澜。

544　popular with/among

◎ popular表示“受喜爱的，受欢迎的”时，常同介词with或among连用。popular还表示“流行的，大众的，民众的”等意，如：popular music 流行音乐，popular science 大众科学，popular press 通俗报纸，popular vote 全民投票。

These games are very popular with children. 这些游戏很受孩子们欢迎。

Sam is not very popular with/among his new classmates. 山姆和他的新同学处得不是很愉快。

What kind of music is popular among the young people？年轻人中间现在流行什么音乐？

545　population用法难点

① population意为“人口”，是集体名词，一般不可加s，作主语时，谓语动词用单数。

The population of Shanghai is over ten million. 上海的人口超过一千万。

② population有时可同a连用，构成“地点名词+has a population of+数词”结构，表示某地有多少人口。

The village has a population of about 800. 这个村子的人口大约是800。

③ population可同big或large搭配，表示人口多，同small搭配，表示人口少，但不能同many，a lot of，few，little搭配。

The country has a large population. 这个国家人口众多。

The city with its big population is in the west of China. 这个人口众多的城市位于中国西部。

That country has a small population. 那个国家人口稀少。

④ 对人口提问要用what或how large，不能用how many或how much。

How many is the population of the city？
What is the population of the city？ 这个城市的人口是多少？
How large is the population of the city？

提示

表示“人口中的多少是干什么的”，谓语动词常用复数形式。

Two-thirds of the population in this country are workers. 这个国家人口的三分之二是工人。

546　possible，probable和likely

① possible可作定语或表语，指事实上有可能，有客观上的可能性。

Is it possible for you to take up the job？你有可能承担这项工作吗？

She is the only possible woman for the position. 她是担任这个职位的唯一合适人选。（合适的）

② probable指“很可能”，指有根据的、合理的或可信的事物，推理成分较重，可能性比possible大，可作定语或表语。

It's probable that you've mistaken his meaning. 你很可能误解他的意思了。

The probable cause of his failure was that he was too careless. 他失败的原因大概是太粗心。

③ likely指从外表，迹象进行判断可能性最大，可作定语或表语。

She is likely to succeed. 她极有可能成功。

He is a likely young artist. 他是一个很有希望的年轻艺术家。（有希望的）

Jim is a likely man for the job. 吉姆是做这项工作的合适人选。（合适的）

提示

①possible不可以人或this作主语，常用句型为：

It is possible（for sb.）to do sth.

It is possible+that 从句

②名词前有形容词或the only，the best，all，every 修饰时，possible 应放在名词后。

He has tried every means possible. 一切可能的方法他都试过。

③probable 也不可以人作主语，常用句型为：

It is probable that

It seems probable+that 从句

他似乎很可能在这里过夜。
It seems probable that he will stay here for the night.
He is probable to stay here for the night.

④likely可用人或物作主语。

他很可能承接那项工作。
It is likely that he will take up the job.
He is likely to take up the job.

547　postpone，delay和put off

① postpone推迟，正式用语，主动或有目的地推迟。

We postponed the meeting for the attendance of more people concerned. 为了让更多有关人士参加，我们延期开会。

② delay因故把事情推迟或因某事情耽搁做另外某事。

What delayed you？你因何来迟了？

We decided to delay our holiday until next month. 我们决定把度假时间推迟到下个月。

③ put off是口语或非正式用语，表示postpone的含义。

The meeting is put off，isn't it？会议推迟了，对吗？

548　practicable和practical

① practicable是“可行的，可用的”。

The plan is practicable. 这项计划可行。

② practical是“实际的，实用的”（concerned with practice）。

Earning a living is a practical matter. 谋生是个实际问题。

A practical person does not spend his time and money foolishly. 一个有头脑的人是不虚度光阴，也不胡乱花钱的。

549　precious和previous

① precious珍贵的，贵重的。

To me our friendship is a very precious thing. 对我来说，我们之间的友谊是非常可贵的。

He has lost precious working time. 他失去了宝贵的工作时间。

② previous以前的，先前的，先的。

Have you had any previous experience，or is this kind of work new to you？你先前有过这种经历吗，抑或这对你来说是新工作？

550　predict，forecast和foretell

① predict较正式，语气较强，指根据自然定律断定未来之事或从事实推断，其准确程度不一。

predict rain for tomorrow 预告明天有雨

predict success for the exploration 预言探险会成功

② forecast与 predict 同义，语气较弱，指根据已知可能的发展进程或将来情况作出大概的预测，尤用于天气预报。

forecast the future 预测未来

Heavy rain has been forecast for Sunday. 天气预报星期天有大雨。

③ foretell为一般用词，可与 predict 换用，其主语可以是人或物。

Timely snow foretells a bumper harvest. 瑞雪兆丰年。

551　prefer用法难点

◎ prefer是及物动词，意为“更喜欢，宁愿”。结构为：

prefer doing sth. （表示一般倾向）
prefer to do sth. （表示特定的或具体的某个动作）

prefer sb. to do sth.
prefer sth. to sth. 宁愿……而不
prefer doing sth. to doing sth. 宁愿……而不
prefer sth. rather than sth. 宁愿……而不
prefer to do sth. rather than do sth. 宁愿……而不

Do you prefer milk or coffee？你要牛奶还是咖啡？

I prefer spending the summer holiday in the north. 我宁愿在北方度暑假。

She prefers to live in the countryside. 她宁愿住在乡下。

I prefer you to answer the question. 我宁愿让你回答这个问题。

I should prefer her not to come. 我倒宁愿她不来。

She prefers eggs to beef. 鸡蛋与牛肉相比，她更喜欢鸡蛋。

I prefer walking to riding a bike. 我宁愿步行而不愿骑自行车。

I prefer her to try it in another way. 我愿意让她用另外一种方法试试。

I prefer to walk there rather than go by bus. 我愿意走着去那儿，而不愿坐公交车。

They preferred to eat in a roadside inn rather than（eat）in a large restaurant. 他们宁愿在路边小酒馆吃饭，而不喜欢去大饭店。

I prefer football rather than basketball. 比较起来，我喜欢踢足球胜过打篮球。（相当于I prefer football to basketball.）

我们宁愿出去而不待在家里。
We prefer to go out rather than stay at home.
=We prefer to go out instead of staying at home.

552　preparation和preparations

◎ preparation通常用作抽象名词，不用复数形式。

The travel is in preparation. 旅行正在准备中。

但是在make preparations for短语中，要求用复数形式。其他类似用法有：

make arrangements for 为……作安排　　sing the praises of 赞扬

be in high spirits 兴高采烈

553　prepare用法难点

① prepare意为“准备，预备”，可用作及物动词或不及物动词，结构为：

prepare sth.
prepare sb.+sth. （双宾语）
prepare to do sth.
prepare sb. to do sth.

She is preparing her lessons. 她在准备功课。

She prepared them a big supper. 她为他们准备了一顿丰盛的晚餐。

He turned around and prepared to go downstairs. 他转过身来，准备下楼去。

He is preparing them to go on a holiday. 他在为他们去度假做准备。

He is preparing supper. 他在做晚饭。（prepare的宾语必须是prepare动作的承受者）
He laid the table，preparing for supper. 他摆好了桌子，准备吃晚饭。

② be prepared for sth.表示“为……做好准备”，意同be ready for，表示状态；be prepared to do sth.表示“做（好）准备干什么”。

He is prepared for the question. 他对那个问题已有准备。

They are prepared for the worst. 他们对最坏的事情做好了准备。

She is prepared to do the work. 她已准备好做那项工作。

比较

She is prepared for the exam. 她已为考试做好了准备。
She is preparing for the exam. 她在为考试做准备。

554　preservation，reservation，conservation和reserve

① preservation意为“保留，保存”，指往往经过人为处理，有意识地保留，处理办法如开辟自然保护区，限制排污、防腐、防冻等等。动词为preserve。

preservation from delay 防腐

a picture in fine/good preservation 保存完好的画

We must strive for the preservation of our natural resources. 我们必须努力保护我国的自然资源。

② reservation意为“保留，不加动用”，如订房间、订货都是保留下来以便用。动词为reserve。

make hotel reservations 预定旅馆房间

③ conservation是采取措施加以保护，不使受损或减少，不涉及今后用不用，也不限人工处理一种措施，侧重在完整保存下来。动词为conserve。

The conservation of wild life is beneficial to mankind in the long run. 从长远观点看，保护野生资源对人类有益。

It is urgent that man practise fresh water conservation right away. 人类要保护淡水资源迫在眉睫。

④ reserve侧重在实物的保留，收藏。

The economy of that country is threatened with a shortage of gold reserves. 那个国家的经济受黄金储备不足的威胁。

555　pretend，affect和assume

① pretend常用作及物动词，意为“假装，佯装”，结构为：

pretend sth. （illness，sleep，a headache）
pretend to do sth.
pretend to be doing sth. （假装正在干什么）
pretend+that从句

He pretended illness. 他装病。

Don't pretend to know what you don't know. 不要不懂装懂。

She pretended to be reading when I came in. 我进来时，她假装正在看书。

He pretended not to see me. 他假装没看见我。
=He pretended that he didn't see me.

He pretended that he had a headache. 他假装头痛。

他假装对你友好。
He pretended friendly to you. （pretend后不可跟形容词）
He pretended to be friendly to you.

② affect意为“为了某一效果而装着有某种特征或情感”。

When she applied for a job，she affected simplicity. 她求职时假装出俭朴的样子。

③ assume意为“装出有某种情感的样子，以掩饰真正的感情”。

She assumed a look of sorrow. 她假装悲伤的样子。

556　prevail upon和prevail over

① prevail upon是“说服，劝说”的意思。

We all prevailed upon him to rest home but he refused to stay idle. 我们劝他在家休息，但他不肯闲着。

He was prevailed upon to attend the meeting，despite his reluctance. 他被说服去参加会议，尽管很勉强。

② prevail over是“压倒，战胜”（be victorious over）的意思。

After thinking over，she at length succeeded in letting reason prevail over her prejudices. 仔细考虑后，她终于让理智战胜了偏见。

Justice will prevail over injustice. 正义一定会战胜非正义。

557　prevent和forbid后的结构

① prevent sb. from+动名词表示“阻止某人……，禁止某人……”。

同类用法还有：

ban+sb./sth.+from+动名词
prohibit+sb./sth.+from+动名词
restrict+sb./sth.+from+动名词
restrain+sb./sth.+from+动名词
keep+sb./sth.+from+动名词
stop+sb./sth.+from+动名词

② 在现代英语中，prevent sb./sth. from doing sth. 和stop sb./sth. from doing sth. 中的from常可省略，但用于被动语态时，from不可省。而keep sb./sth. from doing sth. 中的from 不可省。

Nothing will keep her from doing it. 什么也不能阻止她做那件事。

Who can stop you （from）going if you want to go？如果你要去，谁又阻止得了呢？

The rain prevented me to go there.
The rain prevented me （from）going there. 下雨使我无法去那儿。

We were kept by the rain from going there. 下雨使我们不能去那儿。（from不可省）

③ forbid表示“禁止”，结构为：forbid sb.+to do sth.，be forbidden to do sth.。

They were forbidden to enter the hotel. 他们被禁止进入旅馆。

558　problem和question

◎ problem和question都表示“问题”。

① problem指客观存在的亟待解决的问题，尤其指那些难度大的或棘手的问题。搭配为：think about/raise/solve/settle/discuss/do/work out/a/the problem。

② question常指由于不能断定或疑惑不解而提出的问题，等待回答，通常指一般问题或易解决的问题。搭配有：

ask sb. a question 问某人一个问题

put a question to sb. 向某人提一个问题

answer the question 回答问题

There is no question about+名词或动名词

without question 毫无问题

beyond question 毫无疑问

out of question 完全可能的，毫无疑问的
out of the question不可能的

③ question还可用作及物动词，意为“询问，对……提出疑问”。

He never questioned her about her difficulties. 他从不询问她的困难。

The teacher questioned her on the story she had just read. 老师就她刚读过的故事提问。

We don't question his ability. 我们不怀疑他的能力。

提示

“问题的答案”要说key to the problem/question。

559　proclaim，announce，declare和claim

① proclaim的语气较announce正式，指官方宣布重大事件，诸如外交政策、法令等，后可接名词、that从句或复合结构。

The mayor proclaimed Monday as a city holiday. 市长宣布星期一为该市假日。

The young prince was later proclaimed king. 后来宣布那位年轻的王子继承王位。

The government proclaimed that a big rally would be held to celebrate the National Day. 政府宣布将举行一个大的群众集会来庆祝国庆。

② announce指发布公众感兴趣的事情，内容可指国家、地方、生产、商品等方面的消息。

He announced immediate action. 他宣布马上采取行动。

The ceremony was announced for 9 am. 据通告，仪式于上午9时举行。

③ declare可指公开场合表明对某事的态度或官方公开、郑重地宣布某事，也可指在非正式场合直截了当的断言。

He declared himself （to be）a member of the Party. 他宣称自己是党员。

In 1812，the United States declared war on Britain. 1812年，美国向英国宣战。

④ claim表示要求承认某种权力，享有所有权或身份。

Does anyone claim the key？有没有人认领这把钥匙？

She claimed to be the owner of the house. 她对这所房子提出所有权要求。

560　product，produce和production

① product为可数名词，一般指工业产品，也可泛指各种各样的产品、产物，或脑力劳动、体力劳动的成果。

the product of mental labour 脑力劳动的成果

② produce为集体名词，不可加s，尤指农产品。

agricultural produce 农产品

native produce 土特产品

③ production一般指人的精神产品，如艺术作品等，作“生产，摄制，演出”解时，表示的是一个动作（action）或过程（process），为不可数名词。

go/be put into production 投产

television production 电视制作

mass production 大量生产

production cost生产成本

production quota 生产指标

the means of production 生产方式

the relations of production 生产关系

561　proof和evidence

① proof指直接的确实证据，不容置疑的证据。

His actions were proof that he was telling the truth. 他的行动就是他说实话的证明。

② evidence作“证据”解时，为不可数名词，指或对或错的事实，但并不能确切证明究竟是对是错，多指与法律诉讼有关的证物、见证。

Running away was evidence of his guilt. 逃跑是他犯罪的证据。

提示

作“迹象，形迹”解时，evidence亦可作可数名词。

There are evidences that somebody ever lived here. 有迹象表明，有人曾住在这里。

562　protect from和protect against

◎ 这两个短语都是正确用法，protect against后接较大的事情，如战争、灾害、重税、威胁等；protect from后接较小的事情，如frost，harm，catching cold等。

He wore glasses to protect his eyes from the sun. 他戴着眼镜，免受阳光的刺激。

He protected himself against the danger. 他保护自己，免遭危险。

These thick clothes will protect you from the cold. 这些厚衣服能帮你御寒。
They protected the city against enemy's attack. 他们保卫这座城市，免遭敌人的攻击。

563　prove （to be）+形容词/名词/介词短语

◎ 本结构中的prove是系动词，意为“被发现是，显现出是，证明是”，其后可接形容词、名词或介词短语。

这种系动词用法的prove不可用于被动语态。

Her advice proved （to be）sound. 她的建议证明很不错。

My computer experience proved a real advantage. 我的计算机运用经验表明是一大优势。

He proved himself （to be）an honest man. 他证明自己是个诚实的人。

This tool will prove （to be）of some use to you in your work. 这件工具在你的工作中会是很有用的。

It proved a fact. 那结果是事实。

It proved a waste of money. 其结果是浪费金钱。

Her words proved false. 她的话原来是假的。

564　pull on，pull off和put on，put off

① pull on和put on都可以表示“穿，戴”（衣服、袜子等），但pull on常指“匆匆地穿上，戴上”，put on为常用词。

He pulled on his coat and went out. 他匆匆穿上大衣出去了。

Mother asked her to put on a coat. 母亲要她穿上大衣。

② pull off常表示“（车）驶离，出站”，put off常表示“推迟，延期”。

When he arrived，the train had pulled off. 他到达时，火车已经开出了。

They put off the meeting until next Friday. 他们把会议推迟到下周五。

提示

pull off同时也是pull on （穿上，戴上）的反义词，表示“脱去，脱掉”。

He pulled off his cap before entering the room. 他进屋前摘下了帽子。

Q

565　quick和quickly

① quick作副词常用于非正式谈话中，意为“快，快速地”，代替quickly。

You must think quick with your mind. 你必须脑子转得快。

Come quick；something terrible has happened. 快点来，出事了。

I'll get back as quick as I can. 我将尽快回来。

② quickly通常位于动词前，也可位于句尾。

She quickly opened the box and took the ring out. 她快速打开盒子，取出了戒指。

He went out of the room quickly. 他迅速离开了房间。

566　quickly和soon

① quickly表示动作速度的“快，迅速”。

He went out of the room quickly. 他迅速离开了房间。

② soon通常指时间的“早，快”。

He will soon be here. 他不久就会到这里。

567　quite a little还是quite little

◎ 英语中的little和few通常具有否定意义，不能说quite few，only few，quite little，only little。a little和a few表示肯定意义，可以同quite和only连用。quite a little意为“很多，相当多”，修饰不可数名词，quite a few也表示“很多，相当多”，修饰可数名词。only a little意为“不很多”，修饰不可数名词，only a few也表示“不很多”，修饰可数名词。

There is only a little water left. 剩下的水不多了。

She knows quite a little about the writer. 她对那位作家知道得很多。

There are only a few chairs in the hall. 大厅里只有不多的几把椅子。

R

568　rate，ratio，speed和velocity

① rate表示速度、比率等。

I read at a rate of 150 words a minute. 我每分钟阅读速度为150个词。

The interest rates of the state bank have been lowered six times recently. 国家银行的利率最近下调了六次。

② ratio表示比或比率，不表示速度。

The ratios of 1 to 5 and 3 to 15 are the same. 1与5之比同3与15之比相等。

③ speed是没有方向的速度，行驶速度。

The two trains didn't lower their speed along the rails when running in opposite direction. 这两列火车在相反方向沿铁轨行驶的时候没有减速。

④ velocity是技术术语，带方向性，也表示极高速。

The velocity of a missile is controlled from thousands of miles away. 火箭的速度在数千英里以外加以控制。

The two cars clashed and crashed with great velocity. 两辆高速行驶的汽车被撞得粉碎。

569　rather than和rather…than

◎ rather than意为“而不是，与其……宁愿”，rather…than意为“是……而不是”。应注意如下几点：

① rather than作连词用，所连接的可以是动词、副词、形容词、名词短语等，被连接的成分应在词性上保持一致。

② rather than位于句首时，后跟动词原形，该动词前不可加to，也不受句中谓语时态的影响。

③ rather than位于句中连接两个动词时，其后的动词形式应同前面与其平行的动词形式一致。

④ would rather…than…意为“宁肯……而不……”，前面表示肯定，后面表示否定；than后用动词原形，不带to。

⑤ had better+动词原形意为“最好干……”，不可说had better…than，一般也不说had rather或had rather…than。但可以说would sooner…than。

Rather than sell the eggs at a very low price，she would keep them for her own children. 她宁愿把鸡蛋留给自己的孩子吃，也不愿低价卖出。

He killed himself rather than got caught by the enemy. 他自杀了，不愿让敌人抓住。

He insisted on walking on foot rather than going by bike. 他坚持步行，而不骑自行车。

It was what she meant rather than what she said. 她说的是那个意思，而不是真那么说了。

I'd rather go hungry than borrow money from him. 我宁愿挨饿也不向他借钱。

The cap is comfortable rather than pretty. 这帽子不好看，可却很舒服。

他与其屈辱而生，宁愿光荣而死。
Rather than live in dishonour，he would die.
=He would die rather than live in dishonour.
=He would sooner die than live in dishonour.
=He would （just）as soon die as live in dishonour.

570　rather than she和rather than her

◎ rather than可以连接主格人称代词，也可以连接宾格人称代词，但结构和含义不同。

比较

I sent you the letter rather than she. 给你寄信的是我，而不是她。（she和I并列为主语，=…rather than she sent you the letter）

I sent you the letter rather than her. 我给你寄的信，而不是给她寄的信。（her同you并列为宾语，=…rather than I sent her the letter）

It is you，rather than he， that know the secret. 知道秘密的是你，而不是他。（he同you并列，作表语，=…rather than it is he…）

It is for you，rather than him，to do the experiment. （him和you并列，作for的宾语，=rather than it is for him…）

We are to blame rather than they. 该受责备的是我们，而不是他们。（they和we并列作主语）

He blamed us rather than them. 他责备我们，而没责备他们。（them和us并列作宾语）

571　rational，reasonable和sensible

① rational侧重指有思考、评判、推断的能力，或指事物合乎道理，强调理性的重要性而不强调经验。

Even a mad man has his rational moments. 甚至疯子也有神志清楚的时候。

② reasonable多用指人说话办事讲道理，公平合理。

This restaurant charges reasonable prices. 这家餐馆要价公道。

There is no denying that this is a reasonable demand. 不可否认，这是个合理要求。

③ sensible指人善用常识，明白事理，办事周到或指事物符合实际，切实可行。

She is too sensible to accept a ride from strangers. 她很明智，任何陌生人邀她搭汽车她都不接受。

572　read和read of，know和know of，allow和allow of，treat和treat of

① read表示“（直接）读，阅读”；read of表示“（间接）读到关于……”。

She read some poems aloud to us. 她给我们朗读了一些诗。

I once read of him in the newspapers. 我曾经在报上读到过关于他的报道。

② know表示“知道，认识（见过面或交谈过）；know of表示“知道”（没见过面）。

I know the painter. 我认识那位画家。（见过面）
I know of the painter. 我知道那位画家。（没见过面）
I know of the teacher but I don't know her. 我知道这位老师，但不认识她。

③ allow表示“允许”；allow of表示“容许”。

Only twenty kilos are allowed for personal luggage. 每人只准携带20公斤行李。

The situation allows of no delay. 情况刻不容缓。

His income allows of travelling abroad. 他的收入容许他出国旅游。

We allow of no exceptions. 我们不容有任何例外。

④ treat表示“对待”；treat of表示“处理，论述”。

He treats the old man very well. 他待那位老人很好。

He treats me as a close friend. 他把我当亲密朋友看待。

The book treats of ancient Chinese history. 这本书讲的是中国古代史。

573　reclaim，recover，regain和restore

① reclaim指废弃的东西、荒地等，恢复使用。

They reclaimed the swampland for agriculture. 他们开垦沼泽地使之适宜于农业生产。

② recover强调人自身力量使某物失而复得、复原或人的康复。

The police helped us to recover our lost car. 警察帮我们找回了丢失的汽车。

③ regain强调经过审慎地找寻，复得失去的东西。

After a careful search we regained our game bird in the forest. 在仔细搜寻了一番之后，我们在森林里又找到了我们猎获的鸟。

④ restore往往凭借外力使回到原处。

It's difficult to restore the baby to its parents without a name or an address. 无名无姓，没有地址，很难把婴儿送还其父母。

574　recognize和know from

① recognize是及物动词。

（1）表示“辨认，认出（曾见过的人或物）”，是建立在原来认识的基础上的。

I recognized him without difficulty. 我毫不费力地认出了他。

She has changed so much that I can hardly recognize her. 她变化那么大，我几乎认不出来了。

（2）表示“认可，承认（government，country，theory），认识到”，结构为：

recognize sth.
recognize sb. to be
recognize sb. as
recognize+that从句

They don't recognize the new government. 他们不承认新政府。

I recognize her to be cleverer than I am. 我承认她比我聪明。

They recognized him as the best student in the class. 他们承认他是班上最好的学生。

He recognized that he had made mistakes. 他承认他犯了错误。

We recognized that we have to overcome many difficulties. 我们认识到必须克服许多困难。

提示

recognize表示“认出（熟悉的人或物），认识到（某种价值、合法性、真实性）”，为非延续性动词；而know则表示“认识”，为延续性动词。比较：

我认识他多年了。
I have recognized him for many years.
I have known him for many years.

② know…from表示“认出，区分，辨认”。

They are twins and it's almost impossible to know one from the other. 他们是双胞胎，要分清他们俩几乎是不可能的。

575　reduce，diminish，lower，lessen和decrease

① reduce常用作及物动词，意为“减少，降低，使处于”，在表示“减少”这层意思上，有lower的含义。结构为：

reduce sth.
reduce sth. to…把……减少到，使处于……状态
be reduced to

They are reducing wages. 他们在减少工资。

She reduced the price of the coat to 50 dollars. 她把那件大衣的价格减为50美元。

For some time he was reduced to begging. 有一段时间他沦为乞丐。

The hotel was reduced to ashes. 那家旅馆被烧成了灰烬。

② reduce还可用作不及物动词，表示“减肥”。

He is trying to reduce. 他正在减肥。

She has been reducing for half a year. 她减肥已经半年了。

③ 在表示减少，强调减少结果上，diminish更确切。

The drought diminishes the supplies of vegetables. 旱灾减少了蔬菜供应。

The illness diminished his strength. 疾病使他丧失了不少体力。

④ lower表示下降，与bring down差不多。

lower the prices 降低价格

lower one's voice 放低声音

⑤ lessen表示减少，减轻，不用具体数目表示；decrease可以用具体数目表示，但往往强调变小的过程，渐变的经过。

His fever has lessened. It has decreased from 38℃ to 37℃. 他的烧退了，体温已从38℃降到了37℃。

576　refuse，decline和reject

① refuse指不肯做某事或接受某物，语气较重，态度坚决。

He resolutely refused their bribe. 他断然拒绝接受他们的贿赂。

The boy refused to go home. 这男孩不肯回家。

She does not refuse the child anything. 孩子要什么，她都不拒绝。

提示

refuse后面不可跟that从句。

② decline指婉言谢绝他人的帮助或邀请等。

We had to decline their invitation because we had made other plans. 我们不得不谢绝他们的邀请，因为我们另有计划。

He declined（=refused）to say anything definitely about his plan. 他不肯明确地说出他到底有些什么计划。

提示

①decline在与不定式连用时，相当于一般的拒绝，与refuse常可通用。

②decline不能以人作宾语，不说I declined him.或He was declined.这是与refuse不同的地方。

③ reject指认为某事/物无用或不合适而不接受；还有“丢弃，驳回，抛弃”等含义，比refuse语气强，后接名词。

He rejected our help. 他拒绝我们的帮助。

The government rejected the diplomatic note. 该政府拒绝接受那份外交照会。

The Flat Earth theory was rejected centuries ago. 地平说在几个世纪以前就遭到了驳斥。

She felt rejected by society. 她感到被社会抛弃了。

577　regret用法难点

① regret用作动词时，为及物动词，意为“感到懊悔，遗憾”，结构为：

regret sth.
regret doing sth./having done sth.
regret+that从句

He regretted the choice he had made. 他为自己的选择而懊悔。

She regretted selling the house. 她后悔卖了房子。
=She regretted having sold the house. （可用一般式或完成式）

I regret that I shall not be able to come. 很遗憾，我不能来。

② regret还常用于下列句型中：

regret to say+that从句 遗憾地说
regret to tell you+that从句 遗憾地告诉你
regret to inform you+that 从句 遗憾地通知你

I regret to say that you're wrong. 我遗憾地说你错了。

I regret to tell you that I can't lend the money to you. 我很遗憾地告诉你，我不能把钱借给你。

③ regret用作名词，意为“遗憾，懊悔”。搭配有：

have no regret about

feel no regret about

with deep regret

without any regret

He has no regret about what he has done. 他对自己所做的事不后悔。

She left home without any regret. 她毫不遗憾地离开了家。

Much to my regret，I can't join you in the trip. 非常遗憾，我不能同你一块旅行。

578　relate，narrate，recount和tell

① relate指详细并有条不紊地讲述所读到的、听到的或经历过的事情。

He related to his wife some amusing stories about his employer. 他向妻子讲述了有关他雇主的一些趣事。

② narrate较正式用词，基本义同relate，但强调叙述生动有趣，引人入胜。

Shall I narrate a strange experience of mine？我把我的一次奇遇叙述一下好吗？

③ recount指凭记忆详细叙述某事。

She recounted the story of her travels across Africa. 她讲述了她穿越非洲旅行的故事。

④ tell为普通用词，指按一定的线索连贯地讲述某事。

579　relationship和relation两词均可指“关系，联系”，前者的用法比后者要广，包括了后者的许多含义

① 两词都可以表示事物之间的相似处或一致性。

the relation/relationship between wages and prices 工资与物价之间的关系

② 两词也可指亲戚关系。

A relation of mine is coming to stay. 我有个亲戚要来暂住。

“What's your relation to her？”“She's my cousin.”“你跟她是什么亲戚？”“她是我的表妹。”

③ 若指强烈的感情关系，用relationship，若不强调个人关系或友谊时，可用relationship或relations （复数形式）。

Their relationship has lasted many years. 他们的感情已有多年了。

Britain has a unique relationship with the USA. 英国与美国之间的关系很特殊。

diplomatic/business relations 外交/业务关系

580　remember，remind，memorize，recall和recollect

① remember表示“记住，记得”，主语只能是人，既可指状态，相当于keep in mind，也可指动作，相当于call back into the mind。

I still remember her face. 我仍然记得她的面容。

We shall forever remember your kindly help. 我们将永远记住你的友好帮助。

提示

remember doing sth. 表示“记得（已经）做过某事”；remember to do sth. 表示“记住要去做某事”；但remember to have done sth. 则相当于remember doing sth.，表示记得已做过某事。

I remember to have seen her pick it up. 我记得曾经看见她把它捡了起来。

I remember to have been taken to Shanghai when I was a small child. 我记得很小的时候曾被带去过上海。

② remind表示“提醒，使……想起”，主语可以是人或物，比较下面的结构：

remind sb. of sth. 提醒某人某事，使想起
remind sb. to do sth. 提醒某人做某事

She reminded me of my promise. 她提醒我的承诺。

This photo reminds me of her mother. 这张照片使我想起了她母亲。

He reminded her to post the letter. 他提醒她寄那封信。

Please remind me to water the flowers. 请提醒我浇花。

③ memorize表示“记住，记忆”，指的是有目的的记忆，侧重主观动作的过程。

He has memorized all the words in this dictionary. 他记住了这本词典中的所有单词。

She tried to memorize every new word. 她尽力记住每一个新单词。

④ recall常用词，指经过一定的思索而记起某一件事，强调一次的回忆，或因有所感而想起过去之事，后接名词、代词、动名词、从句，但不接不定式。

Whenever I hear the song，I recall her face. 每当听到这首歌，我就回想起她的音容笑貌。

⑤ recollect为正式用词，指用心追忆、回想某一件事，强调有意识地努力或意志，同recall词义相近，但更强。

Can you recollect hearing such a story？你想得起听到过这样一个故事吗？

He does not recollect how long they were in the house. 他回忆不起他们在那所房子里待了多长时间。

581　reply和answer

① reply用作不及物动词，意为“回答”。

Has he replied to your letter？他给你回信了吗？

She smiled，but didn't reply. 她笑了，但没回答。

② reply用作及物动词，意为“回答说，答道，答复”，可接that从句或直接引语。

He replied that he knew nothing about the matter. 他回答说他对这件事一无所知。

“No，thank you，” he replied. “不要，谢谢，”他回答道。

③ reply也可用作名词，意为“答复，回答”，结构为：

make a reply
make no reply
have a/no reply from sb.
in reply （to sb.）

He made no reply to my question. 他没有答复我的问题。

I have had a reply from Mr. Brown. 我已收到布朗先生的答复。

She said nothing in reply. 她没说任何话表示答复。

④ reply和answer都可以表示“回答”，有时可换用，但要注意两点区别：

（1）reply是正式用词，多用于书面，指经过考虑后，对问题或论点一一作答；answer是普通用词，指以口头或书面等方式对问题作出回答。

（2）用作及物动词时，reply后跟that从句或跟直接引语，但不可直接跟名词或代词作宾语，如要跟名词或代词，则要用reply to sb. （/sth.）结构；answer后可跟名词或代词作宾语，也可用于answer sb.+that从句结构。

他已经回答了我的问题。
He has replied my question.
He has replied to my question.
He has answered my question.

他答复她说，一切都准备好了。
He replied her that everything was ready.
He replied to her that everything was ready.
He answered her that everything was ready.

提示

reply是非延续性动词，不可同表示一段时间的状语连用。

我给她回信已经两周了。
I have replied to her letter for two weeks.
It is two weeks since I replied to her.
I replied to her two weeks ago.

582　resolve，decide和determine

① resolve指决心坚定，要做成某事或不做某事（definite decision）；还可表示“解决，解答”，相当于solve。

He resolved to tell the truth. 他已下决心说出事实真相。

There are several ways of resolving the problem. 解决这个问题有几种方式。

② decide详见词条198。

③ determine详见词条211。

提示

resolve，decide和determine后都不可接动名词。

583　respected，respectable，respectful和respective

① respected受尊敬的，如年长者、权威性的意见等。

His book is a highly respected authority in physics. 他的书在物理界是一本深受尊敬的权威著作。

② respectable （deserving respect；quite good；showing or having good character and fair social position）相当不错的；（由于社会地位、财产等）受人尊敬的。

It's not respectable to get drunk in the street. 在大街上喝得醉醺醺是有失体统的。

His record in school is always respectable，but never brilliant. 他在学校的成绩始终不错，但从不突出。

③ respectful （showing respect to）充满敬意的。

The children were well mannered and respectful toward grown-ups. 孩子们彬彬有礼，尊敬大人。

Our attitude toward our teachers should be respectful，but not slavish. 我们对待老师的态度应该是恭敬的，但不该盲从。

④ respective （for or belonging to each of those in question）各自的，各个的。

He and I contributed the respective sums of 50 and 60 yuan. 我和他分别捐款50元和60元。

Go to your respective places. 各就各位。

584　rest和the rest

① rest作“休息，睡”解时，可作名词或动词。

They took a rest every two hours. 他们每两个小时休息一次。

He didn't get enough rest last night. 他昨晚睡眠不足。

She couldn't rest when there is noise all around her. 周围都是喧闹声，她睡不着。

② the rest意为“其余，剩余部分”，相当于what is left，the ones that still remain。the rest可用作主语或宾语。

He spent some of the money and sent the rest to his mother. 那些钱他花了一些，剩余的寄给了母亲。

These books are mine and the rest are hers. 这些书是我的，余下的是她的。

提示

the rest作主语时，谓语动词的单复数要根据其所指代的名词而定。

The rest of the pens are blue. 其余的钢笔是蓝色的。
The rest of the money is in the box. 剩余的钱在盒子里。

A few of the books are written in English，and the rest are written in Chinese. 这些书中有几本是用英语写的，其余的是用中文写的。

Some students stay at school，the rest （of the students）have gone to the countryside. 一些学生待在学校里，其余的学生去农村了。

I can only drink one glass of wine and the rest is yours. 我只能喝一杯酒，余下的是你的。

提示

half of，most of，two-thirds，some of等加名词作主语时，谓语动词的单复数也都有这种区别。

585　retain，reserve，preserve和conserve

① retain表示维持原样，继续拥有，防止丧失，宾语可以是自制力、平衡、性质、支配权等。

retain the simplicity of a country girl 保持村姑的单纯

② reserve表示为某一目的保留，宾语可以是座位、房间、票券、看法、意见等。

I reserve my favorable comments for my former monitor. 我保留对原班长好的评价。

③ preserve表示在质量上维持原样，不使变质、腐坏，也表示“维持”。

Many foods can be preserved in the refrigerator. 许多食物可以保存在冰箱中。

It's the duty of the police to preserve public order. 警察的职责就是维持公共秩序。

④ conserve表示“保持，不浪费，不破坏”，宾语可以是能源、精力、健康、自然资源等。

Before a marathon race，you must know how to conserve your bodily strength. 马拉松赛前要会保持体力。

We should conserve mineral resources for future generations. 我们应当为后代保护矿物资源。

586　rich，wealthy和well of

① rich意为“富的，富裕的”，语气较坦诚，既可指人有钱财，也可指人精神上的富有或在某方面富有。

He was a rich man in his twenties. 他二十几岁就成了富翁。

She is rich in experience. 她经验丰富。

提示

rich还可引申表示“富饶的，丰富的，宝贵的，富含……的”。

The library is rich in historical books. 这个图书馆有大量的史书。

The country is rich in natural resources. 这个国家自然资源丰富。

Rich foods disagree with her. 她不适宜吃油腻的食物。

② wealthy意为“富裕的”，通常指财富，说一个人wealthy，表示他拥有大量的财产，且社会地位较显赫。

He was born in a wealthy family. 他出生于富裕家庭。

She became quite wealthy later. 她后来很富有。

提示

wealthy也可指在某方面富有，这时相当于rich。

He is wealthy in humour. 他极富幽默。

③ be well off表示“小康的，富裕的”，在程度上不如wealthy和rich。这三个词的富裕程度为：well off（小康）→wealthy（富的）→rich（富裕的）

He is only well （off），but not rich. 他只是小康而已，谈不上富裕。

587　right和correct

① right表示“正确的，对的”，侧重道义上正当的，合法的，反义词是wrong。

It is quite right of you to think that way. 你那么考虑完全正确。

It's not right to tell lies. 说谎是不对的。

You are right，but he is wrong. 你是对的，但他错了。

② right作形容词用，意为“合适的，恰好的”。

You should do the right thing at the right time. 你应该在合适的时间做合适的事。

That's the right time to do it. 那是做事的恰当时机。

③ right作名词用，意为“右，右边”，是left的反义词。

Turn right at the second crossing. 在第二个十字路口向右转。

He is standing on the right. 他站在右边。

There is a bookstore on the right of the street. 街道右侧有一家书店。

④ correct意为“正确的”，强调准确，不出差错，也表示人的行为、举止、服装等“得体，适合”，反义词是incorrect。

His reckoning proved correct. 他的计算准确无误。

Is her dress correct for the party？她的衣服适合这个聚会吗？

She is a very correct young lady. 她是个举止得体的年轻女士。

588　right和rightly

① right作副词可表示“正确地，对；好，合适地；正当地，公正地；正，恰恰”。

It's none of your business whether he acts right or wrong. 他的行为合适与否，不关你的事。

He turned up right after supper. 他吃过晚饭就来了。

The snowball hit him right on the nose. 雪球恰好击中他的鼻子。

② rightly意为“正确地，公正地”，正式用词。

The decision was rightly made by the committee. 决定由委员会正确做出。

He was punished，and rightly. 他受到了惩罚，公正的惩罚。

提示

right作“正确地”解时，多用于非正式谈话中，并且只用于动词之后。另外，表示“向右，向右边”只能用right。

It serves him right. 他活该。

She turned right at the corner. 她在拐角处向右拐。

589　right away，at once，immediately，in a minute和at the moment

① right away表示“立刻，马上”，指毫不犹豫或毫不耽误地。

I'll ring him up right away. 我马上就给他打电话。

You'd better do it right away. 你最好马上就做那件事。

提示

right now既可以表示“现在（at this moment）”，也可以表示“立刻”。

He is not feeling well right now. 他现在感觉不好。

Let's go right now. 我们马上就去吧。

② at once相当于now，without delay。

Come downstairs at once！马上下楼来！

Do it at once. 立刻就做。

③ at once还可表示“同时，一齐”，相当于at the same time，together。

Don't ask me questions at once. 不要同时都问我问题。

④ immediately意同at once，但更强调“紧接着”。

Immediately after dinner he began to do his homework. 一吃完饭，他就开始做作业了。

He answered the question almost immediately. 他几乎立刻作了回答。

提示

immediately可用作连词，意为“一……就”。

He went home immediately he finished the work. 工作一结束他就回家了。

⑤ in a minute意为“一会儿”，相当于soon，常用于将来时中。

He will be back in a minute. 他一会儿就回来。

The party will begin in a minute. 晚会马上就要开始。

⑥ at the moment表示“此刻，现在”，相当于now。

He is reading at the moment. 他现在正在读书。

What is he doing at the moment？他此刻在干什么？

590　rise，raise和arise

① rise是不及物动词，使用较广，可指太阳、月亮、物价、数量、河水、地位等“升起，增长，上升，发源”，还可指人“起床，起立”等。rise的过去式为rose，过去分词为risen。

The sun rises above the horizon. 太阳升起在地平线上。

The river is rising fast. 河水涨得很快。

Prices are rising steadily. 物价不断上涨。

She rose quickly from her seat. 她从座位上快速站起来。

The total output rose by 15 per cent. 总产值增长了15%。

He has risen to the position of manager. 他已升至经理职位。

He raises very early in the morning.
He rises very early in the morning.
=He gets up very early in the morning. 他早上起得很早。

② raise表示“提高，举起，抚养，筹募”，表示工资、数量、价格、容量、地位等，是及物动词，可用于被动语态。

He was raised from clerk to manager. 他由职员被提升为经理。

这男孩是在贫困的家庭中长大的。
The boy was risen in a poor family.
The boy was raised in a poor family.

I plan to raise funds to set up a school. 我计划筹募基金建一所学校。

③ arise是不及物动词，表示“出现，发生，起因于”，过去式为arose，过去分词为arisen。

An accident usually arises from carelessness. 事故常起因于粗心大意。

Doubt arose in her. 她心中产生了疑虑。

New problems arise every day. 新问题每天都会出现。

591　rob和steal

① rob常用作及物动词，意为“抢劫，掠夺”，常指盗贼使用暴力把财物从他人身上或从店铺、银行抢走，结构为：

rob sb. of sth.
sb. be robbed of sth.

这种结构中的of表示“分离，去掉”，可用于本结构的动词还有：rid，clear，relieve，drain，break，cure等。

He robbed the old man. 他抢劫了那位老人。

They robbed the bank in broad daylight. 他们在光天化日之下抢劫了银行。

The shop was robbed last night. 这家商店昨天夜里被抢劫了。

He robbed her of her money. 他抢了她的钱。
She was robbed of her money. 她的钱被抢了。

② steal可用作及物动词和不及物动词，指盗贼在事主不注意或不在场时“偷，盗，窃取”，结构为：

steal sth. from sb./sth.
have sth. stolen

Someone has stolen her watch. 有人偷了她的手表。

He stole a TV set from the shop. 他从商店偷了一台电视机。

Tom stole his family some bread. 汤姆为家人偷了一些面包。（可跟双宾语）

I have had my bike stolen. 我的自行车被偷了。（=Someone has stolen my bike.）

提示

①snatch表示“夺，抢”，指突然地、急速地或乘人不备地夺取。

He snatched the bag from the woman. 他从那位妇女手里夺走了包。

②snatch at sth. 表示“对着某物抓过去”，有试图抓着之义。

The climber snatched at the rope，but missed. 登山者试图抓住绳子，但没抓着。

592　route，road，way，path，street，avenue和expressway

① route表示“路，路线，航线”，为正式用词。

They followed the train route. 他们沿着火车路线走。

② road指供人和车辆行进的“公路，道路”，有时用于抽象意义。

They will deliver the goods by road. 他们将通过公路发送这些货物。

There's no royal road to learning. 学问无捷径。

③ way是普通用词，常指到达某一地点必须经过的地方，也指做事的方法，达到目的的途径。

He can't find his way home. 他找不到回家的路了。

She felt her way in the dark. 她在黑暗中摸着走。

④ path指“小径，小道，人行道”，也指比赛用的跑道。

The path across the fields is lined with flowers. 穿过田野的小径两边开满了花。

⑤ street指城市中的“大街，马路”，两侧有楼房等。

⑥ avenue指“林荫大道”，也指乡间两边有树的“小路”。

⑦ expressway指“高速公路，快速公路”。

S

593　satisfying，satisfied和satisfactory

① satisfying为形容词，表示主动意义，意为“令人满意的”，指某物令人满意。如：a satisfying answer（一个令人满意的回答）。

② satisfied是由过去分词转变来的形容词，表示被动意义，意为“感到满意的”，常与with连用。比较下列几组形容词，每一组的前一个表示“令人……的”，含有主动意义，每一组的后一个表示“感到……的”，含有被动意义。

pleasant令人高兴的→pleased感到高兴的

frightening令人害怕的→frightened感到害怕的

terrible可怕的→terrified感到害怕的

horrible令人恐怖的→horrified感到恐怖的

troublesome令人烦恼的→troubled感到烦恼的

surprising令人吃惊的→surprised感到吃惊的，受惊吓的

He will not be satisfied with such a small salary. 他对这样微薄的工资不会感到满意的。

其他表示“令人……的”还有：painful（令人痛苦的），pitiful（令人可怜的），shameful（令人感到可耻的）等。

③ satisfactory意为“令人满意的，可喜的，良好的”，有主动意味。

The answer is not satisfactory to her. 这个回答不能使她满意。

The arrangement is entirely satisfactory. 这样安排完全令人满意。

He hasn't given a satisfactory excuse for his behaviour. 他对自己的行为尚未做出令人满意的辩解。

594　save和rescue

① save表示“抢救，救助，挽救”，普通用词，指帮助人或事物脱离险境或使之从不利局面中解脱出来。

The firemen saved the man from falling off the building. 消防队员救助那名男子，使其免于坠楼。

He saved the child from the fire. 他从大火中救出了那个孩子。

She has saved many people's lives. 她曾经挽救了许多人的生命。

The old man was saved by a soldier. 那位老人是被一位士兵救的。

② save表示“节省，节约”。

He has saved a lot of money. 他已省下了许多钱。

We can save much time in this way. 这样我们可以省很多时间。

It will save you a lot of trouble. 这将给你省去很多麻烦。（跟双宾语）

③ rescue意为“营救，解救”，强调从迫切的危险或祸患中救助出来。

She was rescued from a burning building. 她被人从着火的大楼里救了出来。

A lifeboat was sent out to rescue the sailors from the sinking ship. 一艘救生艇被派去营救沉船上的水手。

595　say，speak，talk，tell和address

① say是及物动词，着重说的具体内容，强调说什么，必须有宾语，可以是从句，从句可以是直接引语，也可以是间接引语。say构成的常用短语有：

say a few words说几句话

say something in English用英语讲点什么

say goodbye to向……告别

say nothing to sb. 对某人什么也不说

say hello to sb. 向某人问好

say something about说点关于……的事情

Can you say it in English？你能用英语说吗？

What did you say just now？你刚才说了什么？

I said nothing to her. 我对她什么也没说。

② speak常用作不及物动词，着重开口讲话，强调发出声音或运用语言的能力，不强调所说的内容；作及物动词用时，speak常以语言名词作宾语，如speak English（说英语），speak French（说法语）等。speak to/with sb.意为“对某人讲话”，speak to sb. about sth.意为“同某人讲关于……的情况”。speak后不可跟从句。

Please speak slowly and clearly. 请说慢点，讲清楚。

The child can't speak yet. 这孩子还不会说话。

She can speak Japanese and some other languages. 她能说日语和其他几种语言。

The teacher is speaking to Tom's father about his studies at school. 老师在同汤姆的父亲谈汤姆在校的学习情况。

She is speaking loudly to the children. 她在向孩子们大声讲话。

比较

用中文说
speak it in Chinese
say it in Chinese

He spoke that he would come.
He said that he would come. 他说他要来。

说中文
say Chinese
speak Chinese

提示

speak还可表示“说实话，说心里话”等。

Please tell her to speak her thought out. 请告诉她把自己的想法说出来。

She has spoken the truth to him. 她向他讲了实情。

Finally Mary spoke her mind. 最后，玛丽说出了心里话。

③ talk是不及物动词，意为“说话，交谈”，表示进行对话、讨论、交换意见等。结构为：

talk with/to sb. 同某人谈话
talk about/over sth. 谈论某事
talk to sb. about sth. 同某人谈论某事

比较

He talked to her. 他同她谈话。
He spoke to her. 他对她讲话。

They talked for a long time. 他们谈了很长时间。

She is talking with her mother. 她在同她母亲谈话。

He talked to me about the book yesterday. 他昨天同我谈论了那本书。

They are talking over an important matter. 他们在讨论一件重要事情。

④ tell是及物动词，意为“告诉”，表示向他人讲述某件事、某个故事等。结构为：

tell sb. sth. 告诉某人某事（双宾语）
tell sb. about sth. 告诉某人关于某事
tell sth. to sb. 把……告诉某人
tell sb. to do sth. 告诉某人做某事

比较

tell还可表示“区别，判断”。

I can't tell her from her sister. 我难以把她和她妹妹区分开。

I can't tell which is better. 我不能判断哪一个更好。

Please tell the difference between the two. 请说明两者之间的差异。　 He is good at telling stories. 他善于讲故事。

Don't tell lies. 不要说谎。

Please tell me her name. 请告诉我她的名字。
=Please tell her name to me.

She told us about her early life. 她告诉我们关于她早年的生活。

他告诉孩子们进教室。
He said the children to go into the classroom.
He told the children to go into the classroom.

⑤ address用于书面语，表示“向……致词；演说；称呼”。

The president will address the meeting. 总统将向大会致词/发表演说。

Please don't address me as CEO. 请不要称我总裁。（=Please don't call me CEO.）

596　scarcely，rarely和hardly

① scarcely指数量，强调数量不足。rarely表示“很少”，相当于very seldom，是频率副词。hardly指程度，强调困难极大。另外，scarcely不是频率副词，与rarely性质不同，必须加ever才可作频率副词使用。scarcely ever意为“几乎从未”，相当于hardly ever。

She could hardly walk any farther. 她几乎走不动了。

He spoke scarcely a word of English. 他几乎一句英语都不会说。

He scarcely comes to see me.
He scarcely/hardly ever comes to see me. 他几乎不来看我。
He rarely/seldom comes to see me. 他很少来看我。

② scarcely和hardly与before或when连用，结构为：主语+had scarcely/hardly+过去分词+before/when从句，表示“一……就”。

我一完工他就来了。
I had scarcely/hardly finished my work when he came.
=I had no sooner finished my work than he came. （用than）
=As soon as I finished my work，he came.

提示

scarcely，hardly，no sooner位于句首时，要用倒装结构。

Scarcely/Hardly had we arrived before we had to go back. 我们刚一到就又得赶回来。

597　scream，shriek，shout，yell和roar

① scream和shriek都是指发出尖锐的声音或调子。

The little girl screamed with delight when she saw the birthday cake. 看到生日蛋糕时，小女孩高兴得尖叫起来。

She screamed that there was a snake under the table. 她大声尖叫说桌子下面有蛇。

She shrieked in fear thinking someone was chasing her. 她害怕得尖叫起来，以为有人在追她。

② shout指大声地喊叫，以便声音传向远处或高于其他声音。

I shouted good-bye to my friend as the train pulled out of the station. 火车驶出车站时，我大声地向朋友喊再见。

③ yell指大声地叫喊，一般用于与人有关的声音，通常是不受控制的感情的流露。

Don't yell at me like that！别像这样对我喊叫！

The boy yelled with pain. 那男孩疼得大声喊叫。

④ roar指响而深沉的声音或噪声。

The lion is roaring in the cage. 狮子在笼子里吼叫着。

The class roared with laughter. 全班哄堂大笑。

598　search，search for和in search of

① search是及物动词，后直接跟搜寻的对象，search sb. 意为“搜身”，search sth. 意为“在……中搜查”。

They searched the guard. 他们搜查那个士兵。

He searched the pocket for money. 他在衣袋中找钱。

The police searched every room in the house. 警察搜查了房子的每一个房间。

② search for意为“寻找”，如果表示搜查某一对象的目的是要找到什么，要用search for，强调搜寻某个特定的目标。

He is searching for the lost ring. 他在寻找丢失的戒指。

She searched for him everywhere，but in vain. 她到处寻找他，但没有找到。

They searched the room. 他们搜查这个房间。
They searched for the room. 他们寻找这个房间。

③ in search of是固定习语，通常作目的状语，后接寻找的对象或目标。

They started off at once in search of the missing child. 他们立即出发去寻找失踪的小孩。

The hunter went in search of something to eat. 猎人去寻找一些东西吃。

599　select，choose，elect和pick

① select表示“从一堆中选出最好的”，多用于三者以上的选择，强调以客观为标准进行“精选”。

He selected a textbook for your English class out of hundreds of famous classics. 他从数以百计的名著中选出一本作为你们的英文教科书。

The farmers are busy selecting seeds. 农民们正忙于选种。

② choose表示从两个或两个以上之中选出其一，强调按主观意志和判断进行挑选。

You have to choose either of the two courses. 你必须在两科之中选读一科。

He chose the largest apple in the basket and bit into it. 他从篮中选出最大的苹果，大吃起来。

③ elect往往是和“职位”有关的选择。

The American people elect their president every four years. 美国人民每四年选一次总统。

We are to elect the chairman of the board next Tuesday. 下周二我们选议长。

提示

如果是“投票选某人”，只可说vote for someone，不可以说“elect someone”，因elect是选出担任某种职位的人。choose与elect也包括选择某种行动，此时常后接动词不定式。

④ pick是口语中常用词，多与out连用，表示按个人喜爱或希望进行选择。

They will pick out the best table-tennis players to join in the game. 他们将挑选最棒的乒乓球运动员参加比赛。

600　sell/wash/write well

◎ sell well （卖得好），wash well （耐洗），write well （写得好）等，结构中的sell，wash和write均用作不及物动词，表示一些事物本身所具有的一些特征。

The dictionary sells well. 这部词典卖得好。

These gold watches cost too much and sold badly. 这些金表价格昂贵，卖得不好。

Those books don't sell well in our shop. 那些书在我们店里卖得不太好。

The cloth washes well. 这种布料耐洗。

The pen writes smoothly. 这支钢笔写起来很流畅。

601　sensitive和sensible

① sensitive对……敏感的，神经过敏的。

He is sensitive to criticism. 他对别人的批评很敏感。

② sensible明智的，感觉到的（reasonable，knowing，recognizing）。

You should be sensible and not make exorbitant demands. 你应该明白（理智）一点，不要作过分的要求。

I am sensible of the kindness that you have done me. 我知道你对我的好意。

602　serve，serve as和serve for

① serve为及物动词，意为“为……服务，对……适用”，其后不可加介词for或as，如：serve the customers（为顾客服务），不可说成serve for the customers。

② serve for或serve as意为“适合，用作，担任”。

The box will serve for a seat. 这个箱子可当作座位。

The house can serve as a reading-room. 这所房子可用作阅览室。

提示

serve sb. for意为“给……作……用”。

These books serve her for a pillow. 这些书给她作枕头用。

603　settle和solve

◎ settle和solve都可作“解决”解，但用法有区别。

① settle后常接“事情，争论”等方面的词，如：affair，matter，business，argument，disagreement等。

② solve后常接“问题，困难”等方面的词，如：problem，difficulty，riddle，puzzle等。

604　shadow和shade

① shadow意为“影子，阴影”。

The chair cast a shadow on the wall. 椅子的影子映到墙上了。

Her face was in deep shadow. 她的脸部在一片很暗的阴影中。

② shade意为“遮阴处”。

The trees make a nice shade against the sun. 树木挡住了太阳，遮阴很好。

I took a rest in the shade of the tree. 我在树荫下休息一下。

605　shake，tremble和shiver

① shake为最普通用语，指快的、不规则的、多少有些狂暴或突然的动作。

（1）用作及物动词，结构为：

shake hands with sb.
be shaken with/by/at sth. 为……所震动

She shook her head at the idea. 她对那个主意摇头。（不同意）

They shook hands with each other. 他们相互握手。

He was much shaken by/at/with her words. 她的话使他极为震动。

（2）用作不及物动词。

The house shakes when the train passes by. 火车通过时这房子都震动了。

The man was shaking with fear/cold/anger. 那人吓得/冻得/气得发抖。

② tremble指极快的、连续不断并且是控制不住地抖动，可带有紧张、不安等含义，为不及物动词。

Her hands trembled as she opened the letter. 她打开信时，双手颤抖着。

The leaves trembled in the faint breeze. 树叶在徐徐微风中摇动。

③ shiver主要用于人或动物方面，指肌肉颤抖，通常由于寒冷，但有时因惧怕或激动而起。

He crept shivering to bed. 他颤抖着爬上床。

606　share，separate和divide

① share表示“和……共有，分享”，后接被分享的事物，然后接with和人：share sth. with sb.。share不可接双宾语。

我的朋友把他的词典与我共同使用。
My friend shared me his dictionary.
My friend shared his dictionary with me.

② divide意为“分成，分为”，常指把整体分为几个部分，常用结构为divide…into。

The teacher divided the students into three groups. 老师把学生分为三个组。

③ separate表示“分开，分离”，常用结构为separate…from。

The wall separates one room from the other. 这堵墙把这个房间同那个房间分开。

607　sharp和sharply

① sharp作副词时，意为“准时地，精确地”；也可表示“突然地，急剧地”。

We arrived sharp on the agreed time of seven in the evening. 我们按约定时间晚上七点准时到达。

The bus stopped too sharp. 公交车停得太突然。

② sharply意为“急剧地，急速地；严厉地，厉声地，严重地”。

The road here turns very sharply. 道路在这里急转弯。

He was sharply criticized. 他受到严厉批评。

Opinions are sharply divided on this matter. 在这个事情上意见分歧很大。

608　short和shortly

① short作副词表示“突然地，出其不意地；唐突地，突兀地；简洁地”。

stop short 突然停下

cut short 打断

talk short with sb. 与某人简短地交谈

② shortly意为“不久，很快；简言之；简略地；唐突地，不耐烦地”。

They returned shortly after sunset. 日落后不久他们就返回了。

He explained his meaning shortly but clearly. 他扼要而清楚地解释了自己的意思。

She answered shortly that she didn't care what I thought. 她很不耐烦地回答说，她不在乎我怎么想。

609　should用法难点

① should用作助动词，为shall的过去式，用来构成过去将来时，主要用于宾语从句中的第一人称。

I told her that I should see her the next day. 我告诉她我将在第二天见她。

We thought we should never come here again. 我们原以为永远也不会再到这里来了。

② should作情态动词，表示“应该，应当”，通用于各种人称。

We should help each other. 我们应该相互帮助。

You should write a letter to her. 你应该给她写一封信。

Theory should be combined with practice. 理论应同实践相结合。

③ should用于第一人称，表示委婉语气，为客气、礼貌的说法。

I should say you'd better learn another foreign language. 我倒觉得你最好再学一门外语。

We should like to do the experiment right now. 我们倒是想立即做这项实验。

④ should可用于特殊疑问句中，表示意外、惊奇、不能理解等，有“竟会，竟然会，怎么会”等义。

How should I know？我怎么会知道呢？

Why should I do it？为什么要我做那件事呢？

A：Go and cut down the tree. 去把那棵树砍掉。
B：Why should I？为什么（要）我砍呢？

⑤ should be doing sth.表示应该在做什么。

You shouldn't be sitting here doing nothing. 你不应该坐在这里什么也不干。

You shouldn't be staying up so late. 你不该睡这么晚。

⑥ should have done sth.表示该做而实际未做，含有责备、遗憾、建议、指正的意味，意为“本应该”。

You should have come earlier. 你本该早些来的。

These manuscripts should have been kept in a dry place. 这些手稿本应存放在干燥的地方。

You should have told him you don't like to do it. 你来应告诉他你不喜欢做那件事的。

There is no reason why he should have sold the house. 他竟然把房子卖了，简直毫无理由。

⑦ shouldn't have done sth.表示不该做却做了，或该做却没做，含有责备等意味。

This kind of flower should not have been watered so often. 这种花本不该浇水这样勤的。

She shouldn't have left home without a word. 她不该什么也没说就离开了家。

You shouldn't have told her the news. 你本不该把消息告诉她的。（但却告诉了）
You should have told her the news. 你本该把消息告诉她的。（但却没告诉）

⑧ should用在虚拟语气中，相当于would。

If we had planted this kind of trees in a damp place，they should have grown better. 这种树要是种在潮湿的地方，会长得更好。

If I were to do the job，I should do it in a different way. 要是我来做这项工作，我会以不同的方式做。

610　Shouldn't you…？

◎ Shouldn't you…？用于委婉地提出建议，表示“你难道不该……吗？”。

Shouldn't you give her more help？你难道不应该给她更多的帮助吗？

Shouldn't you be more cautious later on？你今后难道不该更谨慎才是吗？

Shouldn't you have confidence in yourself？你难道不应该自信吗？

611　shout at和shout to

① shout at sb.表示“高声对某人叫喊，冲人嚷嚷”。

The man shouted at the children playing on the road. 那人对着在马路上玩耍的孩子叫喊。

Calm down and stop shouting at each other. 安静下来，不要互相嚷嚷。

② shout to sb.表示“高声地对某人说话”，也可以说shout to sb. to do sth.，表示“高声叫某人干某事”。

“Don't come near the fire！” he shouted to the children. 他对孩子们大声说：“不要靠近火！”

She shouted to him to come downstairs. 她高声喊他下楼。

612　show，display和exhibit

① show为最普通用词，泛指一切有意无意地把东西给别人看的行为。

They told us to show our passports. 他们叫我们出示护照。

My watch shows the time as well as the dates. 我的表不仅显示钟点，而且显示日期。

② display指有意地或炫耀地把某物摆出来给众人观看。

The prize winning drawings in the art show were displayed in the school corridors. 在艺术展览会上获奖的绘画作品在学校走廊里展出。

He displayed his drunkenness openly on the street. 他公然在街上耍酒疯。

③ exhibit指为出售、竞赛等目的而把东西陈列出来，也可作show的较为正式的代用词。

The gallery is exhibiting French paintings. 美术馆正展出法国绘画。

The children exhibited （=showed）great interest in the circus. 孩子们对马戏表现出极大的兴趣。

613　shrink，contract，condense和compress

① shrink指衣料缩水，事物在体积上因物理因素变小。

Washing wool in hot water will make it shrink. 用热水洗毛织物会使之缩小。

② contract指遇冷物体收缩，或内力作用下的紧缩，收拢，在一定条件下还能还原。

Metal contracts as it becomes cool. 金属冷却时体积会缩小。

③ condense意为“缩合，压缩”，常指压力改变、温度变化使液体浓缩，也指气体或蒸汽压缩，从而收缩减小体积；也表示精简文章等。

You must condense your paper into a few paragraphs. 你必须把你的文章精简成几个段落。

④ compress意为“压缩，使固体、气体、液体通过压力缩小体积”，也指使语言简练。

Can you compress your speech into five minutes？你能在5分钟内把话讲完吗？

614　single，sole和only

① single着重强调一下，仅此一个。

She buys a single new dress each year. 她每年仅买一件新衣服。

② sole着重于单独，只考虑到单独一个。

My sole purpose is to help you. 我唯一的目的是帮助你。

③ only着重于一类中最好或最具代表性的一个，也表示“唯一的”，常代替sole，但不如sole意义那么强烈。

She is the only girl in the world for me. 她是我最挚爱的女孩。

Of all the possible suggestions，her plan is the only solution to our problems. 在所有可能的建议中，她提出的方案是解决我们问题的唯一方法。

I am my parent's only child. 我是父母的独生子。

615　sit，seat和be seated

① sit是不及物动词，意为“坐”，过去式和过去分词都是sat。

Please sit down. 请坐下。

He sat in the sofa/in the chair/on the stool. 他坐在沙发上/椅子上/凳子上。

② seat可用作名词，意为“座位”，have/take a seat表示“请坐，坐”；take one's seat指在娱乐场所（如电影院等）对号入座，one's不可省。seat作动词用时，为及物动词，意为“使坐下，使就座”，后跟名词或反身代词作宾语，可用于被动语态。seat还可表示“容纳……人”。

Please take a seat. 请就座。

They have taken their seats. 他们已就座。

He had his seat near the window. 他靠窗户就座。

She seated the boy on the floor. 她让那个男孩坐在地板上。（使……坐下）

The hall can seat 500 people. 这个大厅可容纳500人。

③ be seated表示状态，意为“坐着”。

Please be seated. 请坐。
Please seat yourself.
Please sit down. （为较随便的说法）

She seated herself on the grass. 她在草地上坐下。
She was seated on the grass.
She sat on the grass.
She seated on the grass. （seat不能作不及物动词）

提示

sit down表示的动作是非延续性的，不可同表示一段时间的状语连用。比较：

She sat down there for an hour.
She sat there for an hour. 她在那里坐了一个小时。

比较

“在座位上坐下”可以说sit down on the seat，也可以说sit down in the seat。

616　skim，scan和skip

① skim和scan都可译为“浏览，略读”，但严格讲来是两种不同的快速阅读方法。scan是为了获得某个具体信息而浏览一遍 （find important or interesting information），相当于“查阅”，以找到想要找的内容，如查字典。skim指快速读过去，以得到主旨大意（main idea），阅读过程中对不重要的部分一扫而过，如看报纸等，相当于“翻阅”（without looking at details）。

He scans the papers for all presidential news. 他浏览了报纸，看看所有关于总统竞选的消息。

Astronomers scanned the sky for a sight of the comet. 天文学家观察天空寻找彗星的踪影。

Just skimming the paper，I came across the advertisement. 翻阅报纸时，我看见了这条广告。

This book is worth skimming through. 这本书值得泛读一下/浏览一下。

② skip意为“跳读”。

I'd skip this chapter if I were you. 如果我是你的话，这一章我会略而不读。

617　slim和thin

① slim意为“苗条的，细长的”，是褒义词，称得上slim的人往往给人以美感。

He saw a very slim girl. 他看见了一个很苗条的姑娘。

② thin意为“瘦的，薄的”，只是客观地描述人或动物胖与瘦，物的厚与薄。

There are two girls over there，a fat one and a thin one. 那边有两个女孩，一个胖，一个瘦。

The ice is too thin for skating. 冰太薄，不能滑冰。

618　slip，slide，slither，skid和glide

① slip （指走动时）滑跤，失足（slide out of place or fall by sliding）。

My foot slipped and I nearly fell. 我的脚滑了一下，差点儿摔倒了。

② slide （指在光滑的表面上平衡地）滑动，滑行（move smoothly over along a surface）。

A huge plane slid off an aerodrome runway. 一架巨型飞机滑离机场跑道。

③ slither不稳地滑动，蜿蜒地滑行（slide unsteadily）。

The boy slithered along the icy road. 这个男孩沿着结了冰的道路连跌带滑地走着。

The snake slithered into the weeds. 蛇游进了草丛。

④ skid （车轮刹住后的）滑行；（人或车等行进时因路面而向一侧）打滑。

The car braked too quickly and went into a skid. 汽车刹车过急而向一侧滑行了一段路。

⑤ glide滑行，滑翔（move noiselessly in a smooth，continuous manner，which seems easy and without effort）。

The boat glided （=slid）over the river. 船儿平滑地驶过河面。

They glided down to a perfect landing. 他们滑翔而下，着陆动作完善漂亮。

619　slow和slowly

① slow作副词表示“慢慢地，缓慢地”，常用于非正式谈话中，同go，drive，run等连用。

Drive slow！驾车慢行！

News travels slow to the backward region. 消息传到落后地区很慢。

提示

slow作副词还用于复合词中。

slow-moving traffic 缓慢移动的车辆

a slow-footed ship 航速很慢的船

② slowly是常用副词。

She walked slowly towards the river. 她慢慢地向河边走去。

提示

比较级和最高级slower，slowest和more slowly，most slowly常通用。

620　smell sweet和smell the flower

◎ 表示感官、感觉的词如smell，taste，feel等，既可用作连系动词，也可用作行为动词，但含义及用法不同。

① 用作连系动词，含义与结构为：

Your hands feel cold. 你的手摸起来很凉。

I don't feel well today. 我今天感到不大舒服。

The dish tastes wonderful. 这菜尝起来很不错。

The medicine tastes bitter. 这药尝起来有苦味。

The flower smells sweet. 这花闻起来很香。

The music sounds sweet. 这音乐听起来很动听。

Her words sound true. 她的话听起来像是真的。

② 用作及物动词，含义与结构为：

The doctor first felt her pulse. 医生先给她号脉。

She felt her heart beating faster. 她感到心脏跳得更快。

He tasted the soup. 他尝了尝那汤。

She's never tasted meat. 她从不吃肉。

She is smelling the rose. 她在闻玫瑰花。

He smelled the meat carefully to see if it is fresh. 他仔细地闻那肉，看它是否新鲜。

The old man sounded the bell loudly. 那位老人把钟敲得很响。

621　snatch，grasp，grab和seize

① snatch猛然抓住（如夺刀、接球、抢皮包等）。

The thief snatched her wallet and ran away. 小偷猛地抢走她的钱夹跑了。

② grasp紧抓不放，掌握。

She grasped her father's arm in order not to be separated by the crowd of people. 她紧紧抓着爸爸的胳膊以免被人群拆散。

③ grab猛然抓住（比snatch粗鲁，不顾他人权利）。

The starving people grabbed whatever food they could get their hands on. 饥馑的人们只要能弄到手，随便什么食物都抢夺了过去。

④ seize （出其不意）猛然夺取、抓住。

The policeman seized the thief in the act of escaping. 警察一下子抓住了正在逃跑的小偷。

622　so，it和that作代词的区别

① so可以代替名词、名词词组或名词性从句，意为“如此，这样”，常放在动词say，tell，do，imagine，hope，expect，guess，believe，fear，think，suppose等后，在be afraid后，也可用替代词so。

A：I think it will rain this afternoon. 我想今天下午要下雨了。
B：I hope so. 我希望这样。

Well，I told you so，didn't I？我不正是这样对你说的吗？

② 口语中，tell，say，do等后，常用it或that代替so。

Don't say that again. 别再那么说了。

He told me that the other day. 他前天那样对我说的。

③ believe，imagine，suppose，think，guess后接so时，变为否定式有两种形式。

I don't believe so. 我相信不是这样。
I believe not.

He doesn't think so. 他认为不是这样。
He thinks not.

提示

但hope后接so时，只有一种否定形式。

A：Do you think she will come？你认为她会来吗？
B：

Yes，I hope so. 是的，我希望她来。

No，I hope not. 不，我不希望她来。

No，I don't hope so.

下文中用so与that的含义不同：

A：John has come out first in the exam. 约翰考试得了第一名。
B：Who says so？谁说的？
A：The teacher. 老师说的。（想知道真实性）
B：Who says that？谁说的？
A：Tom. 汤姆说的。（想知道此话是谁说出来的）

623　so和to用作替代词

① 在hope，expect，imagine等动词后加so，表示同意前面说话人的肯定意见；而如果不同意前面说话人的肯定意见，或同意前面说话人的否定意见，则要在这类动词后加not。

A：They believe she will succeed. 他们相信她会成功的。
B：I think so. 我想她会的。

A：He hopes she won't fail this time. 他希望她这次不会失败。
B：I hope not. 我希望她不会。

② 这种结构中的so或not代替的通常是整个宾语从句，如果代替的是不定式或不定式短语，则要用to，表示肯定；用not to ，表示否定。

A：Do you want to visit the town again？你想再次访问那座小城吗？
B：I expect to. 我希望去。（相当于I expect to visit the town again.）

A：Do you want to have a talk with her？你想同她谈话吗？
B：I hope not to. 我不希望。

提示

这些用法中均不可用it。

③ 为求简洁和避免重复，常可以用不定式符号to来代替前面已经提到过的不定式或不定式短语。

A：Do you want to see her？
B：Yes，I am glad to. （省略了see her）
B：He doesn't want to do the job，but I have to. （省略了do the job）

其他如try to，plan to，used to，would like to等都是常用的省略式，但to不可省。

624　so that，such…that和so…as to

① so that既可以引导目的状语从句，也可以引导结果状语从句，但有区别。

如果引导目的状语从句，so that意为“以便，这样，为了，目的是”，从句中的谓语应该有may/might，can/could，will，would，should这类情态动词，表示“可能，会”等义。

She studies hard so that she may pass the exam. 她努力学习以便能通过考试。

We planted lots of trees in the campus so that our school （should）be beautified. 我们在校园里种了许多树，以便美化学校。

② so that引导目的状语从句，可用in order that代替或改用不定式in order to，so as to。

I sat in the first row in order that/so that I might hear clearly. 我坐在第一排，以便听得清楚。（=in order to hear，so as to hear）

She bought a villa in the suburb in order that/so that she could spend her weekend there. 她在乡间买了一幢别墅，以便去那里度周末。（=in order to spend，so as to spend）

③ so that引导目的状语从句，可以放在句首。

So that she should arrive there on time，she set out in the early morning. 为了能按时到达那儿，她一大清早就动身了。

So that they shouldn't fail，they were fully prepared. 他们做了充分准备，以防失败。

④ so that引导目的状语从句，表示主句主语的主观愿望。

He drove fast so that he might be there in half a day. 他车开得很快，以便能在半天时间到达那儿。

⑤ so that引导目的状语从句时，有时可省略so。

The policemen cleared the mountain of the robbers （so）that people might live a peaceful life. 警察清除了山中的强盗，以便人们过上和平生活。

⑥ so that如果引导结果状语从句，意为“结果，以至于”，前面常用逗号同主句分开。从句中通常不用情态动词，表示实际的结果怎样。

He came late，so that he missed the train. 他来晚了，没有赶上火车。

She was ill，so that she was unable to go to work. 她病了，不能上班了。

⑦ so that引导结果状语从句时，so可以提到形容词、副词或分词前。

She was so worried that she couldn't eat or sleep. 她忧心忡忡，吃不下，睡不着。

He swam so fast that none of us could keep up with him. 他游得很快，我们谁也跟不上他。

⑧ so that引导结果状语从句时，有时可用too…to或enough…to改写。

他跑得很快，逮住了那个小偷。
He ran so quickly that he caught the thief.
=He ran quickly enough to catch the thief.

I was so tired that I couldn't go any further. 我太累了，一点也走不动了。
I was too tired to go any further.

⑨ so that引导结果状语从句时，从句表示的是主句行为的结果，而非主语的愿望。

He was disappointed so that he meant to give up the plan. 他很失望，打算放弃自己的计划。

⑩ so that引导结果状语从句时，有时可省略that。

He studied hard so （that） he passed the entrance examination. 他刻苦学习，通过了入学考试。

提示

结果状语从句如果表示“可能的结果”，要用may，如果表示“必然的结果”，要用must。

He is careless in his work so that he may make mistakes. 他工作不细心，可能会出错。
He is careless in his work so that he must make mistakes. 他工作不细心，必然会出错。

⑪ so…that句型中的that通常只能引导结果状语从句，意为“如此……以至于”。

He was so ill that he had to go to the doctor. 他病得很重，不得不去看医生。

She spoke so fast that we couldn't follow her. 她说得太快，我们跟不上。

The moon was so bright that the flowers were bright as by day. 月光如此的明亮，以至于看得见鲜花怒放，犹如在白天一样。

I am so busy these days that I have no time to take a walk. 我这些天非常忙，连散步的时间都没有。

⑫ such…that结构不同于so…that结构。so是副词，修饰形容词、副词、动词，such是形容词，修饰名词，该名词前还可有别的修饰语。值得注意的是，such不能同many和much连用，不可说such many students，such much water，应说so many students，so much water。

注意比较下面两个结构：

such a fine view （such修饰a fine view）
so fine a view （so修饰fine）

提示

such 可以修饰单数名词、复数名词（such good books）和不可数名词（such cool water）。但除so many+复数名词和so much+不可数名词结构外，“so+形容词”之后接的词只能是单数可数名词或不可数名词，不能是复数名词，其结构为：so+形容词+a/an+单数名词。

so good novels
such good novels

so great progress
such great progress

⑬ such…that既可以表示程度，也可以表示结果。such…that引导结果状语从句时，有时可改为such…as to结构。

I was such a cold day that we all kept indoors. 那天非常寒冷，我们都闭门不出。（结果）

They were not such fools that they believed him. （程度）
They were not such fools as to believe him. 他们不至于傻到相信他。

⑭ so…as to+动词原形可以表示结果，意为“如此……以至于，那样……以至于”，也可以表示目的，意为“那样……以便”。

He is so strong as to move the big stone. 他那样强壮，能够搬动这块大石头。（结果）

He wouldn't be so mean as to do such a thing. 他不会小气到做出这样的事。

Is she so naive as to believe your story？她会天真到相信你的话吗？

提示

如果so…as to所在句中的主语和其后不定式的逻辑主语为同一人或物，可同so…that句型换用，表示结果。

He got up so early as to catch the train. 他起得早，赶上了火车。
He got up so early that he caught the train.

625　some，some of，any和certain

① some可以表示：①某个人或物，后跟单数名词；②某个不确定的数，意为“一些”，后跟复数可数名词或不可数名词。

She lives in some village to the west of the town. 她住在城西的某个村子里。

You may ask some student to do it. 你可以请某位学生做这件事。

There are some trees in the yard. 院子里有一些树。

② 一般来说，在疑问句中要用any代替some，但在表示邀请、请求他人做某事的疑问句中要用some，在表示期待得到肯定答复的疑问句中也要用some。

Would you like some tea？喝点茶好吗？（邀请，=Please have some tea.）

Will you buy some apples？买些苹果好吗？（请求，=Please buy some apples.）

Would you lend me some money？你能借些钱给我吗？（期望得到肯定回答）

③ some of意为“……中有些”，指的是特定的人或物，后跟代词时，要用宾格，后跟名词时，前面必须加the；而some既可以表示特定的人或物，也可以表示未知的人或物。比较：

Some friends of mine are managers. 我的一些朋友是经理。（特指）

There are some books on the desk. 桌子上有些书。（泛指）

Some of them get up early. 他们中有些人起床早。
Some of the students get up early. 有些学生起床早。
Some of students get up early.

Some of the glasses are broken. 有些杯子破了。
Some of glasses are broken.

④ any一般用于疑问句、否定句，意为“一些，什么，（无论）哪一个，（无论）哪些”。

Is there any important news on TV？电视有什么重要新闻吗？

There isn't any water in the cup. 杯子里没有水。

Do any of you know the answer？你们当中有谁知道答案吗？

提示

any在肯定句中表示“任何的”。

Any schoolboy knows it.任何小学生都懂这个。

You may take any one of these pens. 这些钢笔你可以拿任何一支。

⑤ certain可以表示：①某个不确定的数；②某个不确定的地点；③某种说不出的感觉；④某个人。

He has lent me a certain sum of money. 他借给了我一些钱。

She came from a certain place in the south. 她从南方某个地方来。

He felt a certain uneasiness. 他感到有些不安。

A certain Zhang is waiting for you at the gate. 有位姓张的在门口等你。

（=A Zhang…）

626　some day和one day

① some day指“（将来）某一天”，用于将来时中。

I am sure he will succeed some day. 我敢肯定，他有一天会成功的。

② one day表示“（过去的）某一天”，也可表示“（将来）某一天”，可用于过去时或将来时中。

One day he walked through the forest. 一天，他步行穿过了那个森林。

They haven't seen each other for over twenty years，but they will meet again one day. 他们已经20多年没见面了，但是他们终有一天会见面的。

627　something like，something of和not much of

① something like性质或数量略同（something approximating in character or amount）；似乎，略微（somewhat）。

It is something like a pudding. 此物略似布丁。

It shaped something like a cigar. 它的形状略似雪茄。

② something of某种程度上（to some extent）。

He is something of an artist. 他略有艺术家的气质。（还算得上艺术家）

He is something of a philosopher. 他略有哲学才能。（has something of a philosopher in him）

③ not much of不算很好的。

Five dollars a day is not much of a wage for a grown man. 五美元一天的工资对一个成人来说太少了。

It is not much of a day for a walk. 这天气散步不太好。（bad weather）

He is not much of an artist. 他算不上一位出色的艺术家。

比较

He is nothing of a musician. 他算不上什么音乐家。（has nothing of a musician in his ability）

He is very much of a poet. 他很有诗人气质。（a great deal of）

He is little of a scholar. 他没有什么学问。（a bit of）

He thinks nothing of the manager. 他觉得那位经理不怎么样。

Is he much of an artist？他是个很有才华的艺术家吗？

He is anything but an artist. 他根本算不上艺术家。（没有资格，水平太差）

The so-called somebody was a mere nobody. 那个所谓的大人物其实什么也不是。

628　sound和sound like

① sound作动词用时常作连系动词，意为“听起来”，后接名词或形容词。

The music sounds very sweet. 这音乐听起来非常优美。

That sounds a good suggestion. 那听起来是个好建议。

② sound还常用于sound like（听起来像），sound as if+从句（听来好像）结构中。

It sounds like thunder. 听起来像打雷。

It sounds as if something has gone wrong with the machine. 听起来好像机器出毛病了。

629　sound和soundly

① sound作副词表示“充分地，酣畅地”。

The baby is still sound asleep. 婴儿仍在熟睡。

The boy slept sound. 这孩子睡得很香。

② soundly可表示“熟（睡），痛（打），大败；健康地”。

He is sleeping soundly. 他睡得正香。

In the football game they were beaten soundly. 他们在足球赛中大败。

630　spectator，audience，observer，looker-on和witness

① spectator指观看不需要注意听的展览、表演或娱乐活动等的观众，如看体育比赛等。

Many spectators stood around the football field to watch the game. 许多观众围着足球场看比赛。

② audience指参加音乐会、演讲或观看戏剧等的观众、听众。

The audience was enjoying every minute of the show. 观众自始至终欣赏这次演出。

③ observer指对事物、细节认真观察的人，如科学工作者、军事或外交观察员等。

He was a skilled observer of insects. 他擅长观察昆虫。

④ looker-on/onlooker指抱有随便的、不介入态度的旁观者。

There was a great crowd of lookers-on at the fire. 着火的地方有一大群人旁观。

⑤ witness指对某事件有第一手资料因而可以提供证据的人，证人。

A witness was summoned to appear in court. 一位证人被传唤出庭。

631　spend time （in）doing sth.

◎ 这是一个常用结构，意为“花时间做某事”，如果花在某方面的是名词，要用spend time on sth.。

Father spent quite a long time （in）writing the report. 父亲写这份报告花了很长的时间。

Our English teacher spent much time （in）correcting the test papers. 我们的英语老师批改试卷花了很多时间。

She spent only half an hour on her homework. 她做家庭作业只花了半个小时。

632　spirit和spirits

◎ 英语中有些名词的单数意义和复数意义不完全相同或完全不同。比较：

air空气→airs神气（put on airs摆架子）

arm臂→arms武器

colour颜色→colours颜色，旗帜

iron铁→irons脚镣，手铐（in irons 上镣铐，入狱）

letter信→letters信，文学

quarter四分之一→quarters四分之一，营房

spirit精神→spirits心境（in high spirits心境极佳）

sand沙→sands沙地

water水→waters河川，水域，温泉

633　sport和game

① sport意为“运动”，泛指户外运动或娱乐性活动时，为不可数名词，表示运动的种类或竞赛性运动时，为可数名词。sport所指的运动，可以是竞赛性的或娱乐性的体力运动，如拳击、赛马、打球、狩猎、钓鱼等。

He is active in sport. 他在运动方面很活跃。

Swimming is a popular sport. 游泳是一项很普及的运动。

We often have sports in school. 我们在学校里经常进行体育运动。

提示

①sports的常用搭配有：sports shoes（运动鞋），sports meet（运动会），sports ground（运动场）。

②sports也可以表示运动会。

② game表示“（体育、棋类等的）比赛；运动，游戏”，为可数名词，指体力或智力方面的比赛，有一套必须遵守的规则，结果是决出胜负。

Football is a game. 足球是一项运动。

Chess is a game for only two people. 棋赛只在两个人之间进行。

What games did you play at the party？在晚会上你们做了什么游戏？

提示

大型运动会常用games，如：The Olympic Games（奥林匹克运动会），the 10th National Games（第十届全运会）。

634　stand for，stand up for和stand by

① stand for可以表示两种意思。

（1）表示“支持（某事物）”，含有赞成的意思，后可跟名词或what从句。

They stand for the just cause. 他们支持那项正义事业。

He always stands for what is right. 他一贯支持正确的事情。

（2）表示“代表，象征”，后跟名词。

The five-star red flag stands for our country. 五星红旗代表我们的国家。

What does the flower stand for？这种花象征着什么？

② stand up for表示“替……说话，（在道义上或口头上）捍卫”。

He stood up for his brother. 他替他弟弟说话。

They will be able to stand up for freedom. 他们能够捍卫自由。

③ stand by表示“站在旁边，和……站在一起，遵守”。

He just stood by and did nothing. 他只是站在一边，什么也不干。

He has always stood by his friends. 他总是站在朋友一边。

You should stand by your promise. 你应该遵守诺言。

635　stay和remain

① stay表示“停留，逗留”，常指以客人或参观者身份在某地短暂停留。

We remained in a very good hotel.
We stayed in a very good hotel. 我们下榻在一家很好的旅馆。

② remain表示“剩下，留下”，尤指维持或不改变状态，或即使别人离去，自己仍留下。

A few apples have stayed on the tree. （差）
A few apples have remained on the tree. （优）树上还剩下几只苹果。

提示

表示持续待在同一地点（尤指家里）时，stay与remain可换用。

I shall stay/remain at home till tomorrow. 我将在家里待到明天为止。

③ stay的常用结构为：

stay+副词或介词短语
stay for sth.
stay up till/until+名词或从句

He stayed late in the school last night. 他昨晚在学校里呆到很晚。

Please stay for supper. 请留下来吃晚饭。

He stayed up until twelve o'clock. 他一直等到12点钟。

④ 作连系动词用时，stay意为“保持（某种状态）”，相当于连系动词keep，后跟形容词作表语。

The shop will stay open till nine o'clock. 这家商店9点钟之前都营业。

The weather stayed bad for a whole week. 坏天气整整持续了一周。

She stays young in her fifties. 她虽已50多岁了，但仍然年轻。

636　steer，direct和lead

① steer指用舵或其他手段引向正确的方向。

The sailor steered the ship into the harbor. 水手把船驶进了港。

He steered me through the crowd. 他领着我从人群中走出来。

② direct强调“指引”，即指出某种途径，但并不一定亲自带领。

Sign posts direct travellers. 路标给行人指路。

③ lead指走在前面给某人引路或带领他人共同去达到某一目标。

A local hunter led us through the forest. 当地的一个猎人带领我们穿过森林。

He is leading a group of businessmen on a tour of Japanese factories. 他率领着一批商人去参观日本的工厂。

637　stick to，insist on，persist in和hold on

① stick to常表示两种意思：①“坚持，坚守”某种观点、主张、理想、真理、协议等，后跟名词；②“坚持做某事”，后跟动名词。

He always sticks to his own decision. 他总是坚持自己的决定。

She sticks to the principles in this matter. 她在这件事情上坚持原则。

He sticks to his ideal. 他忠实于自己的理想。

She sticks to speaking English every day. 她坚持每天说英语。

② insist on用于下面两种情况：①“坚持”某种意见、看法、权利等，后跟名词；②“坚持要，坚持认为，坚决主张”做某事，后跟动名词。

He insisted on buying a car. 他坚持要买一部车。

They insist on carrying out the experiment. 他们坚决主张进行这项实验。

He insisted on his complete innocence. 他坚决认为自己完全无罪。

She insisted on his going. 她坚持要求他去。

He insisted on leaving at once. 他坚持立即动身。

比较

She insisted that he was wrong. 她坚持说/强调他错了。（insist作“坚持说，强调”解时，后面的从句用直陈语气）

She insisted that he （should）pay the money. 她要求/坚持要他付钱。（insist作“要求，主张，坚持”解时相当于order，后面的从句用虚拟语气）

③ persist in常指不顾困难“坚持”做某事，或不听劝告“坚持”做某事，后多跟动名词，也可跟名词。

He persisted in doing the work in spite of the difficulties. 他不顾困难坚持做那项工作。

If you persist in such foolish behaviour，you will be in trouble. 如果你坚持这种愚蠢的行为，你会遇到麻烦的。

She persisted in doing it that way. 她坚持要那样做。

④ hold on意为“坚持下去”，强调不顾困难，继续坚持下去，为不及物短语动词，后不可加宾语。

They decided to hold on until help came. 他们决定坚持到援助到来。

Hold on and everything will be all right. 坚持下去，一切都会好起来的。

提示

stick out表示“伸出，使……突出”，stick it out表示“坚持到底”。

Don't stick your head out of the window. 勿把头伸出窗外。

Maths is hard，but if you stick it out you will learn it well. 数学是难学的，但是如果你坚持到底，你会学好的。

638　stop，cease，quit，give up，bear和endure后接的词

① stop后跟不定式表示“停下一件事去做另一件事”，为两个动作。stop后跟动名词表示“停止做某事”，为一个动作。比较：

She stopped to watch TV. 她停下来看电视。（停下正在做的事情，去看电视）
She stopped watching TV. 她不看电视了。（停止了看电视）

They stopped to have a rest. 他们停了下来，休息一下。（停下手中的活，休息）
They stopped having a rest. 他们中止了休息。

We stopped to talk to each other. 我们停下来，说说话。
We stopped talking to each other. 我们停止了谈话。

It stopped to rain.
It stopped raining. 雨不下了。

Stop singing. You are making too much noise. 不要唱了。声音太吵人了。（不可说Stop to sing…）

提示

stop sb./sth.（from）doing sth.也是常用结构，表示“阻止某人做某事，阻止某事发生”。

We must stop Jim （from）talking with other students in class. 我们必须阻止吉姆在课堂上同别的学生说话。

Measures should be taken to stop the chemical factory from polluting the rivers. 应该采取措施阻止化工厂污染河流。

② cease后可接动名词或不定式，意义相同。

At last they ceased to talk.
At last they ceased talking. 他们终于停止谈话了。

③ quit后可接名词或动名词，通常不接不定式。

He quit reading to take a walk. 他停下阅读散一会儿步。

I have quit smoking. 我戒烟了。

④ give up后只可接名词或动名词，不可接不定式。

Jim has given up gambling. 吉姆不赌博了。

⑤ bear和endure表示“忍受”时，后可接名词、代词、动名词或不定式。

I can't bear to see you like this. 看到你这个样子我受不了。

She can't bear being laughed at. 她受不了被人嘲笑。

She can't endure to see him go.
She can't endure seeing him go. 看见他走，她真是舍不得。

639　strap，strip和stripe

① strap n. 带，皮带；v. 捆扎。

Fasten the straps around the case. 用带子把箱子捆牢。

He strapped a bag onto his back. 他把一只包捆在背上。

② strip v. 剥，剥去；n. 条纹，窄条。

The wind stripped the tree of all its leaves. 风把树叶都吹落了。

She tore the cloth into strips. 他把布撕成长条。

③ stripe n. 条纹，线条。

White stripes are drawn at the pedestrian's street crossings. 街道的人行横道画上了白色的线条。

640　strike，hit，tap和stroke

◎ strike常用作及物动词或名词。

① 表示“打，击”，结构为：

strike sb. on the head （in the face…）
strike+双宾语
strike sb./sth.+宾语补足语（形容词或介词短语）

He struck the boy with a stick. 他用棍子打那个孩子。

He struck her on the head. 他打了她的头。

He struck the table a heavy blow. 他狠狠地击了一下桌子。（双宾语）

They struck him dead. 他们把他打死了。

② 表示“打动，迷住，给……以印象”，常用于被动语态，结构为：

be struck by sth.
It strikes sb.+that从句
How+助动词+主语+strike you？

She was struck by his kindness. 她被他的好意打动了。

It struck me that he was a nice young man. 给我的印象是他是个好小伙子。

How does he strike you？他给你的印象如何？

③ 表示“（钟）响，敲过”。

The clock has just struck. 钟刚刚响过。

The clock has struck 10. 钟敲10点了。

④ 表示“罢工”，可作动词或名词，搭配有：

strike for为……而罢工

on strike在罢工

go on strike罢工

The workers are striking for higher pay. 工人们为增加工资而罢工。

They have been on strike for several days. 他们罢工已有几天了。

提示

strike和beat都可以表示“打”。strike表示急促、突然或一次性的打击，不一定是有意的；而beat表示连续打击，如殴打或体罚。

He struck the door angrily. 他愤怒地击了一下门。
He beat his horse. 他一再打着马。

⑤ hit意为“击中，对准……来打”，着重对方的某一点。

The stone hit her on the head. 石头击中了她的头部。

⑥ tap意为“轻拍/敲”。

He tapped his stick against the window. 他用手杖轻轻敲窗。

⑦ stroke n. 击，敲；一笔，一画；中风；报时的钟声，抚摸，爱抚；v. 抚摸。

The bell in the temple hammered out 101 strokes. 寺院的钟敲了101响。

She stroked her cat absent-mindedly. 她漫不经心地抚摸着猫。

He suffered a stroke which left him unable to speak. 他得了中风，不能说话了。

641　succeed in和succeed to

① succeed in表示“在……方面成功”，相当于manage to do，后接名词或动名词。

I hope he will succeed at his work.
I hope he will succeed in his work. 我希望他的工作会有成就。

He succeeds in everything. 他事事成功。

We have succeeded in solving his problem. 我们已经成功地解决了他的问题。

He succeeded in overcoming all kinds of difficulties. 他成功地克服了重重困难。

② succeed to表示“继承（财产、头衔、官职等）”，后接名词。

Queen Elizabeth Ⅱ succeeded to the throne in 1952. 伊丽莎白二世在1952年继承了王位。

642　such as和such…as

① such as是介词短语，可分开，意为“诸如，像……这类”，后跟名词，但名词后不可再加etc.。

I have been to some beautiful cities such as Hangzhou and Nanjing. 我到过一些美丽的城市，比如杭州和南京。

A man such as he and Jack will surely succeed. 像他和杰克那样的人一定会成功。

I have never seen such a bright student as she/her. 我从没见过像她这样聪明的学生。

Such men as Edison，Einstein and Lincoln are great men. 像爱迪生、爱因斯坦和林肯这样的人都是伟人。

② such…as+句子结构中的as用作连词，引导定语从句，意为“如此……，像那……”。

It was such a fine day as they rarely saw in January. 那天天气非常好，是他们在一月份很少见到的。

You can take such books as you like. 你可以拿走你所喜欢的书。

643　suffer和suffer from

① suffer用作及物动词，意为“遭受，蒙受，忍受，经历”。

They suffered many hardships on their way. 他们在路上历尽千辛万苦。

The enemy suffered heavy losses in the battle. 敌人在这场战斗中损失惨重。

He can't suffer her insult. 他不能忍受她的侮辱。

② suffer用作不及物动词，表示“受苦，遭难”。

He suffered terribly in those years. 那些年他受了很多苦。

The bad man will suffer one day. 那个恶人总有一天会受到惩罚的。（=will be punished）

③ suffer from意为“患（某种病），因……受苦”，后跟表示疾病的名词或表示不愉快事情的名词。

He suffers from headache all day long. 他整天头痛。

They suffered from cold and hunger. 他们饥寒交迫。

644　suppose和supposing

◎ suppose和supposing可用作连词，表示“假定，考虑到，料想一下”。

Suppose you lost your job tomorrow，what would you do？假设你明天丢掉了工作，你会怎么办呢？

Supposing your parents knew how you are behaving here，what would they think？假定你的父母知道你在这里的表现，他们会怎么想呢？

Suppose we failed again，what would the manager say？假如我们又失败了，经理会说什么呢？

645　be supposed to do通常表示两种含义

① 表示“应该，推测，预定”，与be expected相近。

He is supposed to arrive at eight. I wonder why he is late. 他应该8点钟到的，不知道为什么迟到了。

When the bell rings，the students are supposed to hand in their test papers. 铃一响，学生们就该交考卷了。

② 表示“必须，有义务做”，与ought to相近。

Soldiers are supposed to keep military discipline. 军人必须遵守军纪。

We are not supposed to solve all of these problems. 我们没有义务解决所有这些问题。

646　surprise和wonder

① surprise是及物动词，意为“使……吃惊”。

Her words surprised all of us. 她的话使我们都很吃惊。

② wonder可作及物动词或不及物动词，意为“对……不理解，对……惊奇，惊叹，想知道”。

I wonder why he didn't arrive. 我不明白他为什么没到。

I wonder what really happened. 我想知道究竟发生了什么事。

I wonder who he is. 我想知道他是谁。

I wonder at his rudeness. 我对他的粗暴无礼感到吃惊。

T

647　take an examination还是take part in an examination

◎ “参加考试”用动词take，不可用take part in，如：take a quiz（参加小测验），take a test（参加小考），take an exam（参加考试）。

他已决定今年参加大学入学考试。
He has decided to take part in the College Entrance Exam this year.
He has decided to take the College Entrance Exam this year.

提示

①take part in或participate in 表示“参加”活动或比赛。

He didn't take part in the English speech contest. 他没有参加英语演讲比赛。

②enter for意为“报名参加”，实际上尚未参加。

Has she entered for the competition？她报名参加竞赛了吗？

648　take…for，take…as和take…to be

① take…for表示“把……当作”，其含义是“把……误认为是……”。

I took him for your brother. 我把他当作你弟弟了。（其实不是）

Don't take him for a fool. 不要把他当作傻子了。

② take…as表示“把……当作”，但没有“弄错”的意思。

He took the book as the best-seller in 2008. 他把这本书当作2008年最畅销书。

③ take…to be具有take…for和take…as的含义。

I took the picture to be the best drawn by her. 我认为这幅画是她画得最好的。

649　take it for granted+that从句

◎ 本句型意为“认为……是理所当然的，想当然认为……”，it作形式主语，代替后面that引导的从句。

He took it for granted that she would lend him the money. 他想当然地认为她会借钱给他。

We all took it for granted that he would agree with us. 我们都想当然地以为他会同意我们的。

Mr. Smith just took it for granted that the invitation included his wife. 史密斯先生想当然地认为邀请函包括他的妻子。

You should never take anything for granted. 不要对任何事想当然。

I just took it for granted that you had heard about it. 我想当然地认为你已经听说那件事了。

650　take out和take off

① take off表示“脱去”衣服、鞋子、帽子等身上穿的东西。飞机“起飞”也要用take off。

He took out his hat and shoes.
He took off his hat and shoes. 他脱下帽子和鞋子。

The plane took off at ten this morning. 飞机今天上午10点钟起飞。

② take out表示“带某人外出，取出”。

I took my girlfriend out to dinner last night. 我昨晚带女友外出吃饭。

651　take sb. by+the+部位和pat sb. on+the+部位

◎ 本结构表示“抓住/拍/打/摸/吻某人的……部位”。这种结构是先说出整个对象，再说出其局部，也就是大处着眼，小处着手。

He took his brother from the hand.
He took his brother by the hand. 他抓住他弟弟的手。

提示

①一些表示“抓，握”的词，如take，catch，seize，snatch，grasp，hold，pull等，须先接某人，次接by，然后再接“the+某个部位”。

He pulled his mother by the sleeve. 他拉住母亲的袖子。

She caught him by the right hand. 她抓住他的右手。

Don't let anyone lead you by the nose. 不要让别人牵着你的鼻子走。

②一些表示“打，拍，击”等的词，如：hit（打），pat（轻拍），strike（打击）等，不接by，而接on。

He hit Jim on the head. 他打吉姆的头。

She patted the boy affectionately on the head. 她慈爱地抚摸那男孩的头。

The little girl kissed her mother on the cheek and went to bed. 小女孩吻了妈妈的脸，然后去睡觉了。

③表示“打人耳光”的slap，用in，on和across均可。用in表示力度比较大，on较弱，across则表示“扇了一记耳光”。

He slapped her in the face. 他给她一记耳光。

④表示“拍某人的肩”要用on。

She slapped the young man on the shoulder and said，“I congratulate you on your success”. 她拍了拍那年轻人的肩说，“我祝贺你的成功。”

652　take up，take in，take on和take over

① take up通常表示三种含义。

（1）表示“开始学习（某学科），开始做（某事），从事某项活动”。

He will take up mathematics and economics. 他将开始学习数学和经济学。

She took up a new job last month. 她上个月开始做一项新工作。

He will take up swimming this summer. 他今年夏天将参加游泳。

（2）表示“占用（时间、地方等）”。

I won't take up much of your time. 我不会占用你多少时间。

This big bed takes up too much room. 这张大床占很大空间。

（3）表示“拿起”。

She took up a book and began to read. 她拿起一本书，开始阅读。

He took up his cap and left the room. 他拿起帽子，离开了房间。

② take in通常表示两种含义。

（1）表示“理解，领会”。

I didn't take in what he said. 我不理解他的话。

He doesn't quite take in your lecture. 他不太理解你的讲解。

（2）表示“欺骗，诈骗”。

He took me in with lies. 他用谎话骗过了我。

She was taken in by the wicked man. 她被那个坏人骗了。

③ take on通常表示三种含义。

（1）表示“承担（工作）”。

He took on the job. 他承担了这项工作。

Would you take on the work？你肯承担这项工作吗？

（2）表示“（车、船等）载客”。

The bus stopped to take on some children. 公共汽车停下来带上一些儿童。

The ship has taken on too many people. 这条船载客过多。

（3）表示“呈现（新面貌）”。

The city has taken on a new look. 这座城市呈现出新的面貌。

④ take over通常表示两种含义。

（1）表示“接替，接办”。

She retired last month and I took over her job. 她上个月退休，我便接替了她的工作。

He will take over my duties next week. 他下周将接替我的工作。

（2）表示“接管（政府、公司、机关等）”。

He will take over the company in a month. 他一个月后接管这家公司。

The newly elected director took over yesterday. 新当选的董事长昨天就任。

653　technology，technique，skill和know-how

① technology为不可数名词，泛指生产工艺和技术；但也可指某一门科学或知识体系，这时用作可数名词。

advances in science and technology 科学与技术的进步

② technique为可数名词，指具体的技艺、技术或方法。

the techniques of film-making电影制作技术

modern management techniques现代管理技术

③ skill为可数名词，指具体的手艺、技能，常同technique换用；但也可泛指技艺或能力，这时为不可数名词。

language skills 语言技能

basic skills 基本功

the skills of painting and sculpture 绘画与雕刻的技能

④ know-how意为“技术知识，技能”。

computer know-how 计算机技术

654　terrific和terrible

① terrific有“极好，极大”的意思（very great in size or degree）。

He drove at a terrific speed. 他以极高速度行车。

② terrible是“可怕的，极其猛烈的”。

How can you go out in such terrible weather？这样恶劣的气候你怎么能出去？

There was a terrible traffic accident this morning. 今天上午发生了一次严重交通事故。

655　That's all right，all right和That's right

① That's all right通常有3种含义：①答谢用语，意为“不要客气”；②意为“行，好的，没问题了”，表示同意，许可，相当于That's OK./It doesn't matter. ③表示“（身体）好的，好了”。

“Thanks very much.” “That's all right.” “非常感谢。”“不用客气。”

After she checked up the ticket，she said to him：“That's all right. You may leave now.”她检过票后，对他说：“没问题了，你可以离开了。”

“Is that all right？”“That's all right.” “你看行吗？”“行。”

A：I'm sorry I'm late. 对不起，我来迟了。
B：That's all right. 没关系。

② all right表示“好吧，行”，相当于OK，通常用于表示“赞同”某个意见。all right还可以表示“（身体）好的，好了”。

A：Shall we meet at eight？我们8点钟碰头好吗？
B：All right. 行。

A：Let's have a rest，shall we？我们休息一下好吗？
B：All right. 好吧。

You'll be all right soon. 你不久就会好了。

③ That's right和Right意为“对的”，表示肯定。

A：You are from Australia，aren't you？你来自澳大利亚，是吗？
B：Yes. That's right. 是的，对。

A：Shall I do it like this？我这样做行吗？
B：Yes. That's right. 是的，对。

656　That's all，That's it，That's that和Is this it

① That's all在这句中，表语all意为“一切，全部”，all为名词，全句意为“没有别的话（事）了，完了”。That's all的疑问句是Is that all？（完了吗？）

② 在That's it一句中，表语it意为“问题之所在，关键之所在”，全句意为“对了，正是那个”，相当于That's right. 或That's the point.

That's it. He doesn't study as hard as others. 问题就在这里，他学习不如别人努力。

“Is this the best way to do it？” “That's it.” “这是做那件事的最好方法吗？”“正是。”

③ That's that一句中的that指上文刚提到的事，应译为“就是这样，就是这回事”。

He left without saying anything and that's that. 他没有说什么就离开了，就是这样。

提示

That's right一句中的that指对方说过的话，应译为“你的话是对的。”You are right一句中的you指具体的“人”，应译为“你是对的。”指“你的做法、想法或态度”是对的。

You are right in telling the truth. 你说出了这事的真相是对的。

④ Is this it中的it是特指某个物件，意为“这是它吗？”

“Where is my ruler？” “Is this it？”“我的尺子在哪里？”“是这把吗？”（it等于your ruler）

“Where is the dictionary？” “Is this it？”“词典在哪里？”“是这本吗？”（it等于the dictionary）

657　That is what

◎ 本句型意为“这就是……所……”，what 引导的是表语从句。也可以说：that is when（这就是……的时候），that is where （这就是……的地方），that is how（这就是……如何……的）等。

That's exactly what I want to say. 那刚好是我想说的。

That's how he fell into their trap. 他就是那样落入他们的圈套的。

That's where you are wrong. 这就是你出错的地方。

That's why she quitted her job. 那就是她为什么辞了职。

658　the last+名词

◎ the last+名词一般表示否定意义，意为“最不合适的，最不可能的，绝不”，相当于“the least suitable”，“the least likely”。

He is the last man I want to see. 我最不愿意见到的就是他。

She is the last person to do such a thing. 她绝不会做这样的事。

Wealth as well as fame is the last thing that he seeks after. 名利绝不是他所追求的。

He is the last man to flatter the boss. 他绝不是一个喜欢奉承老板的人。

Mrs. Brown is the last woman to speak ill of you. 布朗夫人绝不会说你坏话的。

He should be the last person to ill-treat these children. 他绝不会虐待这些孩子的。

He is the last man to shirk his responsibility. 他绝不是一个推卸责任的人。

Money is the last thing he wants，and you won't succeed by offering a bribe to him. 他绝不要钱，你想向他行贿是绝不会成功的。

659　the only bus不同于the bus only

① only可用作副词或形容词。作副词时，only意为“仅仅，只是”；作形容词时，only意为“唯一的”。比较：

She only likes war novels. 她只喜欢战争小说。（副词）
This is my only bike. 这是我唯一的一辆自行车。（形容词）
He is an only child. 他是个独生子。（形容词）

② only作副词用时，通常表示强调，修饰哪个词，往往就放在哪个词之前，位置不同，表示的意义也不同。

Only he lent the bike to her. 只有他把自行车借给她。（别人不借，强调主语）
He only lent the bike to her. 他只是把自行车借给她。（不是送给她，强调谓语动词）
He lent only the bike to her. 他借给她的只有自行车。（没有别的东西，强调直接宾语）
He lent the bike only to her. 他把自行车只借给了她。（没借给别人，强词间接宾语）

She studies only English at school. 她在学校里只学英语。（不学别的课程）

She studies English only at school. 她只在学校里学英语。（在家不学）

③ the only+名词+定语从句表示“唯一的，仅有的”，为一种惯用法。

This is the only money （that）I have. 这是我仅有的钱。

They are the only students who come from England. 他们是仅有的几个从英国来的学生。

660　the other day，the next day和another day

① the other day表示“几天以前，那天”，常同过去时连用。

② the next day表示“某动作完成后的第二天”，谓语动词用过去时。

他睡得很好，第二天就好些了。
He slept well and was getting better the other day.
He slept well and was getting better the next day.
=He slept well and was getting better the following day.

I met an old friend the other day.
=I met an old friend a few days ago. 我在几天前遇见了一位老朋友。

③ another day意为“另一天”，指从说话当天起，往后的某天，常同将来时连用。

I must go now. I'll come again another day. 我现在必须走了。改日我再来。

A：This is Jim speaking. Is Mary home？我是吉姆，玛丽在家吗？
B：Sorry，she's gone shopping. 对不起，她去买东西了。
A：Thanks. I'll call another day. 谢谢，我改日再给她打电话。

661　the reason why

◎ 本句型表示“……的原因”，why引导的从句可以作同位语。

Tell me the reason why you failed the exam. 告诉我你考试不及格的原因。

That's the reason why he broke up relations with them. 那就是他同他们断绝关系的理由。

He told me some reasons why he didn't like the work. 他告诉我他不喜欢这份工作的一些理由。

662　the reason why…is that

◎ 这个句型表示“做……的原因是……”，why 引导的从句看作同位语从句，对reason作具体解释，that引导表语从句，that不可省。这个句型可简化为：The reason is that…，但不可说The reason is because…。

The reason why he didn't come to the party is that his son fell ill. 他没有来参加聚会的原因是他儿子病了。

The reason why he can't stay is that he has something urgent to do. 他不能留下来的原因是他有些急迫的事情要做。

The reason is that she thought she was unfit for it. 理由是她认为她不是很能胜任。

663　the same as，the same that还是the same like

① the same as+名词意为“与……一样”，表示两者相似。

He wears the same shoes as his brother does. 他穿的鞋子和他弟弟穿的一样。

This chair is the same as mine. 这把椅子同我的一样。

She is about the same age as my mother. 她的年龄大约同我母亲年龄相当。

He waited for her at the same place as he did last week. 他在上周约会的地方等她。

② the same that+从句意为“正是同一个”，表示两者是同一个人或物。

He is the same boy that I saw yesterday. 他就是我昨天见到的那个男孩。

She still wears the same skirt that she wore the other day. 她还穿着她前天穿的那条裙子。

比较

This is the same knife as I lost. 这把小刀跟我丢的那把一模一样。（相似）
This is the same knife that I lost. 这正是我丢的那把小刀。（同一把小刀）

提示

①the same as和the same that中总是要有the。

②the same不可同like连用。

664　the taller of the two结构

① 一般说来，形容词比较级前面不加定冠词the，但如果表示的是两个人或物中“更……的”那个，则要用“the+形容词比较级+of the two”结构。

He is the taller of the two brothers. 他是兄弟俩中更高的一个。

This book is the better of the two. 这是两本书中更好的一个。

She is the more polite of the two girls. 她在两个女孩中更有礼貌。

He is the younger of the two. 他是两人中更为年轻的一位。

提示

这种结构中要用of，有时也可用between，但不可用than。

这是两座山中更高的一座。
This mountain is the taller of the two （mountains）.
This mountain is the taller than the two （mountains）.

Of the two mountains，this one is the taller.

② 在下面这类句子中，than后是单数可数名词或是作整体看待的词，“比较”以前要加不定冠词a或an。

Alice is a more diligent girl than Helen. 比起海伦，艾丽丝是一个更为勤劳的孩子。

Mr. Brown is a more strict teacher than the other two. 布朗先生是比其他两位更为严格的老师。

665　theme，topic和subject均指“主题，题目”

① theme为正式用语，语义较subject窄，指谈论、文章、讨论等的“主题”。

② topic为一涵盖意义较广的一般用词，指文章或讲话的题目，提纲的标题或句子、段落等的中心思想。

③ subject指演讲、讲话、文章或书籍等所涉及的主要问题或学科。

666　there come结构

◎ there后可用come，live，fly，lie，stand，seem，remain，happen等不及物动词。

Then there came a knock at the door. 接着传来了敲门声。

There lives an old man on the river bank. 河岸上住着一位老人。

There seems little chance for her to succeed. 她似乎没有成功的可能。

There remained only 50 yuan in my pocket. 我口袋里只剩下50元了。

There stands a tower at the top of the hill. 山顶上有一座塔。

There happened to be nobody in the house then. 恰好那时房子里没有人。

There lay a boy on the floor. 地板上躺着一个男孩。

提示

在“there+不及物动词”结构中，通常只用一般现在时或一般过去时，而不用现在进行时。

There comes the bus. 汽车开过来了。
There is coming the bus.

667　there appears/seems to be

◎ 这个句型表示“似乎有……”，to be 有时可以省略。

There seems to be nothing wrong with the computer. 这台计算机似乎没有什么问题。

There seems （to be） no difference between them. 它们之间好像没有什么区别。

There appears to be no significant difference between the two groups in the test. 这两组在测试中似乎没有明显的差异。

There doesn't seem to be any satisfactory explanation for it. 关于它似乎没有满意的解释。

668　there be no doubt that

◎ 本句型表示“毫无疑问”，指极有把握，that引导的是同位语从句，that不可省。类似句型：there is no question that （……是没有问题的）。

There is no doubt that he is the best scholar in this field. 毫无疑问，他是这个领域最优秀的学者。

There could be no doubt that he was a qualified teacher. 毋庸置疑他是一位称职的老师。

There seems no doubt that it is a correct answer. 毫无疑问这是一个正确答案。

There's no question that we can get it done on time. 我们按时把它完成是没有问题的。

669　there be no point in doing

◎ 这个句型意为“做……毫无用处”，这里的point 表示“作用，意义”；point在这层意义上的常用结构还有：what's the point of doing？（……有什么用？）don't see any point in doing （看不出……有什么意义，）there seems to be some/much point in sth./doing sth.……（似乎有些/很有意义）。

There is no point in arguing with her. 同她争论没有任何意义。

There is very little point in talking about it any further. 继续谈论此事于事无补。

There seems no point in trying again. 再尝试已毫无意义。

I can't see any point in going there. 我看不出去那里有什么意义。

There seems to be some point in what she said. 她讲的好像有些道理。

670　 there be+名词+现在分词

◎ 本句型表示“有多少/什么人在做什么”，现在分词作名词主语的补足语。

There are some children playing on the river bank. 有几个儿童在河岸上玩耍。

There is a gentleman outside asking to see you. 外面有一个男士要见你。

Look out！There is a bus coming. 当心！有辆公共汽车开过来了。

There are some birds singing in the tree. 有几只鸟儿在树上鸣叫。

There will be hundreds of experts working on the project. 将会有数百名专家参加这项工作。

671　there be+名词+不定式

◎ 本结构中的不定式作名词主语的后置定语，表示“有要做……的人或事”。

There are a lot of things to do today. 今天有许多事情要做。

There is nothing else to do. 没有什么可做的了。

What was there to be afraid of ？有什么担心的事吗？

There are a lot of test papers to be corrected. 有许多试卷要评改。

There is nothing to worry about. 没有什么可担心的。

He told me that there were some people to be remembered all the time. 他告诉我说有些人是需要一辈子记住的。

672　There you are/go！

◎ There you are/go！为口语常用语，用于引起对方注意，意为“你看，瞧，对吧”；在接听完电话后说：There you are！表示“行了，完事了”等。

There you are！ A cup of hot coffee！来了，一杯热咖啡！

There you are！ I knew it was somewhere in the room.对吧！我就知道它在房间的某个地方。

There you go！Gossip about your neighbours again. 瞧，你又来了，又在对邻居说长道短了。

A：Can I have two bottles of beer，please？请来两瓶啤酒？
B：There you are，there'll be S| 2 please. 给你，2美元，谢谢。

673　think的用法及否定转移问题

◎ think可以用作及物动词和不及物动词。

① 用作及物动词，表示“想，思考”。

I think （that）she should go there. 我想她该去那里。

② 用作及物动词，表示“认为”。结构为：

think sb./sth. to be+宾语补足语 （to be 可省）
be thought to be+主语补足语
think+that从句
think+it+宾语补足语+不定式或that从句

We thought him （to be）an honest man. 我们认为他是一个诚实的人。

（被动结构为：He was thought to be honest. to be 不可省）

I think her （to be）clever. 我认为她聪明。（被动结构为：She is thought to be clever. to be不可省）

I think it is our duty to help her. 我认为我们有责任帮助她。

I think it a good idea to go there. 我认为去那里是个好主意。

I think it best that you should come. 我认为你来最好。

This book is thought to be the best English grammar book. 这本书被认为是最好的英语语法书。

③ 作及物动词，表示“打算（做某事），想要”，结构为：

think to do sth. （用于肯定句、否定句）
think+that从句
think+what从句

We thought to go on a holiday. 我们本打算去度假的。

I didn't think to meet you here. 我没想到在这里见到你。

I can't think what you mean. 我想不出你的意思。

④ 用作不及物动词，表示“想，思考”。

First think，then speak. 先思而后言。

You have to think very quickly. 他应该快速思考。

⑤ 表示“考虑，对……有某种看法”时，think about和think of可换用。

She thinks too much about/of herself. 她过多地考虑自己。

I don't care what other people think about/of me. 别人对我有什么想法我不在乎。

I'm thinking about/of buying a bike. 我正在考虑买一辆自行车。

We have many things to think about/of. 我们有许多事情要考虑。

What do you think about/of the book？你认为这本书怎么样？

⑥ 当think about表示“回想（过去的事情）”，“考虑”某事、某计划等是否可行时，不可用think of替换。

Don't think about the past any more. 不要再想过去的事了。

I've thought about it for some time. 这件事我已经考虑一段时间了。

⑦ 当think of表示“关心，想出，想到；想要，打算；记得，想起，想念”时，不可用think about替换。

He is always thinking of others. 他总是替别人着想。

I can not think of a suitable reply. 我想不出一个合适的回答。

He longed for her return and thought of writing to her. 他盼望她回来，想写信给她。

Could you think of Tom，our old friend？你还记得我们的老朋友汤姆吗？

⑧ think of…as意为“把……看作，把……认为是”。

I think of it as the most important problem. 我认为它是最重要的问题。

It was thought of as possible. 它被认为是可能的。

⑨ think sth. over意为“仔细考虑”。

You'd better think it over. 你最好认真考虑一下这件事。

We have to think the matter over. 我们得仔细考虑这件事。

⑩ think后的宾语从句如果表示否定意义，要进行“否定转移”，即否定主句中的think，肯定从句。要进行否定转移的动词还有expect，hope，believe，imagine，suppose等。

I don't think it is necessary. 我认为这没必要。

I think I don't know you.
I don't think I know you. 我想我不认识你。

I think you are not right.
I don't think you are right. 我认为你不对。

⑪ 在用英文说话或造句时，应注意“时态迁移”，是指说话人在表述的同时某动作已经过去，就要用一般过去时，这种瞬间的时间变化，中文往往表达不出来。

I thought you were out. 我还以为你不在家呢。

I never thought you would send me a gift. 我从没想到你会给我送一个礼物。

I meant to call you，but I forgot all about it. 我本打算给你打电话的，可我全忘了。

I completely forgot. 我完全忘了。

I forgot that he was coming. 我忘了他要来的。

674　think highly of还是think high of

① think highly of sth./sb.为正确用法，意为“高度评价某事，对某事/某人评价很高，对某人/本人赞赏”。这里的highly表示“程度”的高，不可用high。另外，也可以说think much of，think a great deal of。

They think highly of the novel. 他们高度评价这部小说。

Her experiment in this field is thought highly of by the scientists. 她在这个领域里的实验受到科学家的高度评价。

He thinks a great deal of Mary. 他对玛丽印象很好。

② 比较下面几个由think构成的类似短语：

think well of对……评价高，对……印象好
think little/poorly of对……评价不高，对……印象不好
think ill/badly of对……印象不好

I have always thought well of this man. 我一直很欣赏这个人。

They think poorly of the picture. 他们对这幅画评价不高。

You think ill of her，don't you？你对她印象不好，是吗？

③ sing high praise for sth.也表示“高度赞扬”，为think highly of的同义词。

They sang high praise for his noble behaviour. 他们高度赞扬他的高尚行为。

675　throw to和throw at

① throw to意为“把……扔给”，表示传递，无恶意。

② throw at意为“用……砸”，表示攻击。介词at与动词连用时，常表示某种敌意。

She threw the stone to him. 她把石头扔给他。（他要那块石头）
She threw the stone at him. 她拿石头砸他。（出于敌意）

He shot the soldier. 他枪杀了那个士兵。
He shot at the soldier. 他瞄准那个士兵。（想射击）

676　tired，tiring，tiresome，exhausted和weary

① tired意为“疲劳的，疲倦的”，普通用语，常作表语，泛指因工作或紧张引起的疲惫；也可表示“厌倦的，厌烦的”，指对其他人或事物感到厌倦。

I'm tired of doing the same thing day after day. 我厌倦日复一日地做同样的事情。

He is tired after a whole day's work. 他工作了一天后累了。

She felt tired from such a long walk. 走了这么长的路她感到很疲劳。

② be tired of sth.表示“对……厌腻”，相当于be weary of；tire of sth.也是这层意思。

I'm tired of his words. 我对他的话感到厌烦。

I tire of answering his foolish questions. 我懒得回答他愚蠢的问题。

③ tiresome和tiring含有主动意味，意为“讨厌的，使人厌倦的”，指人或事单调、乏味、缺乏活力，使人感到身体不适或精神压抑。

Everyone grew bored with the long，tiresome lecture. 大家渐渐地对那冗长、令人厌倦的演讲感到厌烦了。

I've had a tiring/tiresome day. 我度过了疲劳的一天。

The journey was very tiring/tiresome. 这次旅行可真累人。

I found her words rather tiring/tiresome. 我发现她的话令人讨厌。

④ exhausted意为“筋疲力尽的”，含有被动意味，指由于过度的操劳，使得精力或体力消耗殆尽。

He lay down utterly exhausted. 他筋疲力尽地躺下了。

An exhausted traveller arrived at an inn at midnight. 一位疲惫不堪的旅人半夜来到了一家小旅馆。

⑤ weary意为“非常疲倦的，对……感到厌倦的，对……不再有兴趣的”，与tired相似，但语气较重，着重指长时间的脑力劳动或体力劳动引起的疲劳，也指对不愉快事情的不满或烦恼。

He felt weary after a whole day's work in the field. 他在田里干了一整天，感到疲劳。

I'm weary of her constant nagging. 她唠叨个没完，我都听腻了。

提示

be tired with相当于be weary with，表示“因……而疲劳”。

He was tired with walking. 他走累了。

677　to one's surprise→one+be+surprised+不定式

◎ 作这种转换时，注意把原来的名词变为相应的动词，有时候，还要补加一些词，句子才能完整。

使他大为吃惊的是，他发现钱包仍然在桌子里。
To his great surprise，he found his wallet still in the desk.
He was greatly surprised to find his wallet still in the desk.
What surprised him greatly was that he found his wallet still in the desk.

使我非常高兴的是，那本新书买得很好。
To my great joy，the new book sells very well.
I am greatly enjoyed to know/hear that the new book sells very well.
What enjoyed me greatly was to know/hear that the new book sells very well.

678　to say nothing of，not to speak of，not to mention和let alone

◎ 这几个短语均意为“更不用说，更谈不上”，通常用于否定句，有时也可用于肯定句，对其后的相关部分进行强调。

① to say nothing of，not to speak of和not to mention后接名词或动名词。

He knows only a little about English grammar，to say nothing of English rhetoric. 他对英语语法知道得很少，更谈不上英语修辞了。

② let alone后接名词或动词。

I have never heard of her before，let alone know her well. 我以前从没听说过她，更不用说了解她了。

679　to the contrary，on the contrary和contrary to

① to the contrary意为“相反”，相当于形容词，放在所修饰的名词后面，有时也相当于副词，起状语作用。

Did you hear any opinion to the contrary？你有没有听到相反的意见？

② on the contrary意为“恰恰相反”，表达前后句子的“针锋相对”。

He did not say he liked it. On the contrary，he was very much against it. 他并没有说他喜欢它。相反，他是很反对的。

We thought it would be bad weather，but on the contrary we had fine sunshine. 我们原以为天气会很糟，但结果正相反，那天阳光灿烂。

③ contrary to是形容词短语，意思是“与……相反，与……不同”（in opposition to，against），在句子中作表语、状语。

What you have done is contrary to the doctor's orders. 你做的与医嘱正好相反。

Contrary to our expectations，he was eliminated in the first round. 我们万万想不到，他在第一轮就被淘汰了。

680　today等表示明确时间的副词在句中的位置

◎ 表示明确时间的副词或副词短语，如today，yesterday，tomorrow，last week，two months ago等，通常位于句尾，不可放在主语之后。

I last night went to the cinema.
I went to the cinema last night. 我昨天晚上去看电影了。

提示

①但若强调时间，可将表示时间的副词或副词短语放在句首。

I was busy yesterday. （正常）
Yesterday I was busy. （强调）昨天我很忙。

②句中有两个以上表示明确时间的副词或副词短语，排列顺序应由小到大，即：时、日、月、年。

He was born at ten o'clock in the evening on May 5th in the year 2003. 他出生于2003年5月5日晚上10点钟。

681　too，also和either

① too表示“也”时，通常用于肯定句，比also更通俗，同also，as well可换用，可放在句中，也可放在句尾。

② also用于肯定句，表示一个人的两种情况，或两个人的同样情况，常位于be动词、助动词或情态动词之后，行为动词之前，不居句尾。

She is good at maths. He is also good at maths. 她擅长数学，他也擅长数学。

Li Ming went to Paris and Zhang Hong，too，went to Paris. 李明去了巴黎，张红也去了巴黎。

I am a student. He is a student，too.
I am a student. He is also a student. 我是个学生，他也是个学生。

I like English and she likes English，too.
I like English and she also likes English. 我喜欢英语，她也喜欢英语。

Will she also come？
Will she come，too？她也将来吗？

③ either用作副词时，也表示“也”，通常用于否定句中，放在句尾，前面可用逗号，也可不用。either也用于否定疑问句中。

He didn't come and she didn't either. 他没来，她也没来。

If you don't go there，I won't go，either. 如果你不去那里，我也不去。

He can't answer the question and I can't，either. 他不能回答这个问题，我也不能。

Haven't you read the book either？你也没读过这本书吗？

Don't you speak English either？你也不讲英语吗？

He did not come，and she did not come also.
He did not come，and she also did not come.
He did not come，and she did not come either.

提示

①在表示建议或邀请的句子中，如果是以否定形式表示肯定意义，用too，而不用either。

Wouldn't you have a cup of tea too？您也来杯咖啡好吗？（=Please have a cup of tea too.）

Won't you join us，too？你也来加入我们吗？（=Will you please join us，too？）

②在表示否定意义的否定句中，助动词前可用too，而不用either，这种结构可用not…either改写。

I didn't go to the meeting，and he too didn't go. 我没有去参加会议，他也没去。（可改写为：…and he didn't go either.）

③在表示规劝、责备、抱怨的修辞性问句中，如果句子本身的否定形式表达肯定意义，用too，而不用either。这类句子可用should，had better等改写成肯定形式。

Don't you know I am short of money，too？你难道不知道我也没有钱吗？（=You should know…）

Can't you see I've got teeth，too？你难道看不出我也有牙齿吗？

④反意疑问句中的陈述句部分为肯定式时，用too，而不用either，不受附加问句的影响。

He passed the entrance examination too，didn't he？他也通过了入学考试，是吗？

682　too much，very much和much too

① too much可以修饰不可数名词，意为“太多，太过”，这时，too much结构中的much是形容词，意为“许多，大量的”，too修饰形容词原级much，表示强调，所以much是中心词，too是much的状语。这时，too much为形容词短语，修饰不可数名词。

He wasted too much time in his youth. 他年轻时浪费了太多的时间。

He has too much work to do. 他有太多的工作要做。

Don't drink too much wine. 不要喝太多的酒。

I can't read so many books in a month. It's too much（work）for me. 我不能在一个月之内读完这些书。这对我来说太多了。

② too much可用作副词，修饰动词。

The man drank too much and became drunk. 那人喝得太多，醉了。

Father told us not to watch TV too much. 父亲告诉我们不要看电视过多。

You can't praise him too much. 你怎么赞美他都不过分。

He likes the book too much.
He likes the book very much. 他很喜欢这本书。

③ too much可以用作名词短语，作主语、表语或宾语。

Too much is said about the matter. 关于那件事已经说得太多了。

Too much is as bad as too little. 过犹不及。

The work is too much for me. 这工作我干不了。

Don't ask for too much. 不要要得太多。

Don't eat too much for supper. 晚饭不要吃得太多。

④ much too结构中的too是副词，意为“太”，much修饰too，表示强调，所以too是中心词，much是too的状语。much too不可单独使用，后面要跟形容词或副词原级。

It is much too cold today. 今天太冷了。（比too cold更强调）

The shirt is much too dear. 这件衬衫太贵了。

He drives much too fast. 他开车太快了。

She is much too careless. 她太粗心了。

He came much too late. 他来得太晚了。

他对学生的要求太严格了。
He is much too strict with the students.
He is too much strict with the students.

⑤ very much表示“很”，为副词短语，表示强调，并非所有的动词都可被very much修饰。very much通常用以修饰表示“感谢，喜欢，痛恨”的动词。

I love singing very much. 我很喜欢唱歌。

Thank you very much for all the help. 很感谢你给的一切帮助。

I hate him very much. 我很恨他。

提示

下列动词要用其他副词修饰，不用very much：work（工作），try（设法），rain（下雨），be hurt（受伤），be injured（受伤），think（思考）。

He works very hard. 他工作很努力。

It is raining hard.雨现在下得很大。

He is thinking deeply.他在深思。

He was badly hurt.他深受伤害。（多指感情）

He was seriously injured.他伤得很重。（多指体外伤）

683　too…not to与not/never too…to

① too…not to同too…to意思相反，表示的是肯定意义，主语通常是人，意为“非常……能，很……不会不”。

He is too careful not to have noticed that. 他很细心，不会没注意到那一点。

She is too clever not to understand the question. 她很聪明，必定会理解这个问题。

Tom is too wise not to work out the math problem. 汤姆很聪明，不会解不出那道数学题。（=Tom is so wise that he can work out the math problem.）

You were too angry not to say it. 你在气头上，不免说出这样的话来。

② not/never too…to通常表示肯定意义，意为“不太……而能”，也可表示否定意义，意为“不太……不能”。

She is not too tired to walk on. 她不很累，还能继续走。

He is not too old to work. 他年纪不太大，还能工作。

One is never too old to learn. 人们年纪再大也能学习。/活到老，学到老。

He was not too foolish to answer the question. 他不会笨到连这个问题都答不出。（肯定）

He was not too smart to jump at the opportunity. 他不够机灵，没有抓住这个机会。（否定）

比较

She is too clever not to understand what you mean. 她很聪明，不会不理解你的意思。（肯定）
She is not too clever to understand what you mean. 她不太聪明，理解不了你的意思。

684　too…to在哪些情况下表示肯定意义

① too…to通常表示否定，意为“太……而不”。

The boat is too small to hold so many people. 这船太小，容纳不下这么多人。

He got up too late to catch the train. 他起得晚了，没赶上火车。

② 但在下面几种情况下，too…to则表示肯定意义，意为“求之不得，非常愿意”。

（1）当too前有just，only，but，all，simply 等词时，表示肯定意义。

I'm only too glad to go with you. 我非常高兴同你一起去。（only too=very）

I'm all too willing to show you round the plant. 我非常乐意带你参观工厂。

The young man was just too pleased to lead the way. 那位年轻人非常乐意带路。

（2）当too后有glad，happy，pleased，ready，eager，anxious，willing，easy，satisfied，kind 等表示“情态、心态”的形容词作表语时，表示肯定意义，意为“非常”。

He is too ready to help others. 他乐于助人。

They are too eager to go boating in the lake. 他们非常想去湖里划船。

He is too anxious to know the result of the experiment. 他急切地想知道实验的结果。

It is too kind of you to tell me that. 你告诉我那件事真是太好了。

提示

如果这种结构中的不定式重复一次，则前者表示肯定，后者表示否定。

He is too happy to forgive others' faults to forgive his own. 他乐于对人宽对己严。

The man is too ready to criticize others to criticize himself. 那人总爱批评别人，不作自我批评。

（3）当too后有apt，inclined等表示“趋向、倾向”意义的形容词作表语时，表示肯定意义。

He is too apt to make spelling mistakes. 他极易犯拼写错误。

I'm too inclined to invest in stocks. 我非常倾向于投资股票。

（4）不定式在句中充当真正主语时，too…to结构表示肯定意义。

It's too kind of you to tell me the news. 你告诉我那件事真是太好了。

It's too clever of you to refuse her. 你拒绝她真是太明智了。

685　treat，deal with，handle和cope with

① treat意为“对待，处理”，往往涉及态度、方法、观点。

An experienced teacher knows how to treat the problems of teenagers. 有经验的教师知道如何处理青少年问题。

② deal with意为“就具体事采取行动”，有时是从权威角度采取行动。

All complaints are studied and dealt with by the manager in person. 所有投诉意见都由经理本人研究处理。

③ handle可以兼有treat和deal with的含义。

④ cope with侧重在应付过去，做成了某事（with success）。

I think he can cope with the difficulties. 我认为他能够克服困难。

686　treat，cure和heal

① treat指医治过程及动作。

They are treating her for her tuberculosis. 他们在治疗她的结核病。

Those patients were treated with this drug. 那些病人是用这种药治疗的。

② cure指治愈，治好。

The new treatment cured his skin disease. 新疗法治愈了他的皮肤病。

③ heal指治愈伤口或灼伤，也表示“治愈（疾病），使痊愈”。

heal the sick 治愈病人

heal sb. of a disease 治愈某人的疾病

This medicine will heal that cut. 这种药可治那种割伤。

687　trip，voyage，journey，tour和travel

① trip为通用词，常用于口语，通常指距离近、时间短的“旅行，远足”，也可指长途旅行，可用作journey和 voyage的非正式替代词。

have/take a vacation trip to Qingdao 去青岛作假日旅行

go on a business trip to Shanghai 去上海出差

go on a boat trip down the river 泛舟河上，顺流而下

② voyage指远距离的水上或空中旅行，作“航海，航空，航行”讲。

take a voyage to the moon到月球去旅行

On the sea voyage she saw some big ships. 在海上旅行中她看见一些大船。

③ journey常指时间较长、距离较远的陆地旅行，从一地直到另一地；有时也指经常走的或长或短的一段“路程”。

He is going to make a long train journey. 他将乘火车作一次长途旅行。

How long is your journey to work？你上班的路程有多远？

④ tour指在旅途中若干地点作短期逗留的巡回旅行，强调旅行线路之曲折，意为“周游观光，视察，购物”等。

He made a tour of the city. 他到该市旅行观光。

He made a round-the-world tour. 他作了一次环球旅行。

She went downtown on a shopping tour. 她去闹市转了转，买点东西。

⑤ travel意为“旅行，游历”，通常指长时间、远距离的“旅行”，尤其是出国旅行；指“旅行笔记，游记”时，要用复数形式。

He loves travel very much. 他非常喜欢旅行。

He has returned from travels. 他已经旅行结束回来了。

She wrote a book about her travels in Africa. 她写了一本关于非洲的游记。

688　trivial和trifling

① trivial

（1）琐碎的，无价值的，不重要的（little worth or importance）。

He regarded no task as so trivial that it was not worth his time to do well. 他认为没有什么任务这样琐碎，不值得他去做。

Why do you get angry over such trivial matters？你为什么为这些琐事发怒呢？

（2）平凡的，普通的，通俗的（ordinary，commonplace）。

trivial everyday duties日常普通的责任

（3）（指人）浅薄的，轻浮的（lacking seriousness，superficial）。

Don't marry that trivial young man. 不要跟那个轻浮的年轻人结婚。

② trifling不重要的，微不足道的，着重指没有价值，不重要。

a trifling error 小错误

a trifling gift 薄礼

It's no trifling matter. It's serious. 那不是件不值得注意的事，它是件严肃的事。

689　 try，try to do sth.，try doing sth.，try out，try on，

attempt，endeavour和manage

① try为普通用语，较口语化，指付出一定努力去做某事，后接不定式和动名词时意义不同。

They tried to find a guide. 他们试图找一个向导。

She tried cooking her food with a solar cooker. 她试着用太阳灶做饭。

② try to do sth.表示“试图做某事”，相当于attempt to do sth.。try to do sth.常可用try and do sth.代替。

I shall try to answer all these questions. 我将试着回答所有这些问题。

They tried to build the bridge in three months. 他们试图在三个月内建成那座桥。

Try to be here early.
Try and be here early. 尽量早点来这里。

② try doing sth.表示“试着，尝试”做某事。

They tried making a model plane. 他们试着做一个模型飞机。

He tried swimming across the river. 他试着游过河去。

③ try out表示“试用”。

They have tried out the new medicine. 他们已试用过这种新药。

Please try it out. 请试用一下。

④ try on表示“试穿”衣服、鞋子等。

She is trying on a new dress. 她在试穿一件新衣服。

Try it on，please. 请试穿一下。

⑤ attempt意为“企图，尝试”，比try正式，指作一次性的尝试，强调开始做某事的企图，而不在乎是否达到目的。attempt是及物动词，后多接名词或不定式，有时也可接动名词。

He attempted a difficult task. 他试做一件艰难的工作。

He attempted to stand/standing up but was told to sit down. 他想站起来，但被要求坐下。

⑥ endeavour为书面用语，常对有价值的和困难的目标而言，含有必须付出巨大的努力，克服较大的困难的意味。

He endeavoured to compose himself. 他竭力使自己镇静下来。

You must endeavour to improve your work. 你必须努力改进自己的工作。

⑦ manage表示“设法做成了某事”，暗含经历了周折，克服了障碍，或总算“将就着”做成了。

比较

He managed to get the work done with very little help.他没用他人帮助完成了那项工作。
He tried to get the work done with very little help. （but failed）他试图不用他人帮助完成那项工作。（但没能完成）

690　turn，rotate和revolve

① turn是普通词，指绕轴心或中心转动。

The earth turns round the sun once a year. 地球一年绕太阳旋转一周。

The wheels were turning swiftly. 轮子飞快地转动着。

② rotate通常指绕自身的轴心转动，自转。

A wheel rotates on its axle. 轮子绕着轴转。

③ revolve为正式用语，指物体围绕自身以外的中心转。

The moon revolves round the earth. 月亮绕着地球转。

U

691　understandable和understanding

① understandable意为“可以理解的。”

The form is understandable to everyone. 这张表每个人都能理解。

That's an understandable mistake. 那是一个可以理解的错误。

② understanding意为“了解的，宽容的，能谅解的。”

An understanding person is good at understanding people and their problems. 善解人意的人善于理解他人和他人的问题。

She gave me an understanding smile. 她向我会心地笑了笑。

692　unless和if…not

① unless是从属连词，为书面语，用于引导条件状语从句，意为“除非，如果……不”。unless本身具有否定意义，因此所引导的从句谓语动词用肯定式，相当于if…not，常可换用。unless从句常位于句尾，表示强调时位于句首。

Don't come unless I call you. 我不打电话你就不要来。
=Don't come if I don't call you.

Unless you work hard，you will fail. 除非你努力工作，不然你会失败的。
= If you don't work hard，you will fail.

② unless只能引导真实条件句，用直陈语气，不可用虚拟语气；而if…not既可以引导真实条件句，也可以引导非真实条件句，用虚拟语气。因此，当if…not引导非真实条件句，谓语动词用虚拟语气时，就不可换用unless从句。

She will come unless it rains. 如果不下雨，她就会来。（真实条件句）
=She will come if it doesn't rain.

如果你早来十分钟，你就会赶上火车了。
If you had come ten minutes earlier，you would have caught the train. （非真实条件句，虚拟语气）
Unless you had come ten minutes earlier，you would have caught the train.

③ unless如果所引导从句的谓语动词是否定式，就不可转换为if…not结构。

这本词典是值得买的，除非你没有足够的钱。
This dictionary is worth buying unless you don't have enough money.
This dictionary is worth buying if you don't have enough money.

④ 当从句的动作或情况不发生，主句的动作或情况才可发生时，要用if…not，不可用unless。

We'll be surprised if he doesn't do it that way. 要是他不那样做，我们倒会感到奇怪了。

⑤ unless和if…not引导的从句，要用一般现在时代替一般将来时。

除非明天下雨，不然我们将去度假。
We shall go on a holiday unless it rains tomorrow.
We shall go on a holiday if it doesn't rain tomorrow.

⑥ unless如果所引导从句的主语和主句的主语相同，谓语中又有be动词时，从句的主语和be动词可省去。

She won't come unless invited. 如果不邀请，她不会来。（省去she is）

693　upon/on demand和in demand

① upon/on demand是“一经请求即付”的意思。

② in demand是“有需要的，销路好的”意思（badly wanted by a lot of people）。

Our goods are in great demand. 我们的货物销路很好。

The book about robots was much in demand. 那本关于机器人的书许多人都想看。

694　used to和would

① 表示有规则的习惯用used to；表示不规则的习惯用would，且常同always，often，sometimes，frequently，for hours等连用。

He used to climb the hill on Sundays. 他以前常在星期天爬山。（有规则的习惯，星期天去）

He would sometimes climb the hill when he was young. 他年轻时，有时候会去爬山。（不规则的习惯，偶尔去而已）

② used to强调过去与现在的对比，含有“过去是这样，而现在已不这样”的意思；would表示的是对过去的“回想”，指以前常那样做，某种过去的习惯。

Father used not to be so forgetful. 父亲从前是不这么忘事的。（意为“父亲过去不那么忘事，而现在则好忘事”）

He used to play tennis before his marriage. 他结婚前常打乒乓球。（意为“婚后不打了”）

She would sit at the window for hours，book in hand. 她时常坐在窗前看书，一坐就是几个小时。（过去时常那样，过去的习惯）

Sometimes he would walk into the hills and enjoyed himself there all day long. 他有时候会步行到山里去，一整天都在那里享受山林之乐。（过去的反复行为）

③ used to可接动作动词、状态动词或意向动词；would只能接动作动词，不能接状态动词或意向动词。

There used to be a pine tree there. 那儿从前有一棵松树。
There would be a pine tree there.

上大学时，我时常洗冷水澡。
When at college，I used to have a cold bath.
When at college，I would like to have a cold bath.

④ 主观地说过去的事用used to；带有意志时用would，常表示“想，喜欢”等意。

He would go his own way in spite of her advice. 他不顾她的劝告，一意孤行。（不可用used to）

提示

有时候，used to和would也是可以换用的。

When at university，he used to/would get up early. 读大学时，他常常起得早。

695　used to do sth.，be used to sth./doing sth.和be used to do sth.

① used to do sth.表示“过去常常做某事”，指过去的经常性的、习惯性的行为或状态，而现在已不复存在，只表示过去，不可指现在或将来；否定式为didn't use to do sth.，也可用usedn't to do sth. 或usen't to do sth.，读作［'juːsnt］；一般疑问句，可以把used放在句首，或用助动词did；反意疑问句的附加问句用did或used。有些用法参见上文。

② be used to sth.表示“习惯于某事”，be used to doing sth.表示“习惯于做某事”，这里的be是连系动词，可用不同的形式，表示过去、现在或将来，used是形容词，to是介词，后面跟名词、代词或动名词，但不可跟动词原形。

He is used to hard work. 他习惯于艰苦的生活。

She has been used to the weather here. 她已习惯这里的天气了。

You will be used to the city life. 你会习惯城市生活的。

He is not used to getting up early. 他不习惯早起。

I am used to walking to the office. 我习惯步行去办公室。

比较

He used to live in the south. 他从前住在南方。
He is used to living in the south. 他习惯于住在南方。
He is used to live in the south.

提示

be used to sth./doing sth.中的be可以换用get，become，grow等连系动词，表示一个慢慢习惯的过程。

He has become used to living here. 他已习惯于这里的生活了。

You will soon get used to living in our ways. 你很快会习惯于我们的生活方式。

③ be used to do sth.意为“被用来做某事”，be used是被动语态，to do sth. 是不定式，作目的状语。

比较

这把小刀是用来削铅笔的。
This knife is used to sharpen pencils.
This knife is used to sharpening pencils.

V

696　v.+sb.+from+sth./doing sth.结构

◎ 表示“禁止，免除，阻碍，保护”等意，用v.+sb.+from sth./doing sth. 结构。这类动词有：refrain，keep，restrain，abstain，release，absolve（解除），excuse（免……），expel，clear，dismiss，exempt（免除），prohibit，dispense，free，prevent，hinder，inhibit，keep，deter，stop，protect，discourage，dissuade，rescue，deliver，save，guard，shelter，defend，hide，screen，keep，conceal等。

Kindly refrain from smoking. 请勿吸烟。

How can you dispense him from duty？你怎能免除他的责任？

Nothing can hinder me from doing my duty. 什么也不能阻止我尽职责。

The cave was sheltered from the rain. 这个洞穴被遮盖起来防雨。

I keep the secret from everybody. 我不让任何人知道这个秘密。

697　v.+sb.+of+sth. 结构

◎ 表示“夺取”意义的动词多用于“v.+sb.+of+sth.”结构，of表示“分离”。常用于这种结构的动词有rob，deprive，break，clear，divest，relieve，bereave，rid，strip，dispossess，cheat，plunder等。

No one can deprive us of enjoyment. 谁也不能剥夺我的快乐。

They have cleared the sea of robbers. 他们肃清了海盗。

He could not rid himself of the painful memories. 他摆脱不掉那痛苦的回忆。

可用于此结构的其他动词有accuse，convict，suspect，remind，inform，warn，assure，convince等。

They accused him of theft. 他们指责他盗窃。

He is suspected of telling lies. 他被怀疑撒谎。

提示

①steal不同于其他表示“夺取”的动词，其结构为steal…from。

②表示“供给”意义的动词，要用介词with，不可用of。

trust sb. with a secret

fill the glass with water

favour sb. with an interview

supply sb. with money

furnish sb. with information

698　vague，dim，indistinct和obscure

① vague指言语或意义不确切，过于笼统，或外形的模糊，不清楚。

He could only discern the vague outline of a ship in the fog. 他只能看出一艘船在雾中的模糊的轮廓。

② dim强调由于光线的暗淡，年代久远，健康或视力等原因产生视觉或察觉方面的困难。

He sat in a dim corner. 他坐在一个光线昏暗的角落里。

③ indistinct强调头脑印象不深或模糊，或声音不易听清。

The old man has only indistinct memories of the robbery. 老人对那次抢劫只有模糊的记忆。

④ obscure强调晦涩难懂，意思最强烈。

Much legal language is obscure. 法律文字大多艰涩难懂。

699　 valuable，valued，invaluable，priceless和valueless

① valuable可作形容词或名词。作形容词时，指珠宝、绘画等“值钱的，贵重的”，也指发现，意见、信息、时间等“宝贵的，有价值的”；作名词时，表示“贵重物品”，尤指个人的小件物品，如珠宝等，常用复数形式。

His suggestions are always valuable. 他的建议总是很有价值。

Don't waste your valuable time. 不要浪费你宝贵的时间。

Your information is valuable to him. 你的信息对他很有价值。

All her valuables were stolen last night. 她所有的贵重物品昨夜都被偷走了。

② valued因由过去分词转化而来，故含有被动意味，表示“受到尊重/重视的，很受重视的，很有价值的”，可作定语或表语。

What is your most valued possession？你最贵重的东西是什么？

Henry is my most valued friend. 亨利是我最珍重的朋友。

The friendship between the two peoples is long and highly valued. 两国人民间的友谊源远流长，很受珍视。

③ invaluable表示“极有价值的，非常宝贵的，无法估价的”，常与to连用。

These manuscripts are invaluable to scholars and should be kept in a museum. 这些草稿对学者们极有价值，应该放到博物馆里保存。

It is an invaluable painting. 这是一幅价值连城的绘画。

④ priceless意为“极其珍贵的，无价的”。

The jewels were said to be priceless. 这些珠宝据说极为珍贵。

Good health is priceless. 健康的身体是无价之宝。

⑤ valueless意为“无价值的，不值钱的，无用的”，同义词是worthless，unworthy，反义词是valuable。

The necklace is completely valueless. 这项链一钱不值。

a valueless book 一本毫无价值的书
a priceless book 一本极有价值的书

700　vast，large，huge，enormous，immense和gigantic

① vast指数量、范围、面积及程度大得很。

To restore the quake-stricken city calls for vast costs. 要恢复地震毁了的城市需要一笔巨额资金。

vast knowledge渊博的学识

vast plans of development 庞大的发展计划

a vast amount of cash 一笔巨额现金a vast multitude 一大群人

② large带感情色彩，大的，伟大的，极大的，指面积，数量。

③ huge指巨大的，庞大的，修饰具体事物，多指体积。

④ enormous指体积、程度大得超过常规标准。

The rent of such a building is enormous. 这样一幢房子的租金是极高的。

There are enormous problems that remain to be solved. 有许多重大问题尚待解决。

⑤ immense是指体积大得超过一般度量标准和常规概念。

The play was staged with immense success. 该剧上演获得巨大成功。

This is an immense statue，ten times life size. 这是一座相当于实物十倍的巨型雕像。

⑥ gigantic意为“巨大的，巨人般的”，往往用于修辞比喻。

There is a gigantic building in the centre of the city. 市中心有一座新建的巨大楼宇。

701　very和much

① very可以修饰形容词和副词原级，也在少数情况下修饰形容词最高级，或同own连用，表示“最大程度，完全，非常”。

The boy is very bright. 这孩子很聪明。

He came very quickly. 他很快就来了。

This cake ought to be good，because I used the very best butter. 这蛋糕应该很不错，因为我用了最最好的奶油。

I've done my very best. 我已尽了最大努力。

② very同定冠词（the）、指示代词（this，that，these，those）或物主代词（my，their）连用，修饰名词起加强语气的作用，意为“同一的，正是这个，恰好”，不用much。

He kept the room for his very own. 他把那个房间留给自己专用。

What she wants is the very book. 她要的正是这本书。

He regards honour as his very life. 他视名誉为自己的生命。

③ 修饰动词时要用much或very much，不用very。

I told her that didn't matter much. 我告诉她那关系不大。

I blame myself very much. 我深深地责备自己。

④ 修饰形容词或副词比较级时要用much，不用very。但much也可修饰形容词最高级，结构为：much+the+形容词最高级。

It was much worse than I thought. 这比我想的要糟糕得多。

She is much the best teacher here. 她是这里顶好的老师。

⑤ 修饰介词短语时应用much，不用very。

Much to my surprise she forgot the meeting. 使我大为吃惊的是，她忘了开会。

She is much in trouble. 她深陷困境。

⑥ 修饰afraid，alike等常用作表语的形容词时，美式英语常用very much，而英式英语常用much。

These soldiers were （very）much afraid of fighting in the city. 这些士兵非常害怕在城市里作战。

She is very much afraid of talking to her father. 她很怕同她父亲说话。

⑦ much和very均可修饰介词like。

Mary is much/very like her mother. 玛丽非常像她母亲。

⑧ very用于修饰现在分词转化来的-ing形容词或已转化为普通形容词的-ed形容词；much或very much用于修饰动词意义强烈的-ed分词。

He told us a very amusing story. 他给我们讲了一个非常有趣的故事。

What he knows is very limited. 他知道的东西非常有限。

She was much/very much annoyed at his decision. 她对他的决定非常恼火。

I was much touched by her sincerity. 我深深地被她的真诚感动了。

702　very和quite

① very和quite都可用作副词，作“很，非常，十分”解，用法基本相同。参见上文。

It is very/quite cold today. 今天很冷。

The room is very/quite cozy. 这房间很舒适。

It will take a very long time. 这将要用很长时间。
It will take quite a long time.

② quite可修饰行为动词，而very则不可。

The baby has quite recovered. 婴儿已完全恢复健康。

I quite agree with you. 我完全同意你的意见。

She did not quite know how to begin. 她不大知道怎样开始。

③ quite可同another，the same，the thing 连用，而very则不可。

That's quite another story. 那完全是另一回事。

They are quite the same. 他们完全相同。

④ 在某些说法中只能用quite，不用very。

Quite so. 完全是这样。

Is it quite so？完全是这样吗？

She is quite a scholar. 她完全是个学者。

That's quite all right. 那很好。

⑤ very可用于加强语气，同first，last，own 以及某些形容词最高级连用，而quite则不可。

It is the very last drop. 这是最后一滴了。

That is the very last thing I expected. 这完全出乎我意料。

Take care of your very own things. 管好自己的事情吧。

He is the very worst cook. 他是最差的厨师。

W

703　wait和await

① wait多用于口语，常作不及物动词，结构为：wait for sb./sth.，wait for sb./sth. to do sth.。wait后还可接不定式，也可接由till，until引导的从句。

Time and tide wait for no man. 岁月不待人。

She is waiting for him to call. 她在等他的电话。

He is waiting to have a word with you. 他在等着同你说句话。

② wait也可用作及物动词，意为“期待，静待”。

He has waited his turn for three hours. 他已经等了三个小时。（for three hours作状语）

They are waiting supper for him. 他们在等他吃晚饭。

③ await是正式用语，及物动词，意为“等候，等待着，准备以待”，后跟名词、代词或动名词。

He is eagerly awaiting hearing from you. 他热切地等待着你的来信。

A surprise awaited her on her arrival. 她到达时大吃一惊。

I am awaiting your reply. 我正等候你的答复。

704　wake，waken，awaken，awake，arouse和rouse

① wake意为“醒来，觉醒；激发，唤醒”，为常用词，常同up连用，指较缓慢或艰难地醒来，过去式为waked或woke，过去分词为waked，woke或woken。

She woke （up）at the break of dawn. 她天刚亮就醒来。

He woke to find that it was snowing. 他醒来时发现天在下雪。

The noise waked us out of a sound sleep. 吵闹声把我们从沉睡中弄醒了。

The lesson may wake him up. 这个教训可能使他觉悟。

Spring wakes all nature. 春天使大自然觉醒。

② waken意为“醒，唤醒”，一般作及物动词，常用于被动语态，为正式用语。作比喻用时，多指唤起觉悟、兴趣、使之振作等。偶尔也用作不及物动词，相当于wake。

She was wakened by the explosion. 爆炸声使她惊醒。

John wakened/woke at five o'clock. 约翰6点钟醒了。

③ awaken意为“唤醒，唤起，使……觉悟/认识到”。语体比awake和waken更为正式，用作及物动词，常用于被动语态，有“惊醒的”意味。

She was awakened by the alarm. 她被警报惊醒了。

His speech awakened her interest. 他的谈话唤起了她的兴趣。

They have been awakened to the importance of science and technology. 他们认识到科学技术的重要性。

④ awake作形容词用时，意为“醒着的”，表示状态，一般只能用作表语。

She was awake. 她醒着。

He is still awake at midnight. 他到半夜还醒着。

⑤ awake可作动词用，作及物动词时，表示“唤醒……”，作不及物动词时，表示“醒来”，过去式是awoke，过去分词是awoken。

He usually awakes at six. 他通常6点醒。

She awoke him at half past six. 她6点30分叫醒了他。

提示

awake和awaken更多地用于比喻中。

The national spirit awoke. 民族精神觉醒了。

We awakened him to the danger he is in. 我们使他认识到所面临的危险。

⑥ arouse也有“唤醒”的意思，为及物动词。arouse除表示一般的唤醒外，常用作比喻，指唤起注意、同情，引起不快、猜疑等。

Don't arouse him；He is tired. 不要叫醒他，他累了。

Arouse the people to action. 唤起人民行动起来。

The letter aroused his suspicion. 那封信引起了他的猜疑。

⑦ rouse为庄重用语，多用于被动语态，作比喻用时，指唤起行动或激发觉悟。

He was roused from sleep by the telephone call. 他被电话铃声弄醒了。

He was roused to anger by the insult. 羞辱使他怒不可遏。

The rumour roused fears among the public. 谣传在公众之间产生了恐慌。

705　warn sb. of/about和warn sb. against

① warn sb. of/about意为“提醒/告诫某人……注意”，后接名词或动名词。

She warned him about/of the serious situation that confronted them. 她提醒他注意他们所面临的严重形势。

He was warned of the danger. 他被告知要注意危险。

② warn sb. against意为“提醒/告诫某人……不要”，后接名词或动名词，意同warn sb. not to do sth.。

The doctor warned him against smoking. 医生提醒他不要抽烟。

She warned him against telling lies. 她警告他不要撒谎。

她告诫孩子们不要在这一带河里游泳。
She warned the children not to swim in that part of the river.
She warned the children against swimming in that part of the river.

提示

warn sb. of/against均可表示“提醒某人……提防”。

The driver warned us of/against pickpockets. 司机提醒我们提防扒手。

706　way有多种含义和用法

① 表示“路，道路”。

提示

习惯搭配：

the way to the station 到火车站的路

on one's way home 在某人回家的路上

on the way to victory 通往胜利的路

go the other way 走另一条路

be a long way from 离……很远

on one's way to 往……的路上，接近

② 表示“方法，方式”，可用下列结构：

way of doing sth.
way to do sth.

There is only one way of doing the work. 做这项工作只有一种方法。
=There is only one way to do the work.

He has no way to make money. 他没有赚钱的手段。
=He has no way of making money.
He has no way for making money. （不可说way for doing sth.）

③ way+从句表示“方式”，有3种从句形式：①用that引导；②用in which引导；③省略that或in which，这种用法最为常用。比较：

I like the way that she talks. 我喜欢她谈话的方式。
=I like the way in which she talks.
=I like the way she talks.

707　 What do you call this in English？和How do you say this in English？

① 第一句中的call意为“把……叫作”，常用于“call+宾语+宾语补足语”结构，句中的this作宾语补足语，全句意为“这在英语中叫什么？”

They called her Mary. 他们叫她玛丽。

What shall we call the baby？我们将给婴儿起个什么名字？

② 第二句中的say是及物动词，宾语为this，how作状语。注意，what同call连用，how同say连用，这两个句型常可换用。上句意为“这个在英语中怎么说？”

708　What do you do？

◎ 本句型询问对方做什么工作，意为“你是做什么工作的？”这层意思还可用What is your job？以及What's your occupation？等表示，回答要具体说出所做的工作。

A：What do you do？你是做什么工作的？
B：I am a gardener. 我是园丁。

A：What does he do for a living？他做什么谋生？
B：He repairs cars. 他修车。

A：What do you do to support your children？你做什么工作来供养孩子们？
B：I sell vegetables and fruits. 我卖蔬菜和水果。

709　What do you think of…？还是How do you think of…？

◎ 询问别人对某事的看法时，要用“What do you think of…？”，不可说“How do you think of…？”。

How do you think of our company？
What do you think of/about our company？ 你觉得我们公司怎么样？

710　What is he，what he is和who is he

① What is he？不可照字面理解为“他是什么？”这种句型实际上是问某人的职业，意为“他是干什么工作的？他的职业是什么？”“What do/does+主语+do”结构也是询问某人的职业，这两种句型可换用。

What is Jack？杰克是干什么工作的？
What does Jack do？

② who用于问人的姓名，答句应说出姓名。

A：Who is that man？那人是谁？
B：He is a teacher.
B：He is John. 他是约翰。

③ what he is指“他现在的情况，他是怎样一个人”，侧重于他的人品、学问或特征。

A man's dignity depends not on what he has （his wealth）but on what he is （his character）. 一个人的真正价值，不在于他的财富，而在于他的人品。

It is the open-door policy that made China what she is today. 是开放政策使中国有今日之繁荣。

Patience and diligence have made what he is. 耐心与勤奋使他拥有今天的成功。

711　what with和what's with

① what with常在句中重复使用，表示“部分原因”，what这里用作副词，相当于partly。what with…what with意为“一半因为/由于……一半因为/由于”，有时，后一个what with可省。

What with overwork and what with lack of sleep he fell ill. 因为过度劳累，又睡眠不足，他病倒了。

What with the cold I had and what with the snowstorm，I stayed at the hotel for a whole week. 我感冒了，又加上下大雪，我在旅馆里待了整整一周时间。

What with illness and （what with）losses，he is almost ruined. 半因生病，半因亏损，他几乎被整个毁了。

提示

what with…what with 有时可换成what between…what between。

What between drink and what between fright he did not know much about the facts. 半由酒醉，半由恐怖，他对于事实真相知道得甚少。

② what's with意为“出了什么事？有何病？情况如何？”。

You look worried. What's with you？你看起来愁眉苦脸，怎么啦？

What's with your father？你父亲怎样了？

712　whatever，what ever和who ever等

① whatever表示“无论什么”，作代词，相当于no matter what或anything that，可以引导让步状语从句、主语从句或宾语从句。

Whatever you need，please ask me. 不论你需要什么，就问我要。（让步状语从句）

Whatever I have belongs to you also. 我所有的一切也是属于你的。（引导主语从句）

She believes whatever he says. 她相信他说的一切。（引导宾语从句）

Keep calm，whatever happens. 不论发生什么都要保持镇静。

提示

注意whoever，wherever，whichever，whenever，however的同类用法。

Whoever did it，I didn't. 不管这事是谁干的，反正不是我干的。

Whichever book you borrow，you must return it before Friday. 无论你借哪本书，都必须在星期五以前归还。

② what ever是两个词，意为“究竟什么”，ever修饰what，表示强调，相当于what on earth。

What ever did he say？他到底说了什么？

What ever do you need？你到底需要什么？

What ever have I done to make you so angry？我究竟做了什么使你如此气愤？

提示

① 注意who ever，which ever，whom ever，whose ever，when ever，how ever，why ever，where ever的同类用法。

② no matter how，no matter where，no matter when，no matter which，no matter who以及however，whenever，wherever只能引导让步状语从句，不可引导名词性从句（如主语从句或宾语从句）。

③ whoever和whichever既可引导让步状语从句，也可引导名词性从句。比较：

不论你拿哪一个，对我都一样。
No matter which you take，it's the same to me.
Whichever you take，it's the same to me.

Whichever you take is yours. 你取哪一个，哪一个就是你的。
You may take whichever you like. 你喜欢拿哪一个都行。

713　when，while和 as

① when，while和as都可以引导时间状语从句，表示在一个时间段内某个动作正在发生，从句中用进行时态。

When I was walking along the road，I saw some children playing on the grass. 我沿着马路向前走时，看见一些儿童在草地上玩。

Mother came in while she was crying. 她正在哭时，母亲进来了。

As I was sitting under a tree，I found a bag. 我坐在一棵树下时，发现了一只包。

② when既可以表示一个时间段，也可以表示一个时间点；句中谓语动词既可以是延续性的，也可以是非延续性的；表示一个时间段时，从句谓语动词用进行时态，表示一个时间点时，从句谓语动词根据具体情况用一般过去时或一般现在时。when从句谓语动词为延续性动词时，可同while，as换用。when从句谓语动词为非延续性动词，主句谓语动词为延续性动词时，不可同while，as替换。

When/While/As I was having supper，someone knocked at the door. 我在吃晚饭时，有人敲门。（was having supper表示一个时间段，have为延续性动词）

They were talking when I arrived. 我到达时他们正在谈话。

It was twelve o'clock when she went to bed. 她是12点钟上床睡的。（went to bed表示一个时间点）

提示

①when作疑问副词用时，表示一个时间点，句中谓语动词要用一般过去时，不可用现在完成时。

When have you come？
When did you come？ 你什么时候来的？

②如果when从句谓语是非延续性动词，主句谓语动词也是非延续性动词，when与as可换用，表示“正当这时”，as在时间上更紧凑。

She entered just as/when I opened the door. 我一开门，她就进来了。

③when还可以表示“虽然，既然”等意。

She walked when she might take a taxi. 她虽然可以坐出租车，但仍然步行。
Why don't you do it when you know you must do it？你既然知道必须做，为什么不去做呢？

③ while只能表示一个时间段，谓语动词只能是延续性动词或状态动词，不能是非延续性动词；引导的从句常用进行时态，表示一个动作正在进行时，另外发生了什么事。

He came in while I was reading the newspaper. 我正在读报时他进来了。

She was watering the flowers while I was working. 我在工作时，她在浇花。（主句和从句都用进行时态）

What were you doing while he was watching TV？他看电视时你在干什么？

提示

①while不能表示一个时间点。

你离开房间时，请把灯关掉。
While you leave the room，please turn off the lights.
When you leave the room，please turn off the lights.

②从句谓语动词表示状态时，一般要用while。

Strike while the iron is hot. 趁热打铁。

③while还可以表示对照或让步。

She was dressed in red while her sister in blue. 她穿着红衣服，而她妹妹穿着蓝衣服。

While I like the colour of the coat，I don't like its shape. 我虽然喜欢这件大衣的颜色，但不喜欢它的式样。

④ as表示两个短促的行为、事件同时发生或交替进行，有时表示“一边……一边……”。as从句中的时态可以是进行时，也可以是一般时。

As（可用When）I opened the window，I saw the sun rising. 我打开窗户时，看见太阳正在升起。

Just as he was speaking there came a knock at the door. 他正在说话时，传来了敲门声。

He looked behind as he ran. 他一边跑一边朝后看。

She sang as she danced. 她一边跳一边唱。（不可用when，while）

714　when，while，after，before，if+分词等

① when，while引导状语从句时，如果从句的主语同主句的主语为同一人或物，从句中的主语及助动词be常可省略，采用“从属连词+现在分词、过去分词或介词短语等”结构。

He met an old friend when walking along the road. 在路上走着时，他遇见了一位老朋友。（=When he was walking along the road）

Be careful when crossing the road. 过马路时要当心。

When reading the letter，she couldn't help crying. 阅读这封信时，她不禁哭了起来。（=When she was reading the letter）

While talking in the room，they heard a strange sound outside. 在房间里说话时，他们听见外面有一个奇怪的声音。（=While they were talking in the room）

While doing so，he decided to buy a car. 他做这事时决定买一辆车。（=While he was doing so）

When in trouble，ask her for help. 遇到麻烦时就请她帮忙。（=When you are in trouble）

While in London he studied English very hard. 他在伦敦时努力学习英语。（=While he was in London）

② after和before引导时间状语从句时，如果从句的主语同主句的主语为同一人或物，常可转换为“after、 before+现在分词”结构。

After going over the lessons，she went to bed. 她复习完功课后就睡了。（=After she went over the lessons）

After having worked for a whole day，he felt a bit tired. 工作了一整天之后，他感到有点累。

Before moving to Shanghai，she had lived in Hangzhou for twenty years. 在搬到上海之前，她已在杭州住了20年。（=Before she moved to Shanghai）

Before beginning to do his homework，he had watched TV half an hour. 在开始做作业之前，他已看了半个小时的电视。（=Before he began to do his homework）

③ if引导的从句如果是被动语态，而且从句的主语同主句的主语又相一致时，从句中的主语和be动词可省略，转换为“if+过去分词”结构。

If given more time，I could do the work better. 如果给更多时间的话，这项工作我可以做得更好。

If given another chance，he may succeed. 如果再给一次机会的话，他可能会成功的。

715　when可以表示and then和at that time/moment

◎ when有时可表示and then或at that time/moment，意为“这时突然，就在那时”，引导的从句要放在主句后。

He was just going out when the telephone rang. 他刚要出去，电话就响了。（=and just then）

She was walking down the road when she heard someone singing. 她正在路上走着，突然听见有人在唱歌。（=and at that time）

He was reading a book when he saw a bird flying past the window. 他正在读书，这时看见一只鸟从窗前飞过。（=and at that moment）

He left the army in 2001，when he went back to his hometown. 他是2001年退伍的，而后回了家乡。

716　where，in/on which还是in/on that

① where引导定语从句时，是关系副词，它的先行词都是表示地点的名词，这种用法的where在句中作状语，相当于in+which或on+which。where引导的定语从句可以是限制性定语从句，也可以是非限制性定语从句。

They have gone to Nanjing，where they will stay for a week. 他们到南京去了，将在那里待一周。（非限制性）

This is the school where （=in which）he studied twenty years ago. 这就是他二十年前上学的学校。（限制性）

That is the sports ground where （=on which）we once played football. 这就是我们曾经踢过足球的操场。

② where （关系副词）在从句中只能作状语，不能作主语或宾语。如果关系词在从句中充当主语或宾语，就要用which或that，而不能用where。比较：

This is the room which/that he likes most. 这就是他最喜欢的房间。（which或that作动词like的宾语）
This is the room which/that he once lived in. 这就是他曾经住过的房间。（which或that作介词in的宾语）

This is the room where he once lived. （where作状语，live是不及物动词）
This is the room where he once lived in. （副词where不可作宾语）

Does she work in the factory which/that was built last year？她在去年建成的那家工厂里工作吗？（=which或that作主语）
Dose she work in the factory where was built last year？ （副词where不可作主语）

③ which （包括指人的whom）在定语从句中作介词的宾语时，介词可以放在which的前面，也可以放在句尾；而that在定语从句中作介词的宾语时，介词不可放在that前，只能放在句尾。比较：

这就是我曾住过的那家旅馆。
This is the hotel in which I once lived.
This is the hotel that/which I once lived in. （that和which可省略）
This is the hotel in that I once lived.

他就是那位老师，我们从他身上可以学到很多东西。
He is the teacher from whom we can learn a lot.
He is the teacher （whom）we can learn a lot from. （whom可省略）

提示

which和whom在定语从句中作宾语时，前面有介词时不可省，前面无介词时均可省略；that在定语从句中作宾语时可省略，见上文。

717　Where there be…，there be…

◎ 本句型表示“哪里有……，哪里就有……”，where引导状语从句，意为“……的地方”。

Where there is life，there is hope. 有生命就有希望。

Where there is a will，there is a way. 有志者事竟成。

Where there is love，there is happiness.有爱就有幸福。

718　whether和 if

① whether表示“是否”，可作连接词，引导主语从句、表语从句或宾语从句。引导的句子可以作主语或及物动词的宾语。

他是否能考及格尚不能肯定。
Whether he can pass the exam remains to be seen.
=It remains to be seen whether he can pass the exam. （作主语）

I wonder whether he is coming. 我不知道他是否要来。（作宾语）

I asked him whether he was free. 我问他是否有空。（作宾语）

The only question now is whether he is willing to help us. 目前唯一的问题是，他是否愿意协助我们。（作表语）

② if常用于引导宾语从句，而只能在及物动词后引导宾语从句。if引导的宾语从句可以是肯定式或否定式，而whether引导的宾语从句一般为肯定式。

Do you know whether/if she will come tomorrow？你知道她明天是否来吗？

我不知道他是否把工作做完了。
I don't know whether he has done his work.
=I don't know if he has done his work.

I don't care if she doesn't come. 我不在乎她是否来。（不可用whether）

Whether he can do it is not known. 他是否能做到那件事尚不知道。
If he can do it is not known. （if不可引导主语从句放在句首）

③ whether可与不定式连用，if则不可。

I don't know if to stay or not.
I don't know whether to stay or not. 我不知道要不要留下来。

④ whether…or可以表示让步，意为“不管……还是……”，既可以连接两个词，也可以连接两个句子，用作状语。这种用法中不可用if。

All the students in the class，whether boys or girls，have read the book. 全班所有的学生，不管是男生还是女生，都读过这本书。

Whether you come today or tomorrow，it's the same to me. 不论你今天来还是明天来，对我都一样。

⑤ whether/if…or可表示“或……或，是……还是”。

I don't know whether/if she is in Nanjing，or in Hangzhou，or in Shanghai. 我不知道她是在南京，还是杭州，还是上海。

She asked me if/whether I was going on a picnic or staying at home. 她问我是去野餐还是待在家里。

⑥ whether和if都可以同not连用，意为“是否”，是用作连词的短语，连接句子；whether or not可以放在句首起连接作用，也可以分开，把or not放在句尾；但if…or not只能分开使用，引导宾语从句。

I don't know whether or not she has already left. 我不知道她是否已经离开了。

I shall buy the coat whether she likes it or not. 不论她喜欢不喜欢，我都要买那件上衣。

Whether or not she comes is of no importance. 她来不来都不重要。
Whether she comes or not is of no importance.

I wonder whether/if he'll come or not. 我不知道他是否来。
I wonder if or not he'll come.

⑦ whether or no可以表示“是否，不论；无论如何，不管怎样；必定，必然”，这时不可用if。

Please tell me whether or no it is correct. 请告诉我这是不是对的。

Whether or no it is true I cannot tell. 这是否是真的，我不知道。

We must stick to our promise whether or no. 不管怎样，我们必须遵守诺言。

I'll do it whether or no. 我一定要做这件事。

⑧ whether引导的从句可用作介词宾语，而if则不可。

The party depends on whether we can collect enough money. 这次聚会要看我们是否能筹集到足够的钱。

⑨ whether可以在discuss后引导宾语从句，而if则不可。

They discussed whether they would make an expedition to the North Pole. 他们讨论了是否去北极探险。

⑩ whether引导的从句可置于句首表示强调，而if则不可。

Whether he will join us，I am not sure. 我不能肯定他是否加入我们。

⑪ 引导状语从句时，whether引导的从句表示让步，意为“不管，无论”，而if引导的从句表示条件，意为“如果”。

Whether you agree or not，I will do it. 无论你是否同意，我都将做那件事。

If you know the answer，please tell me. 如果你知道答案，请告诉我。

⑫ if not（如果不），if so（要是这样），if only （只要，要是……就好了）都是惯用短语，不可换成whether。

If not，you may stay at home. 如果不去的话，你可以留在家里。
相当于：If you do not want to go，you may stay at home.

If only it clears up，we shall start. 只要天一放晴，我们就动身。

719　which可用于指代前面句中的整体内容或部分内容

◎ which有一种用法，引导非限制性定语从句，指代前面句中的整体内容或部分内容，只能放在主句的后面。

She didn't pass the entrance exam，which made her parents very disappointed. 她没有通过入学考试，这使她父母非常失望。

He's always really rude，which is why people tend to avoid him. 他老是粗鲁不堪，所以人们总是躲着他。

The sun gives off light and warmth，which makes it possible for plants to grow. 太阳发出光和热，这使植物得以生长。

720　while可以用作并列连词

◎ while可用作并列连词，表示对比意义，意为“而，却”。

She likes tea while I like coffee. 她喜欢喝茶，而我却喜欢咖啡。

They went out，while she stayed at home. 他们出去了，而她留在家里。

While our country is rich in oil，theirs has none. 我们的国家富产石油，而他们的国家却没有。

721　will you？

◎ “祈使句+will you？”是一个常用句型，提出疑问或征求意见，意为“……，好吗？”相当Will you…please？另外，Won't you…？与之含义相近，意为“你要不要……？”

Pay more attention to your handwriting，will you？请多注意你的书写，好吗？

Be more careful，will you？请更仔细些，好吗？

Don't walk on the grass，will you？请勿踏草坪，好吗？

Don't speak so loud，will you？别那样大声说话，好吗？

提示

这种用法的 will you？要用升调，以表示委婉客气，若用降调，则显得语气生硬。

722　win和gain

① win意为“赢得，获得”。如：win the victory（获得胜利），win the war（打赢战争）。

② gain意为“赚得，挣得”。如：gain a prize（获得奖金），gain experience（获得经验）。

723　wind和winds

① wind表示“风”时，是不可数名词，常与little，no，much等连用。

There is no wind now. 现在一点儿风也没有。

② wind表示“大风”或“某一种风”时，为可数名词，用形容词修饰时，前面常用不定冠词a，没有形容词修饰时，前面常用定冠词the。

A warm wind is blowing from the sea. 一阵暖风正从海上吹来。

Cold winds have blown the tree down. 寒风把那棵树吹倒了。

724　wish for+sth. 还是wish+sth.

① wish作不及物动词时，须接介词for，wish for表示“期望得到”。

He does not wish any reward.
He does not wish for any reward. 他不期待任何报酬。

提示

wish可作及物动词，结构为：wish+sb.+to+动词原形。

I wish him to wash the car. 我希望他洗一下车。

但不说：I hope him to wash the car.

② wish sb.+名词常用于表示对别人的祝愿。

I with you great success！祝你马到成功！

Wish you good luck！祝你好运！

We wish you a Merry Christmas！我们祝你圣诞快乐！

I wish you a pleasant journey. 祝你旅途愉快！

I wish you all the best. 祝你万事如意！

725　with和in是否都能表示“用”

◎ with和in都可以表示“用”，但用法不同，结构为：

with+工具名词
in+语言名词或材料名词

He opened the box with a key. 他用钥匙打开了箱子。

He wrote the letter with a pen. 他用钢笔写了那封信。

They talked in English. 他们用英语谈话。

The book is written in French. 这本书是用法语写的。

Please say it in Chinese. 请用汉语说。

The letter is written in ink. 这封信是用墨水写的。

726　with引导的短语怎样用作状语

◎ with引导的短语，可用作状语，表示伴随情况、时间、原因、方式等。这种结构有下面几种变化形式。

（1）with+名词

I filled the cup with water. 我给这个杯子倒满水。

I lent him the book with pleasure. 我高兴地把书借给了他。

With a smile she came downstairs. 她面带笑容走下楼来。（表示方式）

With your help，I can finish this work. 在你的帮助下，我能够完成这项工作。（表示伴随情况）

（2）with+名词+形容词

He likes to sleep with the window open. 他喜欢开着窗睡觉。（表示伴随情况）

（3）with+名词+副词

With Jim away，he had no one to talk with. 吉姆不在，他没有人说话了。（表示原因）

The streets are even more beautiful with all the lights on. 华灯齐放，大街更加漂亮了。（表示原因）

（4）with+名词+现在分词

With winter coming on，it is getting colder and colder day by day. 冬季来临了，天越来越冷。（表示时间）

With the rain falling hard，they had to stay indoors. 天下大雨，他们不得不待在家里。（表示原因）

（5）with+名词+过去分词

All the morning he worked with the door closed. 他整个上午关着门工作。（表示伴随情况）

He had to walk to school with the bike broken. 自行车坏了，他不得不步行上学。（表示原因）

（6）with+名词+不定式

With Mary to help him，he is sure to succeed. 有玛丽帮助，她肯定会成功的。（表示原因）

With the computer to do all the work，he had more free time. 有计算机做所有这些工作，他的空闲时间更多了。（表示原因）

（7）with+名词+介词短语

They sat under the tree with their back to the wall. 他们背对着墙坐在树下。（表示伴随情况）

She walked into the classroom with a book in her hand. 她手里拿着一本书走进了教室。（表示伴随情况）

727　with a heavy hand，with a high hand 和with a strong hand

① with a heavy hand表示“滥用”。

Don't use money with a heavy hand as you used to. 不要像过去那样滥用钱了。

② with a high hand表示“专横地，跋扈地”。

He ran the organization with a high hand. 他管理那个组织非常专横。

③ with a strong hand表示“用高压手段”。

He ruled the country with a strong hand. 他用暴力统治那个国家。

728　word 可同多个介词构成短语

① at a/the word意为“（对请求、建议、命令等）反应迅速地，立即”。

Up rose the soldiers at the word of command. 一声令下，士兵们都站了起来。

At a word he came to solve the problem. 他立即来解决这个问题。

At these words， he felt relieved. 听到这些话，他感到宽慰。

② beyond words意为“无法形容的，难以描述的”。

Our excitement was beyond words when we heard the news. 我们听到这个好消息时的激动心情是无法形容的。

Your letter is refreshing beyond words. 你的来信令人欣喜得无法形容。

③ by word（s）意为“用语言”。

I have informed her by word of mouth. 我已口头通知她了。

When he met the foreigner，he couldn't make himself understood by words. 他遇到那个外国人时，不能用自己的语言交谈。

④ in a word意为“简言之，一句话，总之”。

In a word，he tires of everything.总之，他对一切都厌倦了。

In a word，health is most important of all. 总之，健康才是最重要的。

⑤ in other words意为“换句话说”。

He pretends to be an expert. In other words he deceives himself as well as others. 他冒充内行，换句话说，他是自欺欺人。

He has two sons and one daughter. In other words，he has three children. 他有两个儿子、一个女儿，换句话说，他有三个孩子。

⑥ in words意为“口头上；用言语”，与in deeds（行动上）相对。

She can't express her gratitude in words. 她不能用言语描述自己的感激之情。

He promises to correct his mistakes not only in words but also in deeds. 他保证不仅在口头上而且在行动上改正自己的错误。

⑦ upon one's word意为“敢保证，说实在话”。

Upon my word，I never heard of such a thing. 真的，我从没有听说过这种事。

⑧ with words意为“用语言，说着话”。

With these words she left the room. 她这样说着便离开了房间。

Please retell the passage with your own words. 请用自己的话复述这一段。

729　work，job和labour

① work可用作名词，作“工作”解时，为不可数名词，而作“工厂、工艺品、工事、工程、机件”解时，要用复数形式，单复数同形。表示“著作，作品”时，常用复数形式works ，但也可以说a work。work含义最广，可指任何有目的性的体力或脑力劳动，可轻可重，可难可易。

（a）gas works （一家）煤气厂

two works 两家工厂

works of art 工艺品

He is busy at work all day. 他整天忙于工作。

Her works include novels，poems and plays. 她的著作包括小说、诗歌和戏剧。

Her painting is a fine work. 她的绘画是一幅佳作。

② job为可数名词，指已做、应做、要做的具体的工作。

She has a job as a cook. 她任炊事员。（做炊事员的工作）

He is good at his job. 他工作干得不错。

John is out of job now. 约翰现在失业了。

③ labour意为“劳动，工作”，是指艰苦的体力劳动，也可指脑力劳动。

He earned his living by physical labour. 他靠体力劳动谋生。

A rich harvest will reward your labour. 你们的辛勤劳动将会获得丰收。

730　worm one's way，make a choice和do a bed

◎ 英语中有些名词，往往要求与特定的动词搭配，或可同多个动词搭配，已成为习惯用法。比较下面的各种搭配关系：

① way

worm one's way（into）钻进

shoulder one's way 用肩膀挤进

fight one's way 打出路来

feel one's way 摸索前行

force one's way 强行前进

wedge one's way 挤进

pick one's way 择路而进

squeeze one's way 挤出路来

push one's way推开一条路

② make

make a choice 选择

make progress 取得进步

make a speech 发表演讲

make a living 谋生

make a promise 承诺

make a discovery 发现

make noise 发出噪音

make a decision 做出决定

make a journey 旅行

make a call 打电话

make an answer 做出回答

make an investigation 调查

make tea 沏茶

make a plan 做计划

make a fire 生火

make a success 成功

make an apology 道歉

make a mistake 出错

make excuse 找借口

③ do

do/make a bed 铺床

do/make an experiment 做实验

do/make a film 制片

do painting 油漆

do business 进行业务活动

do one's lessons 做功课

do some reading 进行阅读

do the cooking 做饭

do some sightseeing 观光

do sb. a favour 帮一个忙

do sb. justice 公道对待

do one's best 尽最大努力

do one's duty 尽职责

do one's bit 尽一份力

do good 做好事

do harm 有害处

731　worth用法难点

① worth作形容词用时，表示“值得……的，价值……的”，只能作表语，但不可单独作表语，后面必须跟名词、代词或动名词，结构为：

be worth sth. （a visit，much money）
be worth doing（要用动名词的主动形式表示被动意义）

This picture is worth 500 dollars. 这幅画值500美元。

His suggestion is worth our consideration. 他的建议值得我们考虑。

How much is the pen worth？ 这支钢笔值多少钱？
What is the pen worth？

This book is worth reading again. 这本书值得再读一遍。

The question is worth thinking over. 这个问题值得仔细考虑。

Knowledge is worth working for. 知识是值得追求的。

What is worth doing is worth doing well. 值得做的事就值得做好。

It's worth thinking about. 这值得考虑一下。

The suggestion is worth considering，isn't it？这个建议值得考虑，不是吗？

比较

It is worth. （worth不可单独作表语）
It is worth being done. （worth后不可跟动名词被动式）
It is worth doing. 它值得做。

提示

①表示“很值得……”，要说be well worth…，不说be very worth…；表示“更值得……”，要说be more worth…。

This problem is well worth discussing. 这个问题很值得进一步讨论。

This film is well worth seeing again. 这部电影很值得再看一遍。
This film is very worth seeing again.

That city is more worth visiting. 那座城市更值得一游。

②（be）of worth有价值的，值钱的；还有be of little worth，be of no worth，books of real worth，paintings of exceptional worth，nothing of worth等。

A college education will be of great worth to you later. 在大学受的教育对你今后会大有帮助。

③在be worth doing结构中，句中的主语就是动名词的逻辑宾语，因此，动名词后面不可再有宾语，但可以有状语。

这本书值得买。
This book is worth buying. （buy this book）
This book is worth buying it.

④one dollar's worth 中的worth作名词用，意为“价值”。

732　worthy，worth while，worthwhile和worth sb.'s while

① worthy是形容词，除作表语外，还可用作定语，意为“值得的，有价值的，值得尊敬的”，但不用于表示“钱”，而是表示某物或某事值得做，或者适合做某事，其结构为：

be worthy of+名词/代词
be worthy of+动名词被动式
be worthy+不定式。

The town is worthy of a visit/to be visited. 那座小城值得去看一看。

The job is not worthy of her. 这项工作配不上她。（这项工作太简单，而她则是个很有本领才华的人。）

She is not worthy to be my teacher. 她不配当我的老师。

The university has graduated many worthy young people. 这所大学培养了许多优秀的年轻人。

这部小说值得反复读。
The novel is worthy of being read again and again.
The novel is worth reading again and again.
The novel is worthy reading again and again.

那位英雄的勇气是值得高度赞扬的。
The hero's courage was worthy of high praise.
=The hero's courage was worthy of being praised highly.
=The hero's courage was worthy to be praised highly.

这项新的建议值得考虑。
The new proposal is worthy of our consideration.
=The new proposal is worthy of being considered.
=The new proposal is worthy to be considered.

② worth while意为“值得”，worth为形容词，while为名词，worth while可以单独作表语。在It is worth while…句型中，worth while后可接动名词或不定式。

Buying the book is worth while. 买下那本书是值得的。

It is not worth while our doing. 这不值得我们费力去做。

It is worth while making the decision. 做出这项决定是值得的。
=It is worth while to make the decision.
=Making the decision is worth while.

③ worthwhile是一个词，为形容词，意为“有价值的，合算的，值得做的”，可用作表语或定语。

That is a worthwhile book. 那是一本很有价值的书。

Selling eggs at this price is not worthwhile. 鸡蛋卖这个价钱不合算。

④ worth sb.'s while意为“值得（费事），有好处”。

It is not worth your while arguing with such a mean man. 同这样一个卑劣的人争辩不值得。

Perhaps it wouldn't be worth your while to go there. 也许你去那里没有什么用处。

If you do the job for her，I shall make it worth your while. 如果你为她做这件工作，你会受益的。

733　would rather do

◎ would rather do意为“宁愿做……”，would rather not do意为“宁愿不做……”，would rather do sth. than do sth. else意为“比起做某事而更愿做某事”。I would rather 可缩写为 I'd rather。

I would rather do it right now. 我想马上就做。

I'd rather paint it blue. 我想把它漆成蓝色的。

Which would you rather have，coffee or tea？你要喝咖啡还是茶？

I would rather have someone repair the bike for me. 我宁愿找人帮我修一下自行车。

I would rather not go there. 我宁愿不去那里。

I would rather go hungry than borrow money from her. 我宁愿挨饿也不向她借钱。

734　would rather+虚拟从句

◎ 这个句型表示宁愿另一个人“去做……”，从句谓语要用虚拟语气。如果表示的是对已经发生的事的遗憾，从句谓语要用过去完成时表示虚拟。

I would rather you told me the truth. 我真希望你把实情告诉我。

I'd rather you went there instead of her. 我真希望你去那里，而不是她。

Would you rather I did the job？你愿意我做这件工作吗？

I'd rather you had not lent him the money. 我真希望你没有把钱借给他。

735　Would you like+名词/代词

◎ 这种句型表示“你喜欢/要……吗？是一种礼貌用语，类似说法：What would you like？（您要些什么？您喜欢什么？）What would you like to drink，tea or coffee？（你想喝点什么，茶还是咖啡？）

Would you like some more fish？还想再来点鱼吗？

Would you like something to drink？要不要喝点什么？

Would you like to have a meal with us tomorrow evening？明晚你和我们一起吃饭好吗？

How would you like it cooked？你想要怎样烹饪？

What would you like for lunch？你午饭想吃点什么？

736　wrong，be wrong with和mistaken

① wrong是形容词，意为“错误的”，指客观事物本身是错的，反义词是right可作表语或定语。

The answer is wrong. 这个答案错了。

He is on the wrong road. 他走错路了。

Everybody has said something wrong. 人人都说过错话。

② be wrong with意为“出毛病，有问题，不顺心”，主语不能是人，通常是something，nothing，what等，也常用于there be句型中。

Something is wrong with the car. 这车子出毛病了。

Nothing is wrong with the machine. 这台机器没有毛病。

What's wrong with you？你有什么不顺心的事？

There is nothing wrong with the match. 这块手表没有什么毛病。

Is there anything wrong with his eyes？他的眼睛有什么毛病吗？

提示

也可以说Something/Nothing has gone wrong with it.

③ mistaken由mistake变来，为形容词，意为“弄错的，误解的”，常作定语或表语，侧重理解上的错误，主语应是人，有时可与wrong换用。

I am mistaken about the telephone number. 我弄错了电话号码。

I could not possibly be mistaken on that point. 在那一点上我是不可能错的。

She has the mistaken idea that today is Sunday. 她把今天错当成星期天了。

A mistaken person should admit his error. 犯了错的人应该承认错误。

The answer is mistaken. （mistaken的主语只能是人）
The answer is wrong. 这个答案是错的。

I'm sure you're mistaken/wrong. 我敢肯定你错了。

X-Z

737　year by year，year after year和year in year out

① year by year意为“逐年，一年一年地”，表示逐年的变化。

The forests are decreasing year by year. 森林在逐年减少。

He is getting older year by year. 他一年比一年老了。

② year after year意为“年复一年，一年又一年”，表示年年重复。

These birds spend the winter here year after year. 这些鸟年年都在这里过冬。

The farmers there grow rice and wheat year after year. 那里的农民年复一年地种植水稻和小麦。

③ year in year out意为“全年，终年”，相当于all the year round。

They did hard work year in year out. 他们终年辛苦劳作。

He worked at the book year in year out. 他一年到头都在写那本书。

738　You are not…are you？

◎ 这一句型在语法上称为“反意疑问句”，前肯定后否定，或前否定后肯定，用反问的方式提出质疑，含有期望对方对自己赞同的意思。

You are not interested in the TV play，are you？你对这部电视剧不感兴趣，是吗？

She didn't review her lessons last night，did she？她昨晚没有复习功课，是吗？

They will lend us the money，won't they？他们会借钱给我们，是吗？

提示

这个句型的回答要格外注意，如果意思是肯定的，就用no；如果意思是否定的，就用yes，而不要受中文表达的影响。

A：He hasn't finished writing the book，has he？他还没有写完那本书？是吗？
B：No，he hasn't. 是的，他还没写完。
B：Yes，he hasn't.
B：Yes，he finished it a week ago. 不，他一个星期前就完成了。

739　You don't say so.的含义

◎ You don't say so.或You don't say.不可译为“你不要说”，而应译为“不会这样吧，不见得吧，那怎么会，真的吗？”，表示惊奇等，在对话中常用。

A：Her father is ill. 她父亲生病了。
B：You don't say so？真的吗？

A：Mary is going to buy a car. 玛丽要买车了。
B：You don't say.我不信。

提示

同样，don't tell me 作为习惯用语表示“总不会是”。

Don't tell me she has lost the diamond.她总不会把钻石丢了吧。

Don't tell me he has become famous overnight. 他哪能一夜之间就成名了呢。

Don't tell me you have bought the rank with money. 你总不会用钱买官吧。

740　 youth，young和youngster

① youth表示“男青年”，为可数名词，尤指十几岁的男青年，小伙子，有时含有贬义。

He is a youth of eighteen years old. 他是一个18岁的青年。

Tom and the other three youths will go with you. 汤姆和别的三个青年将同你一起去。

The police arrested several youths who were causing trouble in the street. 警察逮捕了几个在街上闹事的年轻人。

② youth表示“青年们”，为集体名词，不可加s。

Today's youth is/are the hope of the future. 今天的青年是未来的希望。

③ youth表示“青年时代”，为不可数名词。

He spent his youth in the countryside. 他在农村度过了青年时代。

提示

youth发音为［juːθ］，但其复数形式youths发音为［juːðz］。

④ young是形容词，意为“年轻的，年轻人的”，“男青年”可以说young man（person），“年轻女子”可以说young woman （lady）。

Young people should work hard for the future. 年轻人应该为未来而勤奋工作。

A young woman spread a cloth over the table. 一位年轻女子在桌子上铺了一块布。

⑤ the young指“青年（人）”，为总称，复数概念，与the old（老年，老年人）相对。

The music is popular with the young. 这首曲子很受年轻人欢迎。

⑥ youngster为可数名词，“意为“少年，年轻人，小伙子”，尤指天真、活泼的少年、男孩。

Jim is a lively youngster. 吉姆是个活泼的少年。

Several youngsters are playing football over there. 几个小伙子在那边踢足球。

其他句型与用法难点

741　同范围的比较

◎ 同范围内的比较，注意than后的几种变化。

约翰是他班上最用功的学生。
John is more diligent than any other student in his class.
=John is more diligent than all the other students in his class.
John is more diligent than anyone else in his class.
John is the most diligent of all in his class.
John is more diligent than any student in his class.
John is more diligent than all the students in his class.
John is more diligent than anyone in his class.

742　 不同范围的比较

◎ 如果Jim在甲班，Tom在乙班，表示Jim比Tom班上任何同学都用功时，便形成不同范围的比较，有几种方式。

吉姆比汤姆班上任何同学都用功。
Jim is more diligent than any student in Tom's class.
Jim is more diligent than all the students in Tom's class.
Jim is more diligent than anyone in Tom's class.
Jim is more diligent than any other student in Tom's class.
Jim is more diligent than all the other student in Tom's class.
Jim is more diligent than anyone else in Tom's class.

743　比较对象的词性必须一致

◎ 两者间的比较，必须是同词性的比较，即名词与名词，不定式与不定式，动名词与动名词等相比较。

趁年轻时好好工作比把所有时间花在玩上要好。
It is better to do some work well while young than spending all the time in play.
It is better to do some work well while young than to spend all the time in play.

就我而言，爬山要比看电影有趣。
As far as I am concerned，climbing mountains is more interesting than to go to the movies.
As far as I am concerned，climbing mountains is more interesting than going to the movies.

744　不可说I have nothing to say it

① 不定式短语后置修饰名词时，该名词常是不定式动作的承受者，即两者有动宾关系。这时，不定式短语后不得再有宾语。

我无话可说。
I have nothing to say it.
I have nothing to say. （nothing是say的宾语）

他有些作业要做。
He has some homework to do it.
He has some homework to do. （homework是do的宾语）

② 不定式短语若为不及物动词，则要加适当的介词，被修饰的名词作介词的宾语。

他是个可以共事的好人。
He is a nice man to work.
He is a nice man to work with.

比较

He is a suitable man to do the work. 他是做这项工作合适的人。
He is a nice man to do the work with. 他是个可以一块做这项工作合适的人。

745　定语形容词的前置和后置

① 某些以-able，-ible结尾的形容词，与every，all，only或形容词最高级连用，作定语修饰名词时，可以放在名词前，也可以放在名词后，意义相同。nearby也可放在名词前后，意义相同。responsible和present等作定语时，放在名词前面或后面意义不同。

比较

the highest speed possible绝对最高的速度
the highest possible speed

all the means possible一切可能的方法
all the possible means

in the nearby town在附近的小镇上
in the town nearby

the present students现在的学生
the students present出席的学生，在场的学生

a responsible man一个负责任的人
a man responsible （在某项工作中）负责任的人

提示

①else修饰代词时，要放在代词后面。

Somebody else is absent. 还有人缺席。

②“一个三岁的男孩”有三种说法：a boy three years old=a boy of three years old=a three-year-old boy。

“一个5尺宽8尺长的房间”有两种说法：a room five feet wide and eight feet long=a five-foot wide and eight-foot long room。

③concerned和involved修饰party，作“有关”解时，前置与后置意义不变，但如果修饰的是其他词，则只能后置。the party concerned=the concerned party（有关的党派），the students involved（有关的学生，不能说the involved students），the policies concerned（有关的政策，不能说the concerned policies）。

746　介词放在句尾的几种情况

◎ 在下述三种情况下，介词通常要放在句子的尾部。

① 在由who，what，which等引导的特殊疑问句中。

Whom did he send the letter to？他把信寄给谁了？

Where did he come from？他从哪里来？

② 在不定式短语作定语的句子中。

There is nothing to be afraid of. 没有什么可怕的东西。

He wants to get a pen to write a note with. 他想找一支钢笔写个便条。

Has she found a house to live in？她找到房子住了吗？

③ 在无关系代词或以that引导的定语从句中。

Water is something we can't do without. 我们不能没有水。

He is a man （that）you must be on guard against. 他这个人你必须提防。

比较

Is it the mistake （that）he accused you of？这就是他指责你犯的错误吗？
=Is it the mistake of which he accused you？

747　不能用于被动语态的及物动词

◎ 及物动词一般都可以用于被动语态，但有些表示状态等的及物动词却不可用于被动语态，如：hold（容纳），become（成为），last（维持），know（认识），get（明白），belong to（属于）等。meet作“遇见”解时，也不可用于被动语态。

This hall can hold one hundred people. 这个大厅能容纳下100人。
One hundred people can be held in this hall.

The new coat becomes him well. 这件新大衣他穿很合适。
He is well become by the new coat.

The food lasted them two months. 他们的食物维持了两个月。
They were lasted two months by the food.

I met her in the street today. 我今天在街上遇见了她。
She was met in the street by me today.

提示

当get作“得到”，hold作“举行”，meet作“迎接”解时，又可用于被动语态。

This kind of radio can be got at any store. 这种收音机在任何一家商店都能买到。

The meeting will be held next Friday. 会议将在下周五举行。

She was met at the airport by her father. 她父亲在机场迎接她。

748　不定式的主谓关系和动宾关系

① 不定式作定语时，与其所修饰的词有逻辑上的主谓关系或动宾关系。

He had no one to look after him. 他没有得到任何人的照顾。（主谓关系：No one looked after him.）
He had no one to look after. 没有人需要他照顾。（动宾关系：He looked after no one.）

② 不定式与其所修饰的词具有动宾关系时，不定式必须是及物动词，而且后面不可再有宾语；如果不定式为不及物动词，后面要加适当的介词，同被修饰的词构成介宾关系。

他想租一间房子住。
He wants to rent a room to live. （不可说live a room）
He wants to rent a room to live in. （live in a room）

她找到了一张凳子坐。
She found a bench to sit. （不可说sit a bench）
She found a bench to sit on. （sit on a bench）

秋天是旅游的最好季节。
Autumn is the best season to travel.
Autumn is the best season to travel in. （travel in autumn）

He has no paper to write on. 他没有写字的纸。（“在纸上写字”要说成write on paper，不能说write paper，但可以说write a letter）
He has no pen to write with. 他没有写东西的钢笔。（“用钢笔写”应是write with pen，不能说write pen）

She had no pen to write the letter with. 她没有钢笔写信。

提示

①如果不定式所修饰的词是way或place，介词可省略。

He has no way to go（by）. 他无路可走。

This is the best place to work（at）. 这是最好的工作地方。

②上述结构也可以改为“介词+关系代词+动词”。

He wants to hire a house in which to live.

She has no pen with which to write the letter.

749　不定式作表语省去to的情况

◎ 在下列主语部分有do的结构后，作表语的不定式可省去to：

The most important thing we should do now is （to）remain cool-headed. 我们现在最应该保持冷静。

The first thing he did was （to）look for a guide. 他做的第一件事是找一个向导。

The thing to do now is clear the snow from the road. 现在要做的就是清除路上的积雪。

750　倒装结构的几个问题

◎ 下列几种情况下，要用倒装结构。

① 地点副词如there，here，in，out，in the room，by the window位于句首时，要倒装，结构为：地点副词+不及物动词+主语。

An old man stood there.
There stood an old man. 一位老先生站在那里。

A young girl sat by the window.
By the window sat a young girl. 一位少女坐在窗旁。

In the boy came.
In came the boy. 那男孩走了进来。

② 地点副词+be+过去分词+主语。

A boy was locked in the house.
In the house was locked a boy. 一个男孩被锁在房子内。

③ 现在分词+地点副词+be+主语。

Some girls are singing over there.
Singing over there are some girls. 一些女孩在那儿唱歌。

提示

虽然句首是副词there，in，out等，但若主语为代词，不可用倒装。

There lies it.
There it lies. 它就放在那儿。

Here comes Mary. 玛丽来了。
Here comes she.
Here she comes. 她来了。

Out went she.
Out she went. 她出去了。

751　倒装——否定性副词位于句首时

① 下列三类否定词位于句首时要倒装。

（1）否定副词：

never（从不），hardly（=scarcely几乎不），seldom（很少），little（几乎不），rarely（很少）

（2）否定副词短语：

by no means（绝对不），in no way（绝对不），under no circumstances（在任何情况下都不）

（3）否定副词从句：

not until he came（直到他来），only when he came（只到他来的时候），only after he came（只到他来之后）

② 正确的倒装结构

（1）主语+be动词→be动词+主语

He is never interested in sports.
Never he is interested in sports.
Never is he interested in sports. 他对体育运动从不感兴趣。

（2）主语+情态动词或will，shall等→情态动词或will，shall等+主语

He can by no means handle it.
By no means he can handle it.
By no means can he handle it. 他绝无能力处理那件事。

（3）主语+动词→do/does/did+主语+动词原形

只有把工作做完后我才离开。
Only after I finished my work I left.
Only after I finished my work did I leave.

提示

①not only…but also（不仅……而且）连接两个对等的从句时，not only后用倒装，但but also后的句子不倒装，also应置于句中或省略，或不用also，而在句尾加as well。

她不仅会唱歌而且还会跳舞。
Not only she can sing，but also she can dance.
Not only can she sing，but she can（also）dance.
=Not only can she sing，but she can dance as well.

②not同neither，nor连用。

He can't sing，nor I can.
He can't sing，nor can I. 他不会唱歌，我也不会。
=He can't sing，and neither can I.

③no sooner…than（一……就……）结构要倒装。

No sooner I had left than he came.
I had no sooner left than he came.
No sooner had I left than he came.
=Hardly had I left when he came. 我刚一离开他就来了。

752　否定疑问句表示什么语气

◎ 英语中的否定疑问句通常不是因为有疑问而问，而是表示：①惊讶、责备、批评等语气；②强烈的肯定语气。

Haven't you read that book？你没有读过那本书吗？（=I'm surprised that you haven't read that book.）
Have you read that book？你读过那本书吗？（只问是否读过）

Don't you know who he is？你难道不知道他是谁吗？（=I'm surprised that you even don't know who he is.）
Do you know who he is？你知道他是谁吗？（问是否知道）

Haven't you got my letter？你没有收到我的信吗？（=I'm surprised that you haven't got the letter which I wrote to you.）
Have you got my letter？你收到我的信了吗？（只问是否收到）

Haven't I told you that？我难道没有把那件事告诉你吗？（责备）

Isn't it a fine day！多好的天气呀！（=It's really a fine day.）

Isn't it beautiful！真漂亮啊！

Isn't it better to leave right now？现在就动身不是更好吗？（=I am sure it's better to leave right now.）

753　介词+which和介词+whom引导的定语从句

◎ which和whom都可以用来引导定语从句，分别指物和人。which和whom引导定语从句并作宾语时，既可以作及物动词的宾语，也可以作介词的宾语。作介词宾语时，要注意下面几个方面。

① which和whom引导非限制性定语从句时，介词要放在which和whom的前面。

They came to the river bank，along which there were many trees. 他们来到了河岸边，沿岸有许多树。

He lives in that house，in front of which stands a pine tree. 他住在那所房子里，房前有一棵松树。

They dug a deep well，from which they could draw water. 他们打了一口深井，从中可以取水。

The tower stands on a hill，below which are wheat fields. 那座塔位于一座小山上，山下都是麦田。

In the garden sat an old man，around whom some children were playing. 院子里坐着一位老人，一些儿童在他周围玩耍。

② which和whom引导限制性定语从句时，介词可以放在它们的前面，也可以放在原来的位置上。

This is the room in which he lives. 这就是他住的房间。
This is the room （which）he lives in. （这时which可省）

他唯一没有把握的是天气。
The only thing about which he was not sure was the weather.
The only thing （which）he was not sure about was the weather.

这就是我们经常听说的那位作家。
Here is the writer about whom we've heard so much.
Here is the writer （whom）we've heard so much about. （这时whom可省）

你借给他词典的那位同学要见你。
The student to whom you lent the dictionary wants to see you. （lend sth. to sb. 为固定搭配）
The student （whom）you lent the dictionary to wants to see you.

③ 如果是含有介词的动词固定词组，介词不可放在which或whom的前面，只能放在原来的位置上。

Here is the book which you are looking for. 你找的书在这里。
Here is the book for which you are looking.

这些是你们今天必须复习的单词。
These are the words which you must go over today.
These are the words over which you must go today.

这就是他多年来一直照顾的那个女孩。
This is the girl whom he has taken care of for many years.
This is the girl of whom he has taken care for many years.

④ 用于which或whom前面的介词必须符合习惯用法，即：必须符合习惯搭配。

The bus by which he came broke down. 他来时乘坐的那辆公交车坏了。（by bus为习惯搭配）

The pencil with which she wrote the letter was blue. 她用来写信的铅笔是蓝色的。（write with pencil为习惯搭配）

The wall over which he jumped is two meters high. 他跳过去的那堵墙两米高。（jump over为习惯搭配）

The teacher from whom you borrowed the book has moved to Beijing. 借书给你的老师迁到北京去了。（borrow sth. from为习惯搭配）

比较

This is the box for which he paid twenty yuan. 这就是他花20元买的那只箱子。（pay money for为习惯搭配）
This is the box in which he put all his clothes. 这就是那只他存放所有衣服的箱子。（put sth. in为习惯搭配）

754　名词/形容词/副词/动词+as从句

◎ “名词/形容词/副词/动词+as从句”既可以表示让步，也可以表示原因。因此，在进行转换时，要根据其具体含义，或变为although/though从句，或变为as从句。比较：

他虽然还是个孩子，但知道死亡意味着什么。
Child as he is，he knows what death means. （表示让步。另外注意，这种句中的名词（child）前不用任何冠词）
=Although he is a child，he knows what death means.

由于还是个孩子，他不知道死亡意味着什么。
Child as he is，he doesn't know what death means. （表示原因）
=As he is a child，he doesn't know what death means.

Hard as he may try，he won't get it. 不管他怎样努力，还是得不到它。
=Although he may try hard，he won't get it.
=However hard he may try，he won't get it.
=No matter how hard he may try，he won't get it.

755　美式英语和英式英语差别举要

◎ 美式英语称为American English，英式英语称为British English，指的是美英两国在英语拼写及用法等方面的一些差别，主要有下面几种情况。

① 拼写上的差别。

美式英语

英式英语

美式英语

英式英语

aluminum（铝）

aluminium

ax（斧）

axe

baggage（包裹）

luggage

catalog（目录）

catalogue

center（中心）

centre

check（支票）

cheque

cigaret（香烟）

cigarette

color（颜色）

colour

connection（连接）

connexion

defense（保卫）

defence

dialog（对话）

dialogue

draft（通风）

draught

favor（偏爱）

favour

fuze（保险丝）

fuse

gasoline（汽油）

petrol

good-by（再见）

good-bye

gray（灰色的）

grey

inquire（询问）

enquire

jail（监狱）

gaol

labor（劳动）

labour

mail（邮寄）

post

marveled（惊叹）

marvelled

medieval（中世纪）

mediaeval

meter（米）

metre

modernize（使现代化）

modernise

package（包）

parcel

pedler（小贩）

pedlar

plow（犁，耕）

plough

practice（实行，实践）

practise

program（程序表）

programme

reflection（反射）

reflexion

specialty（专业，专长）

speciality

story（房屋的一层）

storey

theater（剧院）

theatre

tire（轮胎）

tyre

traveler（旅行者）

traveller

traveling（旅行）

travelling

wagon（货车，推车）

waggon

② 语法上的差别。在suggest，insist，propose等后的宾语从句中，要用虚拟语气，在美式英语中，直接用动词原形，而在英式英语中，则要用should+动词原形。

She suggested that he buy the coat. （美）她建议他买下那件大衣。
She suggested that he should buy the coat. （英）

③ 美式英语常用have/has表示“有”，而英式英语常用have/has got表示“有”。

He has many English books. （美）他有许多英语书。
He has got many English books. （英）

756　是强调结构还是主语从句结构

◎ 由it作形式主语的从句结构，辨别的方法是：如果将It is/was…that这一句结构去掉，句子仍然成立，就是强调结构，如果句子不能成立，就是由that引导的主语从句结构。比较：

It is the committee's decision that has been carried out. 被执行的是委员会的决定。（为强调结构）
The committee's decision has been carried out.

It is the committee's decision that he will be in charge of the work. 由他负责这项工作是委员会的决定。（为主语从句结构，it为形式主语，代替that引导的主语从句）
He will be in charge of the work is the committee's decision.

757　所有格表示的主谓关系和动宾关系以及双重所有格

◎ 英语的所有格可分为两种，'s（或s'）所有格和of所有格。从句法功能上分析，'s（或s'）或of前后的两个名词（代词）可能是主谓关系，也可能是动宾关系，但究竟为何，要视具体的语境而定。现说明如下。

① 主谓关系所有格。

the resignation of the Cabinet（=The Cabinet resigns.）内阁的辞职

the love of a mother（=a mother's love for her child）母爱

the invention of Edison爱迪生的发明

the discoveries of Columbus哥伦布的发现

the conquest of Alexander亚力山大的征服

② 动宾关系所有格。

the love of nature（=love nature）对自然的爱（热爱自然）

search of knowledge求知

the conquest of space对宇宙的征服

the discovery of America美洲的发现

比较

the writings of Hellen海伦的作品（主谓）
the writing of a book一本书的写作（动宾）

John's fear约翰所感到的恐怖（主谓）
the fear of John对约翰的惧怕（动宾）

your dismissal of her你开除了她（主谓）
your dismissal by her你被她开除（动宾）

③ 双重所有格中的of后可用代词所有格（mine…），但不可用代词宾格（me…）。

A friend of her told us the news.
A friend of hers told us the news. 她的一个朋友告诉我们这消息。

提示

双重所有格不与定冠词the连用：

He is the best friend of mine.
He is one of my best friends. 他是我最好的朋友之一。
He is my best friend. 他是我最好的朋友。

比较

a portrait of her mother她母亲的画像（画的是她母亲，不是别人）
a portrait of her mother's她母亲所拥有的画像中的一幅（画的可能是她母亲，也可能是别人）

It is an old house of her family. 这是她家的一所旧房子。
It is her family's an old house.

758　of所有格和's所有格能否同时使用

◎ of所有格通常用于动物或事物，如：the tail of the cat（猫的尾巴），the name of the song（这首歌曲的名字）；'s所有格通常用于人，如：Tom's room（汤姆的房间），Li Ming's book（李明的书）。有时候，这两种所有格可以连用，构成下面两种结构：

the+名词+of+'s所有格+名词
a/an+名词+of+'s所有格+名词

这种结构中的's所有格也可以用形容词性物主代词。

I can see the window of Tom's room. 我能够看见汤姆房间的窗户。
I can see the window of his room.

提示

不可以说Tom's room's window或Jim's father's name。

It is a book of Alice's friend. 这是艾丽丝朋友的一本书。
It is a book of her friend.

What's the name of Jim's father？吉姆父亲的名字叫什么？
What's the name of his father？

759　用that引导的定语从句的三种情况

① 当先行词被only，very，last以及序数词修饰时，定语从句通常用that引导。参见上文。

This is the only English novel （that） I have read. 这是我读过的唯一一部英语小说。

She is the very girl （that） I met last week. 她正是我上周遇见的那个女孩。

That is the last film （that） I saw this month. 那是我这个月看的最后一部电影。

He was the second man that came to the meeting. 他是第二个到会的人。

② 当先行词被any，every，all，no等词修饰时，或者先行词是anybody，everything，nobody等不定代词时，定语从句通常用that引导。everything，anything等有时也可用which引导。

I have done everything （that） I can. 我已做了能做的一切。

I'll lend you all the money （that） I have. 我将把我所有的钱都借给你。

Nobody that came could answer the question. 来的人没有一个能回答这个问题。

③ 当先行词被形容词最高级修饰时，定语从句通常用that引导。

This is the most interesting book （that） I have read. 这是我读过的最有趣的书。

That is the worst film （that） I have seen. 那是我看过的最糟的电影。

760　不定式省去to后的动词有哪些情况

◎ 为了避免重复句中上文已出现过的动词，可以单独使用不定式符号to，而省略后面的动词。有下面几种情况。

① 在hope，like，want，need，love，hate，plan，try，wish，forget，decide 等动词后，省略前面已出现过的动词。

I asked him to come but I he didn't want to。我要他来，但是他不想来。（省略come）

I meant to go but forgot to. 我本想去的，可是忘了。（省略go）

Though he had no time to go travelling，yet he hoped to. 虽然他没有时间去旅游，但他希望去。

They have not yet built the bridge，but they plan to. 他们还没有建造那座桥，但他们计划建造。

It's difficult to swim across the river，but I'll try to. 游过这条河不容易，但我要试一试。

② 在used to，ought to，have to等词组后的动词可省去，以免重复。

A：Do you often go fishing now？你现在常去钓鱼吗？
B：No，but I used to. 不，但我过去常去钓鱼。

I didn't mean to take a taxi but I had to，because it was raining hard. 我本不打算坐出租车的，但不得不坐，因为天下大雨了。

③ 在be ready to，be glad to，be able to，be going to，be afraid to 等短语后，可省略前面已出现过的动词，以避免重复。

I haven't read the novel yet，but I'm going to. 我还没读过那本小说，但我打算读。

I have no chance to help her but I'm ready to. 我没有机会帮助她，但我乐意帮助她。

The boy wants to climb up the tree，but he is afraid to. 这孩子想爬上那棵树，但又害怕。

761　不带to的不定式

◎ 不定式不带to，有下列几种用法。参见上文。

① 使役动词make，let，have 之后的宾语补足语用不带to的不定式。

The picture made me think of my hometown. 这幅画使我想起了我的故乡。

The teacher had John answer the question. 老师让约翰回答问题。

let me have a feel. 让我摸一下。

提示

let有时可同另一个动词直接连用，如let go放开 （释放），let fly发射，let slip放走（松开）。

Don't let go the rope. 抓住绳子，别松手。

He let fly an arrow. 他射了一箭。

② 感觉、感官动词feel，hear，see，watch，notice，observe，look at，listen to等后的宾语补足语用不带to的不定式。

She felt her health improve. 她感到自己的身体在好起来。

I've never heard him say so. 我从没听说他这样说过。

I saw some birds fly overhead. 我看到一些鸟从头顶上飞过。

She sat by the window，watching the moon go down. 她坐在窗前，看着月儿西沉。

I noticed her enter by the back door. 我注意到她从后门进来了。

He is looking at the children play in the garden. 他看着孩子们在园子里玩耍。

提示

上述动词如果用于被动语态，作主语补足语的不定式要带to。

He was observed to pass by the post office. 有人看见他从邮局前走过去。

③ 在had better/best，would rather，would sooner，would rather…than，would sooner…than等短语后，要用不带to的不定式。

You had better take a few days' rest. 你最好休息几天。

I would rather have tea instead of coffee. 我宁愿喝茶而不喝咖啡。

He went on trying rather than give up. 他继续努力，而不愿放弃。

He would rather stay home than go out in such bad weather. 天气很糟，他宁愿待在家里而不愿出去。

He would rather die than do such a thing. 他宁死也不愿干这种事。

④ 在can not but，cannot help but，cannot choose but等后，要用不带to的不定式。

He cannot but give up the plan. 他只好放弃那项计划。

I cannot help but be sorry. 我只有悔恨而已。

He cannot choose but obey. 他只得服从。

⑤ help 后用不定式作宾语补足语时，有两种情况。

（1）如果主语参与宾语的动作，常用不带to的不定式。

Mary helped the old woman clean the house. 玛丽帮助那位老太太打扫房屋。

All the students in the class helped plant the trees yesterday. 昨天，这个班上所有的学生都帮助植树了。

（2）如果主语不参与宾语的动作，作宾语补足语的不定式一般要带to。

His lecture helps me to know more about the present economic situation. 他的演讲帮助我更多地了解当前的经济形势。

The compass helped him to find his way back. 指南针帮助他找到了返回的路。

⑥ 在do/does/did/have done nothing but结构中，but后的不定式不带to；如果前面没有do，but后的不定式要带to。

He does nothing but laugh. 他只是笑。

She did nothing but watch TV last night. 她昨晚除了看电视别的什么也没做。

但：He had no choice but to go with them. 他别无选择，只好跟他们走。

⑦ what 引导的主语从句中含有do时，作表语的不定式不带to。

What he likes to do is collect stamps. 他喜欢做的就是集邮。

What I'd like to do is live alone for a month or two. 我想要做的就是一个人独居一两个月。

⑧ 主语为“all或the thing+含有实义do的定语从句”结构时，作表语的不定式不带to。

All she did this morning was water the flowers. 她今天上午所做的就是浇花。

The only thing I could do then was wait my chance. 我当时唯一能做的就是等待机会。

⑨ the thing to do 作主语时，作表语的不定式不带to。

The thing to do now is modernize our industry. 现在所做的事情就是使我们的工业现代化。

⑩ 以why开头的疑问句，常用不带to的不定式。

Why lend money to him？为什么借钱给他呢？

Why not ask somebody else？为什么不问问别人呢？

762　“打电话”的多种说法

① “打电话给某人”有下列表示法：

call sb.
call sb. up（美语）
ring sb. up
give sb. a telephone call
make a telephone call to sb.
telephone/phone sb.
make/give a telephone call to sb.

She made/gave Professor Wang a phone call. 她给王教授打了电话。

He has just rung up a doctor. 他刚给医生打了电话。

I rang my mother just now. 我刚给母亲打了电话。

This morning he telephoned his son in Paris by distance. 他今天上午给在巴黎的儿子打了长途电话。

He asked me to give/make a phone call to Mr. Smith. 他要我给史密斯先生打电话。

If you have any questions，please phone me. 如果有什么问题，请给我打电话。

② “打电话找某人”有下列表示法：

There was a telephone call for her. 有她的电话。

I would like to speak to Miss Mary. 我找玛丽小姐讲话。

May/Could I speak to Mr. Wang？我找王先生讲话。

③ “询问对方”有下列表示法：

Who is it？谁呀？（哪位？）

Who's that （speaking）？您是谁？

Is it Wang Lin？你是王林吗？（不说Are you Wang Lin？）

Is that Tom （speaking）？你是汤姆吗？

Am I speaking to Mr. Brown？你就是布朗先生吗？

④ “接电话”有下列表示法：

I'll get it！我来接电话！

I'll answer it！我来接电话！

Mother，you're wanted on the phone. 妈妈，有您的电话。

Professor Zhang，a phone call for you. 张教授，请接电话。

If nobody answers the phone at home，call me up in the office. 如果家里没人接电话，请打到办公室找我。（不用receive the phone）

She called the director to the telephone.她叫董事长接电话。

⑤ “请对方等一下”有下列表示法：

Just a minute/moment. 稍等一下。

Hold on，please. 请等一下。

⑥ “回电话”用call sb. back。

Please ask Li Ming to call me back when he comes home. 请让李明回到家时给我回个电话。

⑦ “拨……号”用dial。

In case of emergency，dial 110. 如遇紧急情况，请拨110。

In case of fire，please dial 119. 如遇火警，请拨119。

⑧ “用电话”要说成by telephone或by phone。

He informed us of the news by telephone. 他打电话告诉我们那个消息的。

索引

注：索引中的单词所对应的数字是指正文中的序列号

A

a

abash

ability

able

aboard

abound

about

abroad

absence

absent

abundant

access

accident

accommodate

accomplish

accomplishment

according

account

accuse

ache

achieve

achievement

acknowledge

acquire

across

act

action

activity

actual

adapt

add

address

adequate

adjust

admit

advantage

adventure

advice

affair

affect

after

age

aged

agony

agree

aim

air

alive

all

allow

almost

alone

along

aloud

already

also

alternate

alternative

although

altogether

ample

ancient

and

animal

announce

another

answer

anticipate

anxious

any

anything

apart

apparent

appear

appetite

applaud

apply

appoint

appraise

appreciable

appreciate

appropriate

approve

aptitude

Are you…？

area

argue

arise

arouse

arrest

art

article

artificial

as

ashamed

asleep

aspect

assess

assume

assure

at

attain

attainment

attempt

attend

attention

attribute

audience

avenge

avenue

await

awake

awaken

award

aware

away

B

baffle

ban

bank

bare

base

basis

bath

bathe

battle

be

beach

bear

beast

beautiful

because

bed

before

beg

begin

beginning

behavior

behind

believe

below

benefit

besides

best

better

bewilder

bit

blame

blank

blaze

blind

board

book

border

born

borne

borrow

bottom

bound

boundary

bounds

brain

break

breath

breed

bright

bring

build

burn

business

but

by

C

calamity

call

calm

campaign

can

capability

capable

capacity

captivate

captive

captivity

capture

care

careful

carry

case

cash

cast

catastrophe

catch

cattle

cause

cease

center

certain

chain

change

character

charge

chart

charter

cheat

cheer

chief

China

Chinese

choice

choose

circumstances

claim

clap

clash

classic

classical

clean

cleanly

clear

clearly

clever

climax

close

coast

coin

colossal

colour

coloured

colourful

come

commence

common

companion

company

comparable

comparative

compete

competent

complete

complex

complicated

component

comprehensible

comprehensive

compress

comprise

conceal

conceive

concept

conception

conclude

condense

condition

conduct

confess

confident

confidential

confirm

conform

confuse

conscious

consent

conservation

conserve

consider

considerable

considerate

considered

considering

consist

constituent

constitute

construct

consult

contain

content

continual

continuous

contract

contrary

contribute

conversation

convert

convince

cope

correct

cost

costly

country

countryside

couple

course

crack

crash

crawl

create

creature

creep

crush

cry

cure

custom

cut

D

daily

damage

day

dead

deadly

deal

dear

death

deathly

debate

deceive

decent

decide

decision

decisive

declare

decline

decrease

dedicate

deed

defeat

defect

defend

deflect

delay

delicate

deliver

demand

depend

dependable

dependent

descent

desirable

desire

desirous

destiny

destroy

determine

develop

devise

devote

dialogue

die

differ

different

difficulty

dim

diminish

direct

disappointed

disappointing

disaster

discover

diseased

dispatch

display

dispute

distance

distinct

distinctive

distress

distribute

district

distrust

divide

do

Don't you…？

door

double

doubt

dozen

draw

drawing

dread

dream

dress

drink

drop

drown

due to

duplicate

during

duty

E

eager

early

earn

earth

ease

easy

eat

economic

economical

edge

educate

effect

effective

effectual

efficient

either

eject

elder

elderly

elect

electric

electrical

electronic

element

else

embarrass

embrace

emerge

employ

employment

empty

enable

end

endeavour

endure

enduring

enlighten

enormous

enough

ensure

enter

entire

environment

epoch

equip

era

error

essay

estimate

etc.

eternal

evaluate

even

event

ever

every

everyday

evidence

evident

examination

example

except

exceptional

excess

exclaim

exclude

excuse

exhausted

exhibit

expand

expect

expense

expensive

experience

exploit

expressway

extend

external

extreme

F

factor

faculty

fail

fair

fairly

fall

false

famous

far

faraway

farther

fashion

fasten

fate

fault

favour

fear

fee

feed

feel

feet

fell

fetch

few

fewer

figure

fill

finish

first

firstly

fit

fix

flame

flare

flash

flaw

flesh

floor

fly

follow

fool

foot

for

forbid

force

forecast

foretell

forget

forgive

formally

formerly

formulate

found

foundation

free

freely

friend

friendly

from

front

frontier

fun

funny

further

future

G

gain

game

gate

gaze

gear

genius

get

giant

gift

gigantic

give

glance

glare

glide

glow

go

good

got

grab

grade

gradually

granted

grasp

graze

great

guard

guess

H

habit

had

hair

half

halt

halves

hand

handle

handsome

hang

happen

hard

hardly

harm

haughty

have

head

heal

hear

heart

heavy

here

hesitate

hide

high

highly

hire

historic

historical

hit

hold

hollow

hope

how

huge

hundred

hurry

hurt

I

idea

identical

if

ignorant

ignore

ill

illiterate

illustration

image

imaginable

imaginary

imaginative

imagine

imitative

immediately

immense

improve

in

incident

include

increase

indistinct

industrial

industrious

influence

ingredient

inject

injure

inquire

insist

instance

instantly

instead

intellect

intellectual

intelligence

intense

intensive

intent

intention

interest

interested

interesting

interfere

internal

interrogate

invaluable

invent

involve

it

J

job

join

joke

journey

judge

just

justly

K

keep

kind

knock

know

know-how

known

L

labour

lack

lady

lame

landscape

large

last

lasting

late

lately

later

latest

latter

lawn

lay

lead

learn

lease

leave

lecture

lend

less

lessen

let

liable

lie

life

lift

light

lighten

like

likely

listen

little

live

lively

living

locality

location

lofty

lonely

long

look

looker-on

loom

lose

loud

loudly

lovely

lovingly

lower

M

machine

machinery

madam

madame

made

main

major

make

man

manage

mankind

manner

many

mark

marry

matter

may

meadow

mean

means

meat

medium

meet

memorize

men

mend

mental

mention

method

middle

midst

might

million

mind

minute

misfortune

mishap

Miss

mistake

mistaken

mistress

mistrust

modify

moment

money

monologue

moral

morale

more

most

mostly

mount

Mrs.

Ms

much

murmur

must

N

name

namely

narrate

nature

near

nearly

need

neglect

neither

never

next

nice

no

no one

nobody

noise

none

not

notable

note

nothing

notice

noticeable

now

number

O

obligation

oblige

obscure

observe

observer

obtain

obvious

occupation

occur

odd

of

offer

old

omit

on

once

one

only

opinion

opposed

opposite

order

ordinary

other

ought

out

over

overlook

owing to

own

P

pain

paint

painting

pair

pang

panic

paper

pardon

pass

past

pat

path

pause

pay

payment

peak

peculiar

peek

pence

pennies

penny

pension

people

percent

percentage

period

permanent

permit

perpetual

perplex

persevere

persist

personal

personality

personnel

persuade

pick

picture

pity

place

play

pleasant

pleased

pleasing

pleasure

plentiful

point

politician

popular

population

position

possess

possible

post

postpone

pound

practicable

practical

precious

predict

prefer

preparation

prepare

present

presently

preservation

preserve

presume

pretend

pretty

prevail

prevent

previous

price

priceless

principal

probable

problem

proclaim

produce

product

production

profession

profit

prohibit

prolong

promise

proof

proposal

protect

proud

prove

pull

put

puzzle

Q

queer

question

quick

quickly

quiet

quit

quite

R

raise

rare

rarely

rate

rather

ratio

rational

reach

read

ready

reason

reasonable

recall

recently

reclaim

recognize

recollect

recount

recover

reduce

refuse

regain

regard

region

regret

reject

relate

relation

relationship

rely

remain

remarkable

remember

remind

renew

rent

repair

reply

request

require

rescue

reservation

reserve

resolve

respect

respectable

respected

respectful

respective

respond

responsibility

rest

restore

retain

revenge

revolve

reward

rich

right

rightly

rise

road

roar

rob

room

rotate

rouse

route

ruin

S

safeguard

said

salary

same

sample

satisfactory

satisfied

satisfying

save

say

scan

scarce

scarcely

scene

scenery

scold

score

scream

search

seat

secure

seem

seize

seldom

select

sell

send

sensible

sensitive

separate

serve

set

setting

settle

shade

shadow

shake

shameful

shameless

share

sharp

sharply

shiver

shore

short

shortage

shortly

should

shout

show

shriek

shrink

shrug

shut

sick

sickly

side

sight

silent

similar

simple

since

single

sink

sit

site

situation

skid

skill

skim

skip

sleep

sleepy

slide

slim

slip

slither

slow

slowly

smart

smell

snatch

so

sole

solve

some

something

soon

sooner

sorry

sort

sound

soundly

speak

specimen

spectator

speed

spend

spirit

spoil

sport

spot

stand

stare

start

state

statesman

stay

steal

steer

stick

still

stop

storey

story

strange

strap

street

strike

strip

stripe

stroke

strong

study

subject

succeed

success

such

suffer

sufficient

suggestion

suit

summit

sun

suppose

supposing

surprise

surrounding

suspect

sweep

synthetic

T

take

talent

talk

talks

tall

taller

tap

team

technique

technology

tell

terrible

terrific

terror

than

thank

that

theme

there

thesis

thin

think

this

though

thought

thousand

through

throw

till

time

tip

tired

tiresome

tiring

to

today

together

tolerate

too

tool

top

topic

total

touch

tour

transform

travel

treat

tremble

tremendous

trick

trifling

trip

trivial

trouble

true

trust

try

tuition

turn

twice

U

unable

uncover

under

underneath

understandable

understanding

uneducated

unemployed

unique

unless

until

unusual

up

use

used

used to

usual

V

vacant

vague

valuable

valued

valueless

various

vary

vast

velocity

venture

very

view

visit

voice

voyage

W

wage

wait

wake

waken

walk

want

war

warn

wash

way

weak

wealthy

wear

weary

well

well-known

what

whatever

when

where

whether

which

while

whisper

who

whole

whom

why

wide

will

win

wind

wipe

wise

wish

wit

with

without

witness

wonder

word

work

world

worth

worthwhile

worthy

would

wound

write

wrong

YZ

year

yell

yet

you

young

youngster

youth

zone

其他

比较

比较级

表示"夺取"等意的动词

表示"国家"的用法

表示"价格"的用法

表示"禁止，免除，阻碍保护"等意的动词

表示"你好"的用法

表示"年龄"的用法

表示"许多，大量"的短语

表示"一半"的用法

"打电话"的多种说法

表语形容词

不定式

不能用于被动语态的及物动词

单数和复数意义不同的名词

倒装

定语从句

定语形容词

动名词

反意疑问句

非延续性动词

否定

否定疑问句

否定转移问题

冠词

过去分词

介词

句子转换

美式英语和英式英语差别

前置和后置

强调结构

时间副词

所有格

形式宾语

以-ly结尾的词

主语从句结构